You are on page 1of 1360

__________

HIGHLIGHTS

REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08

Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHAPTER 12
__________

L.E.P. 1-10 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING


NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 2,
7- 8
12-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1, 4 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-012, 014-099, 101-199,
ADDED IF INSTALLED. 901-999,

12-11-28 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


315- 322, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
327- 334, FUEL PUMP DATA NOTE ADDED BEFORE STEP (1).
338, 348- CROSSFEED VALVE DATA ADDED IN STEP (1).
A310,A312- TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
A327,A329-
A331

12-12-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


1- 7 MATERIAL ADDED.

12-12-29 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


305, 307- PROCEDURE IMPROVED.
309, 314-
317

12-12-32 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-199, 901-999,


330, 332- CONTROL VALVE ITEM NUMBER REVISED
336, 354, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED 101-199, 901-999,
358- 359, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
361, 363

12-13-24 01 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-012, 014-099,


301- 306, UPDATED JOB SET-UP
309- 311,
314- 319,
322- 323

12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 2
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08

IAC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-24 02 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-199, 901-999,


301, 304, UPDATED TANK ENGINE OIL FILLING UP TOOL REFER
306, 309, ENCE
311, 314

12-14-32 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


301- 302 WARNING ADDED FOR THE USE OF A PRESSURE
REGULATOR

12-16-38 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED 001-012, 014-099, 101-199,


301 901-999,

12-22-27 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-199,


313 SPOILER SERVO CONTROL REMOVED FROM
ILLUSTRATION.

12-22-52 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


302- 375 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-012, 014-099, 101-199,
LUBRICATION PROCEDURE OF THE CARGO DOORS 901-999,
AMENDED
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

12-31-11 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL


202

12-31-12 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


201- 215 UPDATED CAUTION.
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

12-32-24 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


301- 304, UPDATED JOB JOB-SET
307- 310

12-34-24 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


202, 209- CORRECTED CABLE SECTION CONVERSION.
210

12-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 2
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08

IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 12-11-28 301 May01/06 12-11-28 343 May01/07


OF TEMP. 12-11-28 302 May01/00 12-11-28 344 May01/07
REVISION 12-11-28 303 May01/06 12-11-28 345 Feb01/07
12-11-28 304 May01/06 12-11-28 346 Feb01/07
L.E.P. R 1-10 May01/08 12-11-28 305 Nov01/04 12-11-28 347 Feb01/07
T. of C. R 1 May01/08 12-11-28 306 Nov01/04 12-11-28 R 348 May01/08
T. of C. R 2 May01/08 12-11-28 307 May01/07 12-11-28 R 349 May01/08
T. of C. 3 Feb01/08 12-11-28 308 May01/07 12-11-28 R 350 May01/08
T. of C. 4 Aug01/07 12-11-28 309 May01/07 12-11-28 R 351 May01/08
T. of C. 5 Nov01/07 12-11-28 310 May01/07 12-11-28 R 352 May01/08
T. of C. 6 Nov01/07 12-11-28 311 May01/01 12-11-28 R 353 May01/08
T. of C. R 7 May01/08 12-11-28 312 May01/01 12-11-28 R 354 May01/08
T. of C. R 8 May01/08 12-11-28 313 May01/07 12-11-28 R 355 May01/08
T. of C. 9 Feb01/08 12-11-28 314 May01/07 12-11-28 R 356 May01/08
T. of C. 10 Feb01/08 12-11-28 R 315 May01/08 12-11-28 R 357 May01/08
T. of C. 11 Feb01/08 12-11-28 R 316 May01/08 12-11-28 R 358 May01/08
T. of C. 12 Feb01/08 12-11-28 R 317 May01/08 12-11-28 R 359 May01/08
12-11-28 R 318 May01/08 12-11-28 R 360 May01/08
12-00-00 R 1 May01/08 12-11-28 R 319 May01/08 12-11-28 R 361 May01/08
12-00-00 2 Feb01/96 12-11-28 R 320 May01/08 12-11-28 R 362 May01/08
12-00-00 3 May01/06 12-11-28 R 321 May01/08 12-11-28 R 363 May01/08
12-00-00 R 4 May01/08 12-11-28 R 322 May01/08 12-11-28 R 364 May01/08
12-00-00 5 Feb01/07 12-11-28 323 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 365 May01/08
12-00-00 6 Feb01/07 12-11-28 324 May01/07 12-11-28 R 366 May01/08
12-00-00 7 Feb01/07 12-11-28 325 May01/07 12-11-28 R 367 May01/08
12-00-00 8 Feb01/07 12-11-28 326 May01/07 12-11-28 R 368 May01/08
12-00-00 9 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 327 May01/08 12-11-28 R 369 May01/08
12-00-00 10 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 328 May01/08 12-11-28 R 370 May01/08
12-00-00 11 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 329 May01/08 12-11-28 R 371 May01/08
12-00-00 12 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 330 May01/08 12-11-28 R 372 May01/08
12-00-00 201 Aug01/07 12-11-28 R 331 May01/08 12-11-28 R 373 May01/08
12-00-00 202 Aug01/07 12-11-28 R 332 May01/08 12-11-28 R 374 May01/08
12-00-00 203 Aug01/07 12-11-28 R 333 May01/08 12-11-28 R 375 May01/08
12-00-00 204 Aug01/07 12-11-28 R 334 May01/08 12-11-28 R 376 May01/08
12-00-00 205 Aug01/07 12-11-28 335 May01/07 12-11-28 R 377 May01/08
12-00-00 206 Aug01/07 12-11-28 336 May01/07 12-11-28 R 378 May01/08
12-00-00 207 Aug01/07 12-11-28 337 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 379 May01/08
12-00-00 208 Aug01/07 12-11-28 R 338 May01/08 12-11-28 R 380 May01/08
12-11-28 339 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 381 May01/08
12-10-00 1 Feb01/96 12-11-28 340 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 382 May01/08
12-11-28 341 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 383 May01/08
12-11-00 1 May01/97 12-11-28 342 Feb01/07 12-11-28 R 384 May01/08

12-L.E.P. Page 1
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-11-28 R 385 May01/08 12-12-00 R 4 May01/08 12-12-32 331 Aug01/07


12-11-28 R 386 May01/08 12-12-00 R 5 May01/08 12-12-32 R 332 May01/08
12-11-28 R 387 May01/08 12-12-00 R 6 May01/08 12-12-32 R 333 May01/08
12-11-28 R 388 May01/08 12-12-00 N 7 May01/08 12-12-32 R 334 May01/08
12-11-28 R 389 May01/08 12-12-29 301 May01/05 12-12-32 R 335 May01/08
12-11-28 R 390 May01/08 12-12-29 302 May01/07 12-12-32 R 336 May01/08
12-11-28 R 391 May01/08 12-12-29 303 Feb01/96 12-12-32 337 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R 392 May01/08 12-12-29 304 Feb01/96 12-12-32 338 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R 393 May01/08 12-12-29 R 305 May01/08 12-12-32 339 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R 394 May01/08 12-12-29 306 Feb01/96 12-12-32 340 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R 395 May01/08 12-12-29 R 307 May01/08 12-12-32 341 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R 396 May01/08 12-12-29 R 308 May01/08 12-12-32 342 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R 397 May01/08 12-12-29 R 309 May01/08 12-12-32 343 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R 398 May01/08 12-12-29 310 May01/05 12-12-32 344 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R 399 May01/08 12-12-29 311 May01/07 12-12-32 345 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A300 May01/08 12-12-29 312 May01/07 12-12-32 346 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R A301 May01/08 12-12-29 313 May01/07 12-12-32 347 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A302 May01/08 12-12-29 R 314 May01/08 12-12-32 348 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A303 May01/08 12-12-29 R 315 May01/08 12-12-32 349 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R A304 May01/08 12-12-29 R 316 May01/08 12-12-32 350 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A305 May01/08 12-12-29 R 317 May01/08 12-12-32 351 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A306 May01/08 12-12-32 301 Aug01/06 12-12-32 352 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A307 May01/08 12-12-32 302 Feb01/07 12-12-32 353 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A308 May01/08 12-12-32 303 Aug01/07 12-12-32 R 354 May01/08
12-11-28 R A309 May01/08 12-12-32 304 Feb01/07 12-12-32 355 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R A310 May01/08 12-12-32 305 Aug01/06 12-12-32 356 Aug01/07
12-11-28 A311 Feb01/07 12-12-32 306 Aug01/06 12-12-32 357 Feb01/07
12-11-28 R A312 May01/08 12-12-32 307 Aug01/06 12-12-32 R 358 May01/08
12-11-28 R A313 May01/08 12-12-32 308 Aug01/06 12-12-32 R 359 May01/08
12-11-28 R A314 May01/08 12-12-32 309 Aug01/06 12-12-32 360 Aug01/07
12-11-28 R A315 May01/08 12-12-32 310 Aug01/06 12-12-32 R 361 May01/08
12-11-28 R A316 May01/08 12-12-32 311 Nov01/07 12-12-32 362 Aug01/07
12-11-28 R A317 May01/08 12-12-32 312 Nov01/07 12-12-32 R 363 May01/08
12-11-28 R A318 May01/08 12-12-32 313 Nov01/07 12-12-32 364 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A319 May01/08 12-12-32 314 Feb01/07 12-12-32 365 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A320 May01/08 12-12-32 315 Feb01/07 12-12-32 366 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A321 May01/08 12-12-32 316 Feb01/07 12-12-32 367 Aug01/07
12-11-28 R A322 May01/08 12-12-32 317 Aug01/06 12-12-32 368 Aug01/07
12-11-28 R A323 May01/08 12-12-32 318 Aug01/06 12-12-32 369 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A324 May01/08 12-12-32 319 Aug01/06 12-12-32 370 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A325 May01/08 12-12-32 320 Aug01/06 12-12-32 371 Aug01/06
12-11-28 R A326 May01/08 12-12-32 321 May01/05
12-11-28 R A327 May01/08 12-12-32 322 May01/05 12-13-00 1 Feb01/96
12-11-28 A328 Feb01/07 12-12-32 323 May01/05 12-13-24 01 R 301 May01/08
12-11-28 R A329 May01/08 12-12-32 324 May01/05 12-13-24 01 R 302 May01/08
12-11-28 R A330 May01/08 12-12-32 325 May01/05 12-13-24 01 R 303 May01/08
12-11-28 N A331 May01/08 12-12-32 326 Feb01/07 12-13-24 01 R 304 May01/08
12-12-32 327 Feb01/07 12-13-24 01 R 305 May01/08
12-12-00 R 1 May01/08 12-12-32 328 Feb01/07 12-13-24 01 R 306 May01/08
12-12-00 R 2 May01/08 12-12-32 329 Feb01/07 12-13-24 01 307 May01/06
12-12-00 R 3 May01/08 12-12-32 R 330 May01/08 12-13-24 01 308 May01/06

12-L.E.P. Page 2
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-13-24 01 R 309 May01/08 12-13-27 321 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 311 Nov01/07


12-13-24 01 R 310 May01/08 12-13-27 322 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 312 Nov01/07
12-13-24 01 R 311 May01/08 12-13-27 323 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 313 Nov01/07
12-13-24 01 312 May01/06 12-13-27 324 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 314 Nov01/07
12-13-24 01 313 May01/06 12-13-27 325 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 315 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 R 314 May01/08 12-13-27 326 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 316 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 R 315 May01/08 12-13-27 327 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 317 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 R 316 May01/08 12-13-27 328 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 318 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 R 317 May01/08 12-13-27 329 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 319 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 R 318 May01/08 12-13-27 330 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 320 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 R 319 May01/08 12-13-27 331 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 321 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 320 May01/06 12-13-27 332 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 322 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 321 May01/06 12-13-27 333 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 323 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 R 322 May01/08 12-13-27 334 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 324 Feb01/07
12-13-24 01 N 323 May01/08 12-13-27 335 Aug01/07 12-13-79 02 325 Feb01/07
12-13-24 02 R 301 May01/08 12-13-27 336 Feb01/07 12-13-79 02 326 Feb01/07
12-13-24 02 302 Feb01/07 12-13-29 301 Nov01/07 12-13-79 02 327 Feb01/07
12-13-24 02 303 Feb01/07 12-13-29 302 Nov01/07 12-13-80 01 301 Aug01/06
12-13-24 02 R 304 May01/08 12-13-29 303 Nov01/07 12-13-80 01 302 Aug01/06
12-13-24 02 305 Feb01/07 12-13-29 304 Feb01/07 12-13-80 01 303 May01/06
12-13-24 02 R 306 May01/08 12-13-29 305 Nov01/07 12-13-80 01 304 May01/06
12-13-24 02 307 Feb01/07 12-13-49 301 Nov01/04 12-13-80 01 305 May01/06
12-13-24 02 308 Feb01/07 12-13-49 302 Nov01/04 12-13-80 01 306 May01/06
12-13-24 02 R 309 May01/08 12-13-79 01 301 May01/06 12-13-80 01 307 May01/06
12-13-24 02 310 Feb01/07 12-13-79 01 302 May01/06 12-13-80 01 308 Aug01/07
12-13-24 02 R 311 May01/08 12-13-79 01 303 May01/06 12-13-80 01 309 Feb01/07
12-13-24 02 312 Feb01/07 12-13-79 01 304 May01/06 12-13-80 01 310 Feb01/07
12-13-24 02 313 Feb01/07 12-13-79 01 305 May01/06 12-13-80 01 311 May01/06
12-13-24 02 R 314 May01/08 12-13-79 01 306 May01/06 12-13-80 01 312 Feb01/07
12-13-24 02 315 Feb01/07 12-13-79 01 307 May01/06 12-13-80 01 313 Feb01/07
12-13-24 02 316 Feb01/07 12-13-79 01 308 May01/06 12-13-80 01 314 Nov01/06
12-13-27 301 May01/07 12-13-79 01 309 May01/06 12-13-80 01 315 Feb01/07
12-13-27 302 Aug01/07 12-13-79 01 310 May01/06 12-13-80 01 316 Feb01/07
12-13-27 303 May01/07 12-13-79 01 311 Nov01/07 12-13-80 01 317 Feb01/07
12-13-27 304 Nov01/03 12-13-79 01 312 Nov01/07 12-13-80 02 301 Feb01/07
12-13-27 305 Feb01/08 12-13-79 01 313 May01/06 12-13-80 02 302 Feb01/07
12-13-27 306 Feb01/08 12-13-79 01 314 May01/06 12-13-80 02 303 Feb01/07
12-13-27 307 Aug01/07 12-13-79 01 315 May01/06 12-13-80 02 304 Feb01/07
12-13-27 308 Feb01/08 12-13-79 01 316 May01/06 12-13-80 02 305 Feb01/07
12-13-27 309 Feb01/08 12-13-79 01 317 May01/06 12-13-80 02 306 Feb01/07
12-13-27 310 Feb01/08 12-13-79 01 318 May01/06 12-13-80 02 307 Feb01/07
12-13-27 311 Aug01/06 12-13-79 02 301 Feb01/08 12-13-80 02 308 Feb01/07
12-13-27 312 Aug01/06 12-13-79 02 302 Feb01/08
12-13-27 313 May01/06 12-13-79 02 303 Nov01/07 12-14-00 1 Nov01/04
12-13-27 314 May01/06 12-13-79 02 304 Nov01/07 12-14-29 301 Feb01/07
12-13-27 315 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 305 Nov01/07 12-14-29 302 Feb01/07
12-13-27 316 May01/06 12-13-79 02 306 Feb01/08 12-14-29 303 Feb01/07
12-13-27 317 Aug01/06 12-13-79 02 307 Feb01/08 12-14-29 304 May01/06
12-13-27 318 Aug01/06 12-13-79 02 308 Feb01/08 12-14-29 305 May01/06
12-13-27 319 May01/06 12-13-79 02 309 Nov01/07 12-14-29 306 Feb01/07
12-13-27 320 Feb01/08 12-13-79 02 310 Nov01/07 12-14-29 307 Feb01/07

12-L.E.P. Page 3
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-14-29 308 May01/06 12-14-32 341 Feb01/08 12-15-38 302 May01/07


12-14-29 309 Feb01/07 12-14-32 342 Feb01/08 12-15-38 303 Aug01/07
12-14-29 310 May01/06 12-14-32 343 Feb01/08 12-15-38 304 Aug01/07
12-14-29 311 May01/06 12-14-32 344 Feb01/08 12-15-38 305 Aug01/06
12-14-29 312 Feb01/07 12-14-32 345 Feb01/08 12-15-38 306 Aug01/06
12-14-29 313 Feb01/07 12-14-32 346 Feb01/08 12-15-38 307 Feb01/07
12-14-29 314 May01/06 12-14-32 347 Feb01/08 12-15-38 308 Aug01/07
12-14-29 315 May01/06 12-14-32 348 Feb01/08 12-15-38 309 Aug01/07
12-14-29 316 May01/06 12-14-32 349 Feb01/08 12-15-38 310 Aug01/07
12-14-29 317 May01/06 12-14-32 350 Feb01/08 12-15-38 311 Aug01/07
12-14-29 318 May01/06 12-14-32 351 Feb01/07 12-15-38 312 Aug01/07
12-14-32 R 301 May01/08 12-14-32 352 Feb01/07 12-15-38 313 Aug01/07
12-14-32 R 302 May01/08 12-14-32 353 Feb01/08 12-15-38 314 Aug01/07
12-14-32 303 May01/06 12-14-32 354 Feb01/08 12-15-38 315 Aug01/07
12-14-32 304 May01/06 12-14-32 355 Feb01/08 12-15-38 316 Aug01/07
12-14-32 305 Feb01/07 12-14-32 356 Feb01/07 12-15-38 317 Aug01/07
12-14-32 306 Feb01/07 12-14-32 357 Feb01/07 12-15-38 318 Aug01/07
12-14-32 307 Feb01/07 12-14-32 358 Aug01/07 12-15-38 319 Aug01/07
12-14-32 308 May01/07 12-14-32 359 Feb01/07 12-15-38 320 Aug01/07
12-14-32 309 May01/07 12-14-32 360 Feb01/07
12-14-32 310 Feb01/07 12-14-32 361 Feb01/07 12-16-00 1 Feb01/96
12-14-32 311 Feb01/07 12-14-32 362 Feb01/07 12-16-25 301 May01/06
12-14-32 312 Feb01/07 12-14-32 363 Feb01/07 12-16-25 302 Feb01/07
12-14-32 313 Feb01/07 12-14-32 364 Feb01/07 12-16-25 303 Feb01/07
12-14-32 314 May01/07 12-14-32 365 Feb01/07 12-16-25 304 May01/06
12-14-32 315 Feb01/08 12-14-32 366 Feb01/07 12-16-25 305 Feb01/07
12-14-32 316 Feb01/08 12-14-32 367 Feb01/07 12-16-25 306 May01/06
12-14-32 317 Feb01/08 12-14-32 368 Feb01/07 12-16-38 R 301 May01/08
12-14-32 318 Feb01/08 12-14-32 369 Feb01/07 12-16-38 302 Feb01/07
12-14-32 319 Feb01/08 12-14-32 370 May01/07 12-16-38 303 Feb01/07
12-14-32 320 Feb01/07 12-14-32 371 May01/07 12-16-38 304 Aug01/06
12-14-32 321 Feb01/07 12-14-32 372 May01/07 12-16-38 305 Aug01/06
12-14-32 322 Feb01/07 12-14-32 373 Feb01/07 12-16-38 306 Aug01/06
12-14-32 323 Feb01/08 12-14-32 374 Feb01/07 12-16-38 307 Aug01/06
12-14-32 324 Feb01/07 12-14-32 375 Feb01/07 12-16-38 308 Feb01/07
12-14-32 325 Feb01/07 12-14-32 376 Aug01/07 12-16-38 309 Feb01/07
12-14-32 326 Aug01/07 12-14-32 377 Aug01/07 12-16-38 310 Feb01/07
12-14-32 327 Aug01/07 12-14-32 378 Aug01/07 12-16-38 311 Aug01/06
12-14-32 328 Aug01/07 12-14-32 379 Aug01/07 12-16-38 312 Feb01/07
12-14-32 329 Feb01/07 12-14-32 380 Aug01/07
12-14-32 330 Aug01/07 12-14-32 381 Aug01/07 12-17-00 1 Feb01/96
12-14-32 331 Aug01/07 12-14-32 382 Aug01/07 12-17-30 301 May01/05
12-14-32 332 Aug01/07 12-14-32 383 Aug01/07 12-17-30 302 May01/03
12-14-32 333 Feb01/07 12-14-32 384 Nov01/07 12-17-30 303 May01/03
12-14-32 334 Aug01/07 12-14-32 385 Feb01/07 12-17-30 304 May01/03
12-14-32 335 Aug01/07 12-14-32 386 Feb01/07 12-17-30 305 May01/01
12-14-32 336 Aug01/07 12-14-32 387 Nov01/07
12-14-32 337 Feb01/07 12-14-32 388 Feb01/07 12-20-00 1 Feb01/96
12-14-32 338 Aug01/07
12-14-32 339 Aug01/07 12-15-00 1 Feb01/96 12-21-00 1 Feb01/96
12-14-32 340 Aug01/07 12-15-38 301 Nov01/04 12-21-11 301 Feb01/07

12-L.E.P. Page 4
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-21-11 302 May01/07 12-21-12 343 Nov01/07 12-21-13 725 Aug01/07


12-21-11 303 Feb01/08 12-21-12 344 Nov01/07 12-21-13 726 Aug01/07
12-21-11 304 Aug01/06 12-21-12 345 Feb01/08 12-21-13 727 Aug01/07
12-21-11 305 Feb01/08 12-21-12 346 Nov01/07 12-21-13 728 Aug01/07
12-21-11 306 Aug01/06 12-21-12 347 Nov01/07
12-21-11 307 Aug01/06 12-21-12 348 Nov01/07 12-22-00 1 Feb01/96
12-21-11 308 Aug01/06 12-21-12 349 Nov01/07 12-22-00 2 Feb01/96
12-21-11 309 May01/07 12-21-12 350 Feb01/08 12-22-27 301 Aug01/07
12-21-11 310 Feb01/08 12-21-12 351 Nov01/07 12-22-27 302 Aug01/07
12-21-12 301 May01/07 12-21-12 352 Nov01/07 12-22-27 303 Aug01/07
12-21-12 302 May01/07 12-21-12 353 Nov01/07 12-22-27 304 Feb01/07
12-21-12 303 May01/07 12-21-12 354 Nov01/07 12-22-27 305 Aug01/07
12-21-12 304 May01/07 12-21-12 355 Feb01/08 12-22-27 306 Feb01/07
12-21-12 305 May01/07 12-21-12 356 Feb01/08 12-22-27 307 Feb01/07
12-21-12 306 Feb01/08 12-21-12 357 Nov01/07 12-22-27 308 Feb01/07
12-21-12 307 May01/07 12-21-12 358 Feb01/08 12-22-27 309 Nov01/07
12-21-12 308 May01/07 12-21-12 359 Nov01/07 12-22-27 310 Aug01/07
12-21-12 309 Nov01/07 12-21-12 360 Nov01/07 12-22-27 311 Nov01/07
12-21-12 310 May01/07 12-21-12 361 Nov01/07 12-22-27 312 Feb01/07
12-21-12 311 May01/07 12-21-12 362 Nov01/07 12-22-27 R 313 May01/08
12-21-12 312 Nov01/07 12-21-12 363 Feb01/08 12-22-27 314 Feb01/08
12-21-12 313 Nov01/07 12-21-12 364 Nov01/07 12-22-27 315 Feb01/08
12-21-12 314 Nov01/07 12-21-12 365 Feb01/08 12-22-27 316 Nov01/07
12-21-12 315 Nov01/07 12-21-12 366 Feb01/08 12-22-27 317 Aug01/07
12-21-12 316 Nov01/07 12-21-12 367 Nov01/07 12-22-27 318 Nov01/07
12-21-12 317 Nov01/07 12-21-12 368 Nov01/07 12-22-27 319 Aug01/07
12-21-12 318 Nov01/07 12-21-12 369 Nov01/07 12-22-27 320 Aug01/07
12-21-12 319 Nov01/07 12-21-13 701 Feb01/07 12-22-27 321 Aug01/07
12-21-12 320 Nov01/07 12-21-13 702 Feb01/07 12-22-27 322 Aug01/07
12-21-12 321 Nov01/07 12-21-13 703 May01/06 12-22-27 323 Aug01/07
12-21-12 322 Nov01/07 12-21-13 704 May01/06 12-22-27 324 Aug01/07
12-21-12 323 Nov01/07 12-21-13 705 Aug01/07 12-22-27 325 Feb01/07
12-21-12 324 Nov01/07 12-21-13 706 May01/97 12-22-27 326 Feb01/07
12-21-12 325 Nov01/07 12-21-13 707 Aug01/07 12-22-27 327 Feb01/07
12-21-12 326 Nov01/07 12-21-13 708 May01/06 12-22-27 328 Feb01/07
12-21-12 327 Feb01/08 12-21-13 709 Aug01/07 12-22-27 329 Aug01/07
12-21-12 328 Nov01/07 12-21-13 710 Aug01/07 12-22-27 330 Feb01/07
12-21-12 329 Nov01/07 12-21-13 711 Aug01/07 12-22-27 331 Feb01/07
12-21-12 330 Nov01/07 12-21-13 712 Aug01/07 12-22-27 332 Feb01/07
12-21-12 331 Nov01/07 12-21-13 713 Aug01/07 12-22-27 333 Feb01/07
12-21-12 332 Nov01/07 12-21-13 714 Aug01/07 12-22-27 334 Feb01/07
12-21-12 333 Nov01/07 12-21-13 715 Aug01/07 12-22-27 335 Feb01/07
12-21-12 334 Nov01/07 12-21-13 716 Aug01/07 12-22-27 336 Feb01/07
12-21-12 335 Nov01/07 12-21-13 717 Aug01/07 12-22-27 337 Feb01/07
12-21-12 336 Nov01/07 12-21-13 718 Aug01/07 12-22-27 338 Feb01/07
12-21-12 337 Nov01/07 12-21-13 719 Aug01/07 12-22-27 339 Feb01/07
12-21-12 338 Nov01/07 12-21-13 720 Aug01/07 12-22-27 340 Feb01/07
12-21-12 339 Nov01/07 12-21-13 721 Aug01/07 12-22-27 341 Feb01/07
12-21-12 340 Nov01/07 12-21-13 722 Aug01/07 12-22-27 342 Feb01/07
12-21-12 341 Feb01/08 12-21-13 723 Aug01/07 12-22-27 343 Nov01/07
12-21-12 342 Nov01/07 12-21-13 724 Aug01/07 12-22-27 344 Nov01/07

12-L.E.P. Page 5
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-22-27 345 Nov01/07 12-22-32 344 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 318 May01/08


12-22-27 346 Feb01/07 12-22-32 345 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 319 May01/08
12-22-27 347 Nov01/07 12-22-32 346 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 320 May01/08
12-22-27 348 Feb01/07 12-22-32 347 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 321 May01/08
12-22-27 349 Feb01/07 12-22-32 348 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 322 May01/08
12-22-27 350 Feb01/07 12-22-32 349 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 323 May01/08
12-22-27 351 Feb01/07 12-22-32 350 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 324 May01/08
12-22-27 352 Feb01/07 12-22-32 351 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 325 May01/08
12-22-32 301 May01/04 12-22-32 352 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 326 May01/08
12-22-32 302 Feb01/07 12-22-32 353 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 327 May01/08
12-22-32 303 Feb01/07 12-22-32 354 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 328 May01/08
12-22-32 304 Feb01/07 12-22-32 355 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 329 May01/08
12-22-32 305 Feb01/07 12-22-32 356 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 330 May01/08
12-22-32 306 Nov01/07 12-22-32 357 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 331 May01/08
12-22-32 307 Nov01/07 12-22-32 358 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 332 May01/08
12-22-32 308 Nov01/07 12-22-32 359 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 333 May01/08
12-22-32 309 Nov01/07 12-22-32 360 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 334 May01/08
12-22-32 310 Nov01/07 12-22-32 361 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 335 May01/08
12-22-32 311 Nov01/07 12-22-32 362 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 336 May01/08
12-22-32 312 Nov01/07 12-22-32 363 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 337 May01/08
12-22-32 313 Nov01/07 12-22-32 364 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 338 May01/08
12-22-32 314 Nov01/07 12-22-32 365 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 339 May01/08
12-22-32 315 May01/06 12-22-32 366 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 340 May01/08
12-22-32 316 Nov01/07 12-22-32 367 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 341 May01/08
12-22-32 317 Nov01/07 12-22-32 368 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 342 May01/08
12-22-32 318 Nov01/07 12-22-32 369 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 343 May01/08
12-22-32 319 Nov01/07 12-22-32 370 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 344 May01/08
12-22-32 320 Nov01/07 12-22-32 371 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 345 May01/08
12-22-32 321 Nov01/07 12-22-32 372 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 346 May01/08
12-22-32 322 Nov01/07 12-22-32 373 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 347 May01/08
12-22-32 323 Nov01/07 12-22-32 374 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 348 May01/08
12-22-32 324 Nov01/07 12-22-32 375 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 349 May01/08
12-22-32 325 Nov01/07 12-22-32 376 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 350 May01/08
12-22-32 326 Nov01/07 12-22-32 377 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 351 May01/08
12-22-32 327 Nov01/07 12-22-52 301 May01/06 12-22-52 R 352 May01/08
12-22-32 328 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 302 May01/08 12-22-52 R 353 May01/08
12-22-32 329 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 303 May01/08 12-22-52 R 354 May01/08
12-22-32 330 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 304 May01/08 12-22-52 R 355 May01/08
12-22-32 331 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 305 May01/08 12-22-52 R 356 May01/08
12-22-32 332 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 306 May01/08 12-22-52 R 357 May01/08
12-22-32 333 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 307 May01/08 12-22-52 R 358 May01/08
12-22-32 334 Nov01/07 12-22-52 R 308 May01/08 12-22-52 R 359 May01/08
12-22-32 335 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 309 May01/08 12-22-52 R 360 May01/08
12-22-32 336 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 310 May01/08 12-22-52 R 361 May01/08
12-22-32 337 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 311 May01/08 12-22-52 R 362 May01/08
12-22-32 338 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 312 May01/08 12-22-52 R 363 May01/08
12-22-32 339 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 313 May01/08 12-22-52 R 364 May01/08
12-22-32 340 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 314 May01/08 12-22-52 R 365 May01/08
12-22-32 341 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 315 May01/08 12-22-52 N 366 May01/08
12-22-32 342 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 316 May01/08 12-22-52 N 367 May01/08
12-22-32 343 Feb01/07 12-22-52 R 317 May01/08 12-22-52 N 368 May01/08

12-L.E.P. Page 6
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-22-52 N 369 May01/08 12-31-00 3 May01/06 12-31-31 202 Feb01/96


12-22-52 N 370 May01/08 12-31-00 4 May01/06 12-31-32 201 Aug01/06
12-22-52 N 371 May01/08 12-31-00 5 Nov01/04 12-31-32 202 Aug01/06
12-22-52 N 372 May01/08 12-31-00 6 Nov01/04 12-31-32 203 Aug01/06
12-22-52 N 373 May01/08 12-31-11 201 Nov01/07 12-31-35 201 May01/06
12-22-52 N 374 May01/08 12-31-11 R 202 May01/08 12-31-35 202 Feb01/96
12-22-52 N 375 May01/08 12-31-11 203 Nov01/07 12-31-38 201 May01/04
12-22-53 301 May01/97 12-31-11 204 Nov01/07 12-31-38 202 Aug01/06
12-22-53 302 May01/03 12-31-11 205 Nov01/07 12-31-38 203 May01/07
12-22-53 303 May01/97 12-31-11 206 Nov01/07 12-31-38 204 Feb01/08
12-22-53 304 Feb01/96 12-31-11 D 207 12-31-38 205 Feb01/08
12-22-55 301 Nov01/03 12-31-11 D 208 12-31-38 206 Feb01/08
12-22-55 302 Aug01/06 12-31-11 D 209 12-31-49 201 Nov01/04
12-22-55 303 May01/06 12-31-12 R 201 May01/08 12-31-49 202 Nov01/04
12-22-55 304 Feb01/96 12-31-12 R 202 May01/08 12-31-49 203 May01/07
12-22-55 305 Aug01/06 12-31-12 R 203 May01/08 12-31-49 204 Nov01/04
12-22-56 301 Nov01/04 12-31-12 R 204 May01/08 12-31-51 201 Feb01/96
12-22-56 302 May01/02 12-31-12 R 205 May01/08 12-31-51 202 Feb01/96
12-22-56 303 May01/02 12-31-12 R 206 May01/08 12-31-51 203 Feb01/96
12-22-56 304 Nov01/01 12-31-12 R 207 May01/08 12-31-52 201 Feb01/07
12-31-12 R 208 May01/08 12-31-52 202 Feb01/07
12-24-00 1 Feb01/96 12-31-12 R 209 May01/08 12-31-52 203 Feb01/07
12-24-34 301 Feb01/96 12-31-12 R 210 May01/08 12-31-52 204 Feb01/08
12-24-34 302 Feb01/96 12-31-12 R 211 May01/08 12-31-52 205 Feb01/08
12-24-34 303 Feb01/96 12-31-12 R 212 May01/08 12-31-52 206 Feb01/08
12-24-38 201 Feb01/07 12-31-12 R 213 May01/08 12-31-52 207 Feb01/08
12-24-38 202 May01/07 12-31-12 R 214 May01/08 12-31-52 208 Feb01/07
12-24-38 203 Aug01/07 12-31-12 N 215 May01/08 12-31-52 209 Feb01/07
12-24-38 204 Aug01/07 12-31-21 201 May01/99 12-31-52 210 Feb01/07
12-24-38 205 Aug01/07 12-31-21 202 May01/99 12-31-52 211 Feb01/08
12-24-38 206 Feb01/07 12-31-21 203 May01/99 12-31-52 212 Feb01/08
12-24-38 207 Aug01/07 12-31-24 201 May01/05 12-31-52 213 Feb01/08
12-24-38 208 May01/99 12-31-24 202 May01/05 12-31-52 214 Feb01/08
12-24-38 209 Aug01/07 12-31-24 203 May01/05 12-31-52 215 Feb01/08
12-24-38 210 Aug01/07 12-31-25 201 May01/06 12-31-52 216 Feb01/08
12-24-38 211 Aug01/07 12-31-25 202 Feb01/08 12-31-52 217 Feb01/08
12-24-38 212 Aug01/07 12-31-25 203 Feb01/07 12-31-52 218 Feb01/08
12-24-38 213 Feb01/07 12-31-25 204 Feb01/07 12-31-52 219 Feb01/08
12-24-38 214 Feb01/07 12-31-25 205 Feb01/07 12-31-52 220 Feb01/08
12-24-38 215 Feb01/07 12-31-25 206 Feb01/07 12-31-52 221 Feb01/08
12-24-38 216 Aug01/06 12-31-25 207 Feb01/07 12-31-52 222 Feb01/08
12-24-38 217 Aug01/06 12-31-25 208 Aug01/07 12-31-71 201 Feb01/07
12-24-38 218 Feb01/07 12-31-27 201 May01/07
12-24-38 219 Feb01/07 12-31-27 202 May01/07 12-32-00 1 Feb01/96
12-31-27 203 Feb01/96 12-32-24 R 301 May01/08
12-28-00 1 Nov01/02 12-31-28 201 Feb01/08 12-32-24 R 302 May01/08
12-31-28 202 Feb01/08 12-32-24 R 303 May01/08
12-30-00 1 Feb01/96 12-31-28 203 Nov01/07 12-32-24 R 304 May01/08
12-31-28 204 Nov01/07 12-32-24 305 May01/06
12-31-00 1 Nov01/04 12-31-28 205 Aug01/96 12-32-24 306 Feb01/07
12-31-00 2 Nov01/04 12-31-31 201 Feb01/96 12-32-24 R 307 May01/08

12-L.E.P. Page 7
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-32-24 R 308 May01/08 12-32-49 304 Aug01/06 12-34-24 211 Feb01/07


12-32-24 R 309 May01/08 12-32-49 305 Feb01/07 12-34-24 212 Feb01/07
12-32-24 R 310 May01/08 12-32-49 306 Aug01/06
12-32-28 301 Nov01/06 12-32-49 307 Aug01/06 12-36-00 1 Feb01/96
12-32-28 302 Feb01/07 12-32-79 01 301 Feb01/07 12-36-29 301 May01/05
12-32-28 303 Feb01/07 12-32-79 01 302 Feb01/07 12-36-29 302 May01/06
12-32-28 304 Feb01/07 12-32-79 01 303 Feb01/07 12-36-29 303 Feb01/96
12-32-28 305 Feb01/07 12-32-79 01 304 Feb01/07 12-36-29 304 Feb01/07
12-32-28 306 Feb01/07 12-32-79 01 305 Feb01/07 12-36-29 305 May01/06
12-32-28 307 Feb01/07 12-32-79 01 306 Feb01/07 12-36-29 306 Feb01/07
12-32-28 308 Feb01/07 12-32-79 02 301 May01/06 12-36-29 307 May01/06
12-32-28 309 Feb01/07 12-32-79 02 302 May01/06 12-36-29 308 Feb01/07
12-32-28 310 Feb01/07 12-32-79 02 303 May01/06 12-36-29 309 May01/06
12-32-28 311 Aug01/07 12-32-79 02 304 May01/06 12-36-29 310 May01/06
12-32-28 312 Feb01/07 12-32-79 02 305 May01/06 12-36-29 311 May01/06
12-32-28 313 Aug01/07 12-36-29 312 Feb01/07
12-32-28 314 Aug01/07 12-33-00 1 May01/97 12-36-29 313 May01/06
12-32-28 315 Aug01/07 12-33-21 201 Nov01/06 12-36-29 314 Feb01/07
12-32-28 316 Feb01/07 12-33-21 202 Feb01/07 12-36-29 315 May01/06
12-32-28 317 Feb01/07 12-33-21 203 Nov01/06 12-36-29 316 Feb01/07
12-32-28 318 Feb01/07 12-33-21 204 Feb01/07 12-36-29 317 May01/06
12-32-28 319 Feb01/07 12-33-21 205 Feb01/07 12-36-29 318 Feb01/08
12-32-28 320 Feb01/07 12-33-21 206 Feb01/07 12-36-29 319 Feb01/08
12-32-28 321 Feb01/07 12-33-21 207 Feb01/07 12-36-29 320 Feb01/08
12-32-28 322 Feb01/07 12-33-21 208 Feb01/07 12-36-29 321 Feb01/08
12-32-28 323 Feb01/07 12-33-21 209 Feb01/07 12-36-29 322 Feb01/08
12-32-28 324 Feb01/07 12-33-21 210 Feb01/07 12-36-29 323 Feb01/08
12-32-28 325 Feb01/07 12-33-21 211 Feb01/07 12-36-29 324 Feb01/08
12-32-28 326 Feb01/07 12-33-21 212 Feb01/07 12-36-29 325 Feb01/08
12-32-29 301 Feb01/07 12-33-21 213 Feb01/07 12-36-29 326 Feb01/08
12-32-29 302 Feb01/07 12-33-21 214 Feb01/07 12-36-29 327 Feb01/08
12-32-29 303 Feb01/07 12-33-21 215 Feb01/07 12-36-29 328 Feb01/08
12-32-29 304 Feb01/07 12-33-21 216 Feb01/07 12-36-29 329 Feb01/08
12-32-29 305 Feb01/07 12-33-21 217 Feb01/07 12-36-29 330 Feb01/08
12-32-29 306 Nov01/97 12-33-21 218 Feb01/07 12-36-29 331 Feb01/08
12-32-29 307 Nov01/97 12-33-21 219 Feb01/07 12-36-29 332 Feb01/08
12-32-29 308 Feb01/07 12-33-21 301 May01/03 12-36-29 333 Feb01/08
12-32-29 309 Feb01/07 12-33-21 302 Feb01/07 12-36-29 334 Feb01/08
12-32-29 310 Feb01/07 12-33-21 303 Feb01/07 12-36-29 335 Feb01/08
12-32-29 311 Feb01/07 12-36-29 336 Feb01/08
12-32-29 312 Feb01/07 12-34-00 1 Feb01/96 12-36-29 337 Feb01/08
12-32-29 313 Feb01/07 12-34-24 201 Feb01/07 12-36-29 338 Feb01/08
12-32-29 314 Feb01/07 12-34-24 R 202 May01/08 12-36-29 339 Feb01/08
12-32-29 315 Feb01/07 12-34-24 203 Feb01/96 12-36-29 340 Feb01/08
12-32-29 316 Feb01/07 12-34-24 204 May01/06 12-36-29 341 Feb01/08
12-32-29 317 Feb01/07 12-34-24 205 Feb01/07 12-36-29 342 Feb01/08
12-32-29 318 Feb01/07 12-34-24 206 Feb01/07 12-36-29 343 Feb01/08
12-32-29 319 Feb01/07 12-34-24 207 May01/06 12-36-29 344 Feb01/08
12-32-49 301 Aug01/06 12-34-24 208 Feb01/07 12-36-29 345 Feb01/08
12-32-49 302 Feb01/07 12-34-24 R 209 May01/08 12-36-29 346 Feb01/08
12-32-49 303 Feb01/07 12-34-24 R 210 May01/08 12-36-29 347 Feb01/08

12-L.E.P. Page 8
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-36-29 348 Feb01/08 12-36-29 399 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A350 Feb01/08


12-36-29 349 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A300 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A351 Feb01/08
12-36-29 350 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A301 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A352 Feb01/08
12-36-29 351 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A302 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A353 Feb01/08
12-36-29 352 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A303 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A354 Feb01/08
12-36-29 353 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A304 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A355 Feb01/08
12-36-29 354 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A305 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A356 Feb01/08
12-36-29 355 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A306 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A357 Feb01/08
12-36-29 356 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A307 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A358 Feb01/08
12-36-29 357 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A308 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A359 Feb01/08
12-36-29 358 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A309 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A360 Feb01/08
12-36-29 359 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A310 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A361 Feb01/08
12-36-29 360 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A311 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A362 Feb01/08
12-36-29 361 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A312 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A363 Feb01/08
12-36-29 362 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A313 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A364 Feb01/08
12-36-29 363 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A314 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A365 Feb01/08
12-36-29 364 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A315 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A366 Feb01/08
12-36-29 365 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A316 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A367 Feb01/08
12-36-29 366 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A317 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A368 Feb01/08
12-36-29 367 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A318 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A369 Feb01/08
12-36-29 368 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A319 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A370 Feb01/08
12-36-29 369 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A320 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A371 Feb01/08
12-36-29 370 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A321 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A372 Feb01/08
12-36-29 371 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A322 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A373 Feb01/08
12-36-29 372 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A323 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A374 Feb01/08
12-36-29 373 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A324 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A375 Feb01/08
12-36-29 374 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A325 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A376 Feb01/08
12-36-29 375 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A326 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A377 Feb01/08
12-36-29 376 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A327 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A378 Feb01/08
12-36-29 377 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A328 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A379 Feb01/08
12-36-29 378 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A329 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A380 Feb01/08
12-36-29 379 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A330 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A381 Feb01/08
12-36-29 380 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A331 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A382 Feb01/08
12-36-29 381 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A332 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A383 Feb01/08
12-36-29 382 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A333 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A384 Feb01/08
12-36-29 383 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A334 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A385 Feb01/08
12-36-29 384 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A335 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A386 Feb01/08
12-36-29 385 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A336 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A387 Feb01/08
12-36-29 386 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A337 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A388 Feb01/08
12-36-29 387 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A338 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A389 Feb01/08
12-36-29 388 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A339 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A390 Feb01/08
12-36-29 389 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A340 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A391 Feb01/08
12-36-29 390 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A341 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A392 Feb01/08
12-36-29 391 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A342 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A393 Feb01/08
12-36-29 392 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A343 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A394 Feb01/08
12-36-29 393 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A344 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A395 Feb01/08
12-36-29 394 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A345 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A396 Feb01/08
12-36-29 395 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A346 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A397 Feb01/08
12-36-29 396 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A347 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A398 Feb01/08
12-36-29 397 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A348 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A399 Feb01/08
12-36-29 398 Feb01/08 12-36-29 A349 Feb01/08 12-36-29 B300 Feb01/08

12-L.E.P. Page 9
May 01/08

IAC
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

12-36-29 B301 Feb01/08


12-36-29 B302 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B303 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B304 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B305 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B306 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B307 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B308 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B309 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B310 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B311 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B312 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B313 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B314 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B315 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B316 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B317 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B318 Aug01/07
12-36-29 B319 Aug01/07
12-36-29 B320 Aug01/07
12-36-29 B321 Aug01/07
12-36-29 B322 Feb01/08
12-36-29 B323 Aug01/07
12-36-29 B324 Aug01/07
12-36-29 B325 Aug01/07
12-36-29 B326 Aug01/07

12-L.E.P. Page 10
May 01/08

IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING - GENERAL
___________________ 12-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
NO STEP Areas 1 ALL
Ground Service Connections 1 001-012, 014-099
Ground Service Connections 4 101-199, 901-999
Drainage Points 7 001-012, 014-019
Drainage Points 7 020-099, 901-999
Drainage Points 12 101-199,

____________________
SERVICING - GENERAL 12-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Wingrip 201 ALL

____________
REPLENISHING 12-10-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

FUEL 12-11-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
FUEL SYSTEM 12-11-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
General Refuel/Defuel Safety 301 ALL
Procedures
Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures 307 ALL
for use in the Hangar
Pressure Refuel with Automatic 309 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel with Manual 324 ALL
Control
Pressure Refuel without Electrical 335 ALL
Power
Overwing (Gravity) Refuel 343 ALL
Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find 353 101-199, 901-999
the Pitch and Roll Data
Procedure to use the FQIC Input 356 ALL
Parameters to Find the Pitch and
Roll Data
Use of Magnetic Level Indicators 361 ALL
(MLI)

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 12-12-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

12-CONTENTS Page 1
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Specifications of Phosphate 1 ALL
Ester Base Fluids.
Fluid Monitoring 1 ALL
Hydraulic Ground Power Cart 4 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Property 4 ALL
In-Service limits.
Specifications of Mineral Base 6 ALL
Fluids.
Safety Precautions (Ref. TASK 6 ALL
29-00-00-910-00200).
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-12-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 301 ALL
with a Hand Pump
Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir 310 ALL
with a Hydraulic Service Cart
LANDING GEAR 12-12-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level 301 ALL
Replenishment of the NLG Shock 311 ALL
Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)
Replenishment of the Alternate 321 ALL
Brake Reservoir (2624GM)
Check Fluid Level of Main Landing 326 101-199, 901-999
Gear Shock Absorber
Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG 328 101-199, 901-999
Two-Stage Shock Absorber
Check Fluid Level of Main Landing 337 001-012, 014-099
Gear Shock Absorber
Replenishment of the MLG Torque 354 ALL
Link Damper
Check Shock Absorber Charge 361 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level
Check Shock Absorber Charge 367 ALL
Pressure and Fluid Level

OIL 12-13-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
ELECTRICAL POWER 12-13-24
SERVICING 1 301 001-012, 014-099
Draining of the Oil from the IDG 301 001-012, 014-099
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG 308 001-012, 014-099
with Oil or Addition of Oil after
a Level Check
Do Quick Oil Servicing - Filling 317 001-012, 014-099

12-CONTENTS Page 2
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
of the Integrated Drive Generator
(IDG) with Oil for Oil Complement
after Level Check
SERVICING 2 301 101-199, 901-999
Draining of the Oil from the IDG 301 101-199, 901-999
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG 308 101-199, 901-999
with Oil or Addition of Oil after
a Level Check
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-13-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Replenishment of the THS 301 ALL
Actuator (9CE)
Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU 307 ALL
(6201CM) Gearbox
Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU 314 ALL
(6001CM) Gearbox
Drain and Refill Flap Actuator 320 010-010, 012-012
Assemblies with Semi-fluid 017-017, 026-026
101-199, 901-999
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-13-29
SERVICING 301 101-199, 901-999
Servicing of the Ram Air Turbine 301 101-199, 901-999
(RAT) 2GE
APU ((GTCP 36-300)) 12-13-49
SERVICING 301 ALL
Check APU Oil Level and Replenish 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-13-79
SERVICING 1 301 001-012, 014-099
Drain the Engine Oil System 301 001-012, 014-099
Check Oil Level and Replenish 311 001-012, 014-099
Prime the Engine Oil System 317 001-012, 014-099
SERVICING 2 301 101-199, 901-999
Check oil level and replenish 301 101-199, 901-999
Check Pop Out Indicator of EMCD
(Electrical Master Chip Detector)
Check oil level and replenish 309 101-199, 901-999
(Pressure Filling)
Oil Tank Draining 313 101-199, 901-999
Draining of the Accessory Drive 319 101-199, 901-999
Section
Flushing of Oil System 324 101-199, 901-999
ENGINE STARTING 12-13-80
SERVICING 1 301 001-012, 014-099
Drain and Replenish Oil System 301 001-012, 014-099
Replenishment of Starter Oil 308 001-012, 014-099
System

12-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ _
C ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
SERVICING 2 301 101-199, 901-999
Drain and Replenish Oil System 301 101-199, 901-999
Replenish Oil System 306 101-199, 901-999

GAS 12-14-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-14-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Hydraulic Power 301 ALL
Accumulators 1070GM/2070GM/3070GM
with Nitrogen
Fill the Load Alleviation 312 001-012, 014-099
Accumulators
1620GM/1621GM/3620GM/3621GM with
Nitrogen
LANDING GEAR 12-14-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Tires 301 ALL
Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow 308 ALL
Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure
Accumulator
Check Charge Pressure of Main 315 101-199, 901-999
Landing Gear Shock Absorber
Inspection of the MLG Shock 356 101-199, 901-999
Absorbers Before Flight
Nitrogen Filling of the MLG 360 001-012, 014-099
Single-Stage Shock Absorber
Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge 370 ALL
Pressure

WATER 12-15-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
POTABLE WATER 12-15-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 301 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power
Available)
Fill the Potable Water Tank System 313 ALL
(Aircraft Electrical Power not
Available)

LAVATORY 12-16-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL

12-CONTENTS Page 4
Aug 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
LAVATORY ARTICLE 12-16-25
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Liquid Soap 301 ALL
Dispenser
TOILET SANITARY FLUID 12-16-38
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Toilet System 301 ALL

RAIN REPELLENT 12-17-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 12-17-30
SERVICING 301 ALL
Inspection/Check of the Level and 301 ALL
Pressure of the Rain Repellent
Fluid

___________________
SCHEDULED SERVICING 12-20-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

CLEANING 12-21-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
EXTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-11
SERVICING 301 ALL
External Cleaning 301 ALL
INTERNAL CLEANING 12-21-12
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Cockpit 301 ALL
Display-Units
Cleaning of the Cockpit 306 ALL
Equipment/Furnishings
Cleaning of the Carpets and 312 ALL
Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)
Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces 318 ALL
and Mirrors
Cleaning of the Seat Covers and 323 ALL
the Curtains
Cleaning of the Light Alloy and 327 ALL
Steel Components
Cleaning of the Cargo Compartments 330 ALL
Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and 334 ALL
Display Screens (if installed)

12-CONTENTS Page 5
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin 335 ALL
in the Lavatories
Cleaning of the Galleys 339 ALL
Disinfection of the Aircraft 343 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Aircraft 348 ALL
Equipment and Furnishing
Fumigation of the Fuselage 355 ALL
Pressurized Areas with
Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)
Special Precautions to Apply 367 ALL
Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary
Area Compartments and Cargo
Compartments, during Turn-Around
DUST REMOVAL 12-21-13
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 ALL
Cleaning of the Avionics 701 ALL
Compartment
Cleaning of the Grids of the 70VU, 725 ALL
103VU, 106VU and 107VU

LUBRICATION 12-22-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Equipment and Materials 1 ALL
Lubricant Specifications 1 ALL
General Requirements 1 ALL
Lubrication Symbols 1 ALL
FLIGHT CONTROLS 12-22-27
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Trimmable 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
Ball Screw Nut
Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on 309 ALL
all Flap Tracks
Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 320 ALL
Servo Control Bearings
Lubrication of all Slat Track 327 ALL
Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions
and Rack Teeth
Lubrication of the THS Mechanical 335 ALL
Control Chains
Remove Flap Rotary Actuators For 343 001-009, 011-011
Regreasing 014-016, 018-025
027-099,
Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable 348 ALL

12-CONTENTS Page 6
Nov 01/07
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(Area of Tension Regulator)
LANDING GEAR 12-22-32
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the MLG and Doors 301 ALL
Lubrication of the NLG and Doors 348 ALL
DOORS 12-22-52
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 301 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors
Lubrication of the Door-Warning 326 ALL
Proximity-Switch
Actuating-Mechanism
Lubrication of the External 332 ALL
Control Handles of the FWD and AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors
Lubrication of the BULK Cargo 340 101-199,
Compartment-Door Handle
Lubrication of the Avionics 344 ALL
Compartment-Door Handles
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT 348 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door Handle
Lubrication of the External 358 101-199,
Control Handle and the Telescopic
Arm
Lubrication of Safety Pin Guide 363 ALL
Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming
Mechanism
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm 372 ALL
Support-Fitting Bearings
FUSELAGE 12-22-53
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of Trimmable 301 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and
Attachment Fittings
STABILIZERS 12-22-55
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Rudder Bearing 301 ALL
No. 6
WINDOWS 12-22-56
SERVICING 301 ALL
Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding 301 ALL
Window Tracks

DRAINAGE 12-24-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

12-CONTENTS Page 7
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
The drainage points and their 1 ALL
locations are specified in
12-00-00 page 1.
AIR DATA SYSTEM 12-24-34
SERVICING 301 ALL
Bleeding of the Standby Air Data 301 ALL
System
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 12-24-38
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Draining of the Potable Water 201 ALL
System (with Electrical Power)
Draining of the Potable Water 213 ALL
System (without Electrical Power)

USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY 12-28-00


INDICATORS
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

_____________________
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING 12-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

AIRCRAFT PROTECTION 12-31-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines 2 ALL
De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary 2 ALL
Recommendations 3 ALL
De-icing and/or Anti-icing 4 ALL
Equipment and Materials
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION 12-31-11
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Anti-Icing Protection
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL 12-31-12
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in 201 ALL
an Open Area (Engines Stopped)
De-icing with the Aircraft Parked 208 ALL
in an Open Area (Engines Running)
De-icing of the Aircraft by 214 ALL
InfraRed Facilities
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR 12-31-21
CONDITIONING
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL

12-CONTENTS Page 8
May 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Cold Weather Maintenance - Air 201 ALL
Conditioning
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL 12-31-24
POWER
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Electrical Power
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-25
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Equipment/Furnishings
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT 12-31-27
CONTROLS
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight 201 ALL
Controls
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL 12-31-28
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - 12-31-31
INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND
NAVIGATION
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Indicating/Recording systems and
Navigation
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING 12-31-32
GEAR
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing 201 ALL
Gear
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN 12-31-35
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen 201 ALL
System
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ 12-31-38
WASTE
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Water/Waste
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE 12-31-49
AUXILIARY POWER
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Auxiliary Power Unit

12-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE 12-31-51
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - 201 ALL
Structure
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS 12-31-52
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors 201 ALL
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT 12-31-71
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Cold Weather Maintenance - Power 201 ALL
Plant

SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS 12-32-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL 12-32-24
SERVICING 301 ALL
Sampling of the IDG Oil for 301 ALL
Analysis
FUEL 12-32-28
SERVICING 301 ALL
Drain Water Content 301 ALL
Sample Fuel for Microbiological 311 ALL
Contamination Analysis
HYDRAULIC FLUID 12-32-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, 301 ALL
Blue and Yellow Systems for
Analysis
APU 12-32-49
SERVICING 301 ALL
Oil Sampling for Analysis 301 ALL
ENGINE OIL 12-32-79
SERVICING 1 301 101-199, 901-999
Sampling of the Oil For Analysis 301 101-199, 901-999
SERVICING 2 301 001-012, 014-099
Sampling of the Engine Oil for 301 001-012, 014-099
Analysis

PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Pre-conditioning through the LP 201 ALL
Ground Connection

12-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Pre-conditioning through the HP 205 ALL
Ground Connection
Pre-conditioning with the APU 214 ALL
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING 12-33-21
SERVICING 301 ALL
Pre-conditioning through the LP 301 ALL
Ground Connection

GROUNDING POINTS 12-34-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING 12-34-24
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Aircraft Grounding for the 201 ALL
Refuel/Defuel Operations
Aircraft Grounding for the 208 ALL
Maintenance Operations

SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING 12-36-00


DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
HYDRAULIC POWER 12-36-29
SERVICING 301 ALL
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 301 ALL
System of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) 1030GK
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 309 ALL
System of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) 3030GD
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 317 ALL
System of the Electrically Driven
Pump 2075GJ
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 326 ALL
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 332 ALL
System of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) 1088GM
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 338 ALL
System of the Electrically Driven
Pump 3075GX
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 344 ALL
System of the Flap Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6201CM
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 350 ALL
System of the Flap Power

12-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
CHAPTER 12
__________

SERVICING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Control-Unit (PCU) 6201CM
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 356 ALL
System of the Slat Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6001CM
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 362 ALL
System of the Slat Power
Control-Unit (PCU) 6001CM.
Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic 368 ALL
System of the Constant Speed
Motor/Generator (CSM/G) 8XE
Flushing of the Green Hydraulic 374 ALL
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic 380 ALL
System of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) Actuator 9CE
Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the 386 ALL
Green Hydraulic System
Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the A303 ALL
Yellow Hydraulic System
Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the A318 ALL
Blue Hydraulic System
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A330 ALL
in the Green Hydraulic System
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A340 ALL
in the Yellow Hydraulic System
Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid A348 ALL
in the Blue Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Green A352 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Yellow A360 ALL
Hydraulic System
Clean the Fluid in the Blue A367 ALL
Hydraulic System
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid A374 ALL
of the Yellow Hydraulic System
with the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid
Change (DH0501)
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid A397 ALL
of the Green Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)
Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid B313 ALL
of the Blue Hydraulic System with
the Tool - Hydraulic Fluid Change
(DH0501)

12-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/08
R
IAC
SERVICING - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________

1. _______
General
This chapter provides the instructions related to the replenishing and
scheduled and unscheduled servicing operations applicable to the aircraft.
It is broken down as follows:
- REPLENISHING (Ref. ATA 12-10),
- SCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-20),
- UNSCHEDULED SERVICING (Ref. ATA 12-30).

2. NO
_______________
STEP Areas
(Ref. Fig. 001)
On the aircraft, a black point strip shows the NO STEPareas.
The position of the english or bilingual markings permits to read them when
you go near the aircraft from either the front or the rear.
It is permitted to walk on the THS in the center section only to use
protective mat of 3/8 inch thick rubber.It is not permitted to walk on the
leading/trailing edges and the tips.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

3. Ground
__________________________
Service Connections
(Ref. Fig. 002)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ITEM| DESIGNATION |Mean Height from Ground in Meters|
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
| 1A |Forward Lavatory Service Door | 2.35 (7.8) |
R | | (If installed) | |
| 1B |Aft Lavatory Service Door | 2.79 (9.1) |
| 2A |Potable Water Service Door | 1.75 (5.8) |
| 2B |Potable Water Service Door | 2.59 (8.6) |
| 3 |External Power Receptacle | 2.00 (6.7) |
| 4 |Ground Service Conditioned Air | 2.60 (8.6) |
| |Connection | |
| 5 |HP Air Ground Connector | 1.76 (5.7) |
| 6 |Hydraulic System Ground Service Panels| 1.76 (5.7) |
| 7 |Engine Oil Filling Connector : | |
| |- Gravity Filling Cap | 0.68 (2.2) |
| |- Pressure Filling Connection | 0.70 (2.3) |
| 8 |Refuel/Defuel Coupling | 3.40 (11.2) |
| 9A |Gravity Filling Panels (R. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 9B |Gravity Filling Panels (L. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 10 |Refuel/Defuel Control Panel | 1.80 (5.9) |
| 11 |APU Oil Filling Connector | 4.20 (13.7) |



EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 1
May 01/08
 
IAC 
NO STEP Areas
Figure 001



EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
Ground Service Connections
Figure 002


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-00-00

Page 3
May 01/06
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ITEM| DESIGNATION |Mean Height from Ground in Meters|
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

3. __________________________
Ground Service Connections

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 002B)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|ITEM| DESIGNATION |Mean Height from Ground in Meters|
| | | (ft. in.) |
|----|--------------------------------------|---------------------------------|
R | 1A |Forward Lavatory Service Door | 2.35 (7.8) |
R | | (If installed) | |
| 1B |Aft Lavatory Service Door | 2.79 (9.1) |
| 2A |Potable Water Service Door | 1.75 (5.8) |
| 2B |Potable Water Service Door | 2.59 (8.6) |
| 3 |External Power Receptacle | 2.00 (6.7) |
| 4 |Ground Service Conditioned Air | 2.60 (8.6) |
| |Connection | |
| 5 |HP Air Ground Connector | 1.76 (5.7) |
| 6 |Hydraulic System Ground Service Panels| 1.76 (5.7) |
| 7 |Engine Oil Filling Connector : | |
| |- Gravity Filling Cap | 1.46 (4.9) |
| |- Pressure Filling Connection | 1.42 (4.7) |
| 8 |Refuel/Defuel Coupling | 3.40 (11.2) |
| 9A |Gravity Filling Panels (R. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 9B |Gravity Filling Panels (L. side) | 3.60 (11.8) |
| 10 |Refuel/Defuel Control Panel | 1.80 (5.9) |
| 11 |APU Oil Filling Connector | 4.20 (13.7) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 4
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Ground Service Connectrions
R Figure 002A



EFF :

101-199,  12-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Ground Service Connections
R Figure 002B


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

4. Drainage
_______________
Points
(Ref. Fig. 003)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | MEAN HEIGHT FROM GROUND IN METERS |
| | | ( ft. ) |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1A | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 1B | DRAIN MAST FUEL | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 1C | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 2 | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 3.40 ( 11.2 ) |
| 2A | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 3 | LAVATORY DRAINNING | 1.99 ( 6.53 ) |
| 4 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.75 ( 5.80 ) |
| 6 | POTABLE WATER FULL DRAIN | 2.59 ( 8.60 ) |
| | LAVATORY DRAINNING | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 020-099, 901-999,

4. _______________
Drainage Points

**ON A/C 020-099,

(Ref. Fig. 003A)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 003C)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Drainage Points
Figure 003


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019,  12-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Drainage Points
Figure 003A


R

EFF :

020-099,  12-00-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Drainage Points
R Figure 003B



EFF :

101-199,  12-00-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Drainage Points
R Figure 003C



EFF :

901-999,  12-00-00

Page 11
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 020-099, 901-999,

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ITEM | DESIGNATION | MEAN HEIGHT FROM GROUND IN METERS |
| | | ( ft. ) |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1A | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 1B | DRAIN MAST FUEL | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 1C | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
| 2 | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 3.40 ( 11.2 ) |
| 2A | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 4 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.75 ( 5.80 ) |
| 5 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
| 6 | POTABLE WATER FULL DRAIN | 2.59 ( 8.60 ) |
| | WASTE DRAIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 4. Drainage
_______________
Points
R (Ref. Fig. 003B)

R --------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ITEM | DESIGNATION | MEAN HEIGHT FROM GROUND IN METERS |
R | | | ( ft. ) |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 1A | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
R | 1B | DRAIN MAST FUEL | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
R | 1C | DRAIN MAST WATER | 1.73 ( 5.69 ) |
R | 2 | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 3.40 ( 11.2 ) |
R | 2A | FUEL WATER DRAIN | 1.57 ( 5.16 ) |
R | 4 | POTABLE WATER DRAIN | 1.75 ( 5.80 ) |
R | 6 | POTABLE WATER FULL DRAIN | 2.59 ( 8.60 ) |
R | | WASTE DRAIN | |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

020-099, 101-199, 901-999,  12-00-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
SERVICING - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________

R TASK 12-00-00-481-002

R Installation of the Wingrip

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
R NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.

R WARNING : MAKE SURE YOU ARE ALWAYS ATTACHED WHEN YOU ARE ON THE WING.
_______

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE


R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
R 15318-00 2 WINGRIP
R 98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 27-00-00-080-002 Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool


R (98D27803000000)
R 27-00-00-480-002 Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking
R Tool (98D27803000000)
R 27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
R 27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 12-00-00-991-003 Fig. 201



EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 201
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 12-00-00-991-003-A Fig. 201A

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R 12-00-00-991-003-B Fig. 201B

R **ON A/C ALL

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 12-00-00-866-051

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the flaps and the slats are retracted (Ref. TASK 27-
R 50-00-866-009) (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).

R Subtask 12-00-00-941-061

R B. Safety Precautions

R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flap and slat control lever.

R (2) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION


R (98D27803000000) on the flap and slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-
R 00-480-002).

R Subtask 12-00-00-010-052

R C. Get Access

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R wing.



EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 202
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 12-00-00-481-052

R A. Installation of the WINGRIP (15318-00)

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-A)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 201B/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-B)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for installation of


R the Wingrip system.

R NOTE : Only personnel with special training are authorized to


____
R install/use the Wingrip system.

R (a) The Wingrip system includes the individual pad system or the
R multi-pad system.

R 1
_ Individual pad system
R The individual pad system contains a Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) installed on the wing in an area near the working
R zone. A primary hose (2) connects the Wingrip single-point
R anchor (5) to the vacuum module (1). The body harness (3) is
R attached to the Wingrip single-point anchor with the double
R lanyard (4).



EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 203
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-00-00

Page 204
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201A/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-A


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-00-00

Page 205
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R Installation of the Wingrip
R Figure 201B/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-B


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-00-00

Page 206
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R 2
_ Multi-pad system
R The multi-pad system contains two Wingrip end anchors (8). A
R primary hose (7) connects the anchor (8) to the vacuum module
R (6). The multi-pad system also contains Wingrip intermediate
R anchors (9) and secondary hoses (13) (the quantity is related
R to the system length). The body harness (10) (one for each
R user) is attached to the Wingrip shuttle (12) with the double
R lanyard (11).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 12-00-00-081-053

R A. Removal of the WINGRIP (15318-00)

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-00-00-991-003)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-A)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 201B/TASK 12-00-00-991-003-B)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Refer to the Wingrip manufacturers instructions for removal of the


R Wingrip individual pad system or the Wingrip multi-pad system.

R Subtask 12-00-00-942-056

R B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

R (1) Remove the access platform(s).

R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION


R (98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002).

R (3) Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 207
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-00-00

Page 208
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
REPLENISHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________

1. _______
General
This section provides all data for accomplishment of replenishing
operations.
It is divided as follows:
- FUEL SYSTEM (Ref. ATA 12-11),
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Ref. ATA 12-12),
- OIL (Ref. ATA 12-13),
- GAS (Ref. ATA 12-14),
- WATER (Ref. ATA 12-15),
- TOILET SANITARY FLUID (Ref. ATA 12-16),
- RAIN REPELLENT (Ref. ATA 12-17).



EFF :

ALL  12-10-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
FUEL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________

1. General
_______

R Refer to (Ref. 20-31-00) for data on the types of fuel that can be used.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-00

Page 1
May 01/97
 
IAC 
FUEL SYSTEM - SERVICING
_______________________

TASK 12-11-28-650-001

General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures

WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

The procedure that follows contains information as specified in the IATA


Guidance Material on Standard Into-Plane Fuelling Procedures

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations


28-00-00-910-001 Fuel Safety Procedures
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
R FCOM 2.01.30
FM 2.04.00
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-11-28-941-064

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-11-28-650-050

A. Safety Precautions
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)

R (1) You must obey the Fuel Safety Procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
R when you refuel/defuel an aircraft.

(2) Do not let the tanker go near the aircraft until the anti-collision
lights have been set to OFF.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 301
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Refuel Safety Area
Figure 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 302
May 01/00
R  
IAC 
(3) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure, make sure that all the
electrical circuits in the fuel system are complete.

(4) Do not spill fuel on the engines or the brakes. If you spill fuel on
engines or brakes that are hot, it can cause fires.

(5) Ground and bond the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001).

NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

(6) Move all the equipment and material which is not necessary for the
refuel/defuel procedure out of the safety area.

(7) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the ACCU PRESS on the triple
indicator has sufficient pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(8) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the PARK BRK is on.

(9) If the MLG doors are open during the refuel procedure:
- visually examine the tires and shock absorbers
- make sure you will have sufficient clearance to the ground after
the refuel is complete.

(10) Make sure that the chocks are in this position:

(a) If the ramp does not slope:


- move the aft NLG chocks away from the tires. During the refuel,
the NLG tires will roll aft as the MLG shock absorber
compresses
- make sure that the chocks do not touch the MLG tires. The
weight of the fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the tires
to catch the chocks.

(b) If the ramp slopes:


- make sure that all the chocks down from the tires touch the NLG
and MLG tires
- make sure that all the chocks up from the tires do not touch
the NLG and MLG tires.

(11) Make sure that there is no equipment below the aircraft which can
cause damage. The weight of the fuel can suddenly compress the
landing gear and lower the aircraft.

(12) Before you start the refuel/defuel procedure make sure that these are
available:
- a fuelling supervisor or fuelling safety person
- the correct fire-fighting equipment
- approved persons to use the fire-fighting equipment.

(13) Make sure that the overboard vent lines are not blocked. If they are
blocked, damage to the fuel tanks can occur.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 303
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
(14) Make sure that the fuel tanker (or hydrant) contains the correct
fuel. The correct fuels are shown in the Flight Manual (Ref. FM
2.04.00).

(15) Make sure that the fuel tanker or the pump unit (if you use a hydrant
to refuel the aircraft) is in the correct position.

(16) Make sure that, if there is an emergency, you can move the fuel
tanker/pump unit and the other equipment away quickly.

(17) Do not operate the aircraft main engines during a refuel/defuel


procedure.

R NOTE : In an emergency it is permitted to refuel with one engine


____
R running (Ref. FCOM 2.01.30).

(18) APU starts or shutdowns are permitted during refuel/defuel


procedures. If it is necessary to operate the APU, the limits that
follow apply:

(a) An APU start is not permitted during a refuel/defuel procedure if


the APU has failed to start or an automatic shutdown has
occurred.

(b) You must complete a normal APU shutdown if a fuel spill has
occurred during the refuel/defuel procedure.

(19) Make sure that the electrical equipment you use will not cause a
spark.

(20) Do not refuel/defuel in bad weather conditions and electrical storms.


Lightning is dangerous.

(21) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not operate the aircraft


external lighting.

(22) During the refuel/defuel procedure do not fill the oxygen system or
change the oxygen bottles.

(23) During the refuel/defuel procedure do only essential aircraft


maintenance and/or servicing that will not cause a spark.

(24) Do not refuel the aircraft if a fire or engine overheat warning is


displayed on the flight deck.

(25) You are only permitted to replace or do small maintenance work on


radio, radar and electrical equipment during refuelling.

(26) You are not permitted to remove, install or test aircraft batteries
or related equipment during refuelling.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 304
May 01/06
 
IAC 
R (27) Do not use the microphone on the High Frequency (HF) transmitter
during refuel/defuel operations.

R (28) Immediately flush away with water, or remove, fuel leakage.

R (29) Obey the safety distances for 60 m (196.85 ft.) from aircraft:

(a) Stop the fuel tanker 60 m (196.85 ft.) from the aircraft nose
while the weather radar operates. Do not operate the fuel
tanker/pump unit until you stop operation of the weather radar.

R (30) Obey the safety distances for 30 m (98.42 ft.) from aircraft:

(a) Aircraft must not be refueled/defueled less than 30 m (98.42 ft.)


from the radar or HF radio equipment under test in the aircraft
or ground installation.

R (31) Obey the safety distances for 15 m (49.21 ft.) from aircraft:

(a) Put NO SMOKING warning notices around the work area not less
than 15 m (49.21 ft.) from the refuel/defuel equipment and
aircraft and aircraft tank vents.

(b) Do not connect electrical equipment to a power source less than


15 m (49.21 ft.) away, unless the power source has spark-proof
connectors.

R (c) Refuelling/defuelling equipment and aircraft fuel-tank vents must


R not be nearer than 15 m (49.21 ft.) to a building during
R refuelling/defuelling. Make sure the position of the
R refuelling/defuelling area cannot let this occur. Because of the
R design of some buildings, you can do refuelling/defuelling
R operations nearer than 15 m (49.21 ft.). Examples of this type of
R building are nose loaders and aerobridges.
R

R (32) Obey the safety distances for 6 m (19.68 ft.) from aircraft:
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001)

(a) Ground power units (GPUs) can be operated when they are put not
less than 6 m (19.68 ft.) from:
- the aircraft filling and venting points
- the hydrant valves and other refuel/defuel equipment when in
use.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 305
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
(b) Photographic flash bulbs or electronic flash equipment must not
be used less than 6 m (19.68 ft.) from:
- the refuel/defuel equipment
- any filling or venting points of the aircraft.

(c) The refuel/defuel zone must be regarded as extending not less


than 6 m (19.68 ft.) radially from:
- the filling and venting points on the aircraft
- the refuel/defuel equipment
- the hydrant valve in use for refueling (when applicable).

When defueling is taking place, the vehicle will be venting and


will generate a zone radiating from the tank vent.

(d) Do not operate the items that follow inside the 6 m (19.68 ft.)
zone:
R - radios
- radio telephones (cell phones or mobile phones)
- pagers
- switches on lighting systems of other than intrinsically safe
types.

(e) Personnel in the refuel/defuel zone and those employed in


refueling/defueling must not:
- carry matches or other means of ignition
- put on foot-wear with exposed iron or steel studs, nails or
tips.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 306
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
TASK 12-11-28-650-002

Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


No specific warning notices

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 12-11-28-941-065

R A. Not Applicable



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 307
May 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-11-28-650-051

A. Safety Precautions

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

(1) Open all the hangar doors. Do not close the hangar doors until you
have completed the refuel/defuel procedure.

(2) Make the limits of the safety area the limits of the hangar.

(3) Put the safety barriers and the NO SMOKING warning notices at all
the hangar entrances.

(4) To be prepared to tow the aircraft out of the hangar for an


emergency, do these steps:

(a) Move the equipment which is not necessary for the refuel/defuel
procedure from between the aircraft and the hangar exit.

(b) Attach a towing vehicle to the aircraft.

(5) Make sure that the driver of the fuel tanker puts the fuel tanker in
the correct position adjacent to the aircraft. Keep the exit of the
hangar clear for the fuel tanker.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 308
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-11-28-650-003

Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
OF THE WEATHER RADAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.

WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although


____
R approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
R to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
R list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
R Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
R precautions with mixed fuel.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 309
May 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-001 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures


12-11-28-650-002 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
12-11-28-650-007 Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
28-25-00-650-001 Pressure Defuel
28-25-00-869-001 Fuel Transfer
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

12-11-28-991-004 Fig. 303

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

12-11-28-991-004-A Fig. 303A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-11-28-991-004-A)



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 310
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
Refuel/Defuel Coupling
Figure 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 311
May 01/01
 
IAC 
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU
Figure 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019,  12-11-28

Page 312
May 01/01
 
IAC 
Refuel/Defuel Control Panel 800VU, Preselector 5QT and Indicator 6QT
Figure 303A/TASK 12-11-28-991-004-A



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 313
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

R (1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 12-11-
R 28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the refuel
coupling 40QM.

(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and cause the chocks to catch.

(4) Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-11-28-281-051

B. Do a Check for Water in the Fuel Tanker

(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-050

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.

(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.

NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

(2) Remove the refuel coupling cap (41QM).

(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 314
May 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-050-A

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.

(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.

NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

(2) Remove the refuel coupling cap (41QM).

(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.

(4) If you have external power available, energize the aircraft


electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 192MB.

R NOTE : After the refuel control panel access door has opened, if you
____
R use refuel battery power only: it is not possible to start the
R refuel sequence until after approximately 35 seconds.

R This is because the FQIC and FLSS BITE sequences operate first.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 315
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-051-A

E. Not applicable.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-051-B

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that you do not remove the power from the FQIC until the
refuel procedure is complete.

(2) If you do not have ground power available, on the refuel/defuel


R control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER switch to the ON position
R and release.

NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this is
____
to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless you
put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel panel) to
REFUEL.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-051

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) If you do not have ground power available:

WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.

(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
R switch to the ON position and release.

NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 316
May 01/08
 
IAC 
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-740-050

F. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU

(1) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the panel 800VU: On the panel 800VU:

- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the HI LVL lights and the DEFUEL/XFR
position and hold it there OPEN lights are on and the CKPT and
END lights come on
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show all 8s.

- release the TEST switch - the lights go back to their initial


condition
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays go back to their initial
condition

- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change condition.
position and hold it there If they were on, they will go off. If
they were off, they will come on

- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their


initial condition.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 317
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-11-28-991-004-A)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-650-074-A

R A. Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control

R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.

NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or


____
transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).

R (1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:


R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
R the P/BSW are off).

R (2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:


- make sure that the REFUEL VALVES switches are in the NORM position.

R (3) On the preselector 5QT:


- put the PRESELECTED rocker switch to the INC position and hold it
there
- make sure that the number on the PRESELECTED display increases
- when the PRESELECTED display shows the necessary fuel load, release
the PRESELECTED rocker switch.

R (4) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT switch
to the REFUEL position.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).

R (5) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 318
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (6) On the preselector 5QT:

(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL display increases.

R (7) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:

(a) Make sure that the numbers on the FUEL QTY displays increase.
R

R (8) When the refuel operation is complete, make sure that:

(a) On the preselector 5QT:


- the END light comes on
- the numbers on the ACTUAL and the PRESELECTED displays are
stable and the same +/- 100 kg (220.4622 lb).

(b) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:


- the FUEL QTY display for each tank show that the fuel is
divided correctly between the tanks.

(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:


- if the tanks are full, the HI LVL lights come on.

NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).

NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.

R (9) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump-unit.

R (10) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:


- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-650-074-B

R A. Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control

R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 319
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.

NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or


____
transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).

R (1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:


R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
R the P/BSW are off).

R (2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:


- make sure that the REFUEL VALVES switches are in the NORM position.

R (3) On the preselector 5QT:


- put the PRESELECTED rocker switch to the INC position and hold it
there
- make sure that the number on the PRESELECTED display increases
- when the PRESELECTED display shows the necessary fuel load, release
the PRESELECTED rocker switch.

R (4) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT switch
to the REFUEL position.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).

R (5) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.

R (6) On the preselector 5QT:

(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL display increases.

R (7) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:

(a) Make sure that the numbers on the FUEL QTY displays increase.

NOTE : After the refuel control panel access door has opened, if
____
you use refuel battery power only:
- it is not possible to start the refuel sequence until
after approximately 40 seconds.
This is because the FQIC and FLSS BITE sequences operate
first.



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page 320
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (8) When the refuel operation is complete, make sure that:

(a) On the preselector 5QT:


- the END light comes on
- the numbers on the ACTUAL and the PRESELECTED displays are
stable and the same +/- 100 kg (220.4622 lb).

(b) On the fuel quantity indicator 6QT:


- the FUEL QTY display for each tank shows that the fuel is
divided correctly between the tanks.

(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:


- if the tanks are full, the HI LVL lights come on.

NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-
650-007).

R (9) Stop the pump on the fuel tanker/pump-unit.

R (10) If you have had a problem, to disconnect the fuel supply hose, then
R do the step that follows:

(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:


- put a refuel valve switch to OPEN then to NORM.

NOTE : You should use a tank refuel valve switch which does not
____
show a HI LVL indication.

R (11) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:


- put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF and guarded position.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-052-A

A. Not applicable.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-052-B

A. Refuel on Batteries
R



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 321
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-052

A. Refuel on Batteries
R

R (1) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
R configuration before the subsequent flight.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 192MB.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-862-050

C. De-energize the Electrical Circuits

(1) De-energise the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-862-050-A

C. De-energize the Electrical Circuits

(1) If you have external power available, de-energize the aircraft


electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 322
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-869-067

D. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
refuel/defuel coupling.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.

(2) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM.

Subtask 12-11-28-942-051

E. Removal of Equipment

(1) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:


- between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 323
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-11-28-650-004

Pressure Refuel with Manual Control

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
OF THE WEATHER RADAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.

WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although


____
R approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
R to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
R list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
R Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
R precautions with mixed fuel.
R

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 324
May 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-001 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures


12-11-28-650-002 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
12-11-28-650-007 Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content
12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
28-25-00-650-001 Pressure Defuel
28-25-00-869-001 Fuel Transfer
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

12-11-28-991-004 Fig. 303

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

12-11-28-991-004-A Fig. 303A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-11-28-991-004-A)



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 325
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the refuel
coupling 40QM.

(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.

(4) Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-11-28-281-052

B. Drain the Water from the Fuel

(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
001).

Subtask 12-11-28-860-053

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.

(1) Remove the refuel coupling cap 41QM.

(2) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.

NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 326
May 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel-supply hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.

(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(5) Do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(6) On the panel 11VU, push (in) the FUEL pushbutton switch.

Subtask 12-11-28-010-053

D. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 192MB.

NOTE : Make sure that the door is closed when the refuel operation is
____
completed. If not, the battery can discharge.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-057-A

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) If you do not have ground power available:

(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
R switch to the ON position and release.

NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 327
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-057

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) If you do not have ground power available:

WARNING : WHEN YOU REFUEL THE AIRCRAFT WITH BATTERY POWER, IT IS NOT
_______
ALWAYS POSSIBLE TO REFUEL TO FULL CAPACITY. THIS IS BECAUSE
THE INTERCELL TRANSFER VALVES ARE NOT ALWAYS IN THE CORRECT
POSITION.

(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel (800VU), put the BATT POWER
R switch to the ON position and release.

NOTE : The HOT BUSS 701PP is energized for ten minutes only (this
____
is to prevent discharge of the aircraft batteries), unless
you put the MODE SELECT switch (on the refuel/defuel
panel) to REFUEL.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-740-051

F. Test of the Refuel Panel 800VU

(1) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the panel 800VU: On the panel 800VU:

- put the TEST switch to the LTS - the HI LVL lights and the DEFUEL/XFR
position and hold it there OPEN lights are on and the CKPT and
END lights come on
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays show all 8s.

- release the TEST switch - the lights go back to their initial


condition



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 328
May 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the FUEL QTY, PRESELECTED and ACTUAL
displays go back to their initial
condition

- put the TEST switch to the HIGH - the HI LVL lights change their
position and hold it there condition. If they were on, they will
go off. If they were off, they will
come on

- release the TEST switch. - the HI LVL lights go back to their


initial condition.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-11-28-991-004)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-11-28-991-004-A)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-650-054

R A. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control

R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.

NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or


____
transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 329
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:
R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
R the P/BSW are off).

R (2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position.

(b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s)
to the OPEN position.

(c) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not
be refuelled to the SHUT position.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).

(d) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.

R (3) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
displays increase.

(b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.

NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
fuel tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-650-007).

NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.

R (4) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE
switch to the SHUT position.

R (5) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.

R (6) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard
on the switch.

(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position
and put the guard(s) on the switch(es).



EFF :

001-012, 014-019,  12-11-28

Page 330
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (7) Make sure that the ECAM lower DU shows the correct fuel level.

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-650-054-A

R A. Pressure Refuel with Manual Control

R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.

NOTE : If it becomes necessary, defuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-001) or


____
transfer fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).

R (1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:


R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
R the P/BSW are off).

R (2) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the REFUEL position.

(b) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the applicable fuel tank(s)
to the OPEN position.

(c) Put the REFUEL VALVES switch(es) for the tank(s) which will not
be refuelled to the SHUT position.

R (3) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM
_______
SAFE PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).

R (4) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

(a) Make sure that the numbers on the ACTUAL and the FUEL QTY
displays increase.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 331
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(b) Monitor the FUEL QTY displays.

NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each
____
fuel tank and for the total fuel capacity (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-650-007).

NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This
____
will prevent the risk of structural damage.

(c) When each tank has the correct fuel quantity put its REFUEL VALVE
switch to the SHUT position.

R (5) When the fuel tank quantities are correct stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.

R (6) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU:

(a) Put the MODE SELECT switch to the OFF position and put the guard
on the switch.

(b) Put the applicable REFUEL VALVES switch(es) to the NORM position
and put the guard(s) on the switch(es).

R (7) If you have ground power available, make sure that the ECAM lower DU
shows the correct fuel quantities.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-058-A

A. Not applicable.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 332
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-058-B

A. Aircraft Configuration
R

R (1) If you have external power available, do the EIS stop procedure
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002) then de-energize the aircraft electrical
circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

R (2) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
R refuel/defuel coupling.

R (3) Install the coupling cap.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.

R (4) Install the applicable refuel coupling cap 101QM(41QM).

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Post SB 24-1030 For A/C 001-012,014-019,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-058

A. Aircraft Configuration
R

R (1) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
R configuration before the subsequent flight.

R (2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

R (3) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
R refuel/defuel coupling.

R (4) Install the coupling cap.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.

R (5) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 333
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 192MB.

Subtask 12-11-28-942-053

C. Removal of Equipment

(1) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:


- between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 334
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-11-28-650-005

Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
OF THE WEATHER RADAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.

WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although


____
R approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
R to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
R list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
R Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
R precautions with mixed fuel.
R

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 335
May 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-001 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures


12-11-28-650-002 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
12-11-28-650-007 Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content
12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-002 Fig. 302
12-11-28-991-006 Fig. 304

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 302/TASK 12-11-28-991-002, 304/TASK


12-11-28-991-006)

Subtask 12-11-28-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the refuel
coupling 40QM.

(3) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.

(4) Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-11-28-281-053

B. Drain the Water from the Fuel

(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
001).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 336
May 01/07
 
IAC 
Refuel Valve
Figure 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 337
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-11-28-010-054

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access panel 622JB.

(2) If you refuel the center tank, do these steps:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON


_______
THE LANDING GEAR.

(3) Open the MLG door 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

R (4) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.

(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-059

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.

(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.

NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

(2) Remove the refuel coupling cap 41QM.

(3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.

(4) Release the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI) of the tanks to be


refuelled (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 338
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(5) If the intercell transfer valves are open:
- the inner and outer cells of the wing tanks fill together
- the full capacity of the wing tank is less than normal
- make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
configuration before the subsequent flight.

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-11-28-860-059-A

R D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO
_______
R THE COUPLING BEFORE YOU REFUEL/DEFUEL THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT
R CONNECT THE FUEL SUPPLY HOSE IF THERE ARE SIGNS OF DAMAGE TO
R THE AIRCRAFT COUPLING LUGS OR SLOTS.

R (1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
R grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
R bonded together correctly.

R NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

R (2) Remove the refuel coupling cap 41QM.

R (3) Make sure that the coupling of the fuel supply-hose is clean, then
R connect it to the aircraft refuel coupling.

R (4) Release the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI) of the tanks to be


R refuelled (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).

R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-11-28-991-006)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL NOT TO FILL THE TANKS MORE THAN NECESSARY NEAR THE END
_______
OF THE REFUEL. BECAUSE THERE IS NO ELECTRICAL POWER, THE
HIGH-LEVEL PROTECTION SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE.

CAUTION : DO NOT REFUEL OR DEFUEL THROUGH THE TWO REFUEL/DEFUEL COUPLINGS AT


_______
THE SAME TIME.
THIS IS TO PREVENT PRESSURE DIFFERENCE PROBLEMS.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 339
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE REFUEL PRESSURE BE MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM SAFE
_______
PRESSURE OF 50psi (3.45bar).

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-650-056

A. Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power

(1) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.

(2) Push and hold in the manual plunger(s) on the refuel valve(s) of the
applicable fuel tank(s).

(3) Use the MLIs to monitor the quantity of fuel in each tank (Ref. TASK
12-11-28-650-007).

NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each fuel
____
tank and for the total fuel capacity. If the intercell
transfer valves are open, the full capacity of a wing tank is
less than normal.

NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
prevent the risk of structural damage.

(4) When the quantity of fuel in a tank is correct, release the manual
plunger on the related refuel valve.

(5) When all the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.

(6) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
configuration before the subsequent flight.

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-11-28-650-056-A

R A. Pressure Refuel without Electrical Power

R (1) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.

R (2) Push and hold in the manual plunger(s) on the refuel valve(s) of the
R applicable fuel tank(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 340
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (3) Use the MLIs to monitor the quantity of fuel in each tank (Ref. TASK
R 12-11-28-650-007).

R NOTE : Refer to the fuel tables for the maximum capacity of each fuel
____
R tank and for the total fuel capacity.

R (4) When the quantity of fuel in a tank is correct, release the manual
R plunger on the related refuel valve.

R (5) When all the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
R tanker/pump unit.

R (6) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log, to check the fuel
R configuartion before the subsequent flight.

R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-11-28-860-060

A. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Retract and lock the MMIs (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).

(2) Disconnect the coupling of the fuel supply-hose from the aircraft
refuel coupling.

(3) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:


- between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.

Subtask 12-11-28-410-054

B. Close Access

(1) To install the coupling cap and the access panel:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HANDLE OF THE REFUEL COUPLING CAP POINTS
_______
AFT WHEN THE CAP IS CLOSED AND LOCKED.

(a) Install the refuel coupling cap 41QM and close the access panel
622JB.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 341
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) If you have refuelled the center tank, close the MLG door 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-11-28-942-056

C. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 342
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-11-28-650-006

Overwing (Gravity) Refuel

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : STOP THE FUEL TANKER 60 m (196.85 ft) FROM THE AIRCRAFT NOSE WHILE
_______
THE WEATHER RADAR OPERATES.
DO NOT OPERATE THE FUEL TANKER/PUMP UNIT UNTIL YOU STOP THE OPERATION
OF THE WEATHER RADAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.

WARNING : DO NOT GET YOUR CLOTHES SOAKED WITH FUEL.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL ON
_______
ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSE FIRES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one type of fuel. Although


____
R approved types can be mixed if necessary to continue operation. Refer
R to Section 2 of your Flight Manual (Ref. FM Section 2) for a complete
R list of approved fuels. Refer to Airbus Cold Weather Operations
R Information and Operations Policy Fuelling Procedures for safety
R precautions with mixed fuel.
R

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 343
May 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-001 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures


12-11-28-650-002 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content
12-34-24-869-001 Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
28-25-00-869-001 Fuel Transfer
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
12-11-28-991-001 Fig. 301
12-11-28-991-008 Fig. 305

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-11-28-991-001, 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-008)

Subtask 12-11-28-941-057

A. Safety Precautions

(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the wing
leading edge at the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).

(3) Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-11-28-281-054

B. Drain the Water from the Fuel

(1) Make sure that a fuel sampling for water contamination check is done
to the fuel in the fuel tanker/pump unit (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-
001).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 344
May 01/07
 
IAC 
Gravity Refuel Cap
Figure 305/TASK 12-11-28-991-008


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 345
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-065

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
bonded together correctly.

NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

(2) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.

(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(4) In the cockpit:

(a) Do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).

(b) On panel 11VU, push the FUEL pushbutton switch (in).

(5) Monitor the aircraft fuel configuration.

(6) If the intercell transfer valves are closed, open the access door
192MB.

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-11-28-860-065-A

R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit are
R grounded correctly (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-001) and electrically
R bonded together correctly.

R NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

R (2) Make sure that the chocks do not touch the tires. The weight of the
R fuel can lower the aircraft and catch the chocks.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 346
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
R 002).

R (4) In the cockpit:

R (a) Do the EIS (ECAM only) start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
R 001).

R (b) On panel 11VU, push the FUEL pushbutton switch (in).

R (5) Monitor the aircraft fuel configuration.

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-865-050

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22

Subtask 12-11-28-860-063

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) After five seconds, remove the safety clips and the tags and close
the circuit breakers 1QP, 2QP, 3QP and 4QP.

NOTE : The intercell transfer valves will stay open until the next
____
refuel selection.

(2) Make sure that the ECAM DU shows the intercell transfer valves in the
open position.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 347
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-11-28-865-052

F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-650-060

R A. Overwing (Gravity) Refuel

R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.

R (1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:


R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
R the P/BSW are off).

R (2) Connect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle to the wing


ground-connection.

R (3) Remove the applicable overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).

R (4) Put the fuel nozzle in the overwing refuel point.

CAUTION : KEEP THE RATE OF REFUEL THE SAME AS, OR LESS THAN, THE RATE
_______
OF FLOW THROUGH THE TRANSFER VALVES.

R (5) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 348
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (6) Use the fuel pumps in the wing tanks to move the fuel to the center
tank from the wing tanks (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-869-001).

R (7) Monitor the fuel quantities continuously on the ECAM lower DU.

NOTE : The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point on the
____
wing. Thus you cannot refuel the wing tanks to full.

R (8) When the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.

R (9) Remove the fuel nozzle from the overwing refuel point.

R (10) Install the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).

R (11) Disconnect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle from the wing
ground-connection.

R (12) Do the refuel procedure again for the other wing.

R (13) Correct the fuel configuration (move the fuel from the inner cells of
the wing tanks to fill the outer cells of the wing tanks (Ref. TASK
28-25-00-869-001)).

NOTE : Make sure that the outer wing fuel tanks are full. This will
____
prevent the risk of structural damage.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-650-060-A

R A. Overwing (Gravity) Refuel

R NOTE : It is recommended that all of the fuel pumps are switched to off
____
R to do this procedure. This decreases the risk of possible fuel
R spills. It is permitted for the wing-tank pumps to be switched to
R on, if:
R - there is a minimum of 750 kg (1653.4665 lb) of fuel in the
R applicable wing-tank.

R (1) On the panel 40VU, make sure that:


R - the X FEED P/BSW 4QE is not pushed (in) (the ON and OPEN legends of
R the P/BSW are off).

R (2) Connect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle to the wing


ground-connection.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 349
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (3) Remove the applicable overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).

R (4) Put the fuel nozzle in the overwing refuel point.

R (5) Start the pump on the fuel tanker/pump unit.

R (6) Monitor the fuel quantities continuously on the ECAM lower DU.

NOTE : The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point on the
____
wing. Thus you cannot refuel the wing tanks to full.

R (7) When the fuel quantities are correct, stop the pump on the fuel
tanker/pump unit.

R (8) Remove the fuel nozzle from the overwing refuel point.

R (9) Install the overwing refuel cap 44QM(45QM).

R (10) Disconnect the ground-cable of the refuel nozzle from the wing
R ground-connection.

R (11) Do the refuel procedure again for the other wing.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-062

A. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:


- between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.

(2) To close the intercell transfer valves:

(a) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU put the MODE SELECT
switch to REFUEL.

(b) Make sure that the ECAM DU shows the intercell transfer valves
closed (cross-line).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 350
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) On the refuel/defuel control panel 800VU, put the MODE SELECT
switch to OFF.

Subtask 12-11-28-410-057

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 192MB.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-062-A

A. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Disconnect these bonding/ground cables:


- between the aircraft and the fuel tanker/pump unit
- if applicable, between the fuel tanker/pump unit and the ground
- if applicable, between the aircraft and the ground.

Subtask 12-11-28-410-057-A

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-860-064

C. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 351
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-11-28-942-058

D. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 352
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

TASK 12-11-28-860-001

Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll Data

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-007 Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-11-28-861-054

A. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 353
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-11-28-860-069-A

A. Procedure to enter the Parameter Alpha Call-up through the MCDU

(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 ADIRS switches to the NAV position:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the MCDU turn the BRT knob to The MCDU is on.


the ON position.

2. Push the MCDU MENU mode key. The MCDU MENU page comes into view.

3. On the MCDU: On the MCDU display:

A. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the AIDS indication.

B. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS ALPHA CALL-UP page comes into
the PARM ALPHA CALL-UP view.
indication.

4. On the MCDU keypad enter the code ROLL appears at the bottom of the
for ROLL into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).

5. Push the 2L line key. The ROLL data shows - RECORD THE DATA.

6. Read and write down the ROLL


data.

7. On the MCDU keypad enter the code PITCH appears at the bottom of the
for PTCH into the scratchpad. display (scratchpad).

8. Push the 3L line key. The PITCH data shows - RECORD THE DATA.

9. Read and write down the PITCH


data.

10. Push the line key adjacent to The AIDS menu page comes into view.
the CLEAR ALL indication.

(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 354
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.

(4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
in the MLI procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).

TABLE 1

Pitch Ref Roll Ref


minus 1.5 1 minus 1.5 A
minus 1.0 2 minus 1.0 B
minus 0.5 3 minus 0.5 C
0.0 4 0.0 D
plus 0.5 5 plus 0.5 E
plus 1.0 6 plus 1.0 F
plus 1.5 7 plus 1.5 G

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-11-28-860-070

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the panel 20VU set the 3 switches on the ADIRS to the OFF
position.

(2) On the MCDU control panel:

(a) Push the RETURN key until the initial screen shows.

(b) Set the BRT knob to the OFF position.

Subtask 12-11-28-862-054

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 355
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-11-28-860-002

Procedure to use the FQIC Input Parameters to Find the Pitch and Roll Data

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-007 Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-11-28-860-071

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu Page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-001).

(4) Do the ADIRS start procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 356
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-11-28-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/1 1QT A13
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHANNEL/1 AND 2 8QT L26
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/2 2QT M27

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-072

A. Get Access to the FQIC Input Parameters Page 1

NOTE : This procedure can only be used if:


____
- the PITCH and ROLL data is taken from the ADIRS (identified by
an A after the PITCH and ROLL title)
- the PITCH data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other
- the ROLL data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other.

NOTE : The FQIS input parameter pages are not automatically updated. The
____
operation of the Fuel System can be monitored through the CFDS
(FUEL) input parameter pages. The pages must be continuously
updated. Use the NEXT PAGE control on the MCDU to cycle the pages
to update the screen.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 357
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(1) When the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu page comes into view, do this
procedure:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the FUEL Main Menu first page comes
FUEL indication. into view.

2. On the MCDU control panel push - the FUEL Main Menu second page comes
the NEXT PAGE key. into view.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the MCDU shows the page FQIS INPUT
INPUT PARAMETER VALUES PARAMETERS - RECORD THE PITCH AND
indication. ROLL DATA.

(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.

(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.

(4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
in the MLI procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).

TABLE 1

Pitch Ref Roll Ref


minus 1.5 1 minus 1.5 A
minus 1.0 2 minus 1.0 B
minus 0.5 3 minus 0.5 C
0.0 4 0.0 D
plus 0.5 5 plus 0.5 E
plus 1.0 6 plus 1.0 F
plus 1.5 7 plus 1.5 G

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-072-A

A. Get Access to the FQIC Input Parameters Page 1

NOTE : This procedure can only be used if:


____
- the PITCH and ROLL data is taken from the ADIRS (make sure that
the FQIS Status page does not show NO DATA FROM ADIRU 1 and
NO DATA FROM ADIRU 2)


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 358
May 01/08
 
IAC 
- the PITCH data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other
- the ROLL data displayed for the LEFT, CTR and RIGHT is no more
or less than 0.1 of each other.

NOTE : The FQIS input parameter pages are automatically updated every 5.5
____
seconds.

(1) When the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST Menu page comes into view, do this
procedure:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the - the FUEL Main Menu first page comes
FUEL indication. into view.

2. On the MCDU control panel push - the FUEL Main Menu second page comes
the NEXT PAGE key. into view.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the - the MCDU shows the page FQIS INPUT
INPUT PARAMETER VALUES PARAMETERS - RECORD THE PITCH AND
indication. ROLL DATA.

(2) In Table 1, use the PITCH data to find the equivalent number.

(3) In Table 1, use the ROLL data to find the equivalent letter.

(4) Put together the number and the letter to identify the square to use
in the MLI procedure (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-007).

TABLE 1

Pitch Ref Roll Ref


minus 1.5 1 minus 1.5 A
minus 1.0 2 minus 1.0 B
minus 0.5 3 minus 0.5 C
0.0 4 0.0 D
plus 0.5 5 plus 0.5 E
plus 1.0 6 plus 1.0 F
plus 1.5 7 plus 1.5 G


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page 359
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-11-28-860-073

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(a) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the MCDU Menu page comes into view.

(b) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.

(c) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(d) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(e) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 360
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-11-28-650-007

Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)

CAUTION : RETRACT THE MLIs AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. YOU CAN EASILY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
_______
AN EXTENDED MLI.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE MLIs FALL FREELY.


_______

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


No specific access platform 3 m (9 ft. 10 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-001 General Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures


12-11-28-650-002 Refuel/Defuel Safety Procedures for use in the Hangar
12-11-28-860-001 Procedure to use the ADIRU to Find the Pitch and Roll
Data
12-11-28-860-002 Procedure to use the FQIC Input Parameters to Find
the Pitch and Roll Data
12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

12-11-28-991-009 Fig. 306

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-11-28-991-009-A Fig. 306A



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 361
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-11-28-991-011 Fig. 307

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

12-11-28-991-012 Fig. 308

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-11-28-991-012-A Fig. 308A

**ON A/C ALL

12-11-28-991-024 Fig. 309

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

12-11-28-991-014 Fig. 310


12-11-28-991-025 Fig. 311
12-11-28-991-015 Fig. 312
12-11-28-991-026 Fig. 313
12-11-28-991-036 Fig. 314
12-11-28-991-016 Fig. 315
12-11-28-991-027 Fig. 316
12-11-28-991-017 Fig. 317
12-11-28-991-028 Fig. 318
12-11-28-991-037 Fig. 319
12-11-28-991-018 Fig. 320
12-11-28-991-029 Fig. 321
12-11-28-991-019 Fig. 322
12-11-28-991-030 Fig. 323
12-11-28-991-038 Fig. 324
12-11-28-991-020 Fig. 325
12-11-28-991-031 Fig. 326
12-11-28-991-034 Fig. 327
12-11-28-991-035 Fig. 328
12-11-28-991-039 Fig. 329



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 362
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

12-11-28-991-021 Fig. 330


12-11-28-991-032 Fig. 331
12-11-28-991-022 Fig. 332
12-11-28-991-033 Fig. 333

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-11-28-991-055 Fig. 334


12-11-28-991-056 Fig. 335
12-11-28-991-057 Fig. 336
12-11-28-991-058 Fig. 337
12-11-28-991-059 Fig. 338
12-11-28-991-040 Fig. 339
12-11-28-991-044 Fig. 340
12-11-28-991-060 Fig. 341
12-11-28-991-061 Fig. 342
12-11-28-991-062 Fig. 343
12-11-28-991-063 Fig. 344
12-11-28-991-064 Fig. 345
12-11-28-991-041 Fig. 346
12-11-28-991-045 Fig. 347
12-11-28-991-065 Fig. 348
12-11-28-991-066 Fig. 349
12-11-28-991-067 Fig. 350
12-11-28-991-068 Fig. 351
12-11-28-991-069 Fig. 352
12-11-28-991-042 Fig. 353
12-11-28-991-046 Fig. 354
12-11-28-991-070 Fig. 355
12-11-28-991-071 Fig. 356
12-11-28-991-072 Fig. 357
12-11-28-991-073 Fig. 358
12-11-28-991-074 Fig. 359
12-11-28-991-043 Fig. 360
12-11-28-991-047 Fig. 361



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 363
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009)

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 306A/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-A)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-011)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-11-28-941-058

A. Safety Precautions

(1) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions (Ref. TASK 12-11-
28-650-001) (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-002).

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-11-28-281-050

B. Fuel Sampling

(1) Get a fuel sample from the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) and
measure its Specific Gravity (SG).

Subtask 12-11-28-010-058

C. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform below the applicable MLI.

(2) Open the access door 192MB.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 364
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
Figure 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 365
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
Figure 306A/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-A


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page 366
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Attitude Monitor
Figure 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-011


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-11-28

Page 367
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-066

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Find and write down the aircraft attitude figure (pitch and roll
data) as follows:
- read the aircraft attitude (grid square letter and grid square
number) shown by the bubble on the attitude monitor 39QM
or
- use the ADIRU to find the aircraft attitude figure (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-860-001)
or
- use the FQIC input parameters to find the aircraft attitude figure
(Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-002).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-860-066-A

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Find and write down the aircraft attitude figure (pitch and roll
data) as follows:
- use the ADIRU to find the aircraft attitude figure (Ref. TASK 12-
11-28-860-001)
or
- use the FQIC input parameters to find the aircraft attitude figure
(Ref. TASK 12-11-28-860-002).

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-11-28-991-009)

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 306A/TASK 12-11-28-991-009-A)


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 368
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-11-28-991-011)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-11-28-869-053

A. Use of the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)

(1) Use the flow chart and do these steps:


(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-11-28-991-012, 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-024)

(a) Use a screwdriver to push the applicable MLI and turn it through
90 deg.

(b) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully. Then carefully lift the
MLI until you feel the magnets engage.

(c) Read the units mark nearest to the bottom-skin of the wing and
write down the number.

(2) Retract the MLI and use a screwdriver to turn it through 90 deg. to
lock it.

(3) Find the volume of fuel in each tank as follows:

(a) Use the applicable MLI stick number and the applicable aircraft
attitude grid-square letter to find the correct fuel quantity
table.

NOTE : For a
____ grid reading of C3:
- use the attitude monitor reading CLEFT WING column 3 for
the LH wing
- use the attitude monitor reading CRIGHT WING column 3
for the RH wing.

(b) Find the applicable MLI unit number row and the applicable
aircraft attitude (grid-square letter and number) row in the
table. Find the intersection of the applicable rows to give the
correct volume of fuel in the tank.

NOTE : Only even number MLI units are listed in the tables. To
____
calculate the volume of fuel for uneven numbers,
interpolate between the nearest even numbers in the table.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 369
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
How to Read a Wing Tank MLI
Figure 308/TASK 12-11-28-991-012


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 370
May 01/08
 
IAC 
How to Read a Wing Tank MLI
Figure 308A/TASK 12-11-28-991-012-A


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page 371
May 01/08
 
IAC 
How to Read the CTR MLI
Figure 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-024


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 372
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Example: MLI stick No. 1 (LH Wing)
UNIT reading : 36
Pitch and Roll attitude : C3 on (attitude monitor)
Fuel Quantity table reading (volumn) : 1150 liters
Specific gravity (SG) of fuel sample : 0.81 SG

Actual fuel mass at 0.81 SG = 1150 x 0.81 = 931.5

NOTE : The above example is for one MLI only.


____

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-014)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-025)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-015)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-026)

- MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-036)

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-016)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-027)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-017)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-028)

- MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-037)

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-018)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-029)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes C and E



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 373
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G
Figure 310/TASK 12-11-28-991-014



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 374
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G
Figure 311/TASK 12-11-28-991-025



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 375
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes A and G
Figure 312/TASK 12-11-28-991-015



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 376
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes A and G
Figure 313/TASK 12-11-28-991-026



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 377
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes A and G
Figure 314/TASK 12-11-28-991-036



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 378
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F
Figure 315/TASK 12-11-28-991-016



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 379
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F
Figure 316/TASK 12-11-28-991-027



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 380
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes B and F
Figure 317/TASK 12-11-28-991-017



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 381
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes B and F
Figure 318/TASK 12-11-28-991-028



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 382
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes B and F
Figure 319/TASK 12-11-28-991-037



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 383
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E
Figure 320/TASK 12-11-28-991-018



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 384
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E
Figure 321/TASK 12-11-28-991-029



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 385
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(Ref. Fig. 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-019)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-030)

- MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-038)

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-020)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-031)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-034)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-035)

- MLI Stick No.5 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-039)

- CTR MLI Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-021)

- CTR MLI Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-032)

- CTR MLI Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-022)

- CTR MLI Attitude D.


(Ref. Fig. 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-033)

(4) Add together the values for each tank to find the total volume of
fuel.

NOTE : The MLI are accurate to +/- 5% of their indication. This is


____
not sufficiently accurate to use them as a datum for the FQI.

(5) Multiply the total volume of the fuel by the SG of the fuel. The
result is the total mass of the fuel.

NOTE : When the outer cell is full it is not possible to get an


____
accurate reading above 220 l (58.1173 USgal). This is because
of the MLI No.5 position and the shape of the cell.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 386
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes C and E
Figure 322/TASK 12-11-28-991-019



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 387
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes C and E
Figure 323/TASK 12-11-28-991-030



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 388
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes C and E
Figure 324/TASK 12-11-28-991-038



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 389
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D
Figure 325/TASK 12-11-28-991-020



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 390
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitude D
Figure 326/TASK 12-11-28-991-031



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 391
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitude D
Figure 327/TASK 12-11-28-991-034



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 392
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitude D
Figure 328/TASK 12-11-28-991-035



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 393
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitude D
Figure 329/TASK 12-11-28-991-039


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-11-28

Page 394
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes A and G
Figure 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-021



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 395
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes B and F
Figure 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-032



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 396
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitudes C and E
Figure 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-022



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 397
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - CTR MLI Attitude D
Figure 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-033



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 398
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
NOTE : MLI No. 5 can only record a maximum fuel reading of 850 l
____
(224.5444 USgal). The maximum capacity of the outer wing cell
is 880 l (232.4695 USgal).

NOTE : When the aircraft is fully refueled, the maximum capacity of


____
the inner wing cell is 6924 l (1829.1123 USgal).

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-11-28-869-053-A

A. Use of the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)

(1) Use the flow chart and do these steps:


(Ref. Fig. 308A/TASK 12-11-28-991-012-A, 309/TASK 12-11-28-991-024)

(a) Use a screwdriver to push the applicable MLI and turn it through
90 deg.

(b) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully. Then carefully lift the
MLI until you feel the magnets engage.

(c) Read the units mark nearest to the bottom-skin of the wing and
write down the number.

(2) Retract the MLI and use a screwdriver to turn it through 90 deg. to
lock it.

(3) Find the volume of fuel in each tank as follows:

(a) Use the applicable MLI stick number and the applicable aircraft
attitude grid-square letter to find the correct fuel quantity
table.

NOTE : For a
____ grid reading of C3:
- use the attitude monitor reading CLEFT WING column 3 for
the LH wing
- use the attitude monitor reading CRIGHT WING column 3
for the RH wing.

(b) Find the applicable MLI unit number row and the applicable
aircraft attitude (grid-square letter and number) row in the
table. Find the intersection of the applicable rows to give the
correct volume of fuel in the tank.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page 399
May 01/08
 
IAC 
NOTE : Only even number MLI units are listed in the tables. To
____
calculate the volume of fuel for uneven numbers,
interpolate between the nearest even numbers in the table.

Example: MLI stick No. 1 (LH Wing)


UNIT reading : 36
Pitch and Roll attitude : C3 on (attitude monitor)
Fuel Quantity table reading (volumn) : 1200 liters
Specific gravity (SG) of fuel sample : 0.81 SG

Actual fuel mass at 0.81 SG = 1200 x 0.81 = 972

NOTE : The above example is for one MLI only.


____

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 334/TASK 12-11-28-991-055)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 335/TASK 12-11-28-991-056)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 336/TASK 12-11-28-991-057)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 337/TASK 12-11-28-991-058)

- MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 338/TASK 12-11-28-991-059)

- MLI Stick No.6 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 339/TASK 12-11-28-991-040)

- MLI Stick No.7 Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-044)

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 341/TASK 12-11-28-991-060)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 342/TASK 12-11-28-991-061)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 343/TASK 12-11-28-991-062)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 344/TASK 12-11-28-991-063)



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A300
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 1 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 334/TASK 12-11-28-991-055



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A301
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 335/TASK 12-11-28-991-056



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A302
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 336/TASK 12-11-28-991-057



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A303
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 337/TASK 12-11-28-991-058



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A304
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 338/TASK 12-11-28-991-059



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A305
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 6 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 339/TASK 12-11-28-991-040



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A306
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 7 Attitudes A and G (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 340/TASK 12-11-28-991-044



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A307
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 341/TASK 12-11-28-991-060



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A308
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 342/TASK 12-11-28-991-061



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A309
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 343/TASK 12-11-28-991-062



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A310
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
R Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 344/TASK 12-11-28-991-063



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A311
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
- MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes B and F
(Ref. Fig. 345/TASK 12-11-28-991-064)

- MLI Stick No.6 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 346/TASK 12-11-28-991-041)

- MLI Stick No.7 Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 347/TASK 12-11-28-991-045)

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 348/TASK 12-11-28-991-065)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 349/TASK 12-11-28-991-066)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 350/TASK 12-11-28-991-067)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 351/TASK 12-11-28-991-068)

- MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 352/TASK 12-11-28-991-069)

- MLI Stick No.6 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 353/TASK 12-11-28-991-042)

- MLI Stick No.7 Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 354/TASK 12-11-28-991-046)

- MLI Stick No.1 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 355/TASK 12-11-28-991-070)

- MLI Stick No.2 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 356/TASK 12-11-28-991-071)

- MLI Stick No.3 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 357/TASK 12-11-28-991-072)

- MLI Stick No.4 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 358/TASK 12-11-28-991-073)

- MLI Stick No.5 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 359/TASK 12-11-28-991-074)

- MLI Stick No.6 Attitude D


(Ref. Fig. 360/TASK 12-11-28-991-043)



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A312
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 345/TASK 12-11-28-991-064



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A313
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 6 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 346/TASK 12-11-28-991-041



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A314
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 7 Attitudes B and F (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 347/TASK 12-11-28-991-045



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A315
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 348/TASK 12-11-28-991-065



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A316
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 349/TASK 12-11-28-991-066



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A317
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 350/TASK 12-11-28-991-067



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A318
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 351/TASK 12-11-28-991-068



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A319
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 352/TASK 12-11-28-991-069



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A320
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 6 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 353/TASK 12-11-28-991-042



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A321
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 7 Attitudes C and E (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 354/TASK 12-11-28-991-046



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A322
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.1 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 355/TASK 12-11-28-991-070



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A323
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.2 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 356/TASK 12-11-28-991-071



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A324
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.3 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 357/TASK 12-11-28-991-072



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A325
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.4 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 358/TASK 12-11-28-991-073



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A326
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI Stick No.5 Attitudes D (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 359/TASK 12-11-28-991-074


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A327
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Fuel Quantity - MLI 6 Attitude D (A321 Aircraft)
R Figure 360/TASK 12-11-28-991-043



EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A328
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
- MLI Stick No.7 Attitude D
(Ref. Fig. 361/TASK 12-11-28-991-047)

- CTR MLI Attitudes A and G


(Ref. Fig. 330/TASK 12-11-28-991-021)

- CTR MLI Attitudes B and F


(Ref. Fig. 331/TASK 12-11-28-991-032)

- CTR MLI Attitudes C and E


(Ref. Fig. 332/TASK 12-11-28-991-022)

- CTR MLI Attitude D.


(Ref. Fig. 333/TASK 12-11-28-991-033)

(4) Add together the values for each tank to find the total volume of
fuel.

NOTE : The MLI are accurate to +/- 5% of their indication. This is


____
not sufficiently accurate to use them as a datum for the FQI.

NOTE : When the aircraft is fully refueled, the maximum capacity of


____
the wing cell is 7750 l (2047.3167 USgal).

(5) Multiply the total volume of the fuel by the SG of the fuel. The
result is the total mass of the fuel.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-11-28-410-058

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 192MB.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page A329
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Fuel Quantity - MLI 7 Attitude D (A321 Aircraft)
Figure 361/TASK 12-11-28-991-047


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-11-28

Page A330
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-11-28-942-059

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-11-28

Page A331
May 01/08
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________

1. _______
General
The hydraulic fluid instructions give specifications and special
instructions.

A. Specifications of Phosphate Ester Base Fluids.

R (1) The aircraft hydraulic systems are filled with hydraulic fluids on
R phosphate ester base. The Material Numbers (Mat No.) are as follows:
- 02-003,
- 02-003A,
- 02-003B,
- 02-003C,
- 02-003D.
R - 02-003E

(2) The hydraulic fluid is specified by the operator. All fluids are to
NSA 307110 specification. They can be mixed.

R (3) For the fluid characteristics refer to Fig. 001.


(Ref. Fig. 001)

B. Fluid Monitoring

(1) Hydraulic fluid with a high degree of cleanliness is required for the
correct operation of the hydraulic systems and equipment.

R (2) To monitor the hydraulic fluid, it is necessary to frequently sample,


R count particles (physical contamination) and inspect the filter
R clogging indicators.

(3) If the filter clogging indicator is shown you must:


R - Stop the related hydraulic system
R - Replace the clogged filter
- Take a sample of the system hydraulic fluid and send it for
analysis.

R (4) Use the results of the analysis record (physical contamination) to


R reclaim the hydraulic fluid:
R - (Ref. 12-36-29-600-004)
R - (Ref. 12-36-29-600-005)
- (Ref. 12-36-29-600-006).

R NOTE : The number of particles contained in 100 cm3 (6.10 in.3) of


____
R hydraulic fluid must not be more the class 9 requirements of
the NAS specification 1638 (final or rejection state).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-00

Page 1
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-00

Page 2
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Characteristics of Phosphate Ester Base - Hydraulic Fluids
R Figure 001 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-00

Page 3
May 01/08
 
IAC 
NOTE : The degree of cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid used for
____
R replenishing (topping up of the hydraulic systems and
R hydraulic cart reservoirs) must agree with class 7 of the NAS
specification 1638 (initial state).

C. Hydraulic Ground Power Cart


Only hydraulic ground power carts with a hydraulic reservoir must be
used.
R The fluid sampling operation for contamination of the hydraulic fluid
R must be monitored and the sample analysis record kept on file.

D. Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service limits.


The hydraulic fluid property in-service limits are:
- The physical properties,
- The chemical properties.
(Ref. Fig. 002)

NOTE : The maximum water contents permitted by the manufacture in


____
hydraulic fluids is 0.8 %. But this limit together with very high
temperatures decreases the life of the hydraulic fluids. Airbus
Industrie thus recommends to decrease the limit to 0.5 % which
will increase the life of the hydraulic fluid.

(1) The quality of the hydraulic fluid must be in the limits given in
Fig. 002.

(a) If the water or chlorine content of the hydraulic fluid are equal
or more than the permitted values:
Clean it with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J):
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-615-003)
Or change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)

(b) If the acidity, density or viscosity of the hydraulic fluid are


more than the permitted values:
Change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-00

Page 4
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Hydraulic Fluid Property In-Service Limits
Figure 002



EFF :

ALL  12-12-00

Page 5
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(c) If the conductivity of the hydraulic fluid is less than the
permitted value:
Change the hydraulic fluid:
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-001)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-002)
- (Ref: 12-36-29-600-003)

E. Specifications of Mineral Base Fluids.

(1) Each aircraft landing-gear shock-absorber is supplied filled with a


hydraulic fluid (Mat. No 02-001) to the MIL-H-5606 specification.

(2) Fluid Characteristics.


(Ref. Fig. 003)

F. Safety Precautions (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-00200).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-00

Page 6
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
Characteristics of Mineral Base Fluids
Figure 003



EFF :

ALL  12-12-00

Page 7
May 01/08
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-12-29-611-001

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic fluid container


No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003A F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003B F NSA 307-110 TYPE 4
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003C F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 301
May 01/05
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
R HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-29-614-001 Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators


1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-00-00-870-003 Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Engine Pump
29-00-00-870-007 Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Engine Pump
29-00-00-870-008 Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Blue E-Pump
29-00-00-870-009 Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Blue E-Pump
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-680-001 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Green Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-002 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-003 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
32-44-11-200-001 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure On Parking/Emergency
Accumulator By Reading Gauge
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 302
May 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-29-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Make sure that the aircraft is in this configuration:


- the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
- the thrust reversers are stowed (closed),
- the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,
- the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors 825 and 826 are closed,
- all the other hydraulically controlled systems are in the normal
position.

(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

NOTE : Do not depressurize the system reservoirs.


____

(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

Subtask 12-12-29-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access panels 197CB, 198CB.

(3) Put the access platform in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 303
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-12-29-210-052

C. Inspection of the Pressure Values

(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).

(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).
If necessary, adjust the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-29-614-
001).

(3) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

Subtask 12-12-29-863-050

D. Pressurize the Auxiliary Braking System.

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the Yellow E-pump
(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator
system to 206 bar (2987.7766 psi).

(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.

(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.

(4) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-


001).

NOTE : Do not depressurize the alternate braking system.


____

(5) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(6) Put the warning notices on the panel 40VU in the cockpit to tell
persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 304
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)

Subtask 12-12-29-611-052

R A. Fill the Hydraulic Reservoirs (Refer to the Table)

(1) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the service panel of the
Yellow hydraulic system.

(2) On the service panel of the Green hydraulic system, connect the hand
pump lever 3270GM to the shaft of the hand pump 1009GM.

(3) Remove the flexible hose 1699GM from the service panel compartment of
the Green hydraulic system.

(4) Remove the blanking cap and connect the flexible hose to the fill
valve 1698GM. Put the other end in the hydraulic fluid container with
one of these hydraulic fluids:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).

R (5) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the position that is correct for the
R system you will fill.

R (6) Make sure that, on the quantity indicator 1834GQ, the colored light
R of the related system comes on.

(7) Fill the hydraulic reservoir:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.

(a) Operate the hand pump 1009GM.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 305
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Ground Service Panel of the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 306
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
(b) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:

R 1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
R almost to the fill level given in the table.

R 2
_ Slowly continue to fill again, until the pointer shows almost
R to the fill level given in the table.

NOTE : The hydraulic fluid volume in the reservoirs can change


____
with the temperature. For each 10 DEG.C scale Celcius
(which is each 18 DEG.F on the scale Fahrenheit) change
in outside air temperature:

R - The volume in the reservoir of the Green hydraulic


R system can change by 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal)

R - The volume in the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic


R system can change by 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal)

R - The volume in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic


R system can change by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal).

NOTE : If the temperature is above 20 DEG.C (68.00 DEG.F) the


____
quantity indicator pointer must be in the top half of
the related scale range.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 307
May 01/08
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR CAPACITIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYSTEM/RESERVOIR I QUANTITY I REMARKS
I-------------------------I
I LITERS I US GAL I
--------------------------I------------I------------I--------------------------
GREEN SYSTEM I I I
I I I
Total Capacity I 23 I 6.1 I
R Max. Capacity shown on I I I
R the Gage I 18 I 4.8 I
Fill Level I 14 I 3.7 I At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F)
Low Level Warning I 3 I 0.8 I
--------------------------I-------------------------I--------------------------
BLUE SYSTEM I I I
I I I
Total Capacity I 10 I 2.6 I
R Max. Capacity shown on I I I
R the Gage I 8 I 2.1 I
Fill Level I 6 I 1.6 I AT 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F)
Low Level Warning I 2 I 0.5 I
--------------------------I------------I------------I--------------------------
YELLOW SYSTEM I I I
I I I
Total Capacity I 20 I 5.3 I
R Max. Capacity shown on I I I
R the Gage I 18 I 4.8 I
Fill Level I 12 I 3.2 I At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F)
I I I with the normal nitrogen
I I I precharging pressure in
I I I the brake accumulator
I I I 2582GM and the auxiliary
I I I brake system pressurized
R
Low Level Warning I 3 I 0.8 I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(8) If a reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic


fluid:
R - For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
R - For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
R - For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).

(9) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the NEUTRAL position.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 308
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(10) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.

(11) Remove the flexible hose and install the blanking cap on the pump.

(12) Put the flexible hose back in position in the service panel
compartment of the Green hydraulic system.

R (13) Remove the hand pump lever 3270GM from the hand pump 1009GM. Then put
R the hand pump lever in position on the service panel of the Yellow
R hydraulic system.

(14) If you filled the hydraulic reservoir after:


R - Maintenance
R - Removal/installation of hydraulic components
R - Hydraulic fluid low level (loss of the hydraulic system)
R - High loss of hydraulic fluid,
R

R (a) Use the related bleeding procedure as follows:


R
R - For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-003)
R - For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-007)
R - For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
R 00-00-870-008) and (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-009).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-29-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panels 197CB, 198CB and if necessary 197EB.

Subtask 12-12-29-860-050

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 309
May 01/08
 
IAC 
TASK 12-12-29-611-002

Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic Service Cart

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic service cart


No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003A F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003B F NSA 307-110 TYPE 4
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-003C F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 310
May 01/05
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003D F NSA 307-110 TYPE IV


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-003E F NSA 307-110
R HYDRAULIC FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-29-614-001 Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators


1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-00-00-870-003 Bleeding Procedure of the Green Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Engine Pump
29-00-00-870-007 Bleeding Procedure of the Yellow Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Engine Pump
29-00-00-870-008 Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System
Upstream of the Blue E-Pump
29-00-00-870-009 Bleeding Procedure of the Blue Hydraulic System
Downstream of the Blue E-Pump
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-680-001 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Green Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-002 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-680-003 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 311
May 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-44-11-200-001 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure On Parking/Emergency


Accumulator By Reading Gauge
12-12-29-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-29-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

NOTE : Do not depressurize the system reservoirs.


____

(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(4) Make sure that the aircraft is in this configuration:


- the speed brakes and the spoilers are retracted,
- the thrust reversers are stowed (closed),
- the landing gear is extended and the landing gear doors are closed,
- the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors 825 and 826 are closed,
- all the other hydraulically controlled systems are in the normal
position.

Subtask 12-12-29-010-056

B. Get Access

(1) Open access panel 197CB.

(2) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(3) Put the access platform in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 312
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-12-29-210-053

C. Inspection of the Pressure Values

(1) Make sure that the nitrogen fill pressure of the brake accumulator
2582GM is correct (Ref. TASK 32-44-11-200-001).

(2) Make sure that the hydraulic accumulators 1070GM, 2070GM and 3070GM
have a nitrogen pressure of 130 bar (1885.4901 psi) at 20 DEG.C
(68.00 DEG.F).

(3) If necessary, adjust the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-29-614-


001).

(4) Make sure that the pressure on the indicator of the related reservoir
is 3.5 +0.3 -0 bar (50.7631 +4.3511 -0.0000 psi). If necessary,
pressurize the reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

Subtask 12-12-29-863-051

D. Pressurize the Auxiliary Braking System.

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK 29-
24-00-863-001) to pressurize the brake accumulator system to 206 bar
(2987.7766 psi).

(2) On the panel 110VU, put the parking brake control switch 73GG to the
ON position.

(3) Make sure that the pressure on the triple indicator 60GG shows the
left and right pressure values.

(4) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-


001).

NOTE : Do not depressurize the alternate braking system.


____

(5) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic systems.

(6) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 313
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-29-991-001)

Subtask 12-12-29-611-053

R A. Fill the Hydraulic Reservoirs (Refer to the Table)

R (1) Connect the Hydraulic Service Cart:

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU CONNECT THE GROUND HYDRAULIC CART. MAKE
_______
SURE THAT THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE LESS
THAN THESE LIMITS:
- THE SUPPLY PRESSURE MUST BE LESS THAN 30 BAR (435.1132
PSI).
- THE FLOW RATE MUST BE LESS THAN 12L/MIN (3.1700 US
GAL/MIN).
IF THE SUPPLY PRESSURE AND THE FLOW RATE ARE MORE THAN
THESE LIMITS, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR.

R (a) Remove the blanking cap.

R (b) Connect a hydraulic service cart with one of the hydraulic fluids
R that follow to the reservoir fill connection 1007GM:
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003A)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003B)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003C)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003D)
- HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003E).

R (2) Turn the selector valve 1134GQ to the correct position of the related
R hydraulic system which you will fill.

(3) Make sure that on the quantity indicator 1834GQ the colored light of
the related system comes on.

R (4) Operate the hydraulic service cart:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT PUT TOO MUCH FLUID IN THE
_______
RESERVOIR. IF THE RESERVOIR IS TOO FULL, YOU CANNOT
PRESSURIZE IT SUFFICIENTLY. LOW AIR PRESSURE CAN CAUSE THE
MESSAGE RSVR LO AIR PR TO SHOW IN FLIGHT ON THE UPPER AND
LOWER ECAM DISPLAY UNITS.

R (a) Operate the hydraulic service cart with a minimum output pressure
R of 7 bar (101.5263 psi).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 314
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (b) Make sure that:
R - The output pressure is not more than 30 bar (435.1131 psi)
R - The flow rate is not more than 12 l.min (3.1700 USgal.mn).

(c) Monitor the increase of the fluid level of the related system on
the quantity indicator and do these steps:

R 1
_ Stop the flow of the hydraulic fluid when the pointer is
R almost to the fill level given in the table.

R 2
_ Slowly continue to fill again until the pointer shows almost
R the fill level given in the table.

NOTE : The hydraulic fluid volume in the reservoirs can change


____
with the temperature. For each 10 DEG.C scale Celcius
(which is each 18 DEG.F on the scale Fahrenheit) change
in outside air temperature:

R - The volume in the reservoir of the Green hydraulic


R system can change by 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal)

R - The volume in the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic


R system can change by 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal)

R - The volume in the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic


R system can change by 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal).

NOTE : If the temperature is above 20 DEG.C (68.00 DEG.F) the


____
quantity indicator pointer must be in the top half of
the applicable scale range.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 315
May 01/08
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR CAPACITIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SYSTEM/RESERVOIR I QUANTITY I REMARKS
I-------------------------I
I LITRES I US GAL I
-------------------------I------------I------------I---------------------------
GREEN SYSTEM I I I
I I I
Total Capacity I 23 I 6.1 I
R Max. Capacity shown on I I I
R the Gage I 18 I 4.8 I
Fill Level I 14 I 3.7 I At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F)
Low Level Warning I 3 I 0.8 I
-------------------------I------------I------------I---------------------------
BLUE SYSTEM I I I
I I I
Total Capacity I 10 I 2.6 I
R Max. Capacity shown on I I I
R the Gage I 8 I 2.1 I
Fill Level I 6 I 1.6 I At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F)
Low Level Warning I 2 I 0.5 I
-------------------------I------------I------------I---------------------------
I I I
YELLOW SYSTEM I I I
I I I
Total Capacity I 20 I 5.3 I
R Max. Capacity shown on I I I
R the Gage I 18 I 4.8 I
Fill Level I 12 I 3.2 I At 20 DEG.C (68 DEG.F)
I I I with the normal nitrogen
I I I precharging pressure in
I I I the brake accumulator
I I I 2582GM and the auxiliary
I I I brake system pressurized
R
Low Level Warning I 3 I 0.8 I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(5) If the reservoir is filled too much, drain the unwanted hydraulic
fluid:
R - For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001)
R - For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002)
R - For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 316
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(6) Turn the selector 1134GQ to the NEUTRAL position.

(7) Make sure that the colored light on the quantity indicator 1834GQ
goes off.

(8) Disconnect the hydraulic service cart from the reservoir fill
connection 1007GM and install the blanking cap.

(9) If you filled the hydraulic system after:


R - Maintenance
R - Removal/installation of hydraulic components
R - Hydraulic fluid low level (loss of the hydraulic system)
R - High loss of hydraulic fluid.
R

R (a) Use the related bleeding procedure as follows:


R
R - For the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-003)
R - For the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-007)
R - For the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
00-00-870-008)
and
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-870-009).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-29-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panel 197CB

Subtask 12-12-29-860-052

B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Remove the access platform.

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-29

Page 317
May 01/08
 
IAC 
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________

TASK 12-12-32-611-001

Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 322113-02

NOTE : On A318 and A319CJ aircraft, the NLG shock absorber must be
____
replenished with the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).
It is not possible to replenish the NLG shock absorber with the
aircraft on the ground.

NOTE : On A319/A320/A321 aircraft, the NLG shock absorber can also be


____
replenished with the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).

R NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
R aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
R values recorded are accurate.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 301
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific approved nitrogen supply


No specific hydraulic source
No specific safety barriers
No specific standard charging equipment
No specific thermocouple (-45 Deg. C to 70 Deg. C (-49 Deg. F to
158 Deg. F))
R
No specific drain container 15 l (3.9625 USgal)
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
R No specific 1 GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
M21930 1 FILLING ASSEMBLY

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-H-5606


OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-004
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-006 USA BMS 3-32 TYPE II
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-14-32-614-004 Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure


32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-32-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA)
is in the DOWN position.

(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear controls.

(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG doors.

Subtask 12-12-32-010-050

B. Get Access

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______

(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the NLG.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 303
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)

Subtask 12-12-32-614-074

A. Preparation for Replenishment

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.

(1) Prepare the standard charging equipment as follows:

R (a) Install the GAGE 200 BAR (2900 PSI) - PRESSURE (10) on the 3-way
R valve (12).

(b) Connect the 3-way valve (12) to the filling hose (11).

(c) Connect the hydraulic supply hose (18) between the hand pump (17)
and the three-way valve (12).

(d) Connect the hydraulic source hose (16) between the hand pump (17)
and the hydraulic source.

(e) Connect the bleed hose (14) between the 3-way valve (12) and the
drain container (15).

(f) Fill the hydraulic source with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

(2) Open the control valves (13) and (20) and operate the hand pump (17)
to bleed the filling system. Close the valves (20) and (13).

(3) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (6) as
follows:

(4) Remove the blanking cap (7) from the charging valve (6).

(a) Remove the cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

(b) Move the wrench (9) up to the knurled shoulder (3) and install
the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6).

(c) Turn the core (8) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
knurled shoulder (3) to install the seal (4) on the charging
valve (6).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 304
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
NLG Shock Absorber Replenishment - Location and Detail
Figure 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 305
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 306
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
(5) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the FILLING
ASSEMBLY and hand tighten.

(6) Deflate the shock absorber as follows:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE
SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE
AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.

WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES
_______
IN YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.

(a) Move the wrench (9) down and slowly turn counterclockwise to open
the charging valve (6) and release the nitrogen pressure.

NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that you deflate the
____
shock absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock
when the shock absorber gets to the lower limit of its
travel.

(b) Slowly open the control valve (13) to let the shock absorber
fully deflate.

(c) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, turn the wrench (9)
clockwise to close the charging valve (6).

Subtask 12-12-32-611-053

R B. Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF PERSONS
_______
AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT
WILL MOVE.

R (1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-006), as follows:

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN


_______
22bar (319psi). THIS WILL PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE.

NOTE : 5.577 l (1.4732 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill


____
the NLG shock absorber.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 307
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that you compress the
____
shock absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock when
the shock absorber gets to the limit of its travel.

(a) Open the control valve (20) and slowly open the charging valve
(6).

(b) Slowly operate the hand pump (17) to pressurize the shock
absorber until the dimension H is 50 mm (1.9685 in.).

(c) Close the control valve (20).

(d) Wait for a minimum of ten minutes to make sure all the air is
removed from the hydraulic fluid.

(e) Slowly open the control valve (13) and let the shock absorber
compress fully.

(f) Do the steps (a) thru (e) again, until all the air is removed
from the hydraulic fluid in the drain container (15).

(g) Keep the shock absorber compressed fully, and close the control
valve (13) and the charging valve (6).

(h) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (18) from the 3-way valve
(12).

(i) Open the control valve (13).

(j) Loosen the filling hose (11) at the FILLING ASSEMBLY to let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (15).

(k) Tighten the filling hose (11) on the FILLING ASSEMBLY and close
the control valve (13).

(l) Remove the bleed hose (14) from the three-way valve (12).

(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.

(a) Connect the supply hose (19) of an approved nitrogen supply to


the 3-way valve (12).

(b) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 308
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
(c) Open the control valves (20) and (13). Open the control valve of
the nitrogen source to release nitrogen pressure and clean the
system.

(d) Close the control valves (20) and (13).

(e) Connect the filling hose (11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

R (f) Use a thermocouple (-45 Deg. C to 70 Deg. C (-49 Deg. F to 158


R Deg. F)) to measure and record the temperature of the NLG
adjacent to the charging valve.

R NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the


____
R cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the
R main fitting.

(g) Open the control valve (20).

(h) Slowly open the charging valve (6) to increase the nitrogen
pressure in the shock absorber. Let the shock absorber gradually
inflate until the dimension H is correct and agrees with:
- the temperature of the NLG recorded in step (f)
- the nitrogen pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).

R NOTE : After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum
____
R of fifteen minutes to let the pressure become stable.
R Check the pressure/extension again to make sure that they
R have not changed. If necessary, adjust the pressure to
R give the correct dimension H.

(i) Close the control valve of the nitrogen supply, the charging
valve (6) and the control valve (20). Open the control valve (13)
to release the nitrogen from the filling system.

(j) Remove the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

(k) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY from the charging valve (6).

(l) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in) and examine for leaks.

(m) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 309
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-12-32-780-050

C. Test

(1) Move the aircraft to make the shock absorber move inside its leg.

NOTE : It is possible that the shock absorber is held in an incorrect


____
position because of friction loads.

(2) Do the pressure check of the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-
004).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-32-942-050

A. Removal of Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform.

Subtask 12-12-32-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-12-32-942-051

C. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Disassemble the standard charging equipment.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 310
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-12-32-611-005

Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : As an alternative for A319/A320/A321 aircraft, the NLG shock absorber


____
can be replenished with the aircraft weight on wheels (Ref. TASK
12-12-32-611-001). For A318/A319CJ aircraft, the NLG shock absorber
must be replenished with the aircraft on jacks.

NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully raised on jacks
____
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or raised at the forward jacking point
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).

NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 311
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific approved nitrogen supply


No specific hydraulic source
No specific safety barriers
No specific standard charging equipment
No specific thermocouple (-45 Deg. C to 70 Deg. C (-49 Deg. F to
158 Deg. F))
No specific drain container 15 l (3.9625 USgal)
No specific pressure gage 50 bar (725.1885 psi)
No specific trolley jack 500 mm (19.6850 in.)
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
M21930 1 FILLING ASSEMBLY
98D32203502000 2 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-H-5606


OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-004
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-006 USA BMS 3-32 TYPE II
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 312
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-581-003 Lifting of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point, MLG
Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-001 Lowering of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point,
MLG Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-14-32-614-004 Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-00-00-860-001 Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical
Power
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
12-12-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-12-32-991-012 Fig. 302
12-12-32-991-021 Fig. 303

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-32-941-064

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit, to tell persons not to operate
R the landing gear or the landing gear doors.

(3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

Subtask 12-12-32-869-052

B. Flight Configuration Precautions

(1) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance tasks,
de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-
002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU circuit
breakers.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 313
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) If the electrical power is necessary, do the flight configuration
precautions with electrical power before you open the LGCIU circuit
breakers (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).

Subtask 12-12-32-582-052

C. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks

(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
07-11-00-581-003).

NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted.


____
The shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured
until the aircraft has been on jacks for fifteen minutes. This
will let the shock absorber pressure become stable and make
sure that the value recorded is accurate.

Subtask 12-12-32-010-052

D. Get Access

(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
R NLG.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-12-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-12-32-991-012)

Subtask 12-12-32-614-059

R A. Preparation for Replenishment

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.

(1) Prepare the standard charging equipment as follows:

(a) Install the pressure gage (10) on the 3-way valve (12).

(b) Connect the 3-way valve (12) to the filling hose (11).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 314
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(c) Connect the hydraulic supply hose (18) between the hand pump (17)
and the three-way valve (12).

(d) Connect the hydraulic source hose (16) between the hand pump (17)
and the hydraulic source.

(e) Connect the bleed hose (14) between the 3-way valve (12) and the
drain container (15).

R (f) Fill the hydraulic source with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
R FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

(g) Open the control valves (20) and (13) and operate the hand pump
(17) to bleed the system. Close the valves (20) and (13).

(2) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (6) as
follows:

(a) Remove the blanking cap (7) from the charging valve (6).

(b) Remove the cap (1) and the plug (5) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

(c) Move the wrench (9) up to the knurled shoulder (3) and install
the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (6).

(d) Turn the core (8) of the FILLING ASSEMBLY clockwise with the
knurled shoulder (3) to install the seal (4) on the charging
valve (6).

(3) Connect the filling hose (11) to the end fitting (2) of the FILLING
ASSEMBLY and hand tighten.

(4) Move the wrench (9) down and turn counterclockwise to open the
charging valve (6).

NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that you deflate the shock
____
absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock when the
shock absorber gets to the lower limit of its travel.

(5) Slowly open the control valve (13) to let the shock absorber fully
deflate.

(6) When all the nitrogen pressure is released, close the control valve
(13).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 315
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-12-32-611-052

R B. Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber

R (1) Fill the NLG shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
R 001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-006), as follows:

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN


_______
22bar (319psi). THIS WILL PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE.

NOTE : 5.577 l (1.4732 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill


____
the NLG shock absorber.

NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that you compress/extend
____
the shock absorber slowly. This is to prevent possible shock
when the shock absorber gets to the limit of its travel.

(a) Put the trolley jack under the jacking dome of the shock
absorber.

(b) Open the control valve (13).

(c) Use the trolley jack to fully compress the shock absorber, while
you monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (15).

NOTE : When you first compress the shock absorber, it is possible


____
that no hydraulic fluid goes into the container. This can
occur if the shock absorber is empty of fluid, or the
fluid level is too low.

(d) Close the control valve (13).

(e) Slowly lower the trolley jack until it disengages from the
jacking dome.

(f) Open the control valve (20). Slowly operate the hand pump (17) to
increase the hydraulic supply pressure until the shock absorber
is fully extended.

(g) Close the charging valve (6) and the control valve (20).

(h) Wait for a minimum of ten minutes to make sure all the air is
removed from the hydraulic fluid.

(i) Open the charging valve (6) and the control valve (13) to bleed
the shock absorber.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 316
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(j) Use the trolley jack to slowly compress the shock absorber to its
limit.

(k) Do the steps (b) thru (h) again, until all the air is removed
from the hydraulic fluid.

(l) Keep the shock absorber compressed and close the charging valve
(6).

(m) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (18) from the 3-way valve
(12).

(n) Loosen the filling hose (11) at the FILLING ASSEMBLY to let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (15).

(o) Tighten the filling hose (11) on the FILLING ASSEMBLY and close
the control valve (13).

(p) Remove the bleed hose (14) from the three-way valve (12).

(2) Fill the NLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE
TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK
ABSORBER PRESSURE.

(a) Connect the supply hose (19) of an approved nitrogen supply to


the 3-way valve (12).

(b) Disconnect the filling hose (11) from the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

(c) Open the control valves (20) and (13). Slowly open the control
valve of the nitrogen source to release nitrogen pressure and
clean the system.

(d) Close the control valves (20) and (13). Connect the filling hose
(11) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

(e) Open the control valve (20).

(f) Lower the trolley jack to let the shock absorber extend fully.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 317
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
(g) Slowly open the control valve (6) to increase the nitrogen
pressure. Let the shock absorber gradually inflate until it is
fully inflated.

R (h) Use a thermocouple (-45 Deg. C to 70 Deg. C (-49 Deg. F to 158


R Deg. F)) to measure and record the temperature adjacent to the
R charging valve (6) of the NLG. Read and record the pressure on
the gage (10) and refer to the pressure/temperature table for the
R related shock absorber inflation pressure.
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-021)

R NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the


____
R cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the
R main fitting.

(i) Close the charging valve (6) and the control valve (20).

R (j) Wait for a minimum of fifteen minutes to let the pressure become
R stable, then open the control valve (20) and the charging valve
R (6). Make sure that the pressure/temperature conditions are the
same as in step (h), if not, do again steps (g) thru (i).

(k) Close the charging valve (6) and the control valve of the
nitrogen source.

(l) Slowly open the control valve (13) to release the nitrogen
pressure from the filling system.

(m) Remove the filling hose (11) and the FILLING ASSEMBLY from the
charging valve (6).

(n) TORQUE the charging valve (6) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in) and check for leaks.

(3) Install the blanking cap (7) on the charging valve (6).

Subtask 12-12-32-942-060

C. Removal of the Equipment

(1) Disassemble the standard charging equipment.

(2) Remove the trolley jack.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 318
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
NLG Shock Absorber - Pressure Table
Figure 303/TASK 12-12-32-991-021



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 319
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

Subtask 12-12-32-410-052

D. Close Access

(1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-12-32-869-053

E. Ground Configuration

(1) If you opened the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the flight
configuration precautions with electrical power were obeyed
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).

Subtask 12-12-32-586-051

F. Lower the Aircraft

(1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

Subtask 12-12-32-780-052

R G. Pressure Check

(1) Do a pressure/extension check of the NLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK


12-14-32-614-004).

R NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lowered


____
R to the ground. The shock absorber pressure/extension values
R should not be measured for fifteen minutes. This will let the
R shock absorber pressure/extension become stable and make sure
R that the values recorded are accurate.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-32-942-061

A. Removal of the Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 320
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
TASK 12-12-32-611-002

Replenishment of the Alternate Brake Reservoir (2624GM)

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake reservoir.
____
But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed procedure of
the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001, Filling and Bleeding
of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate Braking).

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container
No specific safety barriers
No specific standard filling equipment
No specific vinyl tube
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 321
May 01/05
R  
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-12-32-991-004 Fig. 304

3. __________
Job Set-up

R (Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-004)

Subtask 12-12-32-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) On panel 400VU, make sure the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in


the DOWN position.

(3) On panel 110VU, make sure the parking-brake switch is in the OFF
position.

(4) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the brake controls.

(5) Put the access platform at the access door 811.

Subtask 12-12-32-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 811.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 322
May 01/05
 
IAC 
Alternate-Brake Reservoir Replenishment - Detail and Location
R Figure 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-004



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 323
May 01/05
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-12-32-991-004)

Subtask 12-12-32-614-075

A. Preparation for Replenishment

(1) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the filling valve (3) and disconnect
the drain line (5) from the bleed valve (1).

(2) Install a vinyl tube on to the bleed valve (1).

(3) Put the vinyl tube into a container full of HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(Material No. 02-003) that does not have gas in it.

(4) Make sure that the pipes on the standard filling equipment are filled
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) which does not have gas
in it. Connect the pipe of the filling equipment to the charging
valve (3).

Subtask 12-12-32-611-050

B. Replenishment of the Alternate Brake Reservoir

NOTE : This procedure will let you replenish the alternate brake
____
reservoir. But, if the reservoir is empty, you should do a bleed
procedure of the complete system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-612-001,
Filling and Bleeding of the Low Pressure Control of the Alternate
Braking).

(1) Open the bleed valve (1).

(2) Use the handpump to fill the brake reservoir (2) with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003). Keep the hydraulic fluid flow rate
constant and at a pressure of less than 4 bar (58 psi) as shown on
the pressure gage.

(3) When the hydraulic fluid that comes from the bleed valve (1) does not
have gas in it, close the bleed valve (1).

(4) Open the bleed valve (1) and put the brake reservoir (2) to its
correct level (on the green ring). Close the bleed valve (1).

(5) Remove the vinyl tube from the bleed valve (1) and disconnect the
pipe from the filling valve (3).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 324
May 01/05
 
IAC 
(6) Make sure that there is no leakage of fluid from the bleed valve (1).

(7) Install the blanking cap (4) on the filling valve (3).

(8) TORQUE the blanking cap (4) to between 1.1 and 1.25 m.daN (97.34 and
110.61 lbf.in).

(9) Install the drain line (5) on the bleed valve (1).

(10) TORQUE the drain line (5) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-32-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 811.

Subtask 12-12-32-942-053

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 325
May 01/05
R  
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

TASK 12-12-32-611-004

Check Fluid Level of Main Landing Gear Shock Absorber

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 321113-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-32-611-008 Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock


Absorber

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-32-941-063

A. Not applicable


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 326
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-12-32-220-051

A. Check the Fluid Level of the MLG Shock Absorber

NOTE : To do a check of the MLG shock absorber fluid level, it is


____
necessary to do a replenishment of the MLG shock absorber.

(1) Do a replenishment of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-


008).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 327
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-12-32-611-008

Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific axle jack


No specific standard charging equipment
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 328
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-H-5606


OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 02-004
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-006 USA BMS 3-32 TYPE II
R SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 packing 32-11-13 01E-015


R 5 packing 32-11-13 01F-015

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-14-32-200-001 Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
12-14-32-614-003 Check Charge Pressure of Main Landing Gear Shock
Absorber
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
12-12-32-991-009 Fig. 305
12-12-32-991-008 Fig. 306


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 329
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-32-941-068

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(2) On panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

Subtask 12-12-32-582-055

B. Lift the Aircraft

(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the applicable
shock absorber.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-009, 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-008)

Subtask 12-12-32-611-059

R A. Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber

(1) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the bottom charging valve (1).

(2) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the top charging valve (4).

(3) Release the nitrogen pressure:

(a) Slowly open the bottom charging valve assembly (1).

(b) Slowly open the top charging valve assembly (4).

NOTE : During the steps that follow some oil can come out of the
____
top charging valve (4).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 330
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Replenishment Location and Detail
Figure 305/TASK 12-12-32-991-009



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 331
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 306/TASK 12-12-32-991-008



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 332
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (4) Remove the lockwire:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the body of the top charging
R valve (4).

(5) Remove the top charging valve assembly (4).

(6) Remove and discard the packing (5) from the top charging valve
assembly (4).

(7) Install the standard charging equipment on the two-stage shock


absorber:

(a) Install the filler adaptor (17) in the port of the top charging
valve.

(b) TORQUE the filler adaptor (17) to between 1.13 and 1.58 m.daN
(99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).

(c) Connect the elbow-fitting (18) to the filler adaptor (17).

(d) Connect the filling hose (16) to the elbow fitting (18).

(e) Install the 28 bar (406.1055 psi) pressure gage (15) on the
three-way valve (19).

(f) Connect the three-way valve (19) to the filling hose (16).

(g) Connect the hydraulic pump (24) and the hydraulic fluid reservoir
(23) to the three-way valve (19) with the supply hose (25).

(h) Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS


(Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004)
or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

(i) Connect the bleed hose (21) between the three-way valve (19) and
the drain container (22).

R (j) Open the control valves (20) and (26).

(k) Bleed the filling system with the hydraulic pump (24).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 333
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(8) Put the axle jack in position under the jacking dome (6) of the
applicable landing gear. Make sure that the axle jack is free to move
forward and aft.

(9) Fill the shock absorber with hydraulic fluid:

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN 22


_______
BAR (319 PSI). IF THE PRESSURE IS MORE THAN THIS VALUE, IT
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SHOCK ABSORBER.

NOTE : 20 l (5.2833 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill


____
each shock absorber.

(a) Make sure that:


- the bottom charging valve (1) is open
- the control valve (20) is open
R - the control valve (26) is closed.

(b) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber. At the
same time, monitor the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain
container (22).

NOTE : It is possible that no hydraulic fluid will be bled into


____
the drain container (22) when you initially compress the
shock absorber.

R (c) Close the control valve (20) and open the control valve (26).

(d) Use the hydraulic pump (24) to slowly increase the pressure of
the hydraulic supply to 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi). Let the pressure
become stable.

(e) Keep the pressure of the hydraulic supply at 13.8 bar (200.1520
psi). At the same time, slowly lower the axle jack to let the
shock absorber fully extend.

(f) When the shock absorber is fully extended, let the pressure
become stable at 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi).

(g) Release the hydraulic supply pressure.

R (h) Close the control valve (26) and open the control valve (20).

(10) Do the step (9) again until the hydraulic fluid from the bleed hose
(21) contains no air. (There are no bubbles in the fluid).

(11) Use the axle jack to fully compress the shock absorber.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 334
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(12) Keep the shock absorber compressed and the hydraulic pressure
released.

(13) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (25) from the three-way valve
(19).

(14) Loosen the elbow fitting (18) at the filler adaptor (17) and let the
hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (22).

(15) Remove the elbow fitting (18) from the filler adaptor (17).

(16) Close the control valve (20) and remove the bleed hose (21) and the
drain container (22).

(17) Remove the filler adaptor (17).

(18) Install a new packing (5) to the top charging valve assembly (4).

(19) Install the charging valve assembly (4) in the top charging valve
port.

(20) TORQUE the body of the top charging valve (4) to between 1.13 and
1.58 m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(21) Safety the body of the charging valve (4) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(22) Make sure that the bottom charging valve (1) and the top charging
valve (4) are closed.

(23) Install the blanking cap (2) on the bottom charging valve (1).

(24) Install the blanking cap (3) on the top charging valve (4).

(25) Lower and remove the axle jack.

(26) Do the nitrogen filling of the MLG two-stage shock absorber (aircraft
on jacks) (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).

(27) Make a note in the aircraft log:


- it is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less than 24
hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 335
May 01/08
 
IAC 
NOTE : New hydraulic fluid can absorb nitrogen.
____
Shock absorber nitrogen pressure can decrease.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-32-586-053

A. Lower the Aircraft

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Lower the aircraft on its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).

Subtask 12-12-32-942-067

B. Remove the Equipment

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 336
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

TASK 12-12-32-611-003

Check Fluid Level of Main Landing Gear Shock Absorber

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 321113-02

NOTE : This procedure applies to replenishment of the single-stage shock


____
absorber only.

NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
jacks. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must be in the correct
position (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific axle jacks 500 mm (20 in)


No specific hydraulic pump
No specific pressure gage 190 bar (2700 psi)
No specific pressure gage 20 bar (250 psi)
No specific pressure gage 27.5 bar (400 psi)
No specific safety barriers
No specific standard charging equipment
R
No specific 27.5 bar (400 psi) pressure gage



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 337
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)


R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 15 l (4 USgal) drain container


Material No. 02-001 USA MIL-H-5606
OIL, HYDRAULICPETROLEUM FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
R
Material No. 02-004
SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 02-006 USA BMS 3-32 TYPE II
R SHOCK ABSORBER FLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-14-32-200-001 Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-00-00-860-001 Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical
Power
32-11-13-860-001 To Close the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve
12-12-32-991-006 Fig. 307
12-12-32-991-007 Fig. 308



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 338
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-32-991-016 Fig. 309


12-12-32-991-015 Fig. 310

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-32-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On panel 400VU, make sure the landing-gear control-lever is in the


DOWN position.

R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
R the landing-gear controls.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-12-32-611-057

R A. Aircraft on Ground - Check Fluid Level of Main Landing Gear Shock


R Absorber
(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-006, 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-007)

(1) Preparation for replenishment:

(a) Remove the blanking cap (15) from the charging valve assembly
(14) of the single-stage shock absorber.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE
THE SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE
GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.

(b) Slowly open the control valve of the charging valve assembly (14)
and let the single-stage shock absorber compress fully.

NOTE : Some oil may come out of the charging valve assembly (14)
____
during this operation.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 339
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
MLG Single Stage Shock Absorber Replenishment - Detail and Location
R Figure 307/TASK 12-12-32-991-006



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 340
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
MLG Single Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph
R Figure 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-007



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 341
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(c) When the nitrogen pressure is released, close the control valve
of the charging valve assembly (14).

(d) Remove the lockwire from the body of the charging valve assembly
(14).

(e) Remove the charging valve assembly (14) from the single-stage
shock absorber.

(f) Install the standard charging equipment on the single-stage shock


absorber, as follows:

1
_ Install the filler adaptor (3) in the charging valve port.
R TORQUE the filler adaptor (3) to between 1.13 and 1.58 m.daN
(99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).

2
_ Connect the elbow fitting (4) to the filler adaptor (3).

3
_ Connect the filling hose (2) to the elbow fitting (4).

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.

4
_ Install the pressure gage 190 bar (2700 psi) (1) on the 3-way
valve (5).

5
_ Connect the 3-way valve (5) to the filling hose (2).

6
_ Connect the hydraulic pump (10) and the hydraulic fluid
reservoir (9) to the 3-way valve (5) using the supply hose
(11).

R 7
_ Connect the bleed hose (7) between the 3-way valve (5) and the
R 15 l (4 USgal) drain container (8).
R

R (g) Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir (9) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004)
R or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

(h) Open the control valves (6) and (13).

(i) Bleed the filling system with the hydraulic pump (10).

(j) Close the control valve (6).

R (2) Fill the MLG Single-Stage Shock Absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or
R HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006), as follows:

(a) Open the control valve (13).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 342
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(b) Pressurize the single-stage shock absorber with the hydraulic
pump (10) until the dimension H is 50 mm (1.9685 in.).
R (Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-007)

(c) Close the control valve (13).

(d) Slowly open the control valve (6) and let the single-stage shock
absorber compress fully.

(e) Do the steps (1) thru (4) again until:


- the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain container (8) does
not have gas bubbles in it
- the single-stage shock absorber is compressed fully.

(f) Disconnect the hydraulic supply hose (11) from the 3-way valve
(5).

(g) Loosen the elbow-fitting (4), to let the hydraulic fluid drain
into the drain container (8).

(h) Close the control valve (6).

(i) Remove the bleed hose (7) and the drain container (8).

(j) Install the charging valve assembly (14).

(k) TORQUE the body of the charging valve assembly (14) to between
1.13 and 1.58 m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).

(l) Safety the body of the charging valve assembly (14) with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(m) Install the standard charging equipment on the charging valve


(14) as follows:

CAUTION : USE SEPARATE CHARGING EQUIPMENT FOR THE HYDRAULIC FLUID


_______
AND THE NITROGEN WHEN YOU DO THE SERVICING OF THE SHOCK
ABSORBER.
IF YOU DO NOT HAVE SEPARATE EQUIPMENT REMOVE THE
HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM THE EQUIPMENT BEFORE YOU PRESURIZE
THE SHOCK ABSORBER WITH NITROGEN.

1
_ Connect the 3-way valve (5) to the charging valve (14) using
the filling hose (2).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 343
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.

(n) Install the pressure gage 20 bar (250 psi) on the 3-way valve
(5).

(o) Pressurize the single-stage shock absorber with nitrogen as


follows:

1
_ Connect a nitrogen source to the 3-way valve (5) using the
nitrogen supply hose (12).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR
_______
OF PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU
PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE
AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT WILL
MOVE.

2
_ Open the charging valve (14).

3
_ Open the nitrogen source control valve.

4
_ Monitor the dimension H.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE


_______
SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY,
THE TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON
THE SHOCK ABSORBER PRESSURE.

5
_ Slowly open the control valve (13) until the dimension H is
correct for the single stage shock absorber temperature.

6
_ When the dimension H is correct, close the charging valve
(14).

7
_ Stop the supply from the nitrogen source. Release the pressure
and remove the nitrogen source from the standard charging
equipment as follows:
- close the nitrogen source control valve
- open the control valve (6) to release the pressure
- disconnect the nitrogen supply hose (12) from the 3-way
valve (5)
- remove the nitrogen source from the 3-way valve (5).
R (Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-12-32-991-007)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 344
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(p) Remove the standard charging equipment from the charging valve
assembly (14) as follows:

1
_ Disconnect the filling hose (2) from the charging valve (14).

2
_ Remove the filling hose (2) and the 3-way valve (5).

(q) TORQUE the control valve of the charging valve (14) assembly to
between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN (50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

(r) Move the aircraft to make the single-stage shock absorber move
inside its leg.

NOTE : It is possible that the single-stage shock absorber is


____
held in an incorrect position because of friction loads.

(s) After 1 hour check the pressure at the charging valve (14) as
follows:

1
_ Install the standard charging equipment on the charging valve
(14).

2
_ Slowly open the charging valve (14).

3
_ Read and write down the pressure at the charging valve (14).

4
_ Close the charging valve (14).

5
_ Remove the standard charging equipment from the charging valve
(14).

6
_ TORQUE the charging valve (14) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in) and install the blanking cap (15).

7
_ Use the graph, the pressure you wrote down and the
single-stage shock absorber temperature to check dimension
H.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 345
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-12-32-611-056

R B. Aircraft on Jacks - Replenishment of the MLG Single Stage Shock Absorber


(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-12-32-991-016, 310/TASK 12-12-32-991-015)

(1) Preparation for replenishment:

(a) If the electrical power is not necessary for other maintenance


tasks, de-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002). Then, it is not necessary to operate the LGCIU
circuit breakers.

(b) If the electrical power is necessary, do the precautions for


flight configuration with electrical power (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
860-001) before you open the LGCIU circuit breakers.

(c) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

R (d) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the applicable
R single-stage shock absorber.

(e) Remove the blanking cap (18) from the charging valve assembly
(17).

(f) Slowly open the control valve of the charging valve assembly (17)
to release the nitrogen pressure from the single-stage shock
absorber.

(g) Remove the lockwire from the body of the charging valve assembly
(17).

(h) Remove the charging valve assembly (17) from the single-stage
shock absorber.

(i) Install the standard charging equipment on the single-stage shock


absorber as follows:

1
_ Install the filler adaptor (3) in the charging valve port.

2
_ TORQUE the filler adaptor (3) to to between 1.13 and 1.58
m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).

3
_ Connect the elbow-fitting (4) to the filler adaptor (3).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 346
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
MLG Single Stage Shock Absorber - Replenishment Location and Detail
R Figure 309/TASK 12-12-32-991-016



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 347
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
MLG Single Stage Shock-Absorber - Filling System
R Figure 310/TASK 12-12-32-991-015



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 348
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
4
_ Connect the filling hose (2) to the elbow-fitting (4).

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.

5
_ Install the 27.5 bar (400 psi) pressure gage (1) on the 3-way
valve (5).

6
_ Connect the 3-way valve (5) to the filling hose (2).

7
_ Connect the hand pump (10) and the hydraulic fluid reservoir
(9) to the 3-way valve (5) using the supply hose (11).

8
_ Connect the bleed hose (7) between the 3-way valve (5) and the
drain container 15 l (3.9625 USgal) (8).

R (j) Fill the hydraulic fluid reservoir (9) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
R (Material No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004)
R or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006).

(k) Open the control valves (6) and (13).

(l) Bleed the filling system by slow operations of the hand pump
(10).

(m) Close the control valve (13).

(n) Put the axle jacks 500 mm (20 in) under the jacking domes (19) of
the single-stage shock absorber bogie beam.

R (2) Fill the single-stage shock absorber with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material
R No. 02-001) or HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-004) or HYDRAULIC
R FLUIDS (Material No. 02-006), as follows:

NOTE : 19 l (5.0192 USgal) of hydraulic fluid is necessary to fill


____
each shock absorber.

(a) Make sure that:


- the control valve (13) is closed
- the control valve (6) is open.

(b) Use the axle jacks to fully compress the shock absorber. Monitor
the hydraulic fluid that goes into the drain container (8) while
you compress the shock absorber.

NOTE : When you first compress the shock absorber it is possible


____
that no hydraulic fluid goes into the drain container.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 349
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(c) Close the control valve (6) and open the control valve (13).

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE INCREASE TO MORE THAN


_______
22bar (319psi). THIS WILL PREVENT INTERNAL DAMAGE.

(d) Slowly increase the hydraulic-supply pressure with slow


operations of the hand pump (10) to 13.8 bar (200.1520 psi) and
let the pressure become stable.

(e) Keep the hydraulic supply at a pressure of 13.8 bar (200.1520


psi), and slowly lower the axle jacks to let the single-stage
shock absorber extend fully.

(f) When the shock absorber is fully extended, let the


hydraulic-supply pressure become stable at 13.8 bar (200.1520
psi).

(g) Release the hydraulic-supply pressure.

(h) Close the control valve (13) and open the control valve (6).

(i) Do the steps (a) thru (h) again, until the hydraulic fluid from
the bleed hose (7) contains no air.

(j) Use the axle jacks to fully compress the shock absorber.

(k) Keep the shock absorber compressed and the hydraulic pressure
released.

(l) Disconnect the hydraulic-supply hose (11) from the 3-way valve
(5).

(m) Loosen the elbow-fitting (4) at the filler adaptor (3), to let
the hydraulic fluid drain into the drain container (8).

(n) Remove the elbow-fitting (4) from the filler adaptor (3).

(o) Close the control valve (6), remove the bleed hose (7) and the
drain container (8).

(p) Remove the filler adaptor (3).

(q) Install the charging valve assembly (17).

(r) TORQUE the charging valve assembly (17) to between 1.13 and 1.58
m.daN (99.99 and 139.82 lbf.in).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 350
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(s) Safety the body of the charging valve (17) with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(3) Fill the MLG shock absorber with nitrogen gas, as follows:

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE
TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK
ABSORBER PRESSURE.

(a) Install the standard charging equipment on the charging valve


(14) as follows:

1
_ connect the 3-way valve (5) to the charging valve assembly
(17) using the filling hose (2).

(b) Install the pressure gage 27.5 bar (400 psi) on the 3-way valve
(5).

(c) Connect a nitrogen source to the 3-way valve (5) using the
nitrogen supply hose (12).

(d) Slowly increase the nitrogen-supply pressure to between 3 bar


(43.5113 psi) and 4 bar (58.0150 psi).

(e) Open the control valve of the charging valve assembly (17).

(f) Slowly open the control valve (13).

(g) Keep the nitrogen-supply pressure and slowly lower the axle jack,
to let the shock absorber extend fully.

(h) Slowly increase the nitrogen pressure to between 24.3 bar


(352.4416 psi) and 25.6 bar (371.2965 psi).

(i) Close the control valve of the charging valve assembly (17) and
the control valve (13).

(j) Close the control valve at the nitrogen supply.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 351
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(k) Examine the charging valve (17) for leaks.

(l) Examine the gland seals of the shock absorber for signs of oil
leaks (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-860-001).

(m) After one hour check the pressure at the charging valve (17) as
follows:

1
_ Slowly open the charging valve (17).

2
_ Read and write down the pressure at the charging valve (17).

3
_ Close the charging valve (17).

4
_ Check the nitrogen pressure is between 24.3 bar (352.4416 psi)
and 25.6 bar (371.2965 psi).

(n) Remove the standard charging equipment from the charging valve
(17) as follows:

1
_ Disconnect the filling hose (2) from the charging valve (17).

2
_ Remove the filling hose (2) and the 3-way valve (5).

3
_ Remove the pressure gage from the 3-way valve (5).

(o) TORQUE the charging valve (17) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in)

(p) Install the blanking cap (18) on the charging valve (17).

(q) Disassemble the standard charging equipment.

(4) Do a leak check as follows:

(a) Remove the axle jacks.

(b) Remove the access platform(s).

(c) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

(d) If you opened the LGCIU circuit breakers, make sure that the
flight configuration precautions with electrical power were
obeyed (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001).

(e) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 352
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(f) Examine the charging valve and the area of the gland seals for
leaks.

(g) Install the blanking cap on the charging valve assembly.

(5) Make a note in the aircraft log:


- it is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure H
dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less than 24
hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.

NOTE : New hydraulic fluid can absorb nitrogen.


____
Shock absorber nitrogen pressure can decrease.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-32-942-054

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-12-32

Page 353
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-12-32-611-006

Replenishment of the MLG Torque Link Damper

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific approved AN connector


No specific hydraulic source (minimum supply pressure 50 psi)
No specific safety barriers
No specific container 2 l (0.5283 USgal)
No specific AR GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC
No specific AR HOSE - BLEED
No specific AR SPATULA - NON METALLIC
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 460006804 1 ADAPTER - BLEED



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 354
May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0.8mm (0.032in.)


dia.
Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4
HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System


32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-12-32-991-014 Fig. 311

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-12-32-941-067

A. Not applicable.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 355
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-12-32-941-067-A

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On the panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-12-32-611-054

A. Not applicable.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-12-32-611-054-A

R A. Replenishment of the MLG Torque Link Damper


(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-12-32-991-014)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 356
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Torque Link Damper
Figure 311/TASK 12-12-32-991-014


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 357
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(1) Remove the sealant from the bleed screw (1) and the bleed plug (2)
with the SPATULA - NON METALLIC.

(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the cap assembly (6) and the
bleed screw (1).

(3) Clean the items that follow with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003):
- the bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).

(4) Remove the cap assembly (6) and the bleed screw (1).

R (5) Install the ADAPTER - BLEED (460006804) to the bleed plug (2).

R (6) Install the HOSE - BLEED on the ADAPTER - BLEED.

(7) Put a container below the bleed hose.

(8) Open the bleed plug (2).

(9) Install an approved AN connector to the check valve (7).

(10) Connect a GROUND POWER CART-HYDRAULIC or a hydraulic source (minimum


supply pressure 50 psi) that contains HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No.
02-003), to the approved AN connector.

(11) You must obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-
910-002).

(12) Supply hydraulic fluid, at a pressure of between 2.42 bar (35 psi)
and 2.75 bar (40 psi), to the check valve (7).

(13) Keep the hydraulic pressure until you get an air-free flow of fluid
from the bleed plug (2).

(14) Increase the pressure of the hydraulic fluid to between 2.75 bar (40
psi) and 3.45 bar (50 psi).

(15) Close the bleed plug (2).

(16) Make sure that the reservoir can (4) moves between 1.5 mm (0.05 in.)
and 3.1 mm (0.12 in.) above the FULL level indicator line.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 358
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(17) Keep the hydraulic pressure for a time of 3 minutes. During the 3
minutes make sure that:
- no external leakage of fluid occurs
- the reservoir can (4) does not move.

(18) If there is leakage and/or the reservoir-can (4) moves:


- slowly open the bleed plug (2) to release the hydraulic pressure
- do the steps (9) thru (14) again.

(19) Decrease the hydraulic pressure to zero. Disconnect the hydraulic


ground cart or the hydraulic source and the approved AN connector
from the check valve (7).

(20) Measure the quantity of hydraulic fluid that comes out of the check
valve (7) during a time of 15 seconds. There must be no more than 15
drops.

(21) Open the bleed plug (2) slowly until the reservoir can (4) becomes
level with the FULL line. Close the bleed plug (2).

(22) If the released hydraulic fluid contains air:


- slowly open the bleed plug (2) to release the hydraulic pressure
- do the steps (9) thru (18) again.

R (23) Remove the bleed hose and the ADAPTER - BLEED from the bleed plug
(2).

(24) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(25) Install the cap assembly (6) on the check valve (7).

(26) Install the bleed screw (1) in the bleed plug (2).

(27) TORQUE the bleed screw (1) to between 0.17 and 0.22 m.daN (15.04 and
19.46 lbf.in).

(28) TORQUE the cap assembly (7) to between 0.57 and 0.67 m.daN (50.44 and
59.29 lbf.in).

(29) Safety the items that follow with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel
0.8mm (0.032in.) dia.:
- the bleed screw (1) to the piston assembly (3)
- the cap assembly (6) to the adjacent bolt (5).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-12-32

Page 359
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (30) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the items that follow:
- bleed screw (1)
- the bleed plug (2)
- the bleed plug housing (8).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-12-32-942-066

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 360
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-12-32-610-001

Check Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fluid Level

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R NOTE : The NLG shock absorber charging pressure must be measured with the
____
R aircraft on the ground and lifted on jacks. This procedure does the
R aircraft on-jacks check first followed by the on-ground check. If
R necessary, the on-ground check can be done first followed by the
R on-jacks check using the procedure in TASK 12-12-32-610-001- 01.

R NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully raised on jacks
____
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or raised at the forward jacking point
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).

R NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
R aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
R values recorded are accurate.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
98D32203502000 1 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 361
May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-581-003 Lifting of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point, MLG
Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-001 Lowering of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point,
MLG Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-12-32-611-001 Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level
12-12-32-611-005 Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on
Jacks)
R 12-14-32-614-004 Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
12-12-32-991-024 Fig. 312

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-32-941-073

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is
in the DOWN position.

(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear controls.

(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG doors.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 362
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-12-32-010-054

B. Get Access

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______

(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

(2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the NLG.

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-12-32-991-024)

Subtask 12-12-32-582-056

A. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks

(1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
07-11-00-581-003).

Subtask 12-12-32-614-080

B. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)

(1) Do a check of the charge pressure of the NLG shock absorber with the
aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).

NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted.


____
The shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured
until the aircraft has been on jacks for 15 minutes. This will
let the shock absorber pressure become stable and make sure
that the value recorded is accurate.

(2) If the charge pressure is in the specified limits, go to Para. 4. C.

(3) If the charge pressure is not in the specified limits, adjust the
charge pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 363
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Jacks to start
R Figure 312/TASK 12-12-32-991-024



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 364
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R Subtask 12-12-32-586-054

R C. Lower the Aircraft

R (1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

R Subtask 12-12-32-614-081

R D. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on


R Ground)

R (1) Do a check of the charge pressure and extension of the NLG shock
R absorber with the aircraft on ground (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).

R NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lowered


____
R to the ground. The shock absorber pressure/extension values
R should not be measured until the aircraft has been on the
R ground 15 minutes. This will let the shock absorber
R pressure/extension become stable and make sure that the values
R recorded are accurate.

R (2) If the charge pressure and extension are in the specified limits, go
R to Para. 5. A.

R (3) If the charge pressure and extension are not in the specified limits,
R the NLG fluid level must be replenished. Do a hydraulic fluid service
R (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 12-12-32-410-054

R A. Close Access

R (1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
R door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

R (2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

R Subtask 12-12-32-942-072

R B. Removal of the Equipment

R (1) Remove the safety barriers.

R (2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 365
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 366
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
TASK 12-12-32-610-001- 01

Check Shock Absorber Charge Pressure and Fluid Level

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY PIN AND THE TWO DOOR SAFETY
_______
PINS ARE INSTALLED.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : The NLG shock absorber charging pressure must be measured with the
____
aircraft on the ground and lifted on jacks. This procedure does the
on-ground check first followed by the aircraft on-jacks check. If
necessary, the on-jacks check can be done first followed by the
on-ground check using the procedure in TASK 12-12-32-610-001.

NOTE : This procedure can be done with the aircraft fully raised on jacks
____
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or raised at the forward jacking point
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-003).

NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE
98D32203502000 1 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 367
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-581-003 Lifting of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point, MLG
Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-001 Lowering of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point,
MLG Wheels on the Ground
07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-12-32-611-001 Check Shock Absorber Fluid Level
12-12-32-611-005 Replenishment of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on
Jacks)
R 12-14-32-614-004 Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
12-12-32-991-025 Fig. 313

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-12-32-941-074

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On panel 400VU, make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is
in the DOWN position.

(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE on panel 400VU, to tell persons not to operate
the landing-gear controls.

(5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG doors.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 368
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R Subtask 12-12-32-010-055

R B. Get Access

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______

R (1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

R (2) Install the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR (98D32203502000) in the linkage of
R each forward NLG door (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the NLG.

R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-12-32-991-025)

R Subtask 12-12-32-614-082

R A. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on


R Ground)

R (1) Do a check of the charge pressure and extension of the NLG shock
R absorber with the aircraft on ground (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).

R (2) If the charge pressure and extension are in the specified limits, go
R to Para. 4. B.

R (3) If the charge pressure and extension are not in the specified limits,
R adjust the charge pressure (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).

R Subtask 12-12-32-582-057

R B. Lift the Aircraft on Jacks

R (1) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001) or (Ref. TASK
R 07-11-00-581-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 369
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R NLG Maintenance Plan - Aircraft on Ground to start
R Figure 313/TASK 12-12-32-991-025



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 370
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R Subtask 12-12-32-614-083

R C. Measure the Charge Pressure of the NLG Shock Absorber (Aircraft on Jacks)

R (1) Do a check of the charge pressure of the NLG shock absorber with the
R aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-004).

R NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted.


____
R The shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured
R until the aircraft has been on jacks for 15 minutes. This will
R let the shock absorber pressure become stable and make sure
R that the value recorded is accurate.

R (2) If the charge pressure is in the specified limits, go to Para. 4. D.

R (3) If the charge pressure is not in the specified limits, the NLG fluid
R level must be replenished. Do a hydraulic fluid service (Ref. TASK
R 12-12-32-611-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-005).

R Subtask 12-12-32-586-055

R D. Lower the Aircraft

R (1) Lower the aircraft onto its wheels (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002) or
R (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 12-12-32-410-055

R A. Close Access

R (1) Remove the SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR from the linkage of each forward NLG
R door (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

R (2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

R Subtask 12-12-32-942-073

R B. Removal of the Equipment

R (1) Remove the safety barriers.

R (2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R (3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-12-32

Page 371
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
OIL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________

1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to oil replenishing of the engine
and the accessories such as the IDG, the pneumatic starter etc...



EFF :

ALL  12-13-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
ELECTRICAL POWER - SERVICING
____________________________

TASK 12-13-24-680-010

Draining of the Oil from the IDG

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.


_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:


_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF


_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)


No specific warning notice
R No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 301
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-119 *


Lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101
LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 packing 24-21-51 81 -020

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-24-612-011 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or


Addition of Oil after a Level Check
12-32-24-281-001 Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
24-21-00-612-044 Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R 78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
R 78-30-00-440-012 Activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
12-13-24-991-152 Fig. 301



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 302
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-24-861-056

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 12-13-24-941-060

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize


the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 12-13-24-010-058

C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 12-13-24-040-052

R D. Deactivate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 303
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-152)

Subtask 12-13-24-864-057

A. Depressurization of the IDG Case

WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.

(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (2).

(2) Remove the dust cap (4) from the overflow drain valve (7).

R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container.

(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:

R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (7).

NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (6) of
____
R the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.

Subtask 12-13-24-680-055

B. Draining of the IDG Oil

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (5).

NOTE : Approximately 3.8 l (1.0038 USgal) of oil will flow into the
____
container.

(2) Remove the case drain plug (5).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 304
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
IDG Servicing - IDG Drain and Fill Ports
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-152



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 305
Config-1 May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(3) Remove the packing (3) and discard it.

(4) Drain the oil.

NOTE : - If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the
____
IDG after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-
044)
- If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-24-281-001).

Subtask 12-13-24-640-052

C. Lubricate the new packing (3) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).

Subtask 12-13-24-420-057

D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug

(1) Install the new O-ring (3) on the case drain plug (5).

(2) Install the case drain plug (5).

(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (5) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).

(4) Safety the case drain plug (5) with Lockwire (Material No. V02-119)
0.032 in. (0.8127 mm) dia..

Subtask 12-13-24-420-064

E. Installation of the Dust Cap

R (1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the overflow drain valve (7).

(2) Install the dust cap (4) on the overflow drain valve (7).

Subtask 12-13-24-612-064

F. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-011), if you must not remove the IDG.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-24-440-050

R A. Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 306
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-24-410-061

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-13-24-862-056

C. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 307
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-24-612-011

IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after a Level
Check

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.


_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:


_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.

CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF


_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

You must do this procedure if you:


- fill an IDG installed on the aircraft after you drained it,
- fill a replacement IDG installed on the aircraft,
- add oil when the oil level at the sightglass is not correct,
- add oil after replacement of the scavenge filter element,
- add oil after replacement of a component of the IDG-oil cooling system.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 308
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)


No specific warning notice
R No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R 78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
R 78-30-00-440-012 Activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
12-13-24-991-150 Fig. 302



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 309
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-24-861-055

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

Subtask 12-13-24-941-062

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize


the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 12-13-24-010-059

C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 12-13-24-040-051

R D. Deactivate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 310
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-150)

Subtask 12-13-24-864-058

A. Depressurization of the IDG Case

WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.

(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (2).

(2) Remove the dust cap (4) from the overflow drain valve (8).

R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (3) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container.

(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:

R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (3) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (8).

NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (3) of
____
R the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.

Subtask 12-13-24-612-059

B. Filling of the IDG with Oil

CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX


_______
TYPES//BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

CAUTION : THE OIL OVERFLOW DRAINAGE PROCEDURE CAN TAKE UP TO 20 MINUTES


_______
TO COMPLETE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE OVERFLOW TIME REQUIREMENTS
CAN CAUSE HIGH IDG OIL LEVEL CONDITION RESULTING IN ELEVATED
OPERATING TEMPERATURES AND DAMAGE TO THE IDG.

NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water


____
contamination of the IDG oil during the filling procedure.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 311
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
IDG - Servicing
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-150- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 312
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
IDG - Servicing
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-150- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 313
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
(1) Remove the dust cap (6) from the pressure fill valve (7).

R (2) Connect the pressure fill hose (5) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP to the pressure fill valve (7).

(3) Fill the IDG with the filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a
maximum of 35 psi (2.4131 bar).

NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of oil brand-names approved for
____
IDG servicing.

(4) Stop the filling procedure when the quantity of oil collected from
R the overflow drain hose (3) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is
0.95 l (0.2509 USgal) minimum.

Subtask 12-13-24-080-058

C. Removal of the Hoses

R (1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (5) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the pressure fill valve (7).

(2) Install the dust cap (6) on the pressure fill valve (7).

R (3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (3) of the
R TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , remove the hose (3).

(4) Install the dust cap (4) on the overflow drain valve (8).

Subtask 12-13-24-710-053

D. If you replaced a part of the oil system (filter, external system


component, drain plug), do dry motoring for leak check before inspection
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).

Subtask 12-13-24-210-054

E. Inspection of the Oil Level

NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).
Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine run at minimum
idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043). This is to make sure you get
maximum filling of the external oil system.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 314
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
(1) Inspection of the oil level with or without dry motoring.

CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20⁰C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.

(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable.

(b) Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:


- if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil
servicing is not necessary.
- if the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the green band, do the steps 4.A. and
4.C. again.

(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine run (alternative


procedure).

(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.

(b) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:


- if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing
is not necessary,
- if the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
and 4.C. again.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-24-410-057

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 315
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
(3) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):
- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-13-24-862-055

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 316
Config-1 May 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-13-24-612-010

Do Quick Oil Servicing - Filling of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) with
Oil for Oil Complement after Level Check

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.


_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:


_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.

CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF


_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure is for quick adjustment of the IDG oil level during transit
only if there is no time to do the normal procedure.
With this oil servicing procedure, it is not necessary to let the oil drain
from the overflow drain hose for approximately 20 minutes.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 317
Config-1 May 01/08
R  
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 1.5 USgal (5.7 l)


No specific warning notice
R No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
DH1025PM 1 TANK ENG OIL FILL UP

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R 78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
R 78-30-00-440-012 Activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
12-13-24-991-151 Fig. 303

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-24-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 318
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-24-941-054

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-24-010-052

C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 12-13-24-040-050

R D. Deactivate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-151)

Subtask 12-13-24-864-052

A. Depressurization of the IDG Case

WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 319
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
Quick Oil Servicing - IDG
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-151- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 320
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Quick Oil Servicing - IDG
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-151- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 321
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
(1) Put a container 1.5 USgal (5.7 l) (3) below the IDG.

(2) Remove the dust cap (1) from the overflow drain valve (7).

R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (2) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container (3).

(4) Depressurize the IDG case. To do this, connect the overflow drain
R hose (2) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP to the overflow drain
valve (7). Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (2) when
you connect it.

Subtask 12-13-24-612-050

B. Filling of the IDG with Oil

CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX


_______
TYPES//BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, you must use precautions to


____
prevent water contamination of the IDG oil during filling
procedures.

NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of approved oil brand-names for IDG
____
servicing.

(1) Remove the dust cap (5) from the pressure fill valve (6).

(2) Connect the pressure fill hose (4) of the TANK ENG OIL FILL UP
(DH1025PM) to the pressure fill valve (6).

(3) Slowly pump the filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) into the IDG to
35 psi (2.4131 bar) maximum.

(4) Stop this operation when the oil level in the sightglass (8) is at
the top of the green band.

NOTE : There is a delay between the oil complement and the oil level
____
change in the sightglass.

NOTE : Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:


____
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-24-991-151)
- the oil level must be at or near the line between the yellow
band and the green band,
- if the oil level is above this position, do the normal
procedure of oil replenishing to adjust the oil level.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 322
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-24-020-057

C. Removal of Hoses

(1) Remove the pressure fill hose (4) of the TANK ENG OIL FILL UP
(DH1025PM) from the pressure fill valve (6).

(2) Install the dust cap (5) on the pressure fill valve (6).

(3) Remove the overflow drain hose (2) from the overflow drain valve (7).

(4) Install the dust cap (1) on the overflow drain valve (7).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-24-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

(3) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-13-24-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-24

Page 323
Config-1 May 01/08
 
IAC 
ELECTRICAL POWER - SERVICING
____________________________

TASK 12-13-24-680-040

Draining of the Oil from the IDG

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.


_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:


_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF


_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)


No specific warning notice
R No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 301
Config-2 May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP8001 *


Lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101
LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 O-ring 24-21-51 02C-020


2 O-ring 24-21-51 02D-020

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-24-612-041 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or


Addition of Oil after a Level Check
12-32-24-281-001 Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
24-21-00-612-043 Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
12-13-24-991-300 Fig. 301


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 302
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-24-861-057

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 12-13-24-941-063

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize


the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 12-13-24-010-060

C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 12-13-24-481-054

D. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 303
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-300)

Subtask 12-13-24-864-059

A. Depressurization of the IDG Case

WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.

(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (5).

(2) Remove the dust cap (3) from the overflow drain valve (4).

R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container.

(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:

R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (4).

NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (6) of
____
R the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.

Subtask 12-13-24-680-059

B. Draining of the IDG Oil

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (1).

NOTE : Approximately 3.8 l (1.0038 USgal) of oil will flow into the
____
container.

(2) Remove the case drain plug (1).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 304
Config-2 May 01/08
 
IAC 
IDG Servicing - IDG Drain and Fill Ports
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-24-991-300


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 305
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) Remove the O-ring (2) and discard it.

(4) Drain the oil.

NOTE : - If the drained oil has a fuel odor, do the servicing of the
____
IDG after oil chemical contamination (Ref. TASK 24-21-00-612-
043)
- If you think that the condition of the drained oil is not
correct, do a sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. TASK
12-32-24-281-001).

Subtask 12-13-24-640-053

C. Lubricate the new O-ring (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).

Subtask 12-13-24-420-059

D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug

(1) Install the new O-ring (2) on the case drain plug (1).

(2) Install the case drain plug (1).

(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (1) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).

(4) Safety the case drain plug (1) with Lockwire (Material No. CP8001)
0.032 in. (0.8127 mm) dia..

Subtask 12-13-24-420-065

E. Installation of the Dust Cap

R (1) Remove the overflow drain hose (6) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP from the overflow drain valve (4).

(2) Install the dust cap (3) on the overflow drain valve (4).

Subtask 12-13-24-612-065

F. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-041), if you must not remove the IDG.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 306
Config-2 May 01/08
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-24-440-051

A. Make the thrust reverser serviceable after maintenance (Ref. TASK 78-30-
00-081-041).

Subtask 12-13-24-410-062

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-13-24-862-057

C. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 307
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-24-612-041

IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after a Level
Check

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.


_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:


_______
- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.

CAUTION : USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO
_______
THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT
_______
(PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE
OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.

CAUTION : DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF


_______
A DEFECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

You must do this procedure if you:


- fill an IDG installed on aircraft after you drained it,
- fill replacement IDG installed on the aircraft,
- add oil when the oil level at the sightglass is not correct,
- add oil after replacement of the scavenge filter element,
- add oil after replacement of a component of the IDG-oil cooling system. *


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 308
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)


No specific warning notice
R No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-00-00-710-001 Dry Motoring Check
71-00-00-710-003 Engine Automatic Start
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
12-13-24-991-301 Fig. 302



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 309
Config-2 May 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-24-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 12-13-24-941-066

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize


the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 12-13-24-010-062

C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 12-13-24-481-053

D. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 310
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-301)

Subtask 12-13-24-864-061

A. Depressurization of the IDG Case

WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.

(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG (5).

(2) Remove the dust cap (3) from the overflow drain valve (4).

R (3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP in the container.

(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:

R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP to the overflow drain valve (4).

NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (7) of
____
R the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.

Subtask 12-13-24-612-062

B. Filling of the IDG with Oil

CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX


_______
TYPES//BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

NOTE : In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water


____
contamination of the IDG oil during the filling procedure.

(1) Remove the dust cap (2) from the pressure fill valve (6).

R (2) Connect the pressure fill hose (1) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP to the pressure fill valve (6).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 311
Config-2 May 01/08
 
IAC 
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-301- 12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 312
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-24-991-301- 22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 313
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) Fill the IDG with filtered OILS (Material No. 03-002) at a maximum
pressure of 35 psi (2.4131 bar).

NOTE : The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of approved oil brand-names for
____
IDG servicing.

(4) Stop this operation when the quantity of oil collected from the
R overflow drain hose (7) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP is 0.95 l
(0.2509 USgal) minimum.

Subtask 12-13-24-080-062

C. Removal of the Hoses

R (1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (1) of the TANK - ENGINE OIL
R FILLING UP from the pressure fill valve (6).

(2) Install the dust cap (2) on the pressure fill valve (6).

R (3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (7) of the
R TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP , remove the hose (7).

(4) Install the dust cap (3) on the overflow drain valve (4).

Subtask 12-13-24-710-055

D. If you replaced a part of the oil system (filter, external system


component, drain plug), do a dry motoring for leak check before
inspection (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).

Subtask 12-13-24-210-056

E. Inspection of the Oil Level

NOTE : Before you do a check of the oil level, we recommend that you do
____
dry motoring for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).
Alternatively, you can do the check after an engine run at minimum
idle (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003). This is to make sure you get
maximum filling of the external oil circuit.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 314
Config-2 May 01/08
 
IAC 
(1) Inspection of the oil level with or without dry motoring.

CAUTION : IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL
_______
IS STABLE BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. IN AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURES OF LESS THAN 20⁰C, THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME
STABLE ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON
THE SIGHTGLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS
PERIOD. IF YOU ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A
RISK THAT YOU WILL CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.

(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable.

(b) Look at the oil level sightglass of the IDG:


- if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil
servicing is not necessary.
- if the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the green band, do the steps 4.A. and
4.C. again.

(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine run (alternative


procedure).

(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.

(b) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:


- if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing
is not necessary,
- if the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A.
thru 4.D. again.
- if the oil level is above the yellow band, do the steps 4.A.
and 4.C. again.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-24-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 315
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):
- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-13-24-862-054

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-24

Page 316
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-13-27-612-001

Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator (9CE)

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)
R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
0U145506 1 CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR
0U190363 1 TOOL - OIL FILLING, THS ACTUATOR



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 301
May 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-003 USA MIL-PRF-7808


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 O-ring 27-44-51 02 -100

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-00-220-003 Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS


R
27-44-51-210-004 Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the
THS-Actuator
R
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Ground
Service Cart
12-13-27-991-001 Fig. 301



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 302
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001)

Subtask 12-13-27-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

R (1) Put the SAFETY BARRIERS in position.

Subtask 12-13-27-860-051

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Pressurise the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).

(2) Move the THS fully UP to fully DOWN more than three times then back
to the zero position (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-003).

(3) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize
R the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

R (5) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the THS.

NOTE : At approximately one hour (after the last movement of the THS
____
actuator) you can do a check of the level of the oil. This
time is necessary for the level of the oil to become stable.
The level of the oil in the THS actuator housing changes with
differences in the housing temperature. At a THS actuator
housing temperature of 20 deg.C (68.00 deg.F) the level of the
oil must be at the maximum mark.

(6) On the tail cone, make sure the THS is opposite the 0 mark.



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 303
May 01/07
 
IAC 
THS Actuator
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 304
Nov 01/03
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-27-865-051

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16

Subtask 12-13-27-010-053

D. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position below zone 310.

(2) Open the access door 312AR.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-27-991-001)

Subtask 12-13-27-612-050

R A. Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(1) Remove the cap (4) from the oil fill plug (3).

(2) Install the TOOL - OIL FILLING, THS ACTUATOR (0U190363) on the oil
fill plug (3).
R

R (3) If necessary (or if the THS actuator gearbox was drained), cut and
R discard the lockwire from the plug (1).

R (4) Remove the plug (1) and the O-ring (2). Discard the O-ring (2).

R (5) Fill the THS actuator gearbox (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004).

R (6) Remove the TOOL - OIL FILLING, THS ACTUATOR.

R (7) Clean the cap (4) with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (8) Install the cap (4).



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 305
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R (9) If the plug (1) has been removed, do the steps that follow:

(a) Make sure that the plug (1) and the plug interface are clean.

(b) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the new O-ring (2).

(c) Install the new O-ring (2) on the plug (1) with CONE - MOUNTING,
THS ACTUATOR (0U145506).

(d) Install the plug (1) on the THS actuator.

(e) TORQUE the plug (1) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).

(f) Safety the plug (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-27-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 312AR.

Subtask 12-13-27-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

Subtask 12-13-27-942-051

C. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 306
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-27-612-002

Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU (6201CM) Gearbox

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 275451-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific lint-free cloth
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific container 1 l (0.2641 USgal)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-003 USA MIL-PRF-7808


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 307
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 packing 27-84-51 01 -250

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System


29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-13-27-991-002 Fig. 302

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002)

Subtask 12-13-27-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) On the panel 400VU:


- Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
- Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear or the landing gear doors.

Subtask 12-13-27-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 308
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Flap Power-Control Unit (6201CM)
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 309
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-13-27

Page 310
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-27-864-050

C. Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems

(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

Subtask 12-13-27-865-053

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-27-991-002)

Subtask 12-13-27-612-051

A. Oil Replenishment of the Flap PCU Gearbox

(1) Put a container below the flap PCU.

(2) Remove the oil-fill plug (1).

(3) Remove and discard the packing (2).

(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the flap PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.

NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added, no
maintenance action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was
added, replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days. Contact AIRBUS for
advice



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 311
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed. Contact
AIRBUS for advice.

(5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth.

(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).

(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).

(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).

(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.

(10) Examine the packing (2) for signs of an oil leak.

(11) Remove the container.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-27-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-13-27-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

Subtask 12-13-27-942-055

C. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 312
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 313
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-13-27-612-003

Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU (6001CM) Gearbox

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 278451-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific lint-free cloth
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific container 1 l (0.2641 USgal)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-003 USA MIL-PRF-7808


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 314
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 packing 27-84-51 01 -250

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System


29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-13-27-991-003 Fig. 303

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)

Subtask 12-13-27-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) On the panel 400VU:


- Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
- Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate
the landing gear or the landing gear doors.

Subtask 12-13-27-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Open the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

R (2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable main gear door actuator.



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 315
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Slat Power-Control Unit (6001CM)
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 316
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-27-864-051

C. Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems

(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

Subtask 12-13-27-865-055

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-27-991-003)

Subtask 12-13-27-612-052

A. Oil Replenishment of the Slat PCU Gearbox

(1) Put a container below the slat PCU gearbox.

(2) Remove the oil-fill plug (1).

(3) Remove and discard the packing (2).

(4) Slowly add OILS (Material No. 03-003) to the slat PCU gearbox while
measuring the quantity of oil being added. Immediately stop adding
oil when the oil starts to come out of the oil-fill hole.

NOTE : Record the quantity of oil added to the PCU gearbox. If:
____
- less than 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of oil was added no maintenance
action is necessary
- between 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) and 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) was added,
replace the PCU at (or before) the next scheduled
maintenance check. This must be no more than 600 flight
hours or 750 flight cycles or 100 days. Contact AIRBUS for
advice



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 317
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
- more than 70 cm3 (4.27 in.3) of oil was added, replace the
PCU before 20 flight cycles have been completed. Contact
AIRBUS for advice.

(5) Clean the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth.

(6) Lubricate the new packing (2) with OILS (Material No. 03-003).

(7) Install the new packing (2) on the oil-fill plug (1).

(8) Install the oil-fill plug (1) and TORQUE it to between 2.0 and 2.5
m.daN (14.74 and 18.43 lbf.ft).

(9) Remove the unwanted oil from near the oil-fill plug (1) with a clean
cloth.

(10) Examine the packing (2) for signs of an oil leak.

(11) Remove the container.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-27-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the main gear door (RH) (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-13-27-865-056

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.

Subtask 12-13-27-942-056

C. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 318
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-13-27

Page 319
May 01/06
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026, 101-199, 901-999,

TASK 12-13-27-612-005

R Drain and Refill Flap Actuator Assemblies with Semi-fluid

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 275449-06

NOTE : This procedure is done in two steps:


____

- step one fills the actuator with clean semi-fluid


- step two removes unwanted semi-fluid from the actuator.



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 320
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R A663160 1 KIT-ACTUATOR FILLING
FOR FIN 6205CM, 6255CM
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R 460005835 1 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
FOR FIN 6211CM, 6261CM
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
FOR FIN 6221CM, 6271CM, 6233CM, 6283CM
No specific access platform 3.0 m (9 ft. 10 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-025


LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-115 USA MIL-P-8116B
JOINTING COMPOUND (CONDUCTIVE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 321
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-00-00-080-002 Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool


(98D27803000000)
27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
27-50-00-866-011 Manual Extension of the Flaps
27-50-00-866-012 Manual Retraction of the Flaps
27-60-00-866-002 Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance

**ON A/C 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026, 901-999,

12-13-27-991-005 Fig. 304

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-13-27-991-005-A Fig. 304A

**ON A/C 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026, 101-199, 901-999,

12-13-27-991-006 Fig. 305


FOR FIN 6205CM, 6255CM
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-27-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

R (1) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
R to operate the flight controls.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

(3) Put the safety barriers in position.



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 322
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-27-860-054

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).

(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) is in position on the flap/slat control lever in the
cockpit.

(3) Extend the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

(4) Make sure that a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER is installed on each spoiler


servo-control.

Subtask 12-13-27-865-059

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21

Subtask 12-13-27-010-057

D. Get Access

(1) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM

(a) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 734, 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

R (b) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is installed
on the applicable MLG door actuating-cylinder.

(c) Put an access platform in position in the applicable MLG bay.



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 323
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(2) FOR 6211CM, 6261CM

(a) Put an access platform below the applicable zone 573(673).

(b) FOR 6211CM


- open the access door 573AB.

(c) FOR 6261CM


- open the access door 673AB.

(3) FOR 6221CM, 6271CM, 6233CM, 6283CM

(a) Put an access platform below the applicable zone 575(675).

(b) FOR 6221CM


- open the access door 575BB.

(c) FOR 6271CM


- open the access door 675BB.

(d) FOR 6233CM


- open the access door 575FB.

(e) FOR 6283CM


- open the access door 675FB.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

CAUTION : DO NOT GET SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT ON PLASTIC OR RUBBER MATERIALS.


_______
SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE
UNWANTED SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT WITH A LINT FREE CLOTH.


R

EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 324
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING
_______
EDGE:
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

Subtask 12-13-27-612-061

A. To Fill the Flap Actuators


- flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM)
- flap actuator No.2 6211CM(6261CM)
- flap actuator No.3 6221CM(6271CM)
- flap actuator No.4 6233CM(6283CM)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026, 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-005)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 304A/TASK 12-13-27-991-005-A)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026, 101-199, 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006)

(1) Fill the flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM) with clean COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-025) as follows:

(a) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with


CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the area around
the vent plug (1), and the drain plug (2).

(b) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.

(c) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.

NOTE : The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location on the


____
actuator.


R

EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 325
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Flap Actuator - Track 1
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-005


R

EFF :
901-999,
010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,  12-13-27

Page 326
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Flap Actuator - Track 1
R Figure 304A/TASK 12-13-27-991-005-A


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-13-27

Page 327
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006- 13 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 328
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006- 23 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 329
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006- 33 (SHEET 3)


R

EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 330
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (d) Connect the KIT-ACTUATOR FILLING (A663160) to fill the flap
actuator, as follows:

1
_ Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the vent
plug hole of the flap actuator.

2
_ Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the drain
plug hole of the flap actuator.

3
_ Assemble the semi-fluid pump (A663130/3) to the semi-fluid
container (A663130/7).

4
_ Connect the supply hose from the semi-fluid pump to the vent
plug adaptor.

5
_ Assemble the waste lid (A663130/5) to the used fluid container
(A663130/6).

6
_ Connect the waste hose from the waste lid to the drain plug
adaptor.

(e) Operate the semi-fluid pump and slowly fill the flap actuator
with clean COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-025). Operate the pump
handle through its full travel until clean semi-fluid flows from
the drain hose.

(f) Disconnect the supply hose from the vent plug adaptor.

(g) Remove the vent plug adaptor from the flap actuator.

(h) Disconnect the waste hose from the drain plug adaptor.

(i) Remove the drain plug adaptor from the flap actuator.

NOTE : The vent plug (1) and the drain plug (2) are torque
____
tightened at the end of this procedure.

(j) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.

(k) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 331
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(2) Do the steps (1)(a) thru (1)(q) and fill the:

- flap actuator No.2 6211CM(6261CM)


- flap actuator No.3 6221CM(6271CM)
- flap actuator No.4 6233CM(6283CM).

Subtask 12-13-27-612-062

B. To Remove Unwanted Semi-fluid From the Flap Actuators:


- flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM)
- flap actuator No.2 6211CM(6261CM)
- flap actuator No.3 6221CM(6271CM)
- flap actuator No.4 6233CM(6283CM)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026, 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-27-991-005)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 304A/TASK 12-13-27-991-005-A)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026, 101-199, 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-27-991-006)

(1) Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012). After
the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.

(2) Remove unwanted semi-fluid from the flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM)
as follows:

(a) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.

(b) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.

NOTE : The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location on the


____
actuator.

(c) Install the vent plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the vent plug
hole of the flap actuator.


R

EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 332
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(d) Install the drain plug adaptor 3/8 UNF (A663159) in the drain
plug hole of the flap actuator.

(e) Connect the waste hose from the waste lid (A663130/5) to the
drain plug adaptor.

(f) Connect the empty oil gun (A663130/4) to the vent plug adaptor.

(g) Operate the empty oil gun 15 times to put air into the flap
actuator and push out unwanted semi-fluid. Make sure that you
operate the oil gun handle through its full range each time.

(h) Disconnect the oil gun from the vent plug adaptor.

(i) Remove the vent plug adaptor from the flap actuator.

(j) Disconnect the waste hose from the drain plug adaptor.

(k) Remove the drain plug adapter from the flap actuator.

(l) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.

(m) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.

(3) Do the steps (2)(a) thru (2)(m) and remove unwanted semi-fluid from
the:
- flap actuator No.2 6211CM(6261CM)
- flap actuator No.3 6221CM(6271CM)
- flap actuator No.4 6233CM(6283CM).

(4) Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times again
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012). After
the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.

(5) Do the steps (2)(a) thru (2)(m) again for the:


- flap actuator No.1 6205CM(6255CM)
- flap actuator No.2 6211CM(6261CM)
- flap actuator No.3 6221CM(6271CM)
- flap actuator No.4 6233CM(6283CM).


R

EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 333
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(6) Torque tighten the vent plug (1) of each flap actuator as follows:

(a) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-115) to the mating


surfaces of the vent plug (1) and the offset gearbox.

(c) Install the vent plug (1) in the offset gearbox. TORQUE the vent
plug (1) to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in).

(7) Torque tighten the drain plug (2) of each flap actuator as follows:

(a) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-115) to the mating


surfaces of the drain plug (2) and the offset gearbox.

(c) Install the drain plug (2) in the offset gearbox. TORQUE the
drain plug (2):

- flap actuator No.1 to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and
58.40 lbf.in)

- flap actuator No.2 to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and
58.40 lbf.in)

- flap actuator No.3 to between 0.36 and 0.44 m.daN (31.85 and
38.93 lbf.in)

- flap actuator No.4 to between 0.36 and 0.44 m.daN (31.85 and
38.93 lbf.in)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-27-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM

R (a) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the MLG.

(b) Close the applicable MLG door 734, 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-
001).



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 334
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(3) Close the applicable access door:

FOR 6211CM
- close the access door 573AB

FOR 6261CM
- close the access door 673AB

FOR 6221CM
- close the access door 575BB

FOR 6271CM
- close the access door 675BB

FOR 6233CM
- close the access door 575FB

FOR 6283CM
- close the access door 675FB

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 12-13-27-865-060

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

Subtask 12-13-27-860-055

C. Put the Aircraft Back to its Original Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Retract the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-002).

(3) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 335
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-27-942-058

D. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF : 010-010, 012-012, 017-017, 026-026,
101-199, 901-999,
 12-13-27

Page 336
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-13-29-600-001

Servicing of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) 2GE

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


R
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice(s)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft
(0.20 to 3.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
Material No. 03-003 USA MIL-PRF-7808
LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-29

Page 301
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R C. Expendable Parts

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 2 packing 29-22-51 01A-050


R 2 packing 29-22-51 01A-050A
R 2 packing 29-22-51 01A-050B

R D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System


29-22-00-869-005 Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
29-22-00-869-006 Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
R 12-13-29-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-29-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system


(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(2) Extend the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-005).

(3) Put the safety barriers in position.

(4) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to


pressurize the Blue hydraulic system:

- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,


- on the ground service panel of the Blue hydraulic system.

Subtask 12-13-29-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 195EB.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-29

Page 302
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-29-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU HYD/RAT/CTL 2801GE D14
106VU CSM/G /EV/MAN/SPLY 6XE B04
121VU HYDRAULIC/RAT/SPLY/EXTN/SOL1 2803GE P33

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-29-612-050

A. Oil Replenishing of the Lower RAT Gearbox


R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-29-991-001)

(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the oil fill plug (1).

R (2) Remove the oil fill plug (1).

(3) Fill the RAT gearbox with OILS (Material No. 03-003), until it spills
from the fill port.

R (4) Clean the oil fill plug (1) with a clean lint-free cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R

R (5) If necessary install a new packing (2) on the fill plug (1).

(6) Install the fill plug (1) in the lower gearbox (3).

(7) TORQUE the fill plug (1) to between 9.2 and 12.5 lbf.ft (1.24 and
1.69 m.daN).

R (8) Safety the oil fill plug (1) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-29-865-051

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2801GE, 2803GE, 6XE



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-29

Page 303
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Ram Air Turbine
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-29-991-001


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-29

Page 304
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-29-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 195EB.

Subtask 12-13-29-860-051

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Retract the RAT (Ref. TASK 29-22-00-869-006).

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-29

Page 305
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
APU ((GTCP 36-300)) - SERVICING
_______________________________

TASK 12-13-49-612-001

R Check APU Oil Level and Replenish


R

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R
R Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 49-90-00-600-001 Check Oil Level and Replenish (GTCP 36-300)


R 49-90-00-600-004 Check Oil Level and Replenish (APS 3200)
R 49-90-00-600-007 Check and Replenish Oil Level (131-9(A))
R

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-49-860-054

R A. Not applicable
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-49-612-050

R A. Oil Service for


R - GTCP 36-300 APU
R (Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
R - APS 3200 APU
R (Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
R - 131-9(A) APU
R (Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-007).



EFF :

ALL  12-13-49

Page 301
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
R



EFF :

ALL  12-13-49

Page 302
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________

TASK 12-13-79-610-010

Drain the Engine Oil System

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS DANGEROUS IF YOU LET IT BE
ABSORBED THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE OIL TANK CAP FOR FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE
_______
STOPS, TO PERMIT THE PRESSURE IN THE OIL TANK TO DECREASE.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE ENGINE MOTOR WHEN THE OIL IS DRAINED.
_______

CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE ENGINE BACK IN TO THE
_______
OIL SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l)


No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 301
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-141 *


lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-039 USA MIL-L-23699
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11 packing 72-60-21 80 -020


17 packing 79-22-44 80 -020

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-012 Prime the Engine Oil System


70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
79-22-45-000-011 Removal of the Magnetic Chip Detector Housing
79-22-45-400-011 Installation of the Magnetic Chip Detector Housing
12-13-79-991-150 Fig. 301
12-13-79-991-151 Fig. 302
12-13-79-991-152 Fig. 303
12-13-79-991-153 Fig. 304



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 302
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-941-060

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-79-010-062

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-79-680-057

A. Drain the engine oil system as follows:

(1) Drain the oil tank


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150, 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)

(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) below the
oil tank to catch the drained oil.

(b) Loosen the oil filler cap.

(c) Remove the oil tank drain plug (10) from the front flange of the
gearbox (below the oil pressure pump).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 303
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 304
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Oil Tank and Oil Pressure Pump Filter Drains
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 305
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
(d) Let the engine oil drain in to the container for a minimum of 10
minutes.

(e) Remove and discard the packing (11).

(f) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

(2) Drain the external gearbox


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150, 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152)

(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) below the
external gearbox to catch the drained oil.

(b) Remove the chip detector housing (13) and (15) (Ref. TASK 79-22-
45-000-011) and let the oil drain in to the container.

(c) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

(3) Drain the oil scavenge filter


(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153)

(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) in


position below the oil scavenge filter (16) to catch the drained
oil.

(b) Remove and discard the lockwire (19) that safeties the plug (18).

(c) Remove the plug (18) and let the oil drain in to the container.

(d) Remove and discard the packing (17).

(e) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

(4) Drain the oil pressure pump filter


(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)

(a) Put a clean container minimum capacity 10 USgal (40 l) in


position below the oil pressure pump filter to catch the drained
oil.

(b) Remove the nut (9) and let the oil drain in to the container.

(c) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 306
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
External Gearbox Chip Detectors
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 307
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Oil Scavenge Filter Drain
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 308
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-79-420-053

B. Install the oil pressure pump filter drain nut


(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)

(1) Install the nut (9) on to the oil pressure pump (12) filter cover.

(2) TORQUE the nut (9) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 12-13-79-420-054

C. Install the oil scavenge filter drain plug


(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-153)

(1) Lubricate a new packing (17) with lubricant (engine oil) (Material
No. V10-039).

(2) Install the packing (17) on to the plug (18) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).

(3) Install the plug (18) in to the oil scavenge filter (16) cover.

(4) TORQUE the plug (18) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(5) Safety the plug (18) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141) (Ref. TASK
70-40-11-911-014).

Subtask 12-13-79-420-055

D. Install the magnetic chip detector housings (13) and (15) (Ref. TASK 79-
22-45-400-011)
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-152)

Subtask 12-13-79-420-056

E. Install the oil tank drain plug


(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-151)

(1) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to a new packing
(11) and to the threads of the drain plug (10).

(2) Install the new packing (11) to the drain plug (10) (Ref. TASK 70-23-
13-911-010).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 309
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
(3) Install the drain plug (10) in to the drain adapter on the oil tank
(on the front of the gearbox).

(4) TORQUE the drain plug (10) to between 53 and 71 lbf.in (0.59 and 0.80
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(5) Safety the drain plug (10) with the lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

Subtask 12-13-79-612-058

F. Prime the Engine Oil System (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-012).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 310
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-79-610-011

Check Oil Level and Replenish

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS DANGEROUS IF YOU LET IT BE
ABSORBED THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE OIL TANK CAP FOR FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE
_______
STOPS, TO PERMIT THE PRESSURE IN THE OIL TANK TO DECREASE.

R CAUTION : IF THE ENGINE WAS STOPPED FOR MORE THAN 1 HOUR, DO THE SPECIFIC
_______
R MAINTENANCE ACTION TO MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT. THIS
R WILL PREVENT OVER-SERVICING IF OIL IS ADDED.

CAUTION : ADDING TOO MUCH OIL TO THE TANK CAN RESULT IN AMBER CROSS QUANTITY
_______
INDICATION WARNINGS AND SERVICE DISRUPTION.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the instructions necessary to fill the engine oil tank if
the oil level has decreased during normal engine operation.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V10-039 USA MIL-L-23699


lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 *
series engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 311
Config-1 Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings


71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
71-00-00-710-046 Test No.2 : Wet Motor Leak Check
12-13-79-991-150 Fig. 301
12-13-79-991-154 Fig. 305

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-869-051

R A. Check the engine oil level.

(1) Where conditions permit, the oil tank should be checked and oil
added, if necessary within a period of 5 to 60 minutes after engine
shutdown.

(2) If the engine was stopped for between 1 and 10 hours, perform an idle
run (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) of at least 3 minutes duration prior
to servicing to ensure the oil level indicated on the sight glass is
correct.

(3) If the engine was stopped for more than 10 hours, dry crank the
engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045) followed by a start and idle run
of a least 3 minutes duration before servicing to ensure the oil
level indicated on the sight glass is correct.

(4) Servicing is not required prior to departure if the engine was


serviced on arrival and pre departure walk round checks confirm no
oil pools/drips from drain mast.

(5) If extended cranking has been undertaken e.g. following core washing,
maintenance activity, etc, prior to servicing, run the engine at idle
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-046) for a minimum of 3 minutes.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 312
Config-1 Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-79-010-063

B. Open the oil tank servicing access panel 437BL(447BL), in the left fan
cowl 437AL(447AL).
FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-79-010-064

A. Remove the filler cap from the engine oil tank.


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150)

(1) Lift the handle (6) to open the cap (1).

(2) Turn the handle to align the lock (3) with the slots (4).

(3) Remove the filler cap (1) from the filler neck (7).

Subtask 12-13-79-612-059

B. Fill the engine oil tank - Gravity Filling


(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-154)

(1) Fill the engine oil tank with series engine oil (Material No. V10-
077).

(2) Make sure that the oil level sight glass shows FULL.

NOTE : Do not fill the oil tank past the sight glass FULL level.
____
Filling to tank overfill will result in excess oil, leading to
amber cross indication warnings and service disruption.

Subtask 12-13-79-410-063

C. Install the oil tank filler cap


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-150)

(1) Examine the packing (2) on the filler cap (1). Replace the packing if
it is damaged (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(2) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-039) to the packing
(2).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 313
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Illustration of the Sight Glass Markings
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-154



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 314
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
(3) Make sure that the filler cap handle (6) is in the open position.

(4) Align the lock (3) of the cap (1) with the slots (4) in the filler
neck (7).

(5) Install the cap and turn the handle to the closed position.

(6) Lower the handle to lock the cap.

Subtask 12-13-79-610-060

D. Fill the Engine Oil Tank - Pressure Filling

CAUTION : DURING FILLING OF THE OIL TANK, DO NOT EXCEED A FLOW RATE OF 50
_______
US GAL/HR, OR OVERSERVICING MAY RESULT.

CAUTION : REMOVAL OF THE HOSE FROM THE OVERFLOW PORT BEFORE FLOW OF OIL
_______
HAS STOPPED WILL RESULT IN AN OVERSERVICED TANK.

NOTE : Use of a transparent plastic hose will allow detection of oil at


____
the overflow port (oil tank full) and give a quicker visual
indication to stop the filling operation.

(1) Remove the two protective caps, one on the fill port and one on the
overflow port.

(2) Attach a transparent plastic overflow hose to the overflow port.

(3) Attach the hose coupling from the pressure fill system to the oil
tank fill port.

(4) Fill the oil tank with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077),
using the oil pressure system until oil is visible through the
transparent plastic overflow hose.

(5) When oil from the overflow hose stops, disconnect the pressure
filling system.

(6) Reinstall the protective caps on the fill and overflow couplings.

(7) Check for leaks. No leakage is permitted.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 315
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-410-064

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the engine oil tank servicing access panel.


FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 316
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-79-610-012

Prime the Engine Oil System

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS DANGEROUS IF YOU LET IT BE
ABSORBED THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the instructions necessary to fill a new engine, or an


engine that has had an overhaul, with oil and to prime the oil system. This
task must only be used when detailed in other tasks.

NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one brand of oil although approved
____
brands may be mixed if necessary to continue operation.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish


71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-612-060

A. Fill the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-79-870-050

A. Motor the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045)

(1) Dry motor the engine for one minute. Make sure that the oil pressure
is 10 psi or greater after 30 seconds.

Subtask 12-13-79-612-061

B. Fill the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 317
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-869-050

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-79

Page 318
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________

TASK 12-13-79-610-002

Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator of EMCD (Electrical
Master Chip Detector)

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


R No specific 1 DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
R No specific 1 VISCOMETER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2442 *


engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 73-11-20-000-001 Removal of the Servo Fuel Heater


R 73-11-20-400-001 Installation of the Servo Fuel Heater
79-00-00-281-002 Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector for
Particles
79-11-10-300-003 Replacement of the O-ring of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
R 79-21-20-000-001 Removal of the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger
R 79-21-20-400-001 Installation of the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger
12-13-79-991-300 Fig. 301



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 301
Config-2 Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-991-301 Fig. 302


12-13-79-991-305 Fig. 303

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-941-068

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

Subtask 12-13-79-010-065

B. Open the oil tank servicing access door :


FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-300, 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-301, 303/TASK


12-13-79-991-305)

Subtask 12-13-79-210-065

A. Check oil level and master Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD) visual indicator.

NOTE : In order to reduce burden for nuisance EMCD pop out indication,
____
the inspection of the Electrical Master Chip Detector can be
deferred to the next convenient maintenance opportunity where
trained personnel can performed the inspection without interfering
with revenue service operation.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 302
Config-2 Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-79-991-300



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 303
Config-2 Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
Oil Tank Sight Gage
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-301



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 304
Config-2 Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
Measuring the Viscosity of the Oil
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-79-991-305



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 305
Config-2 Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
(1) Check the visual indicator of the MCD. If the pop-out is extended
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-281-002).

(2) Check oil level on the sight gage, if oil level is below full mark
add oil as follows:

Subtask 12-13-79-100-051

B. Clean the oil tank scupper:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.

(1) Clean the oil tank scupper with a lint-free cloth before you remove
the oil tank filler cap.

Subtask 12-13-79-010-066

C. Open the Oil Tank.

WARNING : AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN, LET THE OIL TANK PRESSURE BLEED OFF FOR
_______
A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES BEFORE YOU REMOVE THE TANK FILLER CAP.
IF YOU DO NOT, PRESSURIZED HOT OIL CAN FLOW OUT OF THE TANK AND
CAUSE DANGEROUS BURNS.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL TO REMOVE THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP, DO NOT APPLY MORE


_______
FORCE THAN IS NECESSARY TO ITS HANDLE. TOO MUCH FORCE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO OCCUR TO ITS LOCKING DEVICE.

CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO PULL THE HANDLE OF THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP OUT OF
_______
ITS STOP LIMITS.

(1) Raise oil tank filler cap handle to vertical (unlocked) position.

(2) Turn the handle of the filler cap counterclockwise 45⁰ against its
stop to disengage the locking device and remove the cap.

NOTE : If it is difficult to open the filler cap, you must stay for 5
____
more minutes at least to do step (2) again.

R (3) Do a check for fuel in the oil.

R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU ADD OIL IN THE OIL TANK DURING ITS SERVICING,
_______
R MAKE SURE THE OIL IN TANK DOES NOT CONTAIN FUEL. IF IT
R SMELLS OF FUEL, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER
R AND SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE OIL SYSTEM.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 306
Config-2 Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R CAUTION : IF YOU THINK THERE ARE FUEL FUMES WHEN YOU REMOVE THE OIL
_______
R FILLER CAP, DO A CHECK FOR FUEL IN THE OIL. IF THERE IS
R FUEL IN THE OIL TANK, REPLACE THE MAIN OIL/FUEL HEAT
R EXCHANGER AND THE SERVO FUEL HEATER THEN FLUSH THE ENGINE
R OIL SYSTEM.

R (a) If you think there is fuel in the oil, use one of the following
R available on-site test kit to examine the oil:
R - VISCOMETER (measuring the viscosity of the oil),
R - DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS (checking for presence of a
R combustible vapor).

R 1
_ If the test fails then fuel is found, do these steps:

R a
_ Replace the Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger (Ref. TASK 79-21-
R 20-000-001) (Ref. TASK 79-21-20-400-001).

R b
_ Replace the servo fuel heater (Ref. TASK 73-11-20-000-001)
R (Ref. TASK 73-11-20-400-001).

R 2
_ If the test passes, no fuel is found.

Subtask 12-13-79-612-070

D. Added oil in the oil tank:


(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-79-991-301)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO CONTAMINATION ON THE OPENING OF THE


_______
CONTAINER FROM WHICH YOU FILL THE OIL TANK.

(1) Add engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Material No. CP2442) by pouring
into oil tank fill port up to full mark.

Subtask 12-13-79-210-066

E. Before you install oil tank filler cap, ensure that the Oring seal is in
good condition or does not show sign of leakage. If not, replace the
Oring seal (Ref. TASK 79-11-10-300-003).

Subtask 12-13-79-410-066

F. Close the Oil Tank.

WARNING : IF THE HANDLE POSITION IS OPPOSITE TO THE OIL QUANTITY


_______
TRANSMITTER, THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY TO YOUR FINGERS.

WARNING : IN THIS POSITION, THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP CAN ACCIDENTALLY
_______
MOVE TO ITS VERTICAL (UNLOCKED) POSITION. IF IT DOES THIS,
THERE IS A RISK THAT PRESSURIZED HOT OIL WILL FLOW OUT OT THE
TANK AND CAUSE INJURY (DANGEROUS BURNS).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 307
Config-2 Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL-TANK FILLER-CAP IS LOCKED. ITS HANDLE
_______
MUST POINT TO THE OIL QUANTITY TRANSMITTER.

CAUTION : A BAD SUPPLY PRESSURE OF THE OIL LUBRICATION UNIT DURING ENGINE
_______
OPERATION CAN OCCUR.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE TO MOVE THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP. DAMAGE
_______
CAN OCCUR TO ITS LOCKING DEVICE.

CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO PULL THE HANDLE OF THE FILLER CAP OUT OF ITS STOP
_______
LIMITS.

(1) Install the oil tank filler cap with handle in vertical position.

(2) Turn the handle of the oil tank filler cap clockwise 45⁰ against its
stop to engage the locking device.

NOTE : If the locking device is correctly engaged, the cap can not be
____
pulled from tank.

(3) Push hinged oil tank cap handle down flat into the locked position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-410-065

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the oil tank access door :


FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 308
Config-2 Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-13-79-610-002- 01

Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific plastic transparent overflow hose


R

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2442 *


engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

79-00-00-281-002 Check of the Electrical Master Chip Detector for


Particles
12-13-79-991-302 Fig. 304



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 309
Config-2 Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-941-069

A. Safety Precautions
R

R (1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
R

Subtask 12-13-79-010-067

B. Open the oil tank servicing access door:


FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-302)

Subtask 12-13-79-210-067

A. Check oil level and master Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD) visual indicator.

NOTE : In order to reduce burden for nuisance EMCD pop out indication,
____
the inspection of the Electrical Master Chip Detector can be
defeered to the next convenient maintenance opportunity where
trained personnel can performed the inspection without interfering
with revenue service operation.

(1) Check the visual indicator of the MCD. If the pop-out is extended
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-281-002).

(2) Check oil level on the sight gage, if oil level is below full mark
add oil as follows:



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 310
Config-2 Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Oil Tank Remote Filling System
Figure 304/TASK 12-13-79-991-302



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 311
Config-2 Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-79-612-071

B. Fill the pump:

(1) Remove blanking caps from couplings.

(2) Attach hose coupling from oil service system to remote oil filling
port. Attach plastic transparent overflow hose to oil overflow port.

CAUTION : DURING FILLING, THE MAXIMUM OIL PUMP FLOW RATE MUST NOT
_______
EXCEED 66 US GAL/HR (250L/HR), OR OVERSERVICING OF OIL
SYSTEM MAY RESULT.

CAUTION : REMOVAL OF DRAIN LINE BEFORE FLOW OF OIL FROM OVERFLOW HOSE
_______
STOPS MAY RESULT IN AN OVERSERVICED TANK.

NOTE : Use of a plastic transparent hose in place of an opaque hose


____
will allow detection of oil at overflow port location (oil
tank full) and give visual indication to stop filling
sooner.

(a) Add engine oil Ref. SB CFM 79-001 (Material No. CP2442) through
oil service system until oil is visible through plastic
transparent hose at the oil overflow port location.

(3) When oil flow from overflow hose stops, disconnect oil service system
and check for oil leakage from the coupling. Slightly wetted surface,
insufficient to form a drop, is permitted.

(4) Reinstall blanking caps on couplings.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-410-067

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the oil tank access door:


FOR 1000EM1
437BL
FOR 1000EM2
447BL
R



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 312
Config-2 Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-79-610-003

Oil Tank Draining

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION
_______
OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 24L (6USgal)


No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2442 *


engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 313
Config-2 Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-13-79

Page 314
Config-2 Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10 O-ring 79-11-10 01A-150


10 O-ring 79-11-10 01A-150A
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01A-150B
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01C-150
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01C-150A
10 O-ring 79-11-10 01C-150B

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
12-13-79-991-303 Fig. 305

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-941-057

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 315
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-79-010-059

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-303)

Subtask 12-13-79-680-054

A. Drain the oil tank

WARNING : HOT OIL CAN CAUSE DEEP BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH OIL SPLASHES
_______
WHEN YOU REMOVE DRAIN PLUGS.

(1) Put a container 24L (6USgal) capacity under the drain port of the oil
tank.

(2) Remove the lockwire which attaches the drain plug to the oil tank.

(3) Remove the drain plug and drain the oil.

(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (10).

Subtask 12-13-79-420-051

B. Install the drain plug

CAUTION : DO NOT FORGET TO INSTALL AN O-RING. THE ABSENCE OF THE O-RING


_______
CAN CAUSE IMPORTANT OIL LOSSES DURING ENGINE OPERATION WITH
POSSIBLE ENGINE FAILURE.

(1) Lubricate a new O-ring (10) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
Install the O-ring in the groove of the drain plug.

(2) Install the drain plug in the drain port of the oil tank.

(3) TORQUE the drain plug to between 135 and 150 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69
m.daN). Safety with lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)

(4) Fill the oil tank with new engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 316
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Oil Tank Drain Plug
Figure 305/TASK 12-13-79-991-303


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 317
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 318
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-79-610-004

Draining of the Accessory Drive Section

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container, minimum capacity 0.5 USgal (2 l)


No specific container, minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l)
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A2794 1 TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2442 *


engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -040


20 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -040A
30 O-ring 72-63-00 07 -060
30 O-ring 72-63-00 07 -060A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 319
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
12-13-79-991-304 Fig. 306

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-941-058

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-79-010-060

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 320
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-13-79-991-304)

Subtask 12-13-79-680-055

A. Drain the accessory drive:

WARNING : HOT OIL CAN CAUSE DEEP BURNS. AVOID CONTACT WITH OIL SPLASHES
_______
WHEN YOU REMOVE DRAIN PLUGS.

(1) Place a container, minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l) below the drain


port of AGB, and a container, minimum capacity 0.5 USgal (2 l) below
the drain port of TGB.

(2) Cut and remove lockwire, remove drain plugs (50 and 60) and
completely drain oil.

(3) Remove O-rings (20 and 30) from grooves and discard.

Subtask 12-13-79-420-052

B. Install the drain plugs as follows:

(1) Install the TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) on the drain
plugs (50 and 60).

(2) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the outer
surface of TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) to prevent
damage to the O-rings.

(3) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the
O-rings.

(4) Install a new O-ring (20) and new O-ring (30) in the groove of each
drain plug.

(5) Remove the TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01) from the drain
plugs (50 and 60).

(6) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the threads
of the drain plugs.

(7) Install the AGB drain plug (60). TORQUE to between 185 and 205 lbf.in
(2.09 and 2.31 m.daN) and wirelock the drain plug with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 321
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Location of Drain Plugs on Accessory Drive
Figure 306/TASK 12-13-79-991-304


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 322
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(8) Install the TGB drain plug (50). TORQUE to between 105 and 130 lbf.in
(1.18 and 1.46 m.daN) and wirelock the drain plug with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 323
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-79-610-005

Flushing of Oil System

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : Refer to SB CFM 79-001 for conditions that require flushing of the
____
oil system.

You must flush the oil system when the type of oil is changed or when the
oil system is contaminated.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2442 *


engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 324
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
12-13-79-610-003 Oil Tank Draining
12-13-79-610-004 Draining of the Accessory Drive Section
71-00-00-710-001 Dry Motoring Check
71-00-00-710-006 Minimum Idle Check
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
TSM 77 PB 101 (for corrective action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-79-941-059

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-79-010-061

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 325
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-79-170-051

A. Flush the oil system:

(1) Completely drain oil from tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).

(2) Completely drain oil from accessory drive section (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).

(3) Fill oil system with new oil engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).

NOTE : A half full oil tank is sufficient enough to flush the oil
____
system.

Subtask 12-13-79-710-052

B. Operate engine at ground idle for 10 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-


006).

Subtask 12-13-79-680-056

C. Drain completely:

(1) Completely drain oil from tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).

(2) Completely drain oil from accessory drive section (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).

Subtask 12-13-79-210-057

D. Examine the magnetic chip detector, the scavenge screens and the supply
filter. If deposits are normal (non-metallic chips) clean and install. If
deposits are abnormal (metal chips) do the trouble shooting procedure
(Ref. TSM 77 PB 101).

Subtask 12-13-79-612-056

E. Fill oil system with new oil engine oil (Material No. CP2442) (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).

Subtask 12-13-79-710-053

F. Operate engine at ground idle for 10 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-


001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 326
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-79-210-058

G. Check for undesirable products in oil by sight and by smell. If a


contamination of oil is suspected, repeat steps E through L.

Subtask 12-13-79-160-052

H. Remove, clean and install magnetic chip detector and supply filter.

Subtask 12-13-79-210-059

J. Check oil level within 30 minutes after shutdown.

Subtask 12-13-79-612-057

K. Fill oil tank to maximum level (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-002).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-79-410-061

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-79

Page 327
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
ENGINE STARTING - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-13-80-600-011

Drain and Replenish Oil System

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 801300-I3

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l)


No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 5.00 to 35.00 lbf.in
(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-126 *


lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 301
Config-1 Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -090


R
4 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -050
R

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-80-600-010 Replenishment of Starter Oil System


70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
80-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Starter (100KM)
80-13-41-200-010 Inspection of Starter Chip Detector
80-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Starter (100KM)
12-13-80-991-151 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-80-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 302
Config-1 Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-80-010-056

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-80-680-052

A. Drain the Starter


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151)

(1) Put the container minimum capacity 1 USgal (4 l) in to position under


the starter.

(2) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the starter drain plug
(1) and the magnetic chip detector (2).

(3) Examine around the starter mounting flange for oil leaks (Ref. TASK
80-13-41-200-010).

(4) Examine the v-band clamp for tightness and make sure it is correctly
installed.

(5) Examine around the drain plug (1) and the magnetic chip detector (2)
for oil leaks (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-010).

(6) Remove the magnetic chip detector (2) from the drain plug.

(7) Examine the magnetic chip detector for debris (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-
200-010).

(8) Remove the drain plug (1) and drain the oil into the container.

(9) Measure the quantity of drained oil:

(a) If the quantity is not less than 8 oz, the starter is


serviceable.

(b) If the quantity is less than 8 oz, replace the starter (Ref. TASK
80-13-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-010).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 303
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Starter Drain Plug and Magnetic Chip Detector
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 304
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Starter Drain Plug and Magnetic Chip Detector
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 305
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
(10) Remove and discard the sealing ring (4) from the drain plug (1).

(11) Remove and discard the sealing ring (3) from the magnetic chip
detector (2).

(12) Clean the magnetic chip detector (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-200-010).

Subtask 12-13-80-420-050

B. Install the Drain Plug to the Starter


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-151)

(1) Install a new sealing ring (4) on the drain plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-13-911-010).

(2) Install the drain plug (1).

(3) TORQUE the drain plug to between 10 and 25 lbf.in (0.11 and 0.28
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

(4) Install a new sealing ring (3) on to the magnetic chip detector (2)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(5) Install the magnetic chip detector (2) in to the drain plug (1).

(6) TORQUE the magnetic chip detector to between 5 and 15 lbf.in (0.05
and 0.16 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

(7) Safety the magnetic chip detector (2) and drain plug (1) with
lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

Subtask 12-13-80-612-054

C. Service the starter with oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-80-600-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-80-942-051

A. Discard the drained oil

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK IN
_______
TO THE OIL SYSTEM.

(1) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 306
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-80-410-056

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 307
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-80-600-010

Replenishment of Starter Oil System

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R
R This task supplies the information to service the starter with oil.

NOTE : It is recommended that you keep to one brand of oil. Although


____
approved brands may be mixed if necessary to continue operation.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth


No specific oil servicing aid eg. syringe or squeezy bottle with
flexible tube
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 5.00 to 35.00 lbf.in
(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30 to 45 lbf.in
(0.33 to 0.50 m.daN)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 308
Config-1 Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-126 *


lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 *
approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -110


2 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -110A
R 2 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -170
6 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -200
8 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -110
8 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -110A
8 sealing ring 80-13-41 80 -200

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques


70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R
12-13-80-991-150-A Fig. 302
12-13-80-991-152 Fig. 303



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 309
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-80-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-80-010-055

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-13-80-612-053

A. Service the Starter with Oil


(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-13-80-991-150-A)
R Pre SBE 80-003: Introduction of Oil Level Sight Glass and increased Oil
R Quantity.
R Pre SBE 80-007: Introduction of a new Transmission Housing to increase
R oil level.

(1) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the oil filler plug
(1).

(2) Remove the oil filler plug (1), with sealing ring (2), from the oil
filling point (4).

(3) Remove and discard the sealing ring (2).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 310
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Starter - Oil Servicing Pre SBE 80-003
Figure 302/TASK 12-13-80-991-150-A



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 311
Config-1 May 01/06
 
IAC 
(4) Remove the lockwire from the oil overflow plug (7).

(5) Remove the oil overflow plug (7) with the sealing ring (6) from the
oil overflow point (8).

(6) Remove and discard the sealing ring.

(7) Put the container into position below the starter (5).

R CAUTION : FILL PORT AND OVERFLOW PORT MUST BE OPENED DURING OIL
_______
R SERVICE. IF NOT, OVERFILLING CAN OCCUR.

R CAUTION : TO MAKE SURE THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT, WAIT UNTIL OVERFLOW
_______
R STOPS FROM THE FILL PORT OR OVERFLOW PORT.

(8) Put clean approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) into the starter
(5) at the filling point (4) using an oil servicing aid eg. syringe
or squeezy bottle with flexible tube, until the oil overflows the
filling point (4) or overflow point (8).

R (9) To make sure the oil level is correct, wait until the overflow stops.

R (10) Install a new sealing ring (6) on to the oil overflow plug (7)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)

R (11) With the oil at correct level, install the overflow plug (7), with
the sealing ring (6) to the overflow point (8).

R (12) TORQUE the overflow plug (7) to between 30 and 45 lbf.in (0.33 and
0.50 m.daN). (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

R (13) Safety the oil overflow plug (7) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

R (14) Install a new sealing ring (2) on to the oil filler plug (1)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

R (15) Install the oil filler plug (1), with the sealing ring (2), to the
oil filling point (4).

R (16) TORQUE the oil filler plug (1) to between 20 and 35 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R (17) Safety the oil filler plug (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 312
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (18) Remove all unwanted oil from the outside of the starter (5) with a
clean lint free cloth.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK
_______
IN TO THE OIL SYSTEM.

R (19) Remove the container and discard any drained oil.

Subtask 12-13-80-612-057

B. Service the Starter with Oil


(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-13-80-991-152)
SBE 80-003: Introduction of Oil Level Sight Glass and Increased Oil
Quantity.
R SBE 80-007: Introduction of a new Transmission Housing to increase oil
R level.

(1) Remove and discard the lockwire which safeties the oil filler plug
(1).

(2) Remove the oil filler plug (1), with sealing ring (2), from the oil
filling point (6).

NOTE : Do not loosen the adapter (3), hold it with a spanner when you
____
remove the oil filler plug (1).

(3) Remove and discard the sealing ring (2).

(4) Remove the lockwire from the oil overflow plug (9).

(5) Remove the oil overflow plug (9) with the sealing ring (8) from the
oil overflow point (10).

(6) Remove and discard the sealing ring (8).

(7) Put the container into position below the starter (7).

R CAUTION : FILL PORT AND OVERFLOW PORT MUST BE OPENED DURING OIL
_______
R SERVICE. IF NOT, OVERFILLING CAN OCCUR.

R CAUTION : TO MAKE SURE THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT, WAIT UNTIL OVERFLOW
_______
R STOPS FROM THE FILL PORT OR OVERFLOW PORT.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 313
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Starter - Oil Servicing Engine SBE 80-003
Figure 303/TASK 12-13-80-991-152



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 314
Config-1 Nov 01/06
R  
IAC 
(8) Put clean approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) into the starter
(7) at the filling point (6) using the oil servicing aid eg. syringe
or squeezy bottle with flexible tube, until the oil overflows from
the oil filling point (6) or overflow point (10). The starter sight
glass can be used to confirm that oil is present but not the oil
quantity.

R (9) To make sure the oil level is correct, wait until the overflow stops.
R

R (10) Install a new sealing ring (8) on to the oil overflow plug (9).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)

R (11) With the oil at correct level, install the overflow plug (9) with the
sealing ring (8) to the overflow point (10).

R (12) TORQUE the overflow plug (9) to between 30 and 45 lbf.in (0.33 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R (13) Safety the oil overflow plug (9) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

R (14) Install a new sealing ring (2) on to the oil filler plug (1)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

R (15) Make sure the oil is at the correct level then install the oil filler
plug (1), with the sealing ring (2), to the oil filling point (6).

R (16) TORQUE the oil filler plug (1) to between 20 and 35 lbf.in (0.22 and
0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R (17) Safety the oil filler plug (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

R (18) Remove all unwanted oil from the outside of the starter (5) with a
clean lint free cloth.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK
_______
IN TO THE OIL SYSTEM.

R (19) Remove the container and discard any drained oil.


R



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 315
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-80-612-059

R C. Service the Starter with Oil.


SBE 70-395: Introduction of an oil pressure fill facility.

R (1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the overflow plug (1).

R (2) Remove the oil overflow plug (1) with sealing ring (2) from the oil
R filling point (6).

R NOTE : Do not loosen the adapter (3), hold it with a spanner when you
____
R remove the oil filler plug (1).

R (3) Remove and discard the sealing ring (2).

R (4) Remove the lockwire from the oil overflow plug (9).

R (5) Remove the oil overflow plug (9) with the sealing ring (8) from the
R oil overflow point (10).

R (6) Remove and discard the sealing ring (8).

R (7) Put the container into position below the starter (7).

R CAUTION : FILL PORT AND OVERFLOW PORT MUST BE OPENED DURING OIL
_______
R SERVICE. IF NOT, OVERFILLING CAN OCCUR.

R CAUTION : TO MAKE SURE THE OIL LEVEL IS CORRECT, WAIT UNTIL OVERFLOW
_______
R STOPS FROM THE FILL PORT OR OVERFLOW PORT.

R (8) Put clean approved engine oil (Material No. V10-077) into the starter
(7) at the pressure fill facility until the oil overflows from the
oil overflow point (10).

R (9) To make sure the oil level is correct, wait until the overflow stops.

R (10) Install a new sealing ring (8) on to the oil overflow plug (9).
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010)

R (11) With the oil at correct level, install the overflow plug (9) with the
sealing ring (8) to the overflow point (10).

R (12) TORQUE the overflow plug (9) to between 30 and 45 lbf.in (0.33 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R (13) Safety the oil overflow plug (9) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 316
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (14) Install a new sealing ring (2) or sealing ring (2) on the oil filler
R plug (1) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

R (15) Make sure the oil is at the correct level then install the oil filler
R plug (1) with the sealing ring (2) to the oil filling point (6).

R (16) TORQUE the oil filler plug (1) to between 20 and 35 lbf.in (0.22 and
R 0.39 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R (17) Safety the oil overflow plug (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
R (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014).

R (18) Remove all unwanted oil from the outside of the starter (7) with a
clean lint free cloth.

R CAUTION : DO NOT PUT OIL THAT HAS BEEN DRAINED FROM THE STARTER BACK
_______
R IN TO THE OIL SYSTEM.

R (19) Remove the container and discard any drained oil.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-80-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-13-80

Page 317
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
ENGINE STARTING - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-13-80-610-001

Drain and Replenish Oil System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 801110-C3

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 2l (0.5 USgal)


No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2442 *


engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130


30 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130
60 O-rings 80-11-10 02 -100
80 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -110
80 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -110A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 301
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
80-11-10-000-002 Removal of the Pneumatic Starter
80-11-10-210-001 Check Chip Detector
80-11-10-400-002 Installation of the Pneumatic Starter
12-13-80-991-300 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-80-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-80-010-052

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 302
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-300)

Subtask 12-13-80-680-051

A. Drain the starter

(1) Remove the filler plug (10). Discard the O-ring (20).

(2) Remove the knurled magnetic plug (50) as follow:

(a) Push and turn counter-clockwise to release the plug (50).

(3) Put a container below the starter. Cut and remove the lockwire.
Remove the drain plug (70), and let the oil drain in the container 2l
(0.5 USgal) . Discard the O-ring (80).

(4) Measure the quantity of the drained oil:

(a) If the oil quantity is more than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), the
starter is serviceable.

(b) If the quantity is less than 0.5 l (0.1320 USgal), replace the
stater (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002) (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002).

(5) Carefully examine the oil removed from the starter and the magnetic
plug (50) for metal particles (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-210-001). Then,
remove and discard the two O-rings (60).

NOTE : Fine metal particles show normal wear. Large pieces of metal
____
show internal damage.

(6) Clean the drain plug (70). Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material
No. CP2442) to a new O-ring (80) , and install the O-ring on the
drain plug.

(7) Install the drain plug (70). TORQUE the plug to between 65 and 85
lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96 m.daN).

(8) Safety the drain plug (70) to the starter housing with lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8
mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)

(9) Clean the knurled magnetic plug (50). Apply a thin layer of engine
oil (Material No. CP2442) on the two new O-rings (60) and install the
two O-rings on the knurled magnetic plug.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 303
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Pneumatic Starter Servicing
Figure 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-300


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 304
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(10) Install the knurled magnetic plug (50):

(a) Push inward and turn clockwise to engage locking device.

Subtask 12-13-80-612-052

B. Fill the starter

(1) Remove overflow plug (40), push inward and simultaneously turn
counter clockwise to disengage locking device. Discard O-ring (30).

(2) Fill starter housing through filler port until the engine oil
(Material No. CP2442) flows from the overflow port.

NOTE : The quantity of oil used will be less than 0.8 l (0.21 USgal)
____

(3) Clean the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40). Apply a thin layer
of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) on the new O-ring (20) and new O-
ring (30) , and install the O-rings on the filler plug and the
overflow plug.

(4) Install the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40) push inward and
simultaneously turn clockwise to engage locking device.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-80-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 305
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-13-80-610-002

Replenish Oil System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 801110-C2

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2442 *


engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130


30 O-ring 80-11-10 02 -130

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
12-13-80-991-300 Fig. 301


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 306
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-13-80-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-13-80-010-053

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-13-80-991-300)

Subtask 12-13-80-010-054

A. Remove the filler plug:

(1) Remove the filler plug (10), and overflow plug (40). Push inward and
simultaneously turn counter clockwise to disengage locking device.
Discard O-rings (20 and 30).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 307
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-13-80-610-050

B. Fill the starter housing

(1) Fill the starter housing with engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
through the filler port until the oil flows from the overflow port.

NOTE : The quantity of oil used will be less than one quart
____
(approximately 0.8 l)

Subtask 12-13-80-410-053

C. Install the filler plug:

(1) Clean the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40). Apply a thin layer
of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) on the new O-ring (20) and O-ring
(30), and install the new O-ring on the filler plug and the overflow
plug.

(2) Install the filler plug (10) and overflow plug (40) push inward and
simultaneously turn clockwise to engage locking device.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-13-80-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-13-80

Page 308
Config-2 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
GAS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________

1. _______
General
R This section gives information about the servicing of the:
R - Hydraulic Power (Refer to 12-14-29 Page 301),
R - Landing Gear (Refer to 12-14-32) Page 301),



EFF :

ALL  12-14-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-14-29-614-001

Fill the Hydraulic Power Accumulators 1070GM/2070GM/3070GM with Nitrogen

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98F29103500000 1
FOR FIN 2070GM
No specific access platform
No specific warning notices

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-014 USA MIL-P-27401 TYPE 1 GRADE A


NITROGEN,(GASEOUS) (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-29

Page 301
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-200-008 Check Nitrogen Charge Pressure on Hydraulic Power


Accumulators

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-14-29-991-001 Fig. 301

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-14-29-991-001-A Fig. 301A

**ON A/C ALL

12-14-29-991-003 Fig. 302


FOR FIN 1070GM
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
FOR FIN 3070GM
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
FOR FIN 2070GM
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-29-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Open the applicable access door/panel:


FOR 1070GM
- open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
FOR 3070GM
- open the access panel 196BB.
FOR 2070GM
- open the access panel 195BB.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-29

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-14-29-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system:


FOR 1070GM
- depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
001).
FOR 3070GM
- depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002).
FOR 2070GM
- depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
003).

(2) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
applicable hydraulic system:
- on the applicable ground service panel,
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit.

(3) Put an access platform below the MLG bay.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-14-29-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-003)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-29

Page 303
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 304
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-29-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 305
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location
Figure 301A/TASK 12-14-29-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-29

Page 306
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Hydraulic Power Accumulators - Location
Figure 301A/TASK 12-14-29-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-29

Page 307
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Hydraulic Power Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-29-991-003



EFF :

ALL  12-14-29

Page 308
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-14-29-614-052

A. Fill the Applicable Accumulator with Nitrogen.

(1) Do a check of the nitrogen pressure gage, before you fill the
applicable accumulator:

(a) If the decrease in nitrogen pressure is more than 15 bar


(217.5565 psi) (refer to the subsequent nitrogen pressure table),
do a leak check of the applicable accumulator (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-200-008).

(b) If the decrease in nitrogen pressure is less than 15 bar


(217.5565 psi), continue as follows:

(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).

R (3) Connect the (98F29103500000) or a nitrogen bench capable of maximum


pressure 155 bar (2248.0843 psi) to the charging valve (2).

(4) Loosen the charging valve nut (2).

(5) Open the control valve slowly and fill the hydraulic power
accumulator with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-014) to the correct
pressure for the ambient temperature.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-29

Page 309
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
NITROGEN PRESSURE
------------------------- -----------------------
I deg.F I PSI I I deg.C I PSI I
I-----------I-----------I I----------I----------I
I -5 I 1570 I I -20 I 1570 I
I 0 I 1580 I I -15 I 1595 I
I +5 I 1595 I I -10 I 1620 I
I +10 I 1610 I I -5 I 1670 I
I +15 I 1620 I I 0 I 1710 I
I +20 I 1650 I I +5 I 1755 I
I +25 I 1680 I I +10 I 1800 I
I +30 I 1710 I I +15 I 1840 I
I +35 I 1725 I I +20 I 1890 I
I +40 I 1750 I I +25 I 1930 I
I +45 I 1775 I I +30 I 1970 I
I +50 I 1800 I I +35 I 2015 I
I +55 I 1820 I I +40 I 2060 I
I +60 I 1850 I I +45 I 2095 I
I +65 I 1870 I I +50 I 2130 I
I +70 I 1890 I I +55 I 2175 I
I +75 I 1920 I I +60 I 2220 I
I +80 I 1940 I
I +85 I 1970 I
I +90 I 1990 I
I +95 I 2010 I
I +100 I 2040 I
I +105 I 2060 I
I +110 I 2085 I
I +115 I 2105 I
I +120 I 2130 I
I +125 I 2145 I
I +130 I 2170 I
I +135 I 2195 I
I +140 I 2220 I
---------------------------------------------------
Table I



EFF :

ALL  12-14-29

Page 310
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
(6) When the pressure is stable and correct, tighten the charging valve
nut (2).

(7) Make sure that the pressure shown on the pressure gage (3) is
correct.

(8) Stop the supply and remove the nitrogen filling system from the
charging valve (2).

(9) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-29-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the applicable access door/panel:


FOR 1070GM
- close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
FOR 3070GM
- close the access panel 196BB.
FOR 2070GM
- close the access panel 195BB.

Subtask 12-14-29-860-051

B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-29

Page 311
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

TASK 12-14-29-614-002

Fill the Load Alleviation Accumulators 1620GM/1621GM/3620GM/3621GM with


Nitrogen

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform


No specific warning notices
No specific NATO Box
R 98F29103500000 1

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System


29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
12-14-29-991-002 Fig. 303
12-14-29-991-004 Fig. 304



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 312
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-29-010-053

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the applicable accumulator.

(2) Open the applicable access panel:


FOR 1620GM
- open the access panel 575HB.
FOR 1621GM
- open the access panel 675HB.
FOR 3620GM
- open the access panel 575EB.
FOR 3621GM
- open the access panel 675EB.

Subtask 12-14-29-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).

(2) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
hydraulic systems:
- on the applicable ground service panel,
- on the panel 40VU in the cockpit.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-14-29-991-002, 304/TASK 12-14-29-991-004)

Subtask 12-14-29-614-053

A. Fill the Accumulator with Nitrogen

(1) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).

R (2) Connect the (98F29103500000) or a nitrogen bench with a maximum


pressure of 150 bar (2175.5655 psi) to the charging valve (2). If
available, you can use the applicable extension from the NATO Box to
make the filling procedure easier.

(3) Loosen the charging valve nut (2).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 313
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Load Alleviation Accumulators - Location
Figure 303/TASK 12-14-29-991-002


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 314
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Load Alleviation Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 304/TASK 12-14-29-991-004


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 315
May 01/06
 
IAC 
(4) Open the control valve slowly and fill the load alleviation
accumulator to the correct pressure for the ambient temperature
(Refer to the Table I)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 316
May 01/06
 
IAC 
NITROGEN PRESSURE
------------------------- -----------------------
I deg.F I PSI I I deg.C I PSI I
I-----------I-----------I I----------I----------I
I -5 I 1625 I I -20 I 1630 I
I 0 I 1645 I I -15 I 1660 I
I +5 I 1660 I I -10 I 1690 I
I +10 I 1680 I I -5 I 1725 I
I +15 I 1695 I I 0 I 1755 I
I +20 I 1715 I I +5 I 1790 I
I +25 I 1730 I I +10 I 1820 I
I +30 I 1750 I I +15 I 1855 I
I +35 I 1765 I I +20 I 1885 I
I +40 I 1785 I I +25 I 1915 I
I +45 I 1805 I I +30 I 1950 I
I +50 I 1820 I I +35 I 1980 I
I +55 I 1840 I I +40 I 2015 I
I +60 I 1855 I I +45 I 2045 I
I +65 I 1875 I I +50 I 2080 I
I +70 I 1890 I I +55 I 2110 I
I +75 I 1910 I I +60 I 2140 I
R I +80 I 1930 I I I I
R I +85 I 1945 I I I I
R I +90 I 1965 I I I I
R I +95 I 1980 I I I I
R I +100 I 2000 I I I I
R I +105 I 2015 I I I I
R I +110 I 2035 I I I I
R I +115 I 2050 I I I I
R I +120 I 2070 I I I I
R I +125 I 2090 I I I I
R I +130 I 2105 I I I I
R I +135 I 2125 I I I I
R I +140 I 2140 I I I I
R ------------------------- -----------------------
Table I



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 317
May 01/06
 
IAC 
(5) When the pressure is stable and correct, tighten the charging valve
nut (2).

(6) Make sure that the pressure shown on the pressure gage (3) is
correct.

(7) Stop the supply and remove the nitrogen filling system from the
charging valve (2).

(8) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-29-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the applicable access panel:


FOR 1620GM
- close the access panel 575HB.
FOR 1621GM
- close the access panel 675HB.
FOR 3620GM
- close the access panel 575EB.
FOR 3621GM
- close the access panel 675EB.

Subtask 12-14-29-860-053

B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Remove the access platform(s).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-29

Page 318
May 01/06
 
IAC 
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________

TASK 12-14-32-614-001

Nitrogen Filling of the Tires

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


No specific tire inflation adaptor and pressure gage
No specific tire inflation cart
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-32-941-062

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-14-32-941-051

R B. Preparation

WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR
_______
THE LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE
EXTINGUISHER DIRECTLY ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. THIS COULD
CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 301
May 01/08
 
IAC 
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INFLATE THE TIRES.


_______
R USE A PRESSURE REGULATOR (OR PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE) BETWEEN THE
R PRESSURE SOURCE AND THE TIRE.
R MAKE SURE THAT THE PRESSURE REGULATOR IS ADJUSTED TO THE
R CORRECT PRESSURE FOR THE TIRE.
R IF THE PRESSURE SOURCE DOES NOT HAVE A PRESSURE REGULATOR,
R THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO
R EQUIPMENT.

(1) Use only dry nitrogen or other inert gases to inflate the tires. The
gas used to inflate the tires must not contain more than 5% oxygen
(volume).

(2) If the aircraft is far from its base and no dry nitrogen is
available, you can use air for the servicing of the tires if:
- the oxygen in the tires is not more than 5% (volume)
or
- maintenance personnel remove the air from the tires and inflate
them with dry nitrogen before 15 hours time service.
A chemical reaction between the oxygen in the tires and the gases
from the inner liner can cause a tire explosion.

(3) Put the tire inflation cart near the tire to be inflated.

(4) Remove the tire inflation-valve cap.

(5) Install the tire inflation adaptor and pressure gage on the tire
inflation valve. Connect the tire inflation cart to the tire
inflation adaptor.

(6) If there is a large temperature decrease between the departure and


the destination airports, you must adjust the tire pressure for the
colder airport before the flight. If the temperature difference is
equal to or greater than 25 deg.C lower, do this procedure:

(a) Increase the given tire pressures 3.7% for each 10 deg.C of
temperature difference.
EXAMPLE Temperature at departure airport = 20 deg.C
Temperature at arrival airport = -10 deg.C
Temperature difference = 30 deg.C
Increase the tire pressure: 30/10 x 3.7% = 11.1%
If the loaded tire pressure is 13.0 bar, increase the
tire pressure: 13.0 bar + (13.0 bar x 11.1%) = 14.4 bar



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 302
May 01/08
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : USE ONLY NITROGEN FOR TIRE INFLATION. IF THE BRAKES OVERHEAT,
_______
OTHER GASES CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.

R NOTE : In the tables that follow the term loaded means with the aircraft
____
R weight on the wheels. The term unloaded is when the applicable
R wheel is off the ground (jacked).

**ON A/C 001-010, 012-012, 014-016, 023-099,

Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-A

A. Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Tires

(1) Refer to the table to find the correct NLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 70400 kg | 30 X 8.8 - 15 | 11.0 (160) normal | 11.4 (165) normal |
| (155205 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 11.5 (167) max | 12.0 (174) max |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 70400 kg | 30 X 8.8 R15 | 11.0 (160) normal | 11.4 (165) normal |
| (155205 lb) | RADIAL | 11.5 (167) max | 12.0 (174) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 303
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-A

B. Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Tires

(1) Refer to the table to find the correct MLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |-----------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 70400 kg | 915 X 300 R16 | 10.7 (155) normal | 11.2 (162) normal |
| (155205 lb) | RADIAL | 11.2 (162) max | 11.8 (171) max |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 70400 kg | 36 X 11 - 22 | 10.7 (155) normal | 11.2 (162) normal |
| (155205 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 11.2 (162) max | 11.8 (171) max |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 011-011, 017-022,

Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-C

A. Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Tires

(1) Refer to the table to find the correct NLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 73900 kg | 30 X 8.8 - 15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (162922 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 73900 kg | 30 X 8.8 R15 | 11.8 (171) normal | 12.3 (178) normal |
| (162922 lb) | RADIAL | 12.4 (180) max | 12.9 (187) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 304
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-C

B. Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Tires

(1) Refer to the table to find the correct MLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |-----------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 73900 kg | 915 X 300 R16 | 11.7 (170) normal | 12.2 (177) normal |
| (162922 lb) | RADIAL | 12.3 (178) max | 12.8 (186) max |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 73900 kg | 36 X 11 - 22 | 11.7 (170) normal | 12.2 (177) normal |
| (162922 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 12.3 (178) max | 12.8 (186) max |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-F

R A. Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Tires

R (1) Refer to the table to find the correct NLG tire pressure. If
R necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
R source) to the correct pressure.

R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
R | RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
R | (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
R | | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
R |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 89400 kg | 30 X 8.8 - 15 | 11.2 (162) normal | 11.6 (168) normal |
R | (197093 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 11.8 (171) max | 12.2 (177) max |
R |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 89400 kg | 30 X 8.8 R15 | 11.2 (162) normal | 11.6 (168) normal |
R | (197093 lb) | RADIAL | 11.8 (171) max | 12.2 (177) max |
R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

011-011, 017-022, 101-199,  12-14-32

Page 305
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-F

R B. Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Tires

R (1) Refer to the table to find the correct MLG tire pressure. If
R necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
R source) to the correct pressure.

R ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
R | RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |-------------------------------------------|
R | (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
R | | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
R |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 89400 kg | 1270 X 455 R22 | 14.0 (203) normal | 14.6 (212) normal |
R | (197093 lb) | RADIAL | 14.7 (213) max | 15.3 (222) max |
R |----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 89400 kg | 49 X 18 - 22 | 14.0 (203) normal | 14.6 (212) normal |
R | (197093 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 14.7 (213) max | 15.3 (222) max |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 901-999,

Subtask 12-14-32-614-056-E

A. Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Tires

(1) Refer to the table to find the correct NLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |---------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 68400 kg | 30 X 8.8 - 15 | 11.6 (168) normal | 12.1 (175) normal |
| (150794 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 12.2 (177) max | 12.7 (184) max |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 68400 kg | 30 X 8.8 R15 | 11.6 (168) normal | 12.1 (175) normal |
| (150794 lb) | RADIAL | 12.2 (177) max | 12.7 (184) max |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 306
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-14-32-614-057-E

B. Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Tires

(1) Refer to the table to find the correct MLG tire pressure. If
necessary, inflate the tire(s) with nitrogen (from an approved
source) to the correct pressure.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| A/C MAXIMUM | TIRE DIMENSION | INFLATION PRESSURE |
| RAMP WEIGHT | AND TYPE |-----------------------------------------|
| (MRW) | | UNLOADED | LOADED |
| | | BARS (PSI) | BARS (PSI) |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 68400 kg | 46 X 17 R20 | 12.0 (174) normal | 12.5 (181) normal |
| (150794 lb) | RADIAL | 12.6 (182) max | 13.1 (190) max |
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 68400 kg | 46 X 16 - 20 | 12.0 (174) normal | 12.5 (181) normal |
| (150794 lb) | CONVENTIONAL | 12.6 (182) max | 13.1 (190) max |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-32-942-051

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Disconnect the tire inflation cart, adaptor and gage.

(3) Install the tire inflation-valve cap. TORQUE the valve cap to between
0.05 and 0.1 m.daN (4.42 and 8.84 lbf.in).

(4) Remove the inflation cart from the area.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 307
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-14-32-614-002

Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure Accumulator

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
12-14-32-991-001 Fig. 301
12-14-32-991-002 Fig. 302
12-14-32-991-003-A Fig. 303



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 308
May 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-32-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

R (1) Put the SAFETY BARRIERS in position.

R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the panel 198CB to tell persons not to
pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system.

Subtask 12-14-32-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) On panel 400VU, make sure that the L/G control-lever is in the DOWN
R position.

(2) On panel 110VU, make sure that the GRAVITY GEAR EXT handle is in the
stowed position.
R

R (3) Make sure that pressure in the brake accumulator of the Yellow
hydraulic system is released.

Subtask 12-14-32-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 309
May 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001, 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-002, 303/TASK


12-14-32-991-003-A)

Subtask 12-14-32-614-052-A

A. Nitrogen Filling of the Yellow Hydraulic System, Brake Pressure


Accumulator

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS
_______
CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS
CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.

(1) Loosen the charging valve nut (2).

(2) Open the control valve (F) slowly and fill the brake accumulator to
the correct pressure for the ambient temperature. Make sure that the
fill pressure is as follows:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| deg. C | deg. F | bar | psi |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| -20 | -4 | 61 | 885 |
| -10 | +14 | 63 | 914 |
| 0 | +32 | 65 | 943 |
| +10 | +50 | 68 | 986 |
| +20 | +68 | 70 | 1015 |
| +30 | +86 | 72 | 1044 |
| +40 | +104 | 75 | 1088 |
| +50 | +122 | 77 | 1117 |
| +60 | +140 | 80 | 1160 |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) When the pressure is stable, check that the pressure is correct for
the ambient temperature.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 310
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Brake Accumulator - Filling System Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-14-32-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 311
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Brake Accumulator Assembly - Detail and Location
Figure 302/TASK 12-14-32-991-002



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 312
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Yellow System Brake Accumulator - Pressure Graph
Figure 303/TASK 12-14-32-991-003-A



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 313
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(4) Make sure that the pressure is not more than or not less than 3.4 bar
(49.3128 psi) from the correct pressure. If necessary, pressurize the
brake accumulator again until the pressure is correct.

(5) Close the control valve (F) and tighten the charging valve nut (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-32-865-051

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.
R

Subtask 12-14-32-942-054

R B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 314
May 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

TASK 12-14-32-614-003

Check Charge Pressure of Main Landing Gear Shock Absorber

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE ABOVE
_______
140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 321113-04

NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
jacks. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must be positioned correctly
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 315
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


No specific thermometer (-45 deg C to 70 deg C (-49 deg F to 158
deg F))
No specific 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi)
No specific 1 pressure gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi)
No specific 2 pressure gages 140 bar (2030.5278 psi)
No specific 2 standard charging equipments
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-004B USA MIL-L-25567 TYPE I


OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)
R

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


12-12-32-611-008 Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock
Absorber
32-11-13-000-001 Removal of the MLG Shock Absorber
32-11-13-000-003 Removal of the MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals
32-11-13-400-001 Installation of the MLG Shock Absorber
32-11-13-400-003 Installation of the MLG Shock-Absorber Gland-Seals
R 32-11-13-860-001 To Close the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 316
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-14-32-991-019-A Fig. 304

**ON A/C 901-999,

12-14-32-991-019 Fig. 304A

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-14-32-991-020 Fig. 305


12-14-32-991-004 Fig. 306
12-14-32-991-021 Fig. 307

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-14-32-991-005-A Fig. 308

**ON A/C 901-999,

12-14-32-991-005 Fig. 308A

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-14-32-991-025-A Fig. 309

**ON A/C 901-999,

12-14-32-991-025 Fig. 309A

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-14-32-991-027-A Fig. 310



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 317
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 901-999,

12-14-32-991-027 Fig. 310A

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-32-941-064

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) On panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.

(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate:


- the landing gear controls
- the landing gear doors.

(5) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position below the applicable
shock absorber.

(6) If the aircraft is on the ground, make sure that the wheel chocks are
in position at the MLG wheels. Do not put a chock at the nosewheels.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 318
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-14-32-210-054

R A. Visual Inspection of the MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber for Leakage of


R Hydraulic Fluid

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-019-A)

**ON A/C 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 304A/TASK 12-14-32-991-019)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-020)

(1) Before you do the check and/or charge the nitrogen:


- examine the gland housing/sliding tube of the shock absorber for
damage or leakage of hydraulic fluid.

(2) If there is a leak from the gland housing and the sliding tube
interface or from the gland housing and the main fitting interface:

(a) Examine the sliding tube for damage:

1
_ If there is damage, replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-
11-13-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001).

2
_ If there is no damage:
- replace the shock absorber gland seals (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
000-003) and (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-003)
or
- replace the shock absorber (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 32-11-13-400-001)
or
R - close the spare seal activating-valve (Ref. TASK 32-11-13-
R 860-001).
R



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 319
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
R Figure 304/TASK 12-14-32-991-019-A



EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 320
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Possible Points of Leakage from the Gland Seals
R Figure 304A/TASK 12-14-32-991-019


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 321
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Details of the Spare-Seal Activating-Valve
Figure 305/TASK 12-14-32-991-020


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 322
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-14-32-614-080

B. MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Check Charge and Fill with Nitrogen
(Aircraft on Ground)
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004, 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021)

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-A)

**ON A/C 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 308A/TASK 12-14-32-991-005)

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025-A)

**ON A/C 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 309A/TASK 12-14-32-991-025)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF PERSONS
_______
AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT
WILL MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND
DAMAGE.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE TEMPERATURE
WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK ABSORBER
PRESSURE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 323
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber Charging Valves - Detail and Location
Figure 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 324
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Typical Filling System
Figure 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 325
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-A13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 326
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-A23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 327
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308/TASK 12-14-32-991-005-A33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 328
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-14-32

Page 329
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308A/TASK 12-14-32-991-005- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 330
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308A/TASK 12-14-32-991-005- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 331
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure/Extension Graph (Metric Units)
Figure 308A/TASK 12-14-32-991-005- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 332
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-14-32

Page 333
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025-A13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 334
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025-A23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 335
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309/TASK 12-14-32-991-025-A33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 336
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-14-32

Page 337
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309A/TASK 12-14-32-991-025- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 338
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309A/TASK 12-14-32-991-025- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 339
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two Stage Shock Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph (Imp. Units)
Figure 309A/TASK 12-14-32-991-025- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 340
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
NOTE : To do this procedure it is necessary to have 2 standard charging
____
equipments and 2 pressure gages 140 bar (2030.5278 psi). The
equipment must be safe to use at over 140 bar (2030.5278 psi).

NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.

(1) Measure and write down dimension H.

(2) Install the first standard charging equipment on the top charging
valve (1):

NOTE : If the equipment manufacturers assembly/operating instructions


____
are different to the data given, use the equipment
manufacturers instructions.

(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the top charging valve (1).

(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.

(c) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).

(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the top charging valve (1).

(e) Install the first pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
the three-way valve (22).

(3) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).

(4) At the top charging valve, read and record the pressure shown on the
pressure gage.

(5) Close the top charging valve (1).

(6) Use a thermometer (-45 deg C to 70 deg C (-49 deg F to 158 deg F)) to
measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging
valve.

(7) Use diagram 1 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve for the measured temperature.

(8) If the measured dimension H is between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of the


dimension H shown in diagram 1, do the steps that follow:

NOTE : The measured H dimension can be as low as 30 mm (1.1811 in.)


____
at very low ambient temperatures. This is usual for a shock



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 341
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
absorber in good condition and no maintenance action is
necessary (if the measured H dimension is between +/- 15 mm
(0.5905 in.) of the correct value).

(a) Make sure that the control valve (25) is closed.

(b) Open the control valve (23) to release all pressure from the
filling hose (21).

(c) Close the control valve (23).

(d) Remove the pressure gage (20) from the three-way valve (22).

(e) Disconnect the filling hose (21) from the top charging valve (1)
and the three-way valve (22).

(f) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).

(g) Do the close-up procedure in Para. 5.A.

(9) If the measured dimension H is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.) of


the dimension H shown in diagram 1, do the steps (10) thru (36).

NOTE : If the measured H dimension is less than 33 mm (1.2992 in.) do


____
the nitrogen filling procedure with the aircraft on jacks (if
the measured H dimension is not between +/- 15 mm (0.5905 in.)
of the correct value). Refer to Para 4.C.

(10) Install the second standard charging equipment on the bottom charging
valve (3):

NOTE : If the equipment manufacturers assembly/operating instructions


____
are different to the data given, use the equipment
manufacturers instructions.

(a) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).

(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.

(c) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).

(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).

(e) Install the second pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on
the three-way valve (22).

(11) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 342
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(12) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown on
the pressure gage (20).

(13) Close the top charging valve (1).

(14) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).

(15) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).

(16) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

(17) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be 18 bar
(261.0678 psi) more than the pressure at the top charging valve (1).
If not, do the steps that follow:

NOTE : This makes sure that the floating piston is at the top of the
____
second stage cylinder before you do the nitrogen filling.

NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid can be


____
released from the charging valve when nitrogen is discharged.
If the volume of fluid that flows from the bottom charging
valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
- you must replenish the MLG shock absorber hydraulic oil
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
- refer to the MLG Design Authority.

(a) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) are closed.

(b) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).

(c) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.

(d) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure at the bottom charging valve (3).

(e) Open the bottom charging valve (3).

(f) The pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) must be between 18
bar (261.0678 psi) and 21 bar (304.5791 psi) more than the
pressure at the top charging valve (1).

(g) Close the control valve (25).

(h) After ten minutes (to let the pressure and temperature become
stable) check that the condition at step (f) is the same.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 343
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(i) If it is not the same, do the steps (d) thru (h) again.

(j) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

(k) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).

(l) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).

(m) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).

(n) Close the top charging valve (1).

(o) If the difference in pressure at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) is less than 11 bar (159.5414 psi),
do the steps (a) thru (n) again.

(18) Use a thermometer (-45 deg C to 70 deg C (-49 deg F to 158 deg F)) to
measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve
(1).

(19) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H for the pressure at the top
charging valve (1) at the measured temperature.

(20) If the measured dimension H is more than you found in diagram 2, do


these steps:

(a) Open the top charging valve (1).

(b) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.

(c) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).

NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will decrease


____
because nitrogen was removed without sufficient shock
absorber movement.

(d) After five minutes, measure the temperature and the pressure at
the top charging valve (1).

(e) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (d).

(f) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 344
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(g) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (e) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)) close the control valve (23).

(h) Close the top charging valve (1).

(21) If the measured dimension H is less than you found in diagram 2, do


these steps:

(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).

(b) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.

(c) Open the top charging valve (1).

(d) Slowly open the control valve (25) to add nitrogen.

(e) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (25).

NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will increase


____
because nitrogen was added without sufficient shock
absorber movement.

(f) After five minutes, measure the pressure and the temperature at
the top charging valve (1).

(g) Use the diagram 2 to find the dimension H needed for the
conditions found in step (f).

(h) Slowly open the control valve (25) to increase the nitrogen
pressure.

(i) When the dimension H is the same as you found in step (g) (+/-
2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)), close the control valve (25).

(j) Close the top charging valve (1).

(22) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and the bottom
charging valve (3).

(23) Read and record:


- the pressures at the top charging valve (1) and the bottom charging
valve (3)
- the temperature at the top charging valve (1)
- the dimension H.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 345
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(24) Use the pressure and the temperature you measured at the top charging
valve (1) to find the correct dimension H in diagram 2. Make sure
that the dimension H in diagram 2 and the dimension H found in step
(23) are the same +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

(25) Check the pressure you measured at the top charging valve (1) and at
the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure that the difference between
these pressures is more than 11 bar (159.5414 psi).

(26) If the conditions at step (24) or step (25) are incorrect, do the
procedure again from step (17).

(27) Close the top charging valve (1) and the bottom charging valve (3).

(28) To get the correct charge pressure at the bottom charging valve, do
the applicable step (29) or (30).

(29) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is on or below the graph line (for the measured temperature), do
these steps:

(a) Open the bottom charging valve (3).

(b) Slowly open the control valve (25) (to increase the nitrogen
pressure), or slowly open the control valve (23) (to remove
nitrogen).

(c) Make sure that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is
the same as the pressure shown on the graph line (for the
measured temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).

(d) Close these valves:


- the bottom charging valve (3)
- the control valve (25)
- the control valve (23)
- the supply valve on the nitrogen source.

(e) After five minutes, open the bottom charging valve (3). Make sure
that the pressure at the bottom charging valve (3) is the same as
the pressure shown on the graph line (for the measured
temperature) +/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi).

(30) Refer to the diagram 3. If the pressure at the top charging valve (1)
is above the graph line (for the measured temperature), do these
steps:

(a) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 346
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(b) Open the bottom charging valve (3).

(c) Slowly open the control valve (23) to release some nitrogen.

(d) Immediately the shock absorber starts to move, close the control
valve (23).

NOTE : The pressure at the top charging valve will decrease


____
because nitrogen was removed without sufficient shock
absorber movement.

(e) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1).

(f) At the top charging valve (1), measure the pressure and the
temperature.

(g) Use the diagram 1 to find the dimension H that you need for the
conditions at step (f).

(h) Slowly open the control valve (23) (to release nitrogen) until
the dimension H is the same as the dimension H found in diagram
1, +/- 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

(i) Close the bottom charging valve (3) and the control valve (23).

(j) After five minutes, open the top charging valve (1) and read and
record the pressure.

(k) Close the top charging valve (1).

(l) Open the bottom charging valve (3) and read and record the
pressure.

(m) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

(n) Make sure that the pressures at the top charging valve (1) and
the bottom charging valve (3) are the same +/- 1.5 bar (21.7556
psi). If the pressures are not in this limit, do the procedure
from step (17) again.

(31) Remove the nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).

(32) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).

(33) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 347
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(34) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of
the charging valves (1) and (3).

(35) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).

(36) Install the blanking cap (4) on the bottom charging valve (3).

(37) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).

(38) Do the Para. 4.B again for the other shock absorber.

Subtask 12-14-32-614-081

C. MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Check Charge Pressure and Fill with
Nitrogen (Aircraft on Jacks)
(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-14-32-991-004, 307/TASK 12-14-32-991-021)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE STANDARD CHARGING EQUIPMENT IS SAFE TO USE
_______
ABOVE 140 BAR (2030.5278 PSI). THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY AND
DAMAGE.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE SHOCK
_______
ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY, THE TEMPERATURE
WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE SHOCK ABSORBER
PRESSURE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE
_______
RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE PRESSURE
MEASUREMENT.

NOTE : To do this procedure it is necessary to have 2 standard charging


____
equipments, 1 pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) and 1 pressure
gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi). The charging equipment must be safe to
use at over 140 bar (2030.5278 psi).

(1) Make sure that the aircraft is positioned correctly on the jacks
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(2) Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended and that the
dimension H is between 496.7 mm (19.5551 in.) and 500.5 mm (19.7047
in.).

(a) If you do this procedure after you have replenished the shock
absorber with hydraulic oil (Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008), you
must:



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 348
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
1
_ Charge the top charging valve (first stage of the cylinder)
with nitrogen to a maximum pressure of 5.0 bar (72.5188 psi).

2
_ Make sure that the shock absorber is fully extended. Refer to
Para. 4.C.(2) and make sure that dimension H is correct.

(b) Release all the pressure from the top charging valve (first stage
of the cylinder).

(3) Install the standard charging equipment:

NOTE : If the equipment manufacturers assembly/operating instructions


____
are different to the data given, use the equipment
manufacturers instructions.

(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the top charging valve (1).

(b) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
valve (22) are closed.

(c) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).

(d) Connect the filling hose (21) to the top charging valve (1).

(e) Install the pressure gage 17 bar (246.5640 psi) (20) on the
three-way valve (22).

(f) Remove the blanking cap (4) from the bottom charging valve (3).

(g) Make sure that the control valves (23) and (25) of the three-way
valve (22) are closed.

(h) Connect the filling hose (21) to the three-way valve (22).

(i) Connect the filling hose (21) to the bottom charging valve (3).

(j) Install the pressure gage 140 bar (2030.5278 psi) (20) on the
three-way valve (22).

(4) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging valve
(1).

(5) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).

(6) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 349
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(7) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A)

**ON A/C 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 310A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(8) Refer to the Table 1 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:

(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the bottom charging valve (3).

(b) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.

NOTE : To increase the nitrogen pressure, open the control valve


____
(25). To release the nitrogen pressure, open the control
valve (23).

NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid


____
can be released from the charging valve when nitrogen is
discharged. If the volume of fluid that flows from the
bottom charging valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
- you must replenish the MLG shock absorber hydraulic oil
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
- refer to the MLG Design Authority.

(c) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).

(d) Slowly increase or release the nitrogen pressure until the


pressure is correct for the measured temperature.

(e) Close the control valve (23) or (25).

(f) After 15 minutes, measure the pressure at the bottom charging


valve (3) again. Make sure that the pressure is correct.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 350
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
R Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels
R Figure 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-14-32

Page 351
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Charging Pressures - Weight off Wheels
R Figure 310A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-14-32

Page 352
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(g) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

(h) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source and remove the
nitrogen supply hose (24) from the three-way valve (22).

(9) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).

(10) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown on
the pressure gage (20).

(11) Close the top charging valve (1).

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-14-32-991-027-A)

**ON A/C 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 310A/TASK 12-14-32-991-027)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(12) Refer to the Table 2 and compare the nitrogen pressure that you read
from the pressure gage (20). If the two pressures are not the same
(+/- 1 bar (14.5037 psi) for the measured temperature, do these
steps:

(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (24) to the three-way valve (22)
which is connected to the top charging valve (1).

(b) Open the supply valve on the nitrogen source.

NOTE : To increase the nitrogen pressure, open the control valve


____
(25). To release the nitrogen pressure, open the control
valve (23).

NOTE : It is possible that a small quantity of hydraulic fluid


____
can be released from the charging valve when nitrogen is
discharged. If the volume of fluid that flows from the
bottom charging valve is more than 0.6 l (0.1585 USgal):
- you must replenish the MLG shock absorber hydraulic oil
(Ref. TASK 12-12-32-611-008)
- refer to the MLG Design Authority.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 353
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(c) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).

(d) Slowly increase or release the nitrogen pressure until the


pressure is correct for the measured temperature.

(e) Close the control valve (23) or (25).

(f) After 15 minutes, measure the pressure at the top charging valve
(1) again. Make sure that the pressure is correct.

(g) Close the top charging valve (1).

(h) Close the supply valve on the nitrogen source.

(13) After one hour, do these steps to make sure the pressures are
correct:

(a) Measure the temperature of the MLG adjacent to the top charging
valve (1).

(b) Slowly open the bottom charging valve (3).

(c) At the bottom charging valve (3), read and record the pressure
shown on the pressure gage (20).

(d) Close the bottom charging valve (3).

(e) Slowly open the top charging valve (1).

(f) At the top charging valve (1), read and record the pressure shown
on the pressure gage (20).

(g) Close the top charging valve (1).

(h) Make sure that the pressures are correct with the values in
Tables 1 and 2 for the measured temperature.

(14) Remove the filling hoses (21) from the charging valves (1) and (3).

(15) TORQUE the charging valves (1) and (3) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

(16) Use SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-004B) to do a leak check of


the charging valves (1) and (3).

(17) Install the blanking cap (2) on the top charging valve (1).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 354
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(18) Install the blanking cap (4) on the bottom charging valve (3).

(19) Remove the pressure gages (20) and the filling hoses (21) from the
three-way valves (22).

(20) Do the Para. 4.C. again for the other shock absorber.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-32-942-061

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 355
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-14-32-200-001

Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations


12-12-32-611-008 Hydraulic Replenishment of the MLG Two-Stage Shock
Absorber
12-14-32-200-001 Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight
12-14-32-614-003 Check Charge Pressure of Main Landing Gear Shock
Absorber
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
12-14-32-991-024 Fig. 311


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 356
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-32-941-065

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.

(4) Make sure that the wheel chocks are in position at the MLG wheels. Do
not put a chock at the nosewheels.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-024)

Subtask 12-14-32-220-062

A. Inspection of the MLG Shock Absorbers Before Flight

(1) Measure the dimension H for each MLG shock absorber. If
- the difference between each MLG shock absorber is more than 75 mm
(2.9527 in.)
or
- one of the H dimensions is less than 33 mm (1.2992 in.) do the
steps that follow:

(a) Do the nitrogen filling of the shock absorber (aircraft on jacks)


(Ref. TASK 12-14-32-614-003).

(b) Lower the aircraft off jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).

(c) Measure the dimension H again. If:


- the difference between the two H dimensions is more than 75
mm (2.9527 in.)
or
- one of the H dimensions is less than 33 mm (1.2992 in.) do
the steps that follow:

1
_ Do the fluid check of the MLG shock absorber (Ref. TASK 12-12-
32-611-008).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 357
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Two-Stage Shock Absorber - Dimension H
Figure 311/TASK 12-14-32-991-024



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 358
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
NOTE : To do a check of the MLG shock absorber you must do the
____
replenishment procedure.

2
_ Lower the aircraft off jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).

3
_ Make a note in the aircraft log:
- it is recommended that you do a weight on wheels pressure
H dimension check (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-200-001), not less
than 24 hours after you lower the aircraft off the jacks.

NOTE : New hydraulic fluid can absorb nitrogen.


____
Shock absorber nitrogen pressure can decrease.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-32-942-062

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-14-32

Page 359
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

TASK 12-14-32-614-005

Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Single-Stage Shock Absorber

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : You can complete this procedure on the ground or on jacks. If the
____
aircraft is on jacks, it must be in the correct position (Ref. TASK
07-11-00-581-001).

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific standard charging equipment


No specific warning notice
No specific 172.5 bar pressure gage
No specific access platform 3.0 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 360
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-32-991-015 Fig. 312


12-14-32-991-016 Fig. 313

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-32-941-059

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the panel 400VU:


- Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position.
- Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

(3) Put an access platform in position below the applicable shock


absorber.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-015, 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-016)

Subtask 12-14-32-614-071

A. Aircraft on the Ground - Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Single Stage


Shock-Absorber

(1) Examine the gland housing of the shock absorber and write down the
point(s) of leakage of hydraulic oil:
- if the leak is from the main fitting/gland housing, you must remove
the shock absorber at an applicable time. Then, replace the gland
seals.
- if the leak is from the gland housing/sliding tube, you must remove
the shock absorber at an applicable time. Examine the gland
housing/sliding tube for damage. If damage to the gland
housing/sliding tube is found, replace the shock absorber. If no
damage is found, replace the gland seals.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 361
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
MLG Single Stage Shock-Absorber Charging Valve - Detail and Location
Figure 312/TASK 12-14-32-991-015


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 362
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
MLG Single Stage Shock-Absorber - Pressure Extension Graph
Figure 313/TASK 12-14-32-991-016


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 363
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) Make sure that the temperature of the MLG shock absorber is stable.

(3) Measure and record the MLG shock absorber temperature.

(4) Measure and write down the shock absorber extension (dimension H).

NOTE : It is recommended that you wait as long as possible after


____
taxying or towing before you check the dimension H. This
will let you get a more accurate value of the shock absorber
extension.

(5) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY


(M21930), as follows:

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.

(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the charging valve (1).

(b) Connect the filling hose (2) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

(c) Install the 172.5 bar (2502 psi) 172.5 bar pressure gage on the
3-way valve (3).

(d) Connect the 3-way valve (3) to the filling hose (2).

(e) Connect the nitrogen supply-hose (10) to the 3-way valve (3).

(6) Slowly open the charging valve (1).

(7) Read and write down, the pressure shown on the pressure gage.

(8) Close the charging valve (1).

(9) Use the graph, the pressure you wrote down and the MLG shock absorber
temperature to find the correct dimension H.

(10) Compare this value with the dimension H you wrote down.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 364
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(11) If the dimension H is not correct:

(a) Connect a nitrogen source to the standard charging equipment.

(b) Adjust the nitrogen source to give the pressure that you wrote
down.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS CLEAR OF
_______
PERSONS AND EQUIPMENT. WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE
THE SHOCK ABSORBER, WITH THE AIRCRAFT WEIGHT ON THE
GROUND, THE AIRCRAFT WILL MOVE.

1
_ Slowly open the charging valve (1).

(c) Monitor the dimension H.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE


_______
SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY,
THE TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE
SHOCK ABSORBER PRESSURE.

1
_ Slowly add or release nitrogen until the dimension H is
correct for the MLG shock absorber temperature.

2
_ When the dimension H is correct, close the charging valve (1).

3
_ Stop the supply from the nitrogen source. Release the pressure
and remove the nitrogen source from the standard charging
equipment.

(12) Remove the filling hose (2) from the charging valve (1).

(13) TORQUE the charging valve (1) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN (50.44
and 69.91 lbf.in) and install the blanking cap (2).

(14) Examine the charging valve (1) for leaks.

(15) After 1 hour check the pressure at the charging valve (1) as follows:

(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the charging valve (1).

(b) Install the standard charging equipment on the charging valve


(1).

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 365
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
1
_ Install the 172.5 bar (2500 psi) pressure gage on the standard
charging equipment.

(c) Slowly open the charging valve (1).

(d) Read and write down the pressure at the charging valve (1).

(e) Close the charging valve (1).

(f) Remove the standard charging equipment from the charging valve
(1).

(g) TORQUE the charging valve (1) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in) and install the blanking cap (2).

(h) Use the graph, the pressure you wrote down and the MLG shock
absorber temperature to check dimension H.

Subtask 12-14-32-614-076

B. Aircraft on Jacks - Nitrogen Filling of the MLG Single Stage


Shock-Absorber

(1) Make sure that the shock absorber is extended fully and that the
dimension H is between 504 mm (19.8 in.) and 508 mm (20.0 in.).

(2) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY


(M21930), as follows:

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.

(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the charging valve (1).

(b) Connect the filling hose (2) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.

1
_ Install the 27.6 bar (400 psi) 172.5 bar pressure gage on the
3-way valve (3).

(c) Connect the 3-way valve (3) to the filling hose (2).

(d) Connect the nitrogen supply-hose (10) to the 3-way valve (3).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 366
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) Slowly open the charging valve (1).

(4) Read and write down the pressure shown on the pressure gage.

(5) Close the charging valve (1).

(6) If the nitrogen pressure is not between 24.3 bar (352.4 psi) and 25.6
bar (371.3 psi), do these steps:

NOTE : The specified pressures are for an MLG shock absorber


____
temperature of 15.00 deg.C (59.00 deg.F) to 25.00 deg.C (77.00
deg.F).

(a) Connect the nitrogen source to the standard charging equipment.

(b) Increase the nitrogen pressure to between 24.3 bar (352.4 psi)
and 25.6 bar (371.3 psi).

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE


_______
SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY,
THE TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE
SHOCK ABSORBER PRESSURE.

1
_ Slowly add or remove nitrogen at the charging valve (1) to
adjust the pressure in the shock absorber.

(c) Close the charging valve (1).

(d) Stop the nitrogen supply, release the pressure and remove the
nitrogen source from the standard charging equipment.

(e) Remove the filling hose (2) from the charging valve (1).

(f) TORQUE the charging valve (1) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

(7) Install the blanking cap (2) on the charging valve (1).

(8) Examine the charging valve (1) for leaks.

(9) After one hour check the pressure at the charging valve (1) as
follows:

(a) Remove the blanking cap (2) from the charging valve (1).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 367
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(b) Install the standard charging equipment on the charging valve
(1).

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.

(c) Install the 27.6 bar (400.3 psi) pressure gage on the standard
charging equipment.

(d) Slowly open the charging valve (1).

(e) Read and write down the pressure at the charging valve (1).

(f) Close the charging valve (1).

(g) Remove the standard charging equipment from the charging valve
(1).

(h) Install the blanking cap (2) on the charging valve (1).

(i) Remove the 27.6 bar (400.3 psi) pressure gage from the standard
charging equipment.

(j) TORQUE the charging valve (1) to between 0.57 and 0.79 m.daN
(50.44 and 69.91 lbf.in).

(k) Install the blanking cap (2) on the charging valve (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-32-942-059

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Dissassemble the standard charging equipment.

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 368
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-14-32

Page 369
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-14-32-614-004

R Check NLG Shock Absorber Charge Pressure

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE GAS CAN GO
_______
THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD. THIS CONDITION CAN
KILL YOU.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 322113-01

NOTE : You can complete this procedure with the aircraft on the ground or on
____
jacks. If the aircraft is on jacks, it must be positioned correctly
(Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

NOTE : This procedure should be done a minimum of 2 hours after the last
____
aircraft operation. This will make sure that the shock absorber
values recorded are accurate.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 370
May 01/07
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific nitrogen source


No specific safety barriers
No specific standard charging equipment
No specific thermocouple (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C)
R
No specific pressure gage 100 bar (1450.3770 psi)
R
No specific pressure gage 50 bar (725.1885 psi)
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
M21930 1 FILLING ASSEMBLY

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening


32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
12-14-32-991-006 Fig. 314
12-14-32-991-017 Fig. 315
12-14-32-991-007 Fig. 316
12-14-32-991-030 Fig. 317

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-14-32-941-057

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

R (2) If the aircraft is on jacks, put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in
R position.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 371
May 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) On the panel 400VU:
- make sure that the landing gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
R - put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing gear controls.

R (4) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
NLG controls.

(5) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear.

Subtask 12-14-32-010-051

B. Get Access

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______

(1) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-14-32-614-055

A. Aircraft on the Ground - Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Shock Absorber

(1) Measure and record the shock absorber extension, dimension H.

(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)

(3) Use a thermocouple (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C) to measure and record the
temperature adjacent to the charging valve (2).

NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the


____
cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the main
fitting.

(4) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY (M21930) on the charging valve (2).



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 372
May 01/07
 
IAC 
NLG Charging Valve - Detail and Location
Figure 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-006



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 373
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(5) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY
(M21930), as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-017)

(a) Connect the filling hose (12) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.

(b) Install the pressure gage (11) on the 3-way valve (13).

(c) Connect the 3-way valve (13) to the filling hose (12).

(6) Make sure that the control valves (14) and (15) are closed.

(7) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

(8) Read and record the pressure shown on the pressure gage.

(9) Close the charging valve (2).

(10) Use the recorded pressure and temperature values to identify the
correct dimension H for the shock absorber extension. Compare this
value with the dimension H you recorded in step (1).
(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007)

(11) No action is necessary if the value you recorded compares to


dimension H plus or minus 5%.

(12) If the dimension H is incorrect:

(a) Connect the nitrogen supply hose (16) of the nitrogen source to
the 3-way valve (13).

(b) Open the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (15) and adjust the nitrogen source to give the necessary
pressure.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE


_______
SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY,
THE TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE
SHOCK ABSORBER PRESSURE.

(c) Slowly open the charging valve (2) with the FILLING ASSEMBLY.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 374
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
NLG Shock Absorber - Filling System
Figure 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-017



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 375
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 18 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 376
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 28 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 377
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 38 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 378
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 48 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 379
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 58 (SHEET 5)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 380
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 68 (SHEET 6)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 381
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 78 (SHEET 7)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 382
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Pressure/Extension Data - Aircraft on the Ground
Figure 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007- 88 (SHEET 8)



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 383
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(d) Monitor the dimension H and adjust the pressure until the
dimension H is correct.

R NOTE : After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum
____
R of 15 minutes to let the pressure become stable. Check the
R pressure/extension again to make sure that they have not
changed. If necessary, adjust the pressure to give the
correct dimension H.

(e) When the dimension H is correct, close the charging valve (2).

(f) Close the control valve of the nitrogen source. Open the control
valve (14) to release the pressure and remove the nitrogen source
from the 3-way valve (13).

(13) When the pressure/extension is correct, remove the pressure gage


(11).

(14) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment.

(15) TORQUE the charging valve nut (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24
and 70.79 lbf.in) and examine for leaks.

(16) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).

Subtask 12-14-32-614-059

R B. Aircraft on Jacks - Nitrogen Filling of the NLG Shock Absorber


R (Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-14-32-991-017, 316/TASK 12-14-32-991-007, 317/TASK
12-14-32-991-030)

NOTE : Do not do the check immediately after the aircraft is lifted. The
____
shock absorber charge pressure should not be measured until the
R aircraft has been on jacks for 2 hours. This will let the shock
R absorber pressure become stable and make sure that the value
R recorded is accurate.

R (1) Make sure that the shock absorber is extended fully and the dimension
R H is between 454.6 mm (17.8976 in.) and 445.6 mm (17.5433 in.).

(2) Remove the blanking cap (1) from the charging valve (2).

(3) Install the FILLING ASSEMBLY on the charging valve (2).



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 384
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Pressure/Temperature Table - Shock Absorber Fully Extended
Figure 317/TASK 12-14-32-991-030



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 385
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Install the standard charging equipment on the FILLING ASSEMBLY, as
follows:

(a) Connect the filling hose (12) to the FILLING ASSEMBLY.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE A GAGE WITH THE SPECIFIED
_______
PRESSURE RANGE. THIS IS NECESSARY TO GET AN ACCURATE
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT.

(b) Install the pressure gage (11) on the 3-way valve (13).

(c) Connect the 3-way valve (13) to the filling hose (12).
(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-14-32-991-006)

(5) Make sure that the control valves (14) and (15) are closed.

(6) Open the charging valve (2). Record the indication on the pressure
gage (11) then close the charging valve (2).

(7) Use a thermocouple (-45 Deg.C to 70 Deg.C) to measure and record the
temperature adjacent to the charging valve (2).

NOTE : If possible, measure the temperature at the top of the


____
cylinder (through the vent hole) at the aft part of the main
fitting.

(8) Refer to the table and use the recorded temperature and pressure
values to identify the correct charge pressure necessary.
(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-14-32-991-030)

(9) If the recorded value does not agree with the charge pressure given,
do the procedure that follows:

(a) Connect the nitrogen source to the 3-way valve (13) with the
supply hose (16).

(b) Open the control valve (15) to increase the pressure gage (11)
indication to the necessary value given in the table.

CAUTION : ALWAYS ADD NITROGEN SLOWLY WHEN YOU PRESSURIZE THE


_______
SHOCK ABSORBER. IF YOU ADD THE NITROGEN TOO QUICKLY,
THE TEMPERATURE WILL INCREASE AND HAVE AN EFFECT ON THE
SHOCK ABSORBER PRESSURE.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 386
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(c) Slowly open the charging valve (2) to adjust the charge pressure
in the shock absorber.

R NOTE : After the pressure has been adjusted, wait for a minimum
____
R of 15 minutes to let the pressure become stable. Check the
R pressure/extension again to make sure that they have not
changed. If necessary, adjust the pressure to give the
correct dimension H.

(d) When the charge pressure is correct, close the charging valve
(2).

(e) Stop the nitrogen supply and remove the nitrogen source from the
3-way valve (13).

(10) Remove the FILLING ASSEMBLY and the standard charging equipment from
the charging valve (2).

(11) TORQUE the charging valve (2) to between 0.5 and 0.8 m.daN (44.24 and
70.79 lbf.in) and examine for leaks.

(12) Install the blanking cap (1) on the charging valve (2).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-14-32-410-051

A. Close Access

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR ARE CLEAR.
_______

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-14-32-942-056

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 387
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-14-32

Page 388
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
WATER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________

1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the potable water
tank 3000MM.

2. ___________
Description
To fill the potable water system with electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-001).
To fill the potable water system without electrical power (Ref. TASK
12-15-38-613-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-15-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
POTABLE WATER - SERVICING
_________________________

TASK 12-15-38-613-001

Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power Available)

WARNING : DO NOT DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM AND THE POTABLE WATER
_______
SYSTEM AT THE SAME TIME. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU DO WORK ON THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH
_______
SOAP AND WATER. THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION. (CONTAMINATION FROM
TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS TO HEALTH).

CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

NOTE : To Fill the potable water system, if electrical power is not available
____
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


R No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 301
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste


12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
12-15-38-613-002 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft
Electrical Power not Available) (for corrective
action)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

12-15-38-991-001 Fig. 301

**ON A/C 020-099,

12-15-38-991-001-A Fig. 301A

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-15-38-991-001-B Fig. 301B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-15-38-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 302
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-15-38-865-053

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 020-099,

R 2000VU WATER SYS 1MA D04

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

R 2001VU WATER SYS 1MA D02

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 2001VU WATER SYS 1MP D01

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT IND 1MA B06


R

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 2001VU WATER SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R 2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT-IND 1MA B06



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 303
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-15-38-618-050

C. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System

(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).

(2) If the temperature in the aircraft is below 4 DEG.C (39.20 DEG.F) do


the pre-conditioning procedure (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

Subtask 12-15-38-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.

(2) Open the access panel 171AL.

(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001)

**ON A/C 020-099,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-15-38-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-15-38-991-001-B)



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 304
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
Potable Water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 301/TASK 12-15-38-991-001


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019,  12-15-38

Page 305
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
Potable Water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 301A/TASK 12-15-38-991-001-A


R

EFF :

020-099,  12-15-38

Page 306
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
Potable Water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 301B/TASK 12-15-38-991-001-B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-15-38

Page 307
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-15-38-613-050

A. Fill the Potable Water System

CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

(2) On the service panel:


- turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position
- then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

(3) Operate the water service vehicle and fill the potable water tank
until the quantity indicator shows the necessary quantity.

NOTE : If the tank is overfilled, water will flow from the POTABLE
____
WATER OVERFLOW port.

(a) Return the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the normal position.

(b) Stop the service vehicle.

(c) Push in and then turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the


NORMAL position.

(d) Disconnect the hose from the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

(e) Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.

(f) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.

(g) Put the cap on the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

NOTE : If the servicing is done in cold weather conditions, the


____
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port should be left open as
long as possible to drain the residual water from the fill
and drain line.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019,  12-15-38

Page 308
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-15-38-613-050-A

A. Fill the Potable Water system

CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE SERVICING OF THE POTABLE-WATER TANK, MAKE


_______
SURE THAT THE QUANTITY INDICATION SYSTEM IS ENERGIZED AND
OPERATES CORRECTLY.
IF IT IS NOT, YOU MUST SET THE CONTROL HANDLE (326MM) TO OPEN
THE OVERFLOW VALVE (8MP). IF THIS VALVE IS NOT OPEN, WATER CAN
FLOW INTO THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.

(1) If the indication system is not satisfactory, do the servicing


without electrical power (Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-002).
CAUTION : THE OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN LIGHT 6MP ON THE SERVICE PANEL 2023VU
MUST BE ON WHEN THE OVERFLOW VALVE 8MP IS OPEND.

(2) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

(3) On the service panel:


- turn the FILL/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position,
- then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

NOTE : The OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP comes on.


____

(4) If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not come on,
- examine the position of the overflow valve 8MP.

(5) Fill the Potable Water System

CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0
_______
PSI) A PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.

CAUTION : THE OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN LIGHT 6MP ON THE SERVICE PANEL 2023VU
MUST BE OFF WHEN THE OVERFLOW VALVE 8MP IS CLOSED.

(a) Operate the water service vehicle.

NOTE : The FILL/DRAIN handle will automatically return to the


____
NORMAL position when the TANK FULL light comes on.
- the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP goes off.



EFF :

020-099,  12-15-38

Page 309
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
NOTE : If the tank is overfilled, water will flow from the TANK
____
OVERFLOW port.

1
_ If the OVERFLOW VALVE OPEN light 6MP does not go off,
- examine the overflow valve 8MP.

NOTE : If the tank is overfilled, water will flow from the


____
TANK OVERFLOW port.

2
_ Stop the water service vehicle.

3
_ Disconnect the hose from the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN
port.

4
_ Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.

5
_ Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.

6
_ Put the cap on the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

NOTE : If the servicing is done in cold weather conditions,


____
the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port should be left
open as long as possible to drain the residual water
from the fill and drain line.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-15-38-613-050-B

A. Fill the Potable Water System

CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

(2) On the service panel:


- turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position
- then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

(3) Operate the water service vehicle and fill the potable water tank
until the quantity indicator shows the necessary quantity.


R

EFF :

020-099, 101-199, 901-999,  12-15-38

Page 310
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Push in the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle and turn it to the NORMAL
position.

NOTE : The FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle will automatically return to


____
the NORMAL position when the TANK FULL light comes on.

NOTE : If the tank is overfilled, water will flow from the POTABLE
____
WATER OVERFLOW port.

(a) Stop the water service vehicle.

(b) Disconnect the hose from the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

(c) Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.

(d) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not
permitted.

(e) Put the cap on the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

NOTE : If the servicing is done in cold weather conditions, the


____
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port should be left open as
long as possible to drain the residual water from the fill
and drain line.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-15-38-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panel 171AL.

NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 311
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-15-38-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 312
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-15-38-613-002

Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft Electrical Power not Available)

CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste


12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

12-15-38-991-002 Fig. 302

**ON A/C 020-099,

12-15-38-991-002-A Fig. 302A



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 313
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-15-38-618-051

A. Preparation to Fill the Potable Water System

(1) Obey the cold weather maintenance procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).

(2) If the temperature in the aircraft is below 4 DEG.C (39.20 DEG.F) do


the pre-conditioning procedure (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-15-38-010-051

B. Open for Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.

(2) Open the access panel 171AL.

(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel
2023VU.

**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-15-38-010-051-A

B. Open for Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.

(2) Open the access panel 171AL.

(3) Open the POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port on the service panel
2023VU.

(4) Open the access panel 192NB.



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 314
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-002)

**ON A/C 020-099,

(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-15-38-991-002-A)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-15-38-613-052

A. Fill the Potable Water System

CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

(2) On the service panel 2023VU:


- turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position,
- then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

(3) Operate the water service vehicle and fill the potable water tank
until water comes from the POTABLE WATER OVERFLOW port.

(4) Stop the water service vehicle.

(5) Push in and then turn the FILL/OVERFLOW/DRAIN handle to the NORMAL
position.

(6) Disconnect the hose of the water service vehicle from the fill and
drain port.

(7) Clean and dry the service panel and the adjacent area.

(8) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 315
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Potable Water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 302/TASK 12-15-38-991-002


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,  12-15-38

Page 316
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Potable water Service-Panel 2023VU
Figure 302A/TASK 12-15-38-991-002-A


R

EFF :

020-099,  12-15-38

Page 317
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(9) Close the fill and drain port on the service panel.

NOTE : If the servicing is done in cold weather conditions, the FILL


____
AND DRAIN port should be left open as long as possible to
drain the residual water from the fill and drain line.

**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-15-38-613-052-A

A. Fill the Potable Water System

CAUTION : THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) A
_______
PRESSURE MORE THAN 3.45 BARS (50.0 PSI) CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Connect the fill hose of the CART - SERVICING, WATER, POTABLE to the
POTABLE WATER FILL AND DRAIN port.

(2) On the service panel 191NB:


- turn the TANK OVERFLOW handle to the OPEN position.

(3) On the service panel 2023VU:


- turn the FILL/DRAIN handle to the PULL TO FILL position,
- then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

(4) Operate the water service vehicle and fill the potable water tank
until water comes from the TANK OVERFLOW port.

(5) Stop the water service vehicle.

(6) Push in and then turn the FILL AND DRAIN handle to the NORMAL
position.

(7) Disconnect the hose of the water service vehicle from the fill and
drain port.

(8) Turn the TANK OVERFLOW handle to the CLOSE position.

(9) Clean and dry the overflow port and the adjacent area.

(10) Visually examine the connections for leaks. Leaks are not permitted.



EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 318
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
(11) Close the fill and drain port on the service panel.

NOTE : If the servicing is done in cold weather conditions, the FILL


____
AND DRAIN port should be left open as long as possible to
drain the residual water from the fill and drain line.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-15-38-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panel 171AL.

NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-15-38-410-051-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panel 171AL.

(3) Close the access panel 192NB.

NOTE : Make sure that the latches are correctly locked and that the
____
door makes a continuous surface with the skin of the aircraft.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-15-38

Page 319
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

020-099,  12-15-38

Page 320
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________

1. _______
General
This section gives the instructions for the servicing of the toilet system.

2. ___________
Description
To drain flush and fill the toilet system (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-16-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
LAVATORY ARTICLE - SERVICING
____________________________

TASK 12-16-25-613-001

Servicing of the Liquid Soap Dispenser

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 FUNNEL

R B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific liquid soap


No specific liquid soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie
Frankfurt GmbH.
R No specific weak liquid soap
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-16-25

Page 301
May 01/06
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-16-25-991-001 Fig. 301

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-16-25-991-001-A Fig. 301A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-16-25-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

CAUTION : DO NOT USE INDUSTRIAL HAND CLEANERS, NATURAL SOAPS AND CLEANING
_______
AGENTS THAT CONTAIN ABRASIVES, SOLVENTS OR A LARGE PROPORTION OF
DISINFECTANT.
THESE MATERIALS CAN CAUSE THE PUMP MECHANISM TO WEAR MORE QUICKLY.



EFF :

ALL  12-16-25

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-16-25-613-050

A. Fill the Soap Dispenser


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001)

(1) Turn the cover (2) counterclockwise to release it from the shank (3)
(refer to Step 1).

(2) Carefully lift and remove the cover (2) together with the spout (1)
and the tube (4) from the shank (3) (refer to Step 2).

(3) Fill the soap dispenser with liquid soap through the shank (3) (refer
to Step 3).

NOTE : For maximum performance of the soap dispenser, use the liquid
____
soap PN 83-182 - Supplier CWF Chemie Frankfurt GmbH..
If you use an equivalent liquid soap, it must have a viscosity
of 30mPa/S.

(4) Carefully put the cover (2) together with the spout (1) and the tube
(4) on the shank (3).

(5) Turn the cover (2) clockwise until it is locked in position on the
shank (3).

(6) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-16-25-613-050-A

A. Servicing of the Soap Dispenser


(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-A)

NOTE : The dispenser is applicable for normal liquid hand-cleaning


____
agents, soap creams and dish-washing agents for household use.
We recommend that you use mild, biodegradable, fully synthetic
agents.



EFF :

ALL  12-16-25

Page 303
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Soap Dispenser
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-25-991-001



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-16-25

Page 304
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Soap Dispenser
Figure 301A/TASK 12-16-25-991-001-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-16-25

Page 305
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (1) Fill the bottle of the soap dispenser.

R (a) Turn the pump assembly (1) counter-clockwise with your hand and
R remove it from from the soap outlet (2).

R (b) Use a FUNNEL and fill the bottle with weak liquid soap.

R (c) Install the pump assembly (1) in the soap outlet (2) and tighten
R it with your hand.

R (d) Operate the pump assembly (1) several times until soap comes out
R of the soap outlet (2).

R (e) Remove the unwanted soap with a lint-free cotton cloth


R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
R other items.

R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-16-25-862-050

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-16-25

Page 306
May 01/06
 
IAC 
TOILET SANITARY FLUID - SERVICING
_________________________________

TASK 12-16-38-613-001

Servicing of the Toilet System

WARNING : ALWAYS USE RUBBER GLOVES WHEN YOU DO WORK:


_______
- ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, OR
- ON PARTS THAT HAVE CONTAMINATION FROM THE WASTE SYSTEM.
WHEN YOU COMPLETE THE WORK PROCEDURE, CLEAN YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND
WATER.
THIS WILL PREVENT INFECTION (TOILET WASTE IS DANGEROUS FOR HEALTH).

WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO SERVICING OF
_______
THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


No specific 1 CART - SERVICING, TOILET

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 14-001A USA AMS 1476


DEODORANT AIRCRAFT TOILET NON FORMALDE- HYDE BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-16-38

Page 301
May 01/08
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste


24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

12-16-38-991-001-A Fig. 301

**ON A/C 020-099,

12-16-38-991-001 Fig. 301A

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-16-38-991-001-B Fig. 301B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-16-38-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 12-16-38-680-051

B. You must drain the toilet waste tanks when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-
660-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-16-38

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-16-38-010-050

C. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.

(2) Put the CART - SERVICING, TOILET in position.

(3) Open the access doors 125AL, 172AR.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-16-38-010-050-A

C. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position.

(2) Put the CART - SERVICING, TOILET in position.

(3) Open the access door 172AR.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-16-38-680-050

A. Draining of the System

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001-A)



EFF :

ALL  12-16-38

Page 303
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Forward and Aft Service Panels - Location
Figure 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001-A


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019,  12-16-38

Page 304
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 020-099,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-16-38-991-001)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(1) Open the caps of the toilet drain connection(s) and the fill and
rinse connection(s).

(2) Connect the toilet service-vehicle hose-adapter and the 4-inch


diameter drain hose to the toilet drain connection(s).

NOTE : Make sure that the vacuum pressure is not more than 10 psi
____
(0.7 bar) maximum, if you use a vacuum operated-toilet service
vehicle. A higher vacuum pressure can cause damage to the
recirculation toilet system.

(3) Turn and pull the handle of the hose adapter to release the doughnut
seal in the waste outlet.

(4) Pull and turn the toilet drain-valve control-handle(s) until it is


(they are) fully locked.

NOTE : The waste will drain.


____

(5) Touch the drain hose and make sure that the waste has drained
completely.

Subtask 12-16-38-170-050

B. Flushing of the Toilet System

(1) Connect the flush/fill hose (1-inch diameter) of the toilet service
vehicle to the fill and rinse connection(s).

(2) Operate the toilet service vehicle.

(3) Make sure that the water pressure is stable at 2.4 bar (34.81 psi)
and the water flow rate is stable at 38.0 l (10.04 USgal) per minute.

(4) Flush the toilet system with approximately 20.0 l (5.28 USgal) of
water.

NOTE : This will take approximately 35 s.


____


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-16-38

Page 305
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
Forward and Aft Service Panels - Location
Figure 301A/TASK 12-16-38-991-001


R

EFF :

020-099,  12-16-38

Page 306
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
NOTE : The drain valve must be in the OPEN position.
____

(5) Touch the drain hose and make sure that the fluid has drained
completely.

(6) Switch off the toilet service vehicle.

(7) Turn and push the toilet drain-valve control-handle(s) to close the
valve(s).

Subtask 12-16-38-613-051

C. Disinfection of the Tanks

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-16-38-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 020-099,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-16-38-991-001)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Use the toilet service vehicle to fill each waste tank with 9.5 l
(2.51 USgal) of disinfectant solution.

NOTE : The disinfection solution is a 0.25% solution of DISINFECTANTS


____
(Material No. 14-001A).
You must obey the instructions of the manufacturer fully for
the correct solution, when other disinfection materials are
used.

NOTE : This will take approximately 15 s.


____


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-16-38

Page 307
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(2) Switch off the toilet service vehicle.

WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO


_______
SERVICING OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH
CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.

(3) Disconnect the 4-inch drain hose.

(4) Make sure there are no leaks from the drain connection(s) leaks are
not permitted.

(5) Push and turn the handle of the hose adapter to compress the doughnut
seal in the waste outlet.

(6) Disconnect the hose adapter.

(7) Close the cap(s) of the toilet drain connection(s).

(8) Disconnect the fill and rinse hose and let the connection(s) drain
completely.

(9) Close the cap(s) of the fill and rinse connection(s).

(10) Clean and dry the service panel area with a lint free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-16-38-680-050-A

A. Draining of the System


(Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-16-38-991-001-B)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE VACUUM PRESSURE IS NOT MORE THAN 6 PSI (0,4
_______
BAR) MAXIMUM, IF YOU USE A VACUUM OPERATED TOILET SERVICE
VEHICLE. A HIGHER VACUUM PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM.

(1) Open the cap of the toilet drain connection and the fill and rinse
connection.

(2) Connect the toilet service-vehicle hose-adapter and the 4-inch


diameter drain hose to the toilet drain connection.

(3) Push the PUSH TO OPEN lever (1).



EFF :

ALL  12-16-38

Page 308
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Service Panel - Location
Figure 301B/TASK 12-16-38-991-001-B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-16-38

Page 309
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Move the drain valve control-handle 3341MM from the CLOSE to the OPEN
position.

NOTE : The waste will drain.


____

Subtask 12-16-38-170-050-A

B. Flushing of the Toilet System

(1) Connect the flush/fill hose (1-inch diameter) of the toilet service
vehicle to the fill and rinse connection.

(2) Operate the toilet service vehicle.

(3) make sure that the water pressure is stable at 2.4 bar (34.81 psi)
and the water flow is stable at 38.0 l (10.04 USgal) per minute.

(4) Flush the toilet system with approximately 57.0 l (15.06 USgal) of
water.

NOTE : This will take approximately 90 s.


____

NOTE : The drain valve must be in the OPEN position.


____

(5) Touch the drain hose and make sure that the fluid has drained
completely.

(6) Switch off the toilet service vehicle.

(7) Push the drain valve control-handle 3341M to the CLOSE position.

Subtask 12-16-38-613-051-A

C. Disinfection of the Waste Holding Tank


(Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-16-38-991-001-B)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Use the toilet service vehicle and fill the waste tank with 10 l
(2.64 USgal) of disinfectant solution.

NOTE : The disinfection solution is a 0.25% solution of DISINFECTANTS


____
(Material No. 14-001A).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-16-38

Page 310
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
You must obey the instructions of the manufacturer fully for
the correct solution, when other disinfection materials are
used.

NOTE : This will take approximately 16 s.


____

(2) Switch off the toilet service vehicle.

WARNING : AFTER YOU DO WORK ON THE TOILET WASTE SYSTEM, DO NOT DO


_______
SERVICING OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. THIS WILL PREVENT
CONTAMINATION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM. SUCH
CONTAMINATION CAN BE DANGEROUS TO HEALTH.

(3) Disconnect the drain hose and the hose adapter.

(4) Make sure there are no leaks from the waste drain connection, leaks
are not permitted.

(5) Close the drain cap (2).

NOTE : The inner flap (1) will close and lock automatically when you
____
close the drain cap (2).

(6) Disconnect the fill and rinse hose and let the connection drain
completely.

(7) Close the cap of the fill and rinse connection.

(8) Clean and dry the service panel area with a lint free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-16-38-410-051

A. Close the Access Door

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access doors 125AL, 172AR.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-16-38

Page 311
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-16-38-410-051-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 172AR.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-16-38-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

Subtask 12-16-38-942-051

C. Removal of the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the access platform(s).

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-16-38

Page 312
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
RAIN REPELLENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________

1. _______
General
This section provides the procedures related to the Rain Repellent
servicing.



EFF :

ALL  12-17-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - SERVICING
___________________________________

TASK 12-17-30-200-001

Inspection/Check of the Level and Pressure of the Rain Repellent Fluid

NOTE : If there is leakage of FORALKYL 2211, you can smell a pine odor.
____

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R
R Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

30-45-00-600-001 Servicing of the Rain Repellent Fluid Can (1DM)


12-17-30-991-001-A Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-17-30-010-050

A. Get Access

R (1) In the cockpit open the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001-A)

Subtask 12-17-30-210-050-A

A. Inspection/Check of the Level and Pressure of the Rain Repellent Fluid

(1) On the rain repellent fluid gage:

(a) On the pressure indicator, make sure that the pointer points to
the green area (if the pointer points to the yellow area, replace
the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).

(b) On the quantity indicator, make sure that there is sufficient


rain-repellent fluid (if you see the surface of the fluid,
replace the can) (Ref. TASK 30-45-00-600-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-17-30

Page 301
May 01/05
 
IAC 
Rain-Repellent Fluid Gage
R Figure 301/TASK 12-17-30-991-001-A



EFF :

ALL  12-17-30

Page 302
May 01/03
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-17-30

Page 303
May 01/03
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-17-30

Page 304
May 01/03
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-17-30-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Close the access door to the rain repellent fluid can.



EFF :

ALL  12-17-30

Page 305
May 01/01
 
IAC 
SCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________

1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations, for
which a frequency is specified.
The different operations are classified as follows:
- CLEANING (Ref. ATA 12-21),
- LUBRICATION (Ref. ATA 12-22),
- DRAINAGE (Ref. ATA 12-24),
- USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS (Ref. ATA 12-28).



EFF :

ALL  12-20-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
CLEANING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________

1. _______
General
This section covers the procedures to be applied for the aircraft external
and internal cleaning.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
EXTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________

TASK 12-21-11-615-002

External Cleaning

WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE TASKS


_______
AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT WITH
THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH WERE
IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN THE
SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.

WARNING : BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU GO ON WET AIRCRAFT SURFACES. IF YOU SLIP,


_______
THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL FALL.

WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A
_______
FALL CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE JETS OR VAPOR TO DO THE CLEANING PROCEDURE.


_______
THIS TYPE OF EQUIPMENT CAN PUT WATER AND MOISTURE IN PARTS, AND CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT, SPECIALLY TO:
- ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS (WITH SHORT CIRCUITS OR INCORRECT INDICATIONS AS A RESULT)
- EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY ACTUATORS
AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR)
_______
PRESSURE:
- IF YOU USE A SPRAY GUN OR
- WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO DRY THE CLEANED PARTS.
AN IMPACT PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR) WILL CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE PARTS.

CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.


____



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 301
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for:


- external cleaning procedures of the aircraft,
- cleaning of the windows,
- cleaning of the landing gears and landing gear bays.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BOOT - RUBBER


No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
No specific 6 CHOCK - WHEEL
No specific 1 CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 12M (40FT) - MOBILE
No specific 1 FILM - POLYETHYLENE
No specific 1 GLOVES - RUBBER
No specific 1 GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE
No specific 1 OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF
No specific 1 SCRAPER - PLASTIC
No specific 1 SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE
No specific 1 TAPE - ADHESIVE
No specific 1 SPONGE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II


CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 10-001 USA AMS 1424
DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE I ISO 11075
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-001 USA MIL-D-16791 TYPE I
R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 302
May 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680


DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

09-10-00-584-002 Towing with the Nose Gear from the Front


09-10-00-584-006 Towing with the Towbarless Tractor
R 10-11-00-555-013 Installation of the Aircraft Protection Equipment
R 10-11-00-555-014 Removal of the Aircraft Protection Equipment
12-31-12-660-002 De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area
(Engines Stopped)
12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-11-00-100-002 Cleaning of the Main Landing Gear
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
32-21-00-100-002 Cleaning of the Nose Landing Gear
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
56-10-00-110-001 Cleaning of the L/R Windshields
56-10-00-110-002 Cleaning of the L/R Fixed Windows
56-10-00-110-003 Cleaning of the L/R Sliding Windows
56-21-13-100-002 Cleaning the Outer Surface of the Outer Window Panes



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 303
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 12-21-11-941-054

R A. General

R (1) Quality of water for aircraft external cleaning. We recommend that


R you use potable water that has these qualities:
R - pH between 5 and 8.5,
R - chloride level less than 100 ppm.

R NOTE : Water that contains a high level of chloride and/or is


____
R acidic-alkaline can cause corrosion.
R Treated water from city drainage can cause a risk of
R bacteriological contamination.
R Refer to the local regulations.

R (2) The persons that do the cleaning must put on BOOT - RUBBER, GLOVES -
R RUBBER, GOGGLES - PROTECTIVE and OVERALL WITH HOOD - WATERPROOF.

R Subtask 12-21-11-860-052

R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Tow the aircraft to the cleaning area (Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-002) or
R (Ref. TASK 09-10-00-584-006).

R (2) Electrically ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002).

R (3) Put the CHOCK - WHEEL in position in front of and behind the wheels
R of the nose and main landing gears.

R (4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

R (5) Make sure that the slats, flaps, spoilers, ailerons and thrust
R reversers are retracted.

R (6) On the panel 25VU, push the DITCHING pushbutton 13HL switch to close:
R - the outflow valve 10HL,
R - the skin air inlet valve 15HQ,
R - the skin air outlet valve 22HQ.

R (7) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 304
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(8) Make sure that all landing gear doors, passenger/crew doors, cargo
compartment doors, emergency exits, service panels, access panel,
sliding windows are closed and the engines are cold.

(9) Install aircraft protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-013).

R WARNING : DO NOT APPLY ADHESIVE TAPE ON THE PROBES, DUCTS, SENSORS


_______
R (STATIC, PITOT, TAT, AOA). USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED TOOLS FOR
R THE PROTECTION OF THE AIRCRAFT. THE SPECIFIED TOOLS:
R - GIVE THE CORRECT PROTECTION TO THE AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT,
R - ARE EASY TO SEE FROM THE GROUND,
R - ARE EASY TO REMOVE.
R IF YOU USE TAPE, THERE IS A RISK THAT SOME TAPE, OR
R ADHESIVE FROM THE TAPE, WILL STAY ON THE PROBES, DUCTS OR
R SENSORS. THIS CAN CAUSE INCORRECT INDICATIONS ON THE
R RELATED COCKPIT INSTRUMENTS.

(10) Install a FILM - POLYETHYLENE or equivalent on each landing gear


wheel/brake.

(11) Put TAPE - ADHESIVE on all remaining joints and openings where the
cleaning products can go in and cause damage. Record the locations
where you put the TAPE - ADHESIVE.

Subtask 12-21-11-941-055

C. Job Set-up

WARNING : CLEANING FLUID IS CLASSIFIED AS A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL WHICH MAY


_______
CAUSE INJURY OR ILLNESS IF NOT PROPERLY USED.
THIS PRODUCT SHOULD BE USED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIC SAFETY AND HEALTH RECOMMENDATIONS.
PRIOR TO USE OF THIS PRODUCT, CAREFULLY READ THE APPLICABLE
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET AND OBEY ALL LISTED SAFETY AND
HEALTH PRECAUTIONS.

(1) Put CLEANING EQUIPMENT HEIGHT 12M (40FT) - MOBILE in position

(2) Prepare the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE and the cleaning
solution with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001). Obey the
manufacturer instructions. In very dirty areas, increase the
concentration but obey the manufacturer instructions for use. If the
temperature is less than or equal to 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) , use hot
water between 38 deg.C (100.40 deg.F) and 43 deg.C (109.40 deg.F)
with ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001). Obey
the manufacturer instructions.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 305
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 12-21-11-615-065

R A. Aircraft External Cleaning

R CAUTION : DO NOT USE A COMPRESSED AIR SUPPLY OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70
_______
R BAR) PRESSURE:
R - IF YOU USE A SPRAY GUN OR
R - WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO DRY THE CLEANED PARTS.
R AN IMPACT PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 10 PSI (0.70 BAR) WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.

R CAUTION : DO NOT USE STEAM AT MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED PRESSURE. BE


_______
R CAREFUL TO HOLD THE SPRAY GUN AT THE SPECIFIED DISTANCE AND
R ANGLE FROM THE SURFACE.
R IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R THE SURFACE.

R (1) If the temperature is less than or equal to 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) do


R the de-icing of the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002).

R (2) Adjust the SPRAYING EQUIPMENT - LOW PRESSURE


R - adjust water steam, cleaning solution and the temperature controls
R to the required settings.
R - set the steam pressure to less than 10 psi (0.6894 bar), the steam
R pressure must not cause damage to materials.
R - set the temperature so that the cleaning solution is not more than
R 50 deg.C (122.00 deg.F)

R (3) Hold the spray gun approximatively 1 m (3.28 ft.) from the surface
R and inclined at 45 degrees to the surface, never at 90 degrees. Move
R the spray head over the surface and be careful not to stay at one
R spot for more than 5 seconds.

R NOTE : If the weather temperature is hot , clean small areas so that


____
R the cleaning solution does not become dry on the external
R skin.

R (4) Apply the cleaning solution from the bottom to the top of the
R aircraft (this prevents scratches and runs) in the sequence below:
R - lower forward fuselage from the leading edge of the wing to the
R nose of the aircraft.
R - lower aft fuselage from the wings, to the leading edge of the
R horizontal stabilizer.
R - upper wing surface between the fuselage and the engine pylon.
R - upper fuselage from the nose to the horizontal stabilizer.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 306
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R - lower center fuselage, engine nacelles and wing bottom skin.
R - tail cone, rudder, bottom and top skins of the horizontal
R stabilizer.

R NOTE : In the THS apron area, it is important to point the spray from
____
R the front to the the rear.
R If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
R the cleaning solution can go into the rear fuselage
R non-pressurized compartment.

R - wing top skin between the engine pylon and the wing tips.

R (a) If there are signs of asphalt, remove them with a SPONGE lightly
R soaked with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) or CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).

R (b) To remove mud or other unwanted material (insects,...), make it


R soft with water, and scrape it off with a SCRAPER - PLASTIC and a
R SPONGE soaked in water. Be very careful not to scratch the
R surface. If there are stains on the painted area, do not try to
R remove them.

R (5) Flushing of the aircraft

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL
_______
R THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE
R AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.

R (a) Let the cleaning solution have an effect, and after approximately
R 10 minutes, flush before it becomes dry.

R (b) Flush with hot water at 65 deg.C (149.00 deg.F) maximum to remove
R signs of cleaning solution. Do not use steam.

R (c) When you flush the wing and the horizontal stabilizer, always
R complete this step with the bottom skin.

R (d) If there is ice after the flushing operation, do the de-icing of


R the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-31-12-660-002).

R (e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
R air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 307
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R Subtask 12-21-11-615-066

R B. Cleaning of the Windows

R (1) Clean the windshield (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-001).

R (2) Clean the fixed windows (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-002).

R (3) Clean the sliding windows (Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-003).

R (4) Clean the windows (Ref. TASK 56-21-13-100-002).

R Subtask 12-21-11-615-067

R C. Cleaning of the Landing-Gear Bays and Landing-Gear Components

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL THE
_______
R CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE AIRCRAFT
R SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.

R (1) Opening of the landing-gear doors:


R - open the nose landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
R - open the main landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001),

R (2) Make sure that the openings in the landing-gear bays are correctly
R closed .

R (3) Cleaning of the landing-gear bays.

R NOTE : As there are many components in the landing-gear bays that can
____
R be easily damaged. We recommend that you clean the
R landing-gear bays only when you do maintenance procedures.

R (a) Make sure that each landing-gear wheel/brake has protection.

R (b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001) with a SPONGE only on
R the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays, and in the
R internal surfaces of the landing-gear doors.

R (c) In the zones where access is not easy, apply CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-001) with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT, to remove
R all signs of grease and oil.

R (d) Flush the applicable parts of the landing-gear bays to remove all
R signs of cleaning solution.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 308
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
(e) In the zones where access is not easy, use clean, dry compressed
air that does not contain oil, to remove the remaining moisture.

(4) Cleaning of the landing-gear

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY CLEANING SOLUTION ON THE CHROME-PLATED


_______
SURFACES AND ON THE LOCATION OF THE HINGES.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FLUSH THE SURFACE SUFFICIENTLY TO REMOVE ALL
_______
THE CLEANING SOLUTION. CLEANING SOLUTION THAT STAYS ON THE
AIRCRAFT SURFACE CAN CAUSE CORROSION.

(a) Clean the Main Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-11-00-100-002).

(b) Clean the Nose Landing Gear (Ref. TASK 32-21-00-100-002).

Subtask 12-21-11-916-052

R D. Corrosion Prevention in Landing Gear Bays

(1) Remove SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005):


R To all threads of studs on clamp blocks, the washers and the nuts of
R the landing-gears bays.

(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027)


R On the painted surfaces of the landing-gear bays.

NOTE : The painted surfaces must be in the correct condition (no


____
damage, marks, scratches and/or signs of corrosion) before you
apply the material.

(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005):


R To all threads of studs on the clamp blocks, the washers and the nuts
R of the landing gears bays.

Subtask 12-21-11-210-059

E. Visual Inspection

(1) Make sure that the paint on the components is in the correct
condition and that there are no signs of corrosion.

(2) Make sure that the bond is correct and that none of the rubber
sealant is missing.

(3) Make sure that there is no unwanted material in the holes, water
drain and threads.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 309
May 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid on the hydraulic pipes.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-11-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Remove the aircraft protective equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-


R 014).

(2) Remove all FILM - POLYETHYLENE

(3) Remove all signs of TAPE - ADHESIVE with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material


No. 19-003) soaked in CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).

(4) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(5) On the panel 25 VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch 13HL to
open:
- the outflow valve 10HL,
- the skin air inlet valve 15HQ,
- the skin air outlet valve 22HQ.

(6) Visually make sure that:


- the outflow valve 10HL is in the open position before you apply air
in the open the air conditioning packs,
- the avionics compartment ventilation operates correctly.

Subtask 12-21-11-410-051

B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration

(1) Remove the tag from the Captain side stick or write in the log book
that the protection covers/devices are not installed.

(2) Close the nose landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

(3) Close the main landing-gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(4) Remove the ground support and the maintenance equipment, the special
and standard tools and all other items.

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-11

Page 310
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
INTERNAL CLEANING - SERVICING
_____________________________

TASK 12-21-12-100-001

Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-82-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Multipurpose Control Display Unit


(MCDU)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
31-63-22-100-001 Cleaning of the Display Unit (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2,
4WT1, 4WT2)
R 34-22-25-100-001 Cleaning of the ISIS Indicator
12-21-12-991-004 Fig. 301

R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

R 12-21-12-991-009 Fig. 302

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 301
May 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-901,

Subtask 12-21-12-160-062

A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004)

(1) Clean the instrument panel display-units (DU) (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-
100-001).

(2) Clean the multipurpose control display-unit(s) (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 22-
82-12-100-001).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

R Subtask 12-21-12-160-062-A

R A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units


R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004, 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-009)

R (1) Clean the instrument panel display-units (DU) (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-
R 100-001).

R (2) Clean the multipurpose control display-unit(s) (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 22-
R 82-12-100-001).

R (3) Clean the indicator of the integrated standby instrument system


R (ISIS) (Ref. TASK 34-22-25-100-001).

R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 302
May 01/07
 
IAC 
Cockpit Display Units
Figure 301/TASK 12-21-12-991-004



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 303
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
R ISIS Indicator
R Figure 302/TASK 12-21-12-991-009


R

EFF :

101-199, 902-999,  12-21-12

Page 304
May 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-051

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 305
May 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-002

Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT


No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF
No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warm clean water


Material No. 11-017 USA AMS 1550
INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
25-13-00-100-001 Cleaning of Foam Plastic (Polyurethane) Parts
56-10-00-110-001 Cleaning of the L/R Windshields
56-10-00-110-002 Cleaning of the L/R Fixed Windows
56-10-00-110-003 Cleaning of the L/R Sliding Windows



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 306
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CMM 25-11-XX
R 12-21-12-991-007 Fig. 303
R 12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 304

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-055

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-160-071

A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings


R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-007)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(1) Clean the inner surface of the cockpit windows:


(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-001),
(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-002)
and
(Ref. TASK 56-10-00-110-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 307
May 01/07
 
IAC 
Linings and Furnishings - Cockpit
R Figure 303/TASK 12-21-12-991-007



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 308
May 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) Clean the foam plastic (polyurethane) parts (Ref. TASK 25-13-00-100-
001).

(3) Clean the overhead panel, the glareshild, the main instrument panel,
R the lateral consoles and the center pedestal:

(a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet.

R (b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
R FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE


_______
INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE
COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(c) Moisten a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material


No. 19-003) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) and apply
it to the surface you will clean.

NOTE : To prevent contamination of the cleaning agent, do not put


____
the cloth into the cleaning agent.

(d) Moisten a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material


No. 19-003) with warm clean water and lightly rub the surface you
will clean.

NOTE : Always make the cloth moist, not the part you will clean.
____

(e) Dry the surface with a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

R (4) Clean the Seats:

(a) Clean the seats as given in the (Ref. CMM 25-11-XX) of the seat
manufacturer.

R (5) Clean the floor:

R (a) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.

NOTE : The following work steps are only applicable if


____
non-textile floor covering (NTF) is installed.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 309
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Vacuum Cleaner Sockets
R Figure 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 310
May 01/07
 
IAC 
(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.

NOTE : To prevent contamination of the cleaning agent, do not put


____
the brush into the cleaning agent.

(c) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.

(d) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003).

(6) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.

(7) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-055

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 311
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-003

Cleaning of the Carpets and Non-Textile Floor Covering (NTF)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM
No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warm clean water


No specific warm water
Material No. 11-017 USA AMS 1550
INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-018 USA AMS 1630
CARPET AND FABRIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 312
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 304
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 305

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-056

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
R WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
R IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
R SKIN IRRITANTS.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 313
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-21-12-160-072

R A. Cleaning of the Carpets


R
(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005)
R

R (1) Stain removal:


R

R (a) Soak the area of the stain with warm clean water.
R

R (b) Dry the area of the stain with a lint-free cotton cloth
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R

R (c) Carefully apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) to the area
R of the stain with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM.
R

R (d) Dry the area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003).
R

R (e) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
R

R (2) Dirt removal:


R

R (a) Clean the area with a VACUUM CLEANER.


R

R (b) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, MEDIUM to lift the carpet pile.
R

R Subtask 12-21-12-160-080

R B. Cleaning of the NTF

R (1) Remove the loose dirt from surface with a VACUUM CLEANER.
R (Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)

R (2) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
R BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, STIFF.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 314
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R (3) Clean the surface with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) a
R lint-free cotton cloth warm water.

R (4) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-003).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-056

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 315
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification
Figure 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 316
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
Component Location/Surface Finish Identification
Figure 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 317
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-004

Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT


No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
No specific 1 CHAMOIS LEATHER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warm clean water


Material No. 05-010
PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-017 USA AMS 1550
INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-019 USA AMS 1535
CABIN WINDOW CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 318
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 305
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 306

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-057

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-160-073

R A. Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors


(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005, 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 319
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Linings and Furnishings - Lavatory
Figure 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 320
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.

(1) Cleaning of the plastic surfaces.

(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do


not get wet.

(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.

(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the dirty surface
with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).

(d) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.

(e) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003).

(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.

(2) Cleaning of the transparent plastic surfaces.

(a) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do


not get wet.

(b) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.

NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the


____
surface.
Abrasive materials can damage the surface.

(c) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(d) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 321
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
(e) If there is a stain:

1
_ Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-010) to the surface
with a cloth.

2
_ Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a
CHAMOIS LEATHER.

(f) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.

(3) Cleaning of the mirrors.

(a) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.

(b) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-019) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(c) Clean the surface with warm clean water and dry it with a CHAMOIS
LEATHER.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-057

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 322
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-005

R Cleaning of the Seat Covers and the Curtains

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 2 VACUUM CLEANER

R B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Pelle Leather Care Products


Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-018 USA AMS 1630
CARPET AND FABRIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R CMM 25-2X-XX
12-21-12-991-005 Fig. 305



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 323
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-058

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-21-12-991-005)

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA
_______
R WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR
R IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
R SKIN IRRITANTS.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
R PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

Subtask 12-21-12-110-050

R A. Cleaning of the Seat Covers

R (1) Refer to the seat manufactures instructions (Ref. CMM 25-2X-XX).

R (2) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.


R

R (3) Fabric seat covers stain removal:

(a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
018).
R



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 324
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R (b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

R (c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-002) and a
R
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (4) Tasman aviation-leather seat-covers:

R CAUTION : DO NOT USE SADDLE SOAP OR WAX POLISHES. LDO NOT USE
_______
R CLEANING FLUIDS WHICH ARE NOT SPECIFIED FOR LEATHER. LDO
R NOT USE SPRAY POLISHES THAT CONTAIN SILICONE. LIF YOU DO
R NOT OBEY THESE INSTRUCTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R LEATHER SURFACE.

R (a) Obey the manufacturers instructions.

R (b) Clean the leather surfaces of the seat with Pelle Leather Care
R Products and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).

R Subtask 12-21-12-110-051

R B. Cleaning of the Curtains

R (1) Remove the loose dirt with a VACUUM CLEANER.

R (2) Stain removal:

R (a) Soak the area of the stain with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 018).

R (b) Dry the wet area with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003).

R (c) Dry clean the area of the stain with a solution of CLEANING
R AGENTS (Material No. 11-018) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
R 11-002) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
R 19-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 325
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-058

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 326
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-006

Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warm clean water


R Material No. 05-025 USA A-A-59318
POLISH METAL ALUMINUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 306



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 327
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-059

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-160-074

A. Cleaning of Light Alloy and Stainless Steel Components


(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)

(1) Put CAP - PROTECTION on the electrical outlets so that they do not
get wet.

(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) to the surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(b) Clean the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.

(c) Dry the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003).

(d) Remove the protection caps from the electrical outlets.

R Subtask 12-21-12-160-081

R B. Intensive Cleaning (Polishing) of Light-Alloy Components

R CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
R THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

R (1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-025) to the area you will
R clean and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003).

R (2) Polish the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


R (Material No. 19-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 328
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-059

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 329
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-007

Cleaning of the Cargo Compartments

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 1 BRUSH - NON METALLIC
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-001C USA AMS 1526 OR AMS 1527


R CLEANING AGENT FOR AICRAFT SURFACE AND PARTS
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 330
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
51-78-00-615-003 Aircraft Cleaning after Leakage from a Fish Shipment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
12-21-12-991-001 Fig. 304

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door as required (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).

Subtask 12-21-12-861-060

B. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 331
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-160-075

R A. Cleaning of the Cargo Compartment(s)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(1) Remove loose materials with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC or a BRUSH - NON
R METALLIC and a VACUUM CLEANER.
(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-21-12-991-001)

R (2) Clean the area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001C).

R (3) Additional Special Cleaning after Seafood/Wet Cargo Shipment.

NOTE : This procedure is only applicable if leakage from a shipping


____
container has been reported.

R (a) Make a cleaning solution:


R - Mix 5.0 g (0.17 oz) of CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-001C)
with every 1 l (0.2641 USgal) of water.

(b) Clean the area with the cleaning solution and a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(c) Dry the area with a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG
F).

NOTE : If necessary clean the bilge area (Ref. TASK 51-78-00-615-


____
003).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 332
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-060

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

Subtask 12-21-12-410-054

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the access platform(s).

(2) Close the cargo compartment door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 333
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-008

R Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-36-00-100-001 Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the


Cabin
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-061

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-160-076

R A. Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens (if installed)

(1) Clean the cabin monitors and display screens (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-100-
001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-061

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 334
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-100-009

Cleaning of the Plastic Wash Basin in the Lavatories

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific abrasive general household cleaning agent


No specific soap
No specific soap solution
No specific warm clean water
Material No. 05-008
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (COARSE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-009 USA PP-560 TYPE 1
PLASTIC POLISHING COMPOUND (FINE GRADE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 335
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
12-21-12-991-006 Fig. 306

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-063

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-21-12-991-006)

Subtask 12-21-12-160-077

A. General Cleaning

NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.

(1) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT.

(2) Apply a mild soap solution to the dirty surface with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

NOTE : If necessary, use more soap for a stronger solution.


____

(3) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and the soap solution warm clean water.

(4) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the surface.


____
Abrasive materials can damage the surface.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 336
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
(5) If necessary, do Para B. steps (1) thru (3).

Subtask 12-21-12-160-078

B. Special Cleaning

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:


____
- cigarette burns,
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.

(1) Apply an abrasive general household cleaning agent to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a moist lint-free cotton cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

NOTE : Do step (2) again, if necessary.


____

(2) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and warm clean water.

(3) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003)

NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the surface.


____
Abrasive materials can damage the surface.

(4) If necessary, do Para. C. steps (1) thru (3).

Subtask 12-21-12-160-079

C. Intensive Cleaning (Polishing)

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

NOTE : Removal of the Stain(s) made with:


____
- cigarette burns,



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 337
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
- a felt pen,
- a lipstick,
- hair dye,
- hairspray,
- mascara,
- nail varnish,
- shoe polish.

(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-008) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-009) to the area of the
stain(s) and wipe it with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

(3) Polish the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003).

NOTE : Make sure that there is no abrasive material on the surface.


____
Abrasive materials can damage the surface.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-862-063

A. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 338
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
R TASK 12-21-12-100-010

R Cleaning of the Galleys

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, FIBER, SOFT


R No specific 1 CAP - PROTECTION
R No specific 1 VACUUM CLEANER

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific MILD SOAP


R No specific WARM CLEAN WATER
R Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
R DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-017 USA AMS 1550
R INTERIOR GENERAL PLASTIC CLEANER (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 339
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-21-12-100-006 Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components


R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R AMM 254500

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 12-21-12-860-051

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network


R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R (2) Remove the galley equipment as necessary (Ref. AMM 254500).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 12-21-12-100-050

R A. Cleaning of the Galley Compartments, Tables, Doors and Decorative Panels

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


_______
R MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 340
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

NOTE : The water and equipment that you use for these procedures must be
____
clean and contain no particles that could damage the surfaces.

(1) General Cleaning:

(a) Put a CAP - PROTECTION on each electrical outlet to make sure


that they do not get wet.

(b) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED,
FIBER, SOFT and a VACUUM CLEANER.

(c) Mix a solution of MILD SOAP and WARM CLEAN WATER.

(d) Apply the solution to the dirty area or surface with a lint-free
R cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

NOTE : If necessary, use more MILD SOAP for a stronger solution.


____

(e) Rinse the surface with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS


(Material No. 19-003) and WARM CLEAN WATER.

(f) Wipe the surface dry with a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

(2) Special Cleaning:

(a) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-017) or CLEANING AGENTS


(Material No. 11-002) to the dirty area or surface with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(3) Remove the protection cap(s) from the electrical outlets.

Subtask 12-21-12-100-051

B. Cleaning of the Galley Light-Alloy and Steel Components

(1) If installed, clean the light-alloy and steel components as necessary


(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-006).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 341
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 12-21-12-860-052

R A. Close Access

R (1) Install the galley equipment you removed before (Ref. AMM 254500).

R (2) De-energize the ground service network


R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 342
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-670-001

Disinfection of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing

WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific 1 GUN - SPRAY
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean water


Material No. 14-006B USA AMS 1452
DISINFECTANT LIQUID AIRCRAFT GENERAL PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 343
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-30-00-860-003 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Hand Pump
52-30-00-860-004 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Hand Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 12-21-12-865-052

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 344
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

R 2000VU VACUUM CLEANER-SOCKET-Z222 1ME E02

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT E01

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-21-12-010-051

C. Get Access

(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons that the aircraft
will be disinfected.

(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

(3) Open the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
003).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 345
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
WARNING : DO NOT LET DISINFECTANTS GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. DISINFECTANTS ARE
_______
POISONOUS. DO NOT SPRAY THEM DIRECTLY ONTO CARPETS OR COCKPIT
INSTRUMENT PANELS. DISINFECTANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO FURNISHINGS
AND EQUIPMENT.

Subtask 12-21-12-615-050

A. Disinfect the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishings

(1) Cockpit Equipment and Furnishings:

NOTE : Do NOT spray the disinfectant directly on cockpit panels.


____

(a) Carefully apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to all


surfaces of the cockpit equipment and furnishings with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(b) Clean and dry the cockpit equipment and furnishings with and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Galleys:

(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the galleys and


galley equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.

(b) Clean and dry the galleys and the galley equipment with clean
water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).

(3) Lavatories:

(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to all toilet seats


and the lavatory equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.

(b) Clean and dry the toilet seats and the lavatory equipment with
clean water and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-003).

(4) Passenger Seating Area:

(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the cabin seats and
the cabin equipment with a GUN - SPRAY.

(b) Clean and dry the cabin equipment with clean water and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 346
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
(5) Cargo Compartments:

(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-006B) to the cargo


compartments with a GUN - SPRAY.

(b) Clean and dry the cargo compartments with clean water and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-865-053

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MT, 1XA, 7MC, 1ME.

Subtask 12-21-12-410-051

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-004).

(3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 12-21-12-862-052

C. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 347
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-670-002

Fumigation of the Aircraft Equipment and Furnishing

WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 14-004


INSECTICIDE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 348
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-21-12-100-001 Cleaning of the Cockpit Display-Units


12-21-12-100-002 Cleaning of the Cockpit Equipment/Furnishings
12-21-12-100-004 Cleaning of the Plastic Surfaces and Mirrors
12-21-12-100-006 Cleaning of the Light Alloy and Steel Components
R 12-21-12-100-008 Cleaning of the Cabin Monitors and Display Screens
R (if installed)
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 349
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-21-12-865-054

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CTL 1XA S26

**ON A/C ALL

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

R 2000VU VACUUM CLEANER-SOCKET-Z222 1ME E02

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

2001VU LAV SHAVER SOCKET 1MT E01

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-21-12-010-052

C. Get Access

(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about the
aircraft fumigation.

(2) Fumigation is required for these compartment volumes:



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 350
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
| Compartment |------------------------------------------------------------
| | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Cockpit | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 | 9 m3 |
| | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) | (318 ft.3) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Cabin | 80 m3 | 95 m3 | 110 m3 | 137 m3 |
| (SEE NOTE) | (3178 ft.3) | (3355 ft.3) | (3885 ft.3) | (4838 ft.3) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Forward Cargo | 6.5 m3 | 10.7 m3 | 15.5 m3 | 25.4 m3 |
| | (230 ft.3) | (378 ft.3) | (547 ft.3) | (897 ft.3) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Aft and Bulk | 14.7 m3 | 21.2 m3 | 28 m3 | 32.6 m3 |
| Cargo | (519 ft.3) | (749 ft.3) | (989 ft.3) | (1151 ft.3) |
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The volumes have been calculated assuming all compartment


____
furnishings are installed.

(3) Open the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

NOTE : All other passenger/crew doors must be closed.


____

(4) If necessary remove the cushions and backrests of the cabin seats,
the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.

NOTE : We recommend that you remove all of the cushions and


____
backrests. The insecticide soaks into these materials and
extends the ventilation time after fumigation.

(5) Open all the stowages, the lavatory doors and the cockpit door.

(6) If the trap-door 231AF is installed:

(a) Open the trap-door.

(b) Put a SAFETY BARRIER around the open trap-door.

(c) Put WARNING NOTICE notices in position to tell your personnel


that the trap-door 231AF is open.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION WHEN THE TRAP DOOR (231AF) IS
OPEN.
INJURY CAN OCCUR IF PERSONS FALL THROUGH THE OPENING.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 351
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
(7) Remove the contents of the compartments of the galleys.

(8) Remove the galley equipment.

(9) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-615-051

A. Fumigation of the Aircraft

WARNING : ONLY PERSONS NECESSARY FOR THIS PROCEDURE ARE PERMITTED IN THE
_______
AIRCRAFT DURING THE TASK.

WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.


_______

WARNING : ALWAYS WEAR RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHES WHEN
_______
YOU DO THIS TASK.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

WARNING : DO NOT LET DISINFECTANTS GO ONTO FOODSTUFFS. DISINFECTANTS ARE


_______
POISONOUS. DO NOT SPRAY THEM DIRECTLY ONTO CARPETS OR COCKPIT
INSTRUMENT PANELS. DISINFECTANTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT.

(1) Fumigate the cockpit and cabin area.

(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent to the:


- Floor area of the cockpit.
- Floor of the galleys and the lavatories
- Floor adjacent to the galleys and lavatories.
- Cabin area.

(b) Dry all wet surfaces and covers immediately with a lint-free
cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(c) Close the forward passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-


001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 352
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
(2) Fumigate the cargo compartments.

(a) Apply DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-004) or equivalent to the


cargo compartments.

(b) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).

(3) Keep all the aircraft doors closed for 45 minutes.

(4) Do the ground air pre-conditioning for 1 hour to remove the


insecticide from the cabin and the cockpit (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-
001).

(5) Open all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and
the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).

(6) Let all the doors stay open for 5 hours before you go into the
aircraft.

(7) Clean all the surfaces of the cockpit and the cabin:
- The cockpit display units
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-001)
- The cockpit equipment and furnishings
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-002)
- The plastic surfaces and mirrors
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-004)
- The light alloy and steel components
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-006)
- The monitors and display screens in the cabin
(Ref. TASK 12-21-12-100-008).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-865-055

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MT, 1XA, 7MC, 1ME.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 353
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-21-12-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).

(3) Close the cockpit door (and the trapdoor 231AF if installed).

(4) Remove the safety barrier.

(5) If removed, install the cushions and the backrests of the cabin
seats, the cockpit seats and the cabin attendants seats.

(6) Install the galley equipment.

(7) Close all the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(8) Remove the warning notice(s).

(9) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 12-21-12-862-053

C. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 354
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-670-004

Fumigation of the Fuselage Pressurized Areas with Carbon-Dioxide (CO2 Gas)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the SIL 12-007

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS


No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER
No specific 2 WARNING NOTICE
FOR FIN 8DG2
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
No specific 1 HOSE - RUBBER
No specific 1 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER
FOR FIN 10HL
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific 1 CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS, STANDARD
No specific 1 LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER
No specific 1 SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-074


MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-009
C02 GAS (Ref. 20-31-00)
FOR FIN 8DG2
No specific cable ties
FOR FIN 10HL
Material No. 14-009
C02 GAS (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 355
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling Using the Attitude Monitor


08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling with a Spirit Level in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling Procedure with the ADIRU
08-21-00-200-001 Quick Leveling with a Spirit Level in the Passenger
Compartment
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
25-25-11-000-001 Removal of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
25-25-11-400-001 Installation of the Filler Panel(s) of the Passenger
Service/Information Unit(s) (PSIU)
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
56-12-11-010-001 Opening of the Cockpit Sliding Windows
56-12-11-410-001 Closing of the Cockpit Sliding Windows
AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001 DRAIN MAST ICE PROTECTION
AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001 MISCELLANEOUS (EG : DRAINS)
AMM 53-29-00 P.Block 001 MISCELLANEOUS (EG : DRAINS)
AMM 53-49-00 P.Block 001 MISCELLANEOUS (EG : DRAINS)
R SIL 12-007
12-21-12-991-008 Fig. 307
12-21-12-991-002 Fig. 308
FOR FIN 8DG2
12-21-12-991-008 Fig. 307
FOR FIN 10HL
12-21-12-991-002 Fig. 308



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 356
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.

(2) Do this task on the apron.

(3) If you do the task in the hangar:

(a) Open the doors of the hangar.

(b) Put SAFETY BARRIER in position to keep all persons out of the
work area.

(c) Put the WARNING NOTICE in position to tell your personnel about
the aircraft fumigation.

(d) If you do the task in a hangar which has under-floor areas, make
sure that they are sealed.

NOTE : This carbon-dioxide gas (CO2 gas) is heavier than air.


____

Subtask 12-21-12-010-056

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platforms in position.

(a) FOR 8DG2


- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the sliding
window 8DG2.

(b) FOR 10HL


- Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the outflow
valve 10HL.

(2) In the cockpit:

(a) Open the sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-010-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 357
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
(3) In the forward utility area of the cabin:

(a) Remove the filler-panels of the center service channel as


necessary to get access to the area above the ceiling (Ref. TASK
25-25-11-000-001).

Subtask 12-21-12-480-050

R C. Installation of the Fumigation Equipment (Ref. SIL 12-007)


FOR 8DG2

(1) Install the sliding window adapter.


(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-008)

(a) Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position in the


cockpit window frame and attach it with the screws and the wing
nuts.

(b) Put the HOSE - RUBBER, min. dia 150 mm (6.0 in.), (2) through the
opening in the center service channel.

(c) Put the upper end of the hose (2) in the highest position in the
fuselage and attach it with cable ties.

(d) Connect the lower end of the hose (2) to the window adapter (1).

FOR 10HL

(2) Install the air-outflow valve-adapter.


(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-21-12-991-002)

(a) Put the LOCALLY MANUFACTURED - ADAPTER (1) in position on the


outflow valve 10HL and attach it with the hooks and the wing
nuts.

(b) Connect the SUPPLY LINE - GAS, PRESSURIZED of the DISINFECTANTS


(Material No. 14-009) CHARGING EQUIPMENT - GAS, STANDARD to the
adapter (1).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 358
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Adapter Cockpit Sliding Window
Figure 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-008



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 359
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
Adapter Air-Outflow Valve
Figure 308/TASK 12-21-12-991-002



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 360
Nov 01/07
R  
IAC 
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-21-12-869-050

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the attitude of the aircraft is level or nose-up:
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
or
- (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001).

(2) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(3) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).

(4) Make sure that the avionics compartment access doors are closed
(Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

(5) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, make sure it is closed


(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).

(6) Close the outlet of all:


- Fuselage drain valves

Nose forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001),


Forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-29-00 P.Block 001)
and
Rear fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-49-00 P.Block 001).
- Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001)

with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-21-12

Page 361
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R Subtask 12-21-12-869-050-A

R D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the attitude of the aircraft is level or nose-up:
R - (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
R or
R - (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001),
R or
R - (Ref. TASK 08-21-00-200-001).

R (2) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

R (3) Close the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
R 00-860-002).

R (4) Make sure that the avionics compartment access doors are closed
R (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

R (5) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, make sure it is closed


R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).

R (6) Close the outlet of all:


R - Fuselage drain valves
R
R Nose forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001),
R Forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-29-00 P.Block 001)
R and
R Rear fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-49-00 P.Block 001).
R - Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001)
R
R with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-21-12

Page 362
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-614-050

R A. Fumigation of the Aircraft (Ref. SIL 12-007)

WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS .


_______
CARBON DIOXIDE IS POISONOUS AND CAN KILL YOU.

WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.


_______

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START THE FUMIGATION PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT NO
_______
PERSONS ARE IN THE AIRCRAFT.
THE FUMIGATION GAS CAN CAUSE DEATH.

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE DOORS DURING THE PROCEDURE.


_______
POISONOUS GAS IS IN THE AIRCRAFT.

(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position at all doors to tell your personnel
not to open them.

(2) Operate the gas charging equipment to fill the pressurized area of
the fuselage with DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-009)
(carbon-dioxide).

(a) Refer to the following table for the required quantity of CO2
gas.
----------------------------------------------------------------
| | Aircraft Model |
----------------------------------------------------------------
| | A318 | A319 | A320 | A321 |
-----------------------|----------------------------------------
| Quantity of | | | | |
| CO2 gas | 550Kg | 600kg | 750kg | 900kg |
| (carbon-dioxide) | | | | |
| | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------

R (3) Stop the gas charging equipment when the DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS
shows that CO2 (carbon-dioxide) flows out of the outlet hose (2).

(4) Keep all doors closed for 12 hours.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 363
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-21-12-010-061

B. Opening of all Pressure Sealed Doors

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS .


_______
CARBON DIOXIDE IS POISONOUS AND CAN KILL YOU.

(1) Make sure that there is sufficient airflow around the aircraft.

(2) Open the forward and aft cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).

(3) Open all avionics compartment access-doors (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-


002).

(4) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, open it (Ref. TASK 52-


30-00-860-006).

(5) Open all passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

Subtask 12-21-12-080-050

C. Removal of the Fumigation Equipment


(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-21-12-991-008, 308/TASK 12-21-12-991-002)

(1) Disconnect the gas charging equipment from the air-outflow valve
adapter (1).

(2) Remove the outlet tube (2) and the adapters (1).

(3) Remove the masking tape (Mat. No. 08-074) from the outlet of the:
- Waste-water drain masts (Ref. AMM 30-71-00 P.Block 001)
and
- All fuselage drain valves

Nose forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-19-00 P.Block 001),


Forward fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-29-00 P.Block 001)
and
Rear fuselage (Ref. AMM 53-49-00 P.Block 001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 364
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-21-12-861-062

D. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

Subtask 12-21-12-618-050

E. Removal of the Remaining CO2 (Carbon-Dioxide)

WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS .


_______
CARBON DIOXIDE IS POISONOUS AND CAN KILL YOU.

WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.


_______

(1) Do the ground air pre-conditioning for a minimum of 30 min to remove


the remaining CO2 from all areas (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

(2) Do a check of the CO2 concentration.

R (a) Use a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS and examine the aircraft for


remaining CO2.

(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the cabin floor level.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Install the filler-panels of the center service channel in the


forward cabin utility area (Ref. TASK 25-25-11-400-001).

(4) Close the cockpit sliding window 8DG2 (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-410-001).

(5) Close all pressure sealed doors.

(a) Wait 1 hour before you close all the doors.

(b) Close the forward and aft cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 365
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) Close the avionics compartment access-doors (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-
410-002).

(d) If a bulk cargo-compartment door is installed, close it


(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008).

(e) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(6) If you did the task in a hangar with under floor areas:

WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS .


_______
CARBON DIOXIDE IS POISONOUS AND CAN KILL YOU.

WARNING : USE THE CORRECT BREATHING EQUIPMENT. THE GAS IS POISONOUS.


_______

(a) Carefully open the sealed areas of the hangar and do a check for
R remaining CO2 concentration with a DETECTOR-COMBUSTIBLE GAS.

(b) Make sure that there is less than 5% Vol. CO2 concentration 0.2 m
(0.65 ft.) above the floor of the under-floor areas of the
hangar.

Subtask 12-21-12-862-062

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 366
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
TASK 12-21-12-670-006

Special Precautions to Apply Insecticide Agent in Auxiliary Area Compartments


and Cargo Compartments, during Turn-Around

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 14-010


INSECTICIDE A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010A
INSECTICIDE,A/C CABIN (IN FLIGHT) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 14-010B USA AMS 1450
INSECTICIDE,AIRCRAFT (Ref. 20-31-00)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-12-941-052

A. Preparation

(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position in the cockpit to tell the flight
crew that:
- the procedure to apply insecticides in compartments that have smoke
detectors is in progress.
- smoke warning(s) caused from the insecticide agent can occur.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 367
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-12-670-051

A. Apply the insecticide agent:

- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010)


or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010A)
or
- DISINFECTANTS (Material No. 14-010B)

to the auxiliary area compartments and the cargo compartments as


necessary.

Subtask 12-21-12-210-051

B. Visual Inspection

(1) If a smoke warning occurs during the procedure:

(a) Do a visual inspection of the related compartment to make sure


that there is no smoke.

(b) If the insecticide agent caused the warning:


- The warning will stop automatically after 3 minutes.

Subtask 12-21-12-865-063

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) If a smoke warning has occurred in the FWD cargo compartment:


- In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:
pull the C/B 2HN
- AIR COND/FWD CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG

(2) If a smoke warning has occurred in the AFT cargo compartment:


- In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:
pull the C/B 31HN
- AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG

(3) Put the circuit breaker(s) back to its initial position.

(a) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 49VU:


- close the C/B(s)
- AIR COND/FWD CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG (2HN)
and/or



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 368
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
- AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT/CTL & MONG (31HN)

Subtask 12-21-12-710-051

D. Test.

(1) No test is required after this procedure.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-12-942-054

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-12

Page 369
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
DUST REMOVAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
________________________________

TASK 12-21-13-100-001

Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.


____

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To remove the dust contamination from the avionics compartment and from the
cockpit (panels 10VU and 13VU).

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific soft brush


No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific access platform 1.60 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819


LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-26-34-000-001 Removal of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation


Computer (AEVC) (10HQ)
21-26-34-400-001 Installation of the Avionics Equipment Ventilation
Computer (AEVC) (10HQ)
21-31-34-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Pressure Controller (11HL,12HL)
21-31-34-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Pressure Controller
(11HL,12HL)
21-43-34-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo Heat Controller (1HC)
21-43-34-000-002 Removal of the AFT Cargo Heat Controller (10HC)
21-43-34-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo Heat Controller (1HC)
21-43-34-400-002 Installation of the AFT Cargo Heat Controller (10HC)
21-61-34-000-001 Removal of the Pack Controller (7HH, 27HH)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 701
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21-61-34-000-002 Removal of the Air-Conditioning System Controller


(47HH, 57HH)
21-61-34-400-001 Installation of the Pack Controller (7HH, 27HH)
21-61-34-400-002 Installation of the Air-Conditioning System
Controller (47HH, 57HH)
21-63-34-000-001 Removal of the Zone Controller (8HK)
21-63-34-400-001 Installation of the Zone Controller (8HK)
22-66-34-000-002 Removal of the FAC (1CC1,1CC2)
22-66-34-400-002 Installation of the FAC (1CC1,1CC2)
22-81-12-000-001 Removal of the FCU (2CA)
22-81-12-400-001 Installation of the FCU (2CA)
22-83-34-000-001 Removal of the FMGC (1CA1,1CA2)
22-83-34-400-001 Installation of the FMGC (1CA1,1CA2)
23-11-33-000-001 Removal of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
23-11-33-400-001 Installation of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
23-12-33-000-001 Removal of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
23-12-33-400-001 Installation of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2,
1RC3)
23-14-34-000-001 Removal of the Crypto Voice Unit (1RZ)
23-14-34-400-001 Installation of the Crypto Voice Unit (1RZ)
23-24-34-000-001 Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
23-24-34-400-001 Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB)
23-32-34-000-001 Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
(10RX)
23-32-34-400-001 Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape
Reproducer (10RX)
23-33-31-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
23-33-31-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System
Main Multiplexer (8MK)
23-34-34-000-001 Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
23-34-34-400-001 Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
(190MH)
23-51-34-000-001 Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
23-51-34-400-001 Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
23-73-34-000-001 Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
23-73-34-400-001 Installation of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
24-22-33-000-001 Removal of the EGIU-1(2) (22XU1, 22XU2)
24-22-33-400-002 Installation of the EGIU-1(2) (22XU1, 22XU2)
24-22-34-000-001 Removal of the GCU-1(2) (1XU1, 1XU2)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 702
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-22-34-400-001 Installation of the GCU-1(2) (1XU1, 1XU2)


24-23-34-000-001 Removal of the GCU-APU (1XS)
24-23-34-400-001 Installation of the GCU-APU (1XS)
24-41-34-000-001 Removal of the Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU) (1XG)
24-41-34-000-001 Removal of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit
(GAPCU) (24XG)
24-41-34-400-001 Installation of the Ground Power Control Unit (GPCU)
(1XG)
24-41-34-400-001 Installation of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control
Unit (GAPCU) (24XG)
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
26-17-34-000-001 Removal of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit (SDCU)
(10WQ)
26-17-34-400-001 Installation of the Smoke-Detection Control Unit
(SDCU) (10WQ)
27-51-34-000-001 Removal of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
27-51-34-400-001 Installation of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
27-93-34-000-001 Removal of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2)
27-93-34-400-001 Installation of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2)
27-94-34-000-001 Removal of the SEC (1CE1,1CE2,1CE3)
27-94-34-400-001 Installation of the SEC (1CE1,1CE2,1CE3)
27-95-34-000-001 Removal of the FCDC (3CE1,3CE2)
27-95-34-400-001 Installation of the FCDC (3CE1,3CE2)
28-42-34-000-001 Removal of the Fuel Quantity-Indicating Computer
(FQIC) (3QT)
28-42-34-400-001 Installation of the Fuel Quantity-Indicating Computer
(FQIC) (3QT)
28-46-34-000-001 Removal of the Fuel-Level Sensing Control-Unit
(FLSCU) (7QJ,9QJ)
28-46-34-400-001 Installation of the Fuel-Level Sensing Control-Unit
(FLSCU) (7QJ,9QJ)
31-32-34-000-001 Removal of the CFDIU (1TW)
31-32-34-400-001 Installation of the CFDIU (1TW)
31-33-34-000-001 Removal of the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
(2TU)
31-33-34-400-001 Installation of the Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)
(2TU)
31-33-52-000-001 Removal of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU)
31-33-52-400-001 Installation of the Quick Access Recorder (QAR) (3TU)
31-36-34-000-001 Removal of the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 703
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 31-36-34-000-002 Removal of the FDIU/DMU (FDIMU) (10TV)


31-36-34-400-001 Installation of the Data Management Unit (DMU) (1TV)
R 31-36-34-400-002 Installation of the FDIU/DMU (FDIMU) (10TV)
31-36-52-000-001 Removal of the Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR) (2TV)
31-36-52-400-001 Installation of the Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR) (2TV)
31-53-34-000-001 Removal of the Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
(1WW1,1WW2)
31-53-34-400-001 Installation of the Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
(1WW1,1WW2)
31-55-34-000-001 Removal of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-55-34-400-001 Installation of the SDAC (1WV1,1WV2)
31-63-22-000-001 Removal of the Display Unit
(2WT1,2WT2,3WT1,3WT2,4WT1,4WT2)
31-63-22-400-001 Installation of the Display Unit
(2WT1,2WT2,3WT1,3WT2,4WT1,4WT2)
31-63-34-000-001 Removal of the DMC (1WT1,1WT2,1WT3)
31-63-34-400-001 Installation of the DMC (1WT1,1WT2,1WT3)
32-31-71-000-001 Removal of the LGCIU (5GA1, 5GA2)
32-31-71-400-001 Installation of the LGCIU (5GA1, 5GA2)
32-42-34-000-001 Removal of the Braking/Steering Control Unit (BSCU)
(10GG)
32-42-34-400-001 Installation of the Braking/Steering Control Unit
(BSCU) (10GG)
32-49-34-000-001 Removal of the TPIS Detection Unit (2GV)
32-49-34-400-001 Installation of the TPIS Detection Unit (2GV)
34-12-34-000-001 Removal of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-12-34-400-001 Installation of the ADIRU (1FP1, 1FP2, 1FP3)
34-36-31-000-001 Removal of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)
34-36-31-000-002 Removal of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1, 40RT2)
34-36-31-400-001 Installation of the ILS Receiver (2RT1,2RT2)
34-36-31-400-002 Installation of the Multi Mode Receiver (40RT1,
40RT2)
34-41-33-000-004 Removal of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
34-41-33-400-003 Installation of the Weather Radar Transceiver (1SQ1,
1SQ2)
34-48-34-000-001 Removal of the GPWC (1WZ)
34-48-34-400-001 Installation of the GPWC (1WZ)
34-51-33-000-001 Removal of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
34-51-33-400-001 Installation of the DME Interrogator (2SD1,2SD2)
34-52-33-000-001 Removal of the ATC/Mode S Transponder (1SH1, 1SH2)
34-52-33-400-001 Installation of the ATC/Mode S Transponder
(1SH1,1SH2)
34-53-31-000-002 Removal of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 704
May 01/06
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34-53-31-400-002 Installation of the ADF Receiver (2RP1, 2RP2)


34-55-31-000-001 Removal of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
34-55-31-400-001 Installation of the VOR/MKR Receiver (3RS1, 3RS2)
36-11-34-000-001 Removal of the BMC (1HA1, 1HA2)
36-11-34-400-001 Installation of the BMC (1HA1, 1HA2)
73-25-34-000-040 Removal of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
(1KS1,1KS2)
73-25-34-400-040 Installation of the Engine Interface Unit (EIU)
(1KS1,1KS2)
77-32-34-000-040 Removal of the Monitoring Unit Engine Vibration
(EVMU) (2EV)
77-32-34-400-040 Installation of the Vibration Monitoring Unit (EVMU)
12-21-13-991-001 Fig. 701
12-21-13-991-002 Fig. 702

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-13-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-21-13-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the access door 824.

(2) Open the access door 824.

(3) Removal of the units in the cockpit


(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)

(a) On the main instrument panel 10VU:


- remove the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
(Ref. TASK 31-63-22-000-001).

(b) On the glareshield 13VU:


- remove the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-000-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 705
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Location of Units in the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and 13VU)
Figure 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 706
May 01/97
 
IAC 
(4) Removal of the computers in the avionics compartment
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

(a) On the shelf 81VU:


- remove the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-
001), if installed
- remove the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
000-001)
- remove the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-
001)
- remove the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-
001)
- remove the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-
12-33-000-001)
- remove the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-000-001)
- remove the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-002)
- remove the crypto voice unit (1RZ) (Ref. TASK 23-14-34-000-
001), if installed.

(b) On the shelf 82VU:


- remove the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-002)
- remove the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-000-
001)
- remove the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-
001)
- remove the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-
001)
- remove the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
000-001)
- remove the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-
001), if installed
- remove the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-
34-000-001), if installed.

(c) On the shelf 83VU:


- remove the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001)
- remove the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001)
- remove the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001)
- remove the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001)
- remove the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002).

(d) On the shelf 84VU:


- remove the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002)
- remove the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001)
- remove the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001)
- remove the SEC 2 (1CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001)
- remove the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-21-13

Page 707
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Location of Shelves and Computers in the Avionics Compartment
Figure 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 708
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
(e) On the shelf 85VU:
- remove the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-001)
- remove the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-040)
- remove the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-
34-000-001)
- remove the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-001)
- remove the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-001).

(f) On the shelf 86VU:


- remove the SDAC 2 (1WV2) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-001)
- remove the FWC 2 (1WW2) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-001)
- remove the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-001)
- remove the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-040)
- remove the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-000-040)
- remove the SFCC 2 (22CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-001)
- remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001), if
installed.

(g) On the shelf 87VU:


- remove the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-000-001)
- remove the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-000-001), if installed
- remove the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-001), if installed
- remove the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-000-001)
- remove the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)
- remove the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-000-001), if installed
- remove the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-002), if
installed
- remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001), if
installed.

(h) On the shelf 88VU:


- remove the CIDS Director 2 (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)
- remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001), if
installed
- remove the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-000-001), if
installed
- remove the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-
34-000-001), if installed
- remove the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-000-001), if
installed
- remove the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001), if
installed.

(i) Remove the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2,
1FP3) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-21-13

Page 709
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(j) On the shelf 91VU:
- remove the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-
000-001)
- remove the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-000-001), if
installed.

(k) On the shelf 92VU:


- remove the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-46-
34-000-001)
- remove the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-000-001)
- remove the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001)
- remove the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001), if
installed.

(l) On the shelf 93VU:


- remove the SEC 3 (1CE3) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001)
- remove the zone temperature controller (8HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-
34-000-001), if installed.
- remove the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-001).

(m) On the shelf 94VU:


- remove the LGCIU 2 (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-001)
- remove the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-000-001)
- remove the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-000-001)
- remove the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-000-
001), if installed.

(n) On the shelf 95VU:


- remove the ILS Receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001)
or the Multi Mode Receiver 1 (40RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-
002)
- remove the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001), if
installed
- remove the BMC 1 (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-000-001)
- remove the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
34-000-001)
- remove the pack 1 temperature controller (7HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-000-001), if installed
- remove the pack 1 temperature controller (47HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-000-002), if installed
- remove the FWD Cargo Heat Controller (1HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-
000-001), if installed.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-21-13

Page 710
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(o) On the shelf 96VU:
- remove the pack 2 temperature controller (27HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-000-001), if installed
- remove the pack 2 temperature controller (57HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-000-002), if installed
- remove the cabin pressure controller 2 (12HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
34-000-001)
- remove the BMC 2 (1HA2) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-000-001)
- remove the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-
34-000-002), if installed
- remove the EGIU 2 (22XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001), if
installed
- remove the ILS Receiver 2 (2RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001)
or the Multi Mode Receiver 2 (40RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-
002).

(p) On the shelf 109VU:


- remove the Weather Radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
(Ref. TASK 34-41-33-000-004), if installed.

(5) Removal of the rack assy


(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

(a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
- remove the rack assy.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R Subtask 12-21-13-010-050-A

R B. Get Access

R (1) Put an access platform in position at the access door 824.

R (2) Open the access door 824.

R (3) Removal of the units in the cockpit


R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)

R (a) On the main instrument panel 10VU:


R - remove the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
R (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-000-001).

R (b) On the glareshield 13VU:


R - remove the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-000-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 711
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R (4) Removal of the computers in the avionics compartment
R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

R (a) On the shelf 81VU:


R - remove the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-
R 001), if installed
R - remove the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
R 000-001)
R - remove the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-
R 001)
R - remove the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-
R 001)
R - remove the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK 23-
R 12-33-000-001)
R - remove the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-000-001)
R - remove the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-002)
R - remove the crypto voice unit (1RZ) (Ref. TASK 23-14-34-000-
R 001), if installed.

R (b) On the shelf 82VU:


R - remove the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-000-002)
R - remove the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-000-
R 001)
R - remove the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-000-
R 001)
R - remove the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-000-
R 001)
R - remove the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-33-
R 000-001)
R - remove the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-000-
R 001), if installed
R - remove the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-
R 34-000-001), if installed.

R (c) On the shelf 83VU:


R - remove the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001)
R - remove the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001)
R - remove the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001)
R - remove the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001)
R - remove the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002).

R (d) On the shelf 84VU:


R - remove the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-000-002)
R - remove the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-000-001)
R - remove the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-000-001)
R - remove the SEC 2 (1CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001)
R - remove the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-000-001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-21-13

Page 712
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R (e) On the shelf 85VU:
R - remove the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-001)
R - remove the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-040)
R - remove the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-
R 34-000-001)
R - remove the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-001)
R - remove the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-001).

R (f) On the shelf 86VU:


R - remove the SDAC 2 (1WV2) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-000-001)
R - remove the FWC 2 (1WW2) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-000-001)
R - remove the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-000-001)
R - remove the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-000-040)
R - remove the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-000-040)
R - remove the SFCC 2 (22CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-000-001)
R - remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001), if
R installed.

R (g) On the shelf 87VU:


R - remove the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-000-001)
R - remove the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-000-001), if installed
R - remove the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-001), if installed
R - remove the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-000-001)
R - remove the CIDS director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)
R - remove the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-000-001), if installed
R - remove the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-000-002), if
R installed
R - remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001), if
R installed.

R (h) On the shelf 88VU:


R - remove the CIDS director 2 (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)
R - remove the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-000-001), if
R installed
R - remove the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-000-001), if
R installed
R - remove the announcement/music tape reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK
R 23-32-34-000-001), if installed
R - remove the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-000-001), if
R installed
R - remove the passenger entertainment-system main-multiplexer
R (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001), if installed.

R (i) Remove the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2,
R 1FP3) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-000-001)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-21-13

Page 713
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R (j) On the shelf 91VU:
R - remove the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-
R 000-001)
R - remove the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-000-001), if
R installed.

R (k) On the shelf 92VU:


R - remove the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-46-
R 34-000-001)
R - remove the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-000-001)
R - remove the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001)
R - remove the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-000-001), if
R installed.

R (l) On the shelf 93VU:


R - remove the SEC 3 (1CE3) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-000-001)
R - remove the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-001).

R (m) On the shelf 94VU:


R - remove the LGCIU 2 (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-000-001)
R - remove the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-000-001)
R - remove the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-000-001)
R - remove the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-000-
R 001), if installed.

R (n) On the shelf 95VU:


R - remove the ILS receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001)
R or the multi mode receiver 1 (40RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-
R 002)
R - remove the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001), if
R installed
R - remove the BMC 1 (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-000-001)
R - remove the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
R 34-000-001)
R - remove the pack 1 temperature controller (47HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
R 61-34-000-002), if installed
R - remove the FWD cargo heat-controller (1HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-34-
R 000-001), if installed.

R (o) On the shelf 96VU:


R - remove the pack 2 temperature controller (57HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
R 61-34-000-002), if installed
R - remove the cabin pressure controller 2 (12HL) (Ref. TASK 21-31-
R 34-000-001)
R - remove the BMC 2 (1HA2) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-000-001)
R - remove the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-
R 34-000-002), if installed


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-21-13

Page 714
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R - remove the EGIU 2 (22XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-000-001), if
R installed
R - remove the ILS receiver 2 (2RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-001)
R or the multi mode receiver 2 (40RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-000-
R 002).

R (p) On the shelf 109VU:


R - remove the weather radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
R (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-000-004), if installed.

R (5) Removal of the rack assy


R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

R (a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
R 109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
R - remove the rack assy.

R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-13-160-050

A. Cleaning of the Avionics Compartment and the Cockpit (Panels 10VU and
13VU)

(1) Use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush or a MISCELLANEOUS (Material


No. 19-003) to clean:

(a) the area where the units and computers were installed

(b) the area of the rack assy

(c) all the faces of the removed units and computers

(d) the avionics compartment

(e) the ducts

(f) the shelves.

NOTE : Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to


____
prevent new dust contamination in the avionics
compartment.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 715
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-21-13-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Installation of the units in the cockpit


(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)

NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not


____
necessary if you install the computer removed for access.

(a) On the main instrument panel 10VU:


- install the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
(Ref. TASK 31-63-22-400-001).

(b) On the glareshield 13VU:


- install the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-400-001).

(2) Installation of the rack assy.


(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

(a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
- install the rack assy

(3) Installation of the computers in the avionics compartment


(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not


____
necessary if you install the computer removed for access.

(a) On the shelf 81VU:


- install the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-
001), if removed
- install the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-
33-400-001)
- install the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-
001)
- install the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-
001)
- install the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK
23-12-33-400-001)
- install the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-400-001)



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 716
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
- install the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002)
- install the crypto voice unit (1RZ) (Ref. TASK 23-14-34-400-
001), if removed.

(b) On the shelf 82VU:


- install the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002)
- install the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-400-
001)
- install the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-
001)
- install the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-
001)
- install the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-
33-400-001)
- install the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-
001), if removed
- install the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-
34-400-001), if removed.

(c) On the shelf 83VU:


- install the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001)
- install the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001)
- install the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001)
- install the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001)
- install the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002).

(d) On the shelf 84VU:


- install the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002)
- install the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001)
- install the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001)
- install the SEC 2 (1CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001)
- install the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).

(e) On the shelf 85VU:


- install the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-001)
- install the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-040)
- install the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-
34-400-001)
- install the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-001)
- install the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-001).

(f) On the shelf 86VU:


- install the SDAC 2 (1WV2) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-001)
- install the FWC 2 (1WW2) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-001)
- install the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-001)
- install the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-040)
- install the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-400-040)


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-21-13

Page 717
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
- install the SFCC 2 (22CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-001)
- install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if
removed.

(g) On the shelf 87VU:


- install the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-400-001)
- install the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-400-001), if removed
- install the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-001), if removed
- install the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-400-001)
- install the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-
001)
- install the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-400-001), if removed
- install the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-002), if
removed
- install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if
removed.

(h) On the shelf 88VU:


- install the CIDS Director 2 (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-
001)
- install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if
removed
- install the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-400-001), if removed
- install the Announce/Music reproducer (10RX) (Ref. TASK 23-32-
34-400-001), if removed
- install the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-400-001), if
removed
- install the MUX (8MK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001), if removed.

(i) Install the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2,
1FP3) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).

(j) On the shelf 91VU:


- install the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-
400-001)
- install the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-400-001), if
removed.

(k) On the shelf 92VU:


- install the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-
46-34-400-001)
- install the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-400-001)
- install the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if removed
- install the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if
removed.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-21-13

Page 718
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(l) On the shelf 93VU:
- install the SEC 3 (1CE3) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001)
- install the zone temperature controller (8HK) (Ref. TASK 21-63-
34-400-001), if removed.
- install the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001).

(m) On the shelf 94VU:


- install the LGCIU 2 (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001)
- install the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-400-001)
- install the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-400-001)
- install the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-400-
001), if removed.

(n) On the shelf 95VU:


- install the ILS Receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001)
or the Multi Mode Receiver 1 (40RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-
002)
- install the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-400-002), if
removed
- install the BMC 1 (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-400-001)
- install the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-
31-34-400-001)
- install the pack 1 temperature controller (47HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-400-002), if removed
- install the pack 1 temperature controller (7HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-400-001), if removed.
- install the FWD cargo heat controller (1HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-
34-400-001), if removed.

(o) On the shelf 96VU:


- install the pack 2 temperature controller (57HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-400-002), if removed
- install the pack 2 temperature controller (27HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
61-34-400-001), if removed.
- install the cabin pressure controller 2 (12HL) (Ref. TASK 21-
31-34-400-001)
- install the BMC 2 (1HA2) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-400-001)
- install the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-
34-400-002), if removed
- install the EGIU 2 (22XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-400-002), if
removed
- install the ILS Receiver 2 (2RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001)
or the Multi Mode Receiver 2 (40RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-
002).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-21-13

Page 719
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(p) On the shelf 109VU:
- install the Weather Radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
(Ref. TASK 34-41-33-400-003).

(4) Close the access door 824.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R Subtask 12-21-13-410-050-A

R A. Close Access

R (1) Installation of the units in the cockpit


R (Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 12-21-13-991-001)

R NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not


____
R necessary if you install the computer removed for access.

R (a) On the main instrument panel 10VU:


R - install the display units (2WT1, 2WT2, 3WT1, 3WT2, 4WT1, 4WT2)
R (Ref. TASK 31-63-22-400-001).

R (b) On the glareshield 13VU:


R - install the FCU (2CA) (Ref. TASK 22-81-12-400-001).

R (2) Installation of the rack assy.


R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

R (a) On the shelves 81VU, 82VU, 83VU, 84VU, 85VU, 86VU, 87VU, 88VU,
R 109VU, 91VU, 92VU, 93VU, 94VU, 95VU, 96VU:
R - install the rack assy

R (3) Installation of the computers in the avionics compartment


R (Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 12-21-13-991-002)

R NOTE : For computers with loadable software, software loading is not


____
R necessary if you install the computer removed for access.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 720
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R (a) On the shelf 81VU:
R - install the HF transceiver 1 (3RE1) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-
R 001), if removed
R - install the ATC/Mode S transponder 1 (1SH1) (Ref. TASK 34-52-
R 33-400-001)
R - install the DME interrogator 1 (2SD1) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-
R 001)
R - install the VOR/MKR receiver 1 (3RS1) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-
R 001)
R - install the VHF transceivers 3 and 1 (1RC3, 1RC1) (Ref. TASK
R 23-12-33-400-001)
R - install the AMU (1RN) (Ref. TASK 23-51-34-400-001)
R - install the ADF receiver 1 (2RP1) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002)
R - install the crypto voice unit (1RZ) (Ref. TASK 23-14-34-400-
R 001), if removed.

R (b) On the shelf 82VU:


R - install the ADF receiver 2 (2RP2) (Ref. TASK 34-53-31-400-002)
R - install the VHF transceiver 2 (1RC2) (Ref. TASK 23-12-33-400-
R 001)
R - install the VOR/MKR receiver 2 (3RS2) (Ref. TASK 34-55-31-400-
R 001)
R - install the DME interrogator 2 (2SD2) (Ref. TASK 34-51-33-400-
R 001)
R - install the ATC/Mode S transponder 2 (1SH2) (Ref. TASK 34-52-
R 33-400-001)
R - install the HF transceiver 2 (3RE2) (Ref. TASK 23-11-33-400-
R 001), if removed
R - install the ACARS Management Unit (MU) (1RB) (Ref. TASK 23-24-
R 34-400-001), if removed.

R (c) On the shelf 83VU:


R - install the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001)
R - install the SEC 1 (1CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001)
R - install the FCDC 1 (3CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001)
R - install the FMGC 1 (1CA1) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001)
R - install the FAC 1 (1CC1) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002).

R (d) On the shelf 84VU:


R - install the FAC 2 (1CC2) (Ref. TASK 22-66-34-400-002)
R - install the FMGC 2 (1CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-83-34-400-001)
R - install the FCDC 2 (3CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-95-34-400-001)
R - install the SEC 2 (1CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001)
R - install the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-21-13

Page 721
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R (e) On the shelf 85VU:
R - install the SFCC 1 (21CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-001)
R - install the EIU1 (1KS1) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-040)
R - install the DMC 1 and the DMC 3 (1WT1, 1WT3) (Ref. TASK 31-63-
R 34-400-001)
R - install the FWC 1 (1WW1) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-001)
R - install the SDAC 1 (1WV1) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-001).

R (f) On the shelf 86VU:


R - install the SDAC 2 (1WV2) (Ref. TASK 31-55-34-400-001)
R - install the FWC 2 (1WW2) (Ref. TASK 31-53-34-400-001)
R - install the DMC 2 (1WT2) (Ref. TASK 31-63-34-400-001)
R - install the EIU 2 (1KS2) (Ref. TASK 73-25-34-400-040)
R - install the EVMU (2EV) (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-400-040)
R - install the SFCC 2 (22CV) (Ref. TASK 27-51-34-400-001)
R - install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if
R removed.

R (g) On the shelf 87VU:


R - install the FDIU (2TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-34-400-001)
R - install the QAR (3TU) (Ref. TASK 31-33-52-400-001), if removed
R - install the DMU (1TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-001), if removed
R - install the CFDIU (1TW) (Ref. TASK 31-32-34-400-001)
R - install the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-
R 001)
R - install the DAR (2TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-52-400-001), if removed
R - install the FDIMU (10TV) (Ref. TASK 31-36-34-400-002), if
R removed
R - install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if
R removed.

R (h) On the shelf 88VU:


R - install the CIDS director 2 (102RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-
R 001)
R - install the AEVC (10HQ) (Ref. TASK 21-26-34-400-001), if
R removed
R - install the GPWC (1WZ) (Ref. TASK 34-48-34-400-001), if removed
R - install the announcement/music tape reproducer (10RX)
R (Ref. TASK 23-32-34-400-001), if removed
R - install the DIU (190MH) (Ref. TASK 23-34-34-400-001), if
R removed
R - install the passenger entertainment-system main-multiplexer
R (8HK) (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001), if removed.

R (i) Install the ADIRU 1, the ADIRU 2 and the ADIRU 3 (1FP1, 1FP2,
R 1FP3) (Ref. TASK 34-12-34-400-001).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-21-13

Page 722
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R (j) On the shelf 91VU:
R - install the GCU1 and the GCU2 (1XU1, 1XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-34-
R 400-001)
R - install the APU GCU (1XS) (Ref. TASK 24-23-34-400-001), if
R removed.

R (k) On the shelf 92VU:


R - install the FLSCU 1 and the FLSCU 2 (7QJ, 9QJ) (Ref. TASK 28-
R 46-34-400-001)
R - install the FQIC (3QT) (Ref. TASK 28-42-34-400-001)
R - install the GPCU (1XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if removed
R - install the GAPCU (24XG) (Ref. TASK 24-41-34-400-001), if
R removed.

R (l) On the shelf 93VU:


R - install the SEC 3 (1CE3) (Ref. TASK 27-94-34-400-001)
R - install the LGCIU 1 (5GA1) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001).

R (m) On the shelf 94VU:


R - install the LGCIU 2 (5GA2) (Ref. TASK 32-31-71-400-001)
R - install the SDCU (10WQ) (Ref. TASK 26-17-34-400-001)
R - install the BSCU (10GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-34-400-001)
R - install the TIPS detection unit (2GV) (Ref. TASK 32-49-34-400-
R 001), if removed.

R (n) On the shelf 95VU:


R - install the ILS receiver 1 (2RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001)
R or the multi mode receiver 1 (40RT1) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-
R 002)
R - install the EGIU 1 (22XU1) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-400-002), if
R removed
R - install the BMC 1 (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-400-001)
R - install the cabin pressure controller 1 (11HL) (Ref. TASK 21-
R 31-34-400-001)
R - install the pack 1 temperature controller (47HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
R 61-34-400-002), if removed
R - install the FWD cargo heat-controller (1HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-
R 34-400-001), if removed.

R (o) On the shelf 96VU:


R - install the pack 2 temperature controller (57HH) (Ref. TASK 21-
R 61-34-400-002), if removed
R - install the cabin pressure controller 2 (12HL) (Ref. TASK 21-
R 31-34-400-001)
R - install the BMC 2 (1HA2) (Ref. TASK 36-11-34-400-001)
R - install the AFT cargo heat controller (10HC) (Ref. TASK 21-43-
R 34-400-002), if removed



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-21-13

Page 723
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R - install the EGIU 2 (22XU2) (Ref. TASK 24-22-33-400-002), if
R removed
R - install the ILS receiver 2 (2RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-001)
R or the multi mode receiver 2 (40RT2) (Ref. TASK 34-36-31-400-
R 002).

R (p) On the shelf 109VU:


R - install the weather radar transceivers 1 and 2 (1SQ1, 1SQ2)
R (Ref. TASK 34-41-33-400-003).

R (4) Close the access door 824.

R (5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.

R (6) Remove the access platform(s).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-21-13-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 724
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-21-13-100-002

Cleaning of the Grids of the 70VU, 103VU, 106VU and 107VU

NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.


____

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 212600-09

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific soft brush


No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-21-13-991-003 Fig. 703

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-21-13-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the access doors 812 and 822.

(2) Open the access doors 812 and 822.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 725
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-21-13-140-050

A. Cleaning of the Grids of the Annunciator-Light Test Unit 70VU


(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)

NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.

(1) Clean the grid on the left side of the 70VU.

(2) Clean the grid on the right side of the 70VU.

(3) Clean the grid at the bottom of the 70VU.

Subtask 12-21-13-140-051

B. Cleaning of the Grids of the Relay Box 103VU


(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)

NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.

(1) Clean the left and right external grids of the relay box 103VU.

(2) Open the door of the relay box 103VU.

(3) Clean the left and right internal grids.

(4) Close the door of the relay box 103VU.

Subtask 12-21-13-140-052

C. Cleaning of the Grid of the AC/DC Emergency Power-Center 106VU


(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)

NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.

(1) Clean the front face of the 106VU.



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 726
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Location of Units in Avionics Compartment
Figure 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 727
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-21-13-140-053

D. Cleaning of the Grid of the Contactor Box 107VU


(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 12-21-13-991-003)

NOTE : In the avionics compartment, use a vacuum cleaner and a soft brush
____
to clean the equipments.
Keep the vacuum cleaner out of the avionics compartment to prevent
dust contamination.

(1) Clean the front face of the contactor box 107VU.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-21-13-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access doors 812 and 822.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-21-13

Page 728
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
LUBRICATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________

1. _______
General
The lubrication instructions define:
- Specification of the lubricant to be used
- Points to be lubricated
- Special precautions to be observed.

A. Equipment and Materials


Depending on the type of lubrication, use:
- a grease gun
- an oil can
- a brush
- a clean lint-free cloth
- an aerosol spray.

B. Lubricant Specifications
The lubricant references are given in the list of materials required for
aircraft servicing and maintenance (Ref. ATA 20-31).

C. General Requirements

(1) Use only clean lubricants and tools for lubrication operations.

(2) Before starting any lubricating operation, carefully clean the grease
nipples lubricating holes.
Lubrication must be accomplished immediately.
Check that grease nipples and fitted with ball and spring.

(3) Ensure that the old grease exudes through the pressure relief valves
and on each side of the spherical bearings (unless the quantity of
grease to be used is indicated).

(4) After lubrication, remove all surplus grease. Wipe the grease nipple
with a clean, lint-free cloth.
Check that the ball and its spring are in position.

(5) Before lubrication, the wheel bearings should be cleaned.


The bearings should be lubricated and installed immediately.

D. Lubrication Symbols
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The symbols used represent the recommended lubrication method.
Below each symbol, an index indicates:
- First term : the lubrication point location
- Second term : the lubricant to be used.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
Lubrication Symbols
Figure 001



EFF :

ALL  12-22-00

Page 2
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
FLIGHT CONTROLS - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-22-27-640-003

Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Ball Screw Nut

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 274451-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
No specific 1 PIN - NON METALLIC
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 301
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
R 27-44-51-000-001 Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
R Actuator (9CE)
R 27-44-51-400-001 Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
R (THS) Actuator (9CE)
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
after Operation of the PTU
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)
12-22-27-991-003 Fig. 301



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 302
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)

Subtask 12-22-27-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the
APU.

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the THS.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-054

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16

Subtask 12-22-27-010-053

C. Get Access

(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the access door
312AR.

(2) Open the access door 312AR.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 303
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator.
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 304
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)

Subtask 12-22-27-640-052

R A. Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball Screw


R Nut

CAUTION : DO NOT MIX LITHIUM-COMPLEX THICKENED GREASE WITH CLAY-


_______
THICKENED GREASE. IF YOU MIX THESE GREASES, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE BALL NUT OF THE THS ACTUATOR.

NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(1) Clean the greaser and the THS actuator ball-screw nut with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Use a PIN - NON METALLIC and make sure that the vent hole of the
ball-screw nut is clear.

(3) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply the new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) through the greaser of the ball-screw nut. Apply the grease
until it comes out through the vent hole.

NOTE : It is normal that some grease also comes out through the
____
top/bottom nut seals.

(4) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the vent hole.

(5) Use a GUN - GREASE and apply more new COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004) through the greaser of the ball-screw nut. Continue to apply
grease until approximately 50 cm3 (3.05 in.3) of the grease comes out
through the vent hole.

R NOTE : Grease can come out from the ball-screw nut vent hole or the
____
R top/bottom nut seals. If grease leaks from a different
R position, you must replace the THS Actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-
R 51-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).

(6) Remove the GUN - GREASE and make sure that the ball in the greaser
closes correctly after lubrication.

(7) Clean the unwanted grease from the greaser and the ball-screw nut
with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(8) Make sure the travel range of the THS actuator ball-screw nut is
clear.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 305
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-27-865-066

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-067

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20

Subtask 12-22-27-860-053

D. Cycle the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:


- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton
switches are pushed in. On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off.

(3) On the FLT CTL panel 24VU:


- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton
switches are pushed in. On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off.

(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(5) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push (in) the
F/CTL pushbutton switch. On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL
page comes into view.

(6) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).

(7) On the center pedestal, use the pitch-trim control wheel to operate
the THS through one full cycle as follows:
- slowly move the THS to the 13.5 deg UP stop
- slowly move the THS to the 4 deg DN stop
- slowly move the THS back to the 0 position.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 306
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(8) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).

(9) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(10) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

(11) Make sure the warning notice(s) are in position.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-068

E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16

Subtask 12-22-27-640-058

F. Lubricate the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator Ball Screw


Nut

(1) Lubricate the THS actuator ball-screw nut again as given in Paragraph
4A.

5. Close-up
________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-27-991-003)

Subtask 12-22-27-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 312AR.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-055

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 307
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-27-942-053

C. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 308
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-22-27-640-004

Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on all Flap Tracks

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 275446-01



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 309
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
R No specific 1 GUN - GREASE
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024 AIB AIMS 09-06-001
SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground


27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-22-27-991-001 Fig. 302


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 310
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-199,

12-22-27-991-001-A Fig. 302A

**ON A/C 901-999,

12-22-27-991-006 Fig. 303

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-22-27-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 311
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Flap Track Carriage Rollers - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-27

Page 312
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers - Lubrication Points
Figure 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-27

Page 313
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-27

Page 314
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R Flap Track Carriage Rollers and Drive Lever Arm - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-27

Page 315
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-27-866-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).

(2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the slat/flap control lever (panel 114VU) to
tell persons not to operate the flap system.

(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
flap track.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-056

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 316
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 101-199,

Subtask 12-22-27-640-053

R A. Lubricate the Flap Track Carriage-Rollers

R CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING


_______
R EDGE:
R - DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
R - DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
R - MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
R INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(1) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

R (2) Use a GUN - GREASE filled with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
R COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the flap track
R carriage-rollers. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out
R of the applicable roller.

(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the flap track
carriage-rollers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly after
lubrication.

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R Subtask 12-22-27-640-053-A

R A. Lubricate the Flap Track Carriage-Rollers and No.1 Track Lever Arm

R CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING


_______
R EDGE:
R - DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
R - DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
R - MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
R INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

R NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses grease, refer to the SIL
____
R (Ref. SIL 12-008).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 317
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
NOTE : Make sure that the greaser ball of each greaser has sealed
____
correctly after lubrication.

(1) Clean the greasers of the flap track carriage-rollers with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Use a GUN - GREASE filled with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the flap track
carriage-rollers. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out
of the applicable roller.

(3) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(4) Clean the greasers of the No.1 track lever arm with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(5) Use a GUN - GREASE filled with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to lubricate the No.1 track lever
arm. Lubricate all greasers until new grease comes out of the lever
arm pivot.

(6) Remove the unwanted grease from around the greasers of the No.1 track
lever arm with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R (Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-27-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-27-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-27-991-006)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 318
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-22-27-865-057

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

Subtask 12-22-27-866-053

B. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

Subtask 12-22-27-942-054

C. Removal of the Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 319
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-22-27-640-005

Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 Servo Control Bearings

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 276400-01


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 320
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024 AIB AIMS 09-06-001
SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground


27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)
12-22-27-991-007 Fig. 304

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-27-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 321
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-27-866-054

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).

R (2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
R POSITION is installed on the flap/slat control lever.

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever (panel 114VU) to
tell persons not to operate the flap system.

(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
spoiler.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-058

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY 21CE2 Q18

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-007)

Subtask 12-22-27-640-054

A. Lubrication of Spoiler No.1 to 5 Servo Control Bearings

NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(1) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(2) Lubricate the spoiler servo-control bearings with COMMON GREASE


(Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) through
the greasers until new grease comes out.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 322
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-22-27

Page 323
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-22-27

Page 324
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Spoiler Servo Control Bearing - Lubrication Point
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-27-991-007



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 325
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the spoiler
servo-control bearings with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).

(4) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly after
lubrication.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-27-865-059

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 22CE, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3.

Subtask 12-22-27-866-055

B. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

Subtask 12-22-27-942-055

C. Removal of the Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 326
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-22-27-640-006

Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 278468-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific safety barriers
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 327
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024 AIB AIMS 09-06-001
SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-80-00-866-004 Extending the Slats on the Ground


27-80-00-866-005 Retracting the Slats on the Ground
57-41-37-000-004 Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels 521AB(621AB),
521CB(621CB), 521EB(621EB), 522AB(622AB),
522CB(622CB)
57-41-37-000-006 Removal of the Access Panels 522FB(622FB),
522JB(622JB), 522KB(622KB), 522LB(622LB),
522NB(622NB), 522QB(622QB), 522SB(622SB),
522UB(622UB)
57-41-37-400-002 Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
521AB(621AB), 521CB(621CB), 521EB(621EB),
522AB(622AB), 522CB(622CB)
57-41-37-400-006 Installation of the Access Panels 522FB(622FB),
522JB(622JB), 522KB(622KB), 522LB(622LB),
522NB(622NB), 522QB(622QB), 522SB(622SB),
522UB(622UB)
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

12-22-27-991-002-A Fig. 305


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 328
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

12-22-27-991-002 Fig. 305A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002-A)

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 305A/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-22-27-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-22-27-866-056

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Fully extend the slats (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-004).

R (2) On panel 114VU, make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT.
R POSITION (98D27803000000) is installed on the flap/slat control
lever.

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE on the flap/slat control lever to tell persons
not to operate the slats.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 329
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Slats - Lubrication Points
Figure 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002-A


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019,  12-22-27

Page 330
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Slats - Lubrication Points
Figure 305A/TASK 12-22-27-991-002


R

EFF :

020-099, 101-199, 901-999,  12-22-27

Page 331
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position under the applicable
slat track.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-060

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21

Subtask 12-22-27-010-054

D. Get Access

(1) Remove the applicable access panels, (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-004) and
(Ref. TASK 57-41-37-000-006):
- for the left wing remove 521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522KB, 522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB

- for the right wing remove 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB, 622FB,
622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-27-991-002-A)

R **ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 305A/TASK 12-22-27-991-002)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-22-27-640-055

A. Lubricate the Slat Track Pinion Bearings, the Slat Track Rollers, the
Pinions and the Rack Teeth

NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 332
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(1) Lubricate the pinion bearings with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) as follows:

(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).

CAUTION : IF YOU USE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT, DO NOT


_______
USE AN AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 3 BARS (43.5
PSI).
THE AIR PRESSURE CAUSES THE GREASE TO COME OUT OF THE
EQUIPMENT WITH MORE FORCE THAN IF YOU USE
MANUALLY-OPERATED EQUIPMENT. THUS IF THE AIR PRESSURE
IS TOO HIGH, THE GREASE WILL POSSIBLY CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE PINION BEARING SEALS.

(b) If you use power-operated lubrication equipment:

1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers at a maximum
pressure of 3 bar (43.5 psi).

2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.

(c) If you use manually-operated lubrication equipment:

1
_ Lubricate through the pinion bearing greasers.

2
_ Lubricate through the greasers until new grease comes out.

(2) Lubricate the slat track rollers with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) as follows:

(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).

(b) Lubricate the slat track rollers through the greasers until new
grease comes out.

(3) Remove the unwanted grease from the greasers and the slat track
rollers and pinion bearings with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003).

(4) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly after
lubrication.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 333
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(5) Lubricate the pinions and rack teeth as follows:

(a) Lightly apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or COMMON


R GREASE (Material No. 04-004), with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, to the
pinions and to the rack teeth as far as possible.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-27-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Install the applicable access panels, (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-002)


and (Ref. TASK 57-41-37-400-006):
- for the left wing install 521AB, 521CB, 521EB, 522AB, 522CB, 522FB,
522KB, 522LB, 522NB, 522QB, 522SB, 522UB

- for the right wing install 621AB, 621CB, 621EB, 622AB, 622CB,
622FB, 622KB, 622LB, 622NB, 622QB, 622SB, 622UB.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-061

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.

Subtask 12-22-27-866-057

C. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Retract the slats fully (Ref. TASK 27-80-00-866-005).

Subtask 12-22-27-942-056

D. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 334
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-22-27-640-007

Lubrication of the THS Mechanical Control Chains

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 274100-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific fine brush
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED
98D27403500000 1 PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 335
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)


12-22-27-991-004 Fig. 306
12-22-27-991-005 Fig. 307

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-27-010-055

A. Get Access

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
121.

(a) Open the access door 811.

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
312.

(a) Open the access door 312AR.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 336
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-27-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels
are set to zero.

(2) Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) to lock the
pitch control wheels.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-062

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16

Subtask 12-22-27-020-050

D. Removal of the Protective Covers


(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004)

(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-005)

Subtask 12-22-27-640-056

R A. Lubrication of the THS Mechanical Control Chains

R NOTE : When you do a maintenance task that uses common grease, refer to
____
R the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(1) Clean the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8) with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and a fine brush.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 337
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers
Figure 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 338
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-22-27

Page 339
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Control Chains
Figure 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 340
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Control Chains
Figure 307/TASK 12-22-27-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 341
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (2) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED to apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R to the forward chains (6) and (7) and the aft chain (8).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-27-420-050

A. Installation of the Protective Covers


(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-22-27-991-004)

(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).

(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).

(3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

Subtask 12-22-27-865-063

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

Subtask 12-22-27-942-057

C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) On the center pedestal, remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING.

Subtask 12-22-27-410-055

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access doors 811, 312AR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 342
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-009, 011-011, 014-016, 018-025, 027-099,

TASK 12-22-27-640-008

Remove Flap Rotary Actuators For Regreasing

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 275449-05

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific safety barriers
R No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE



EFF :
027-099,
001-009, 011-011, 014-016, 018-025,  12-22-27

Page 343
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground


R 27-54-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Flap System
27-54-49-000-008 Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
27-54-49-400-005 Installation of the Flap Track 1 to 4 Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
27-60-00-866-002 Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
57-51-37-000-002 Removal of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB)
57-51-37-000-004 Removal of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/575HB
(675AB/675BB/675CB/675DB/675EB/675FB/675GB/675HB)
57-51-37-400-002 Installation of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB)
57-51-37-400-004 Installation of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/ 575HB
(675AB/675BB/675CB/675DB/675EB/675FB/675GB/675HB)
CMM 27-53-23
CMM 27-53-24
CMM 27-53-25
CMM 27-53-26

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-27-941-057

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate
R the flaps.

R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.



EFF :
027-099,
001-009, 011-011, 014-016, 018-025,  12-22-27

Page 344
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Make sure that the the ground safety locks are installed on the
landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

Subtask 12-22-27-860-051

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).

(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is on
the flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.

(3) Extend the No. 1 to No. 5 spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

(4) Make sure that a COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER is on the piston rod of each
servo-control.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-064

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21

Subtask 12-22-27-010-056

D. Get Access

(1) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable access panels.

(3) Remove the applicable access panels:

(a) For the LH wing, remove the following:


- 193AB, 193BB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-000-004).



EFF :
027-099,
001-009, 011-011, 014-016, 018-025,  12-22-27

Page 345
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
(b) For the RH wing, remove the following:
- 194AB, 194BB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- 675AB, 675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB, 675FB, 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-000-004).

Subtask 12-22-27-020-051

E. Removal of the Flap Rotary Actuators

(1) Remove the flap rotary actuators (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-008):

- actuator number 1, 6205CM(6255CM)


- actuator number 2, 6211CM(6261CM)
- actuator number 3, 6221CM(6271CM)
- actuator number 4, 6233CM(6283CM).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-22-27-640-057

A. Regreasing of the Flap Rotary Actuators

(1) Refer to the applicable CMM and lubricate the rotary actuators:

- for actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. CMM 27-53-23)


- for actuator 6211CM(6261CM) (Ref. CMM 27-53-24)
- for actuator 6221CM(6271CM) (Ref. CMM 27-53-25)
- for actuator 6233CM(6283CM) (Ref. CMM 27-53-26).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-27-420-051

A. Installation of the Flap Rotary Actuators

(1) Install the flap rotary actuators (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-005):

- actuator number 1, 6205CM(6255CM)


- actuator number 2, 6211CM(6261CM)
- actuator number 3, 6221CM(6271CM)
- actuator number 4, 6233CM(6283CM).


R

EFF :
027-099,
001-009, 011-011, 014-016, 018-025,  12-22-27

Page 346
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Subtask 12-22-27-710-051

R B. Operational Test of the Flap System

R (1) Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-


R 001).

Subtask 12-22-27-410-056

R C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the applicable access panels:

(a) For the LH wing, install the following:


- 193AB, 193BB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
- 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-400-004).

(b) For the RH wing, install the following:


- 194AB, 194BB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
- 675AB, 675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB, 675FB, 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-400-004).

(3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-22-27-942-058

R D. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :
027-099,
001-009, 011-011, 014-016, 018-025,  12-22-27

Page 347
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-22-27-640-009

Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable (Area of Tension Regulator)

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 274100-04

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific lint-free cloth
R No specific safety barriers
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 348
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-24-11-100-001 Cleaning and Protection of the Cables


20-24-12-200-001 Check of the Control Cables
SIL 12-008
12-22-27-991-008 Fig. 308

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 12-22-27-941-061

R A. Safety Precautions

R (1) Put the safety barriers in position.

R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the
R APU.

R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the THS.

Subtask 12-22-27-865-074

R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 349
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-27-010-057

R C. Get Access

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
zone 312.

(2) Open the access door 312AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-22-27-020-052

A. Removal of the Protective Covers


(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-008)

(1) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).

(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).

Subtask 12-22-27-640-061

B. Lubrication of the THS Rear Cable (Area of Tension Regulator)

(1) Make sure that the cables (6) and (7) are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-
24-12-200-001).

(2) Clean the control cables (6) and (7) in this area, with a lint-free
cloth.

(3) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (6) and (7)
(Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001).

(4) Lubricate the control cables (6) and (7) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004).

NOTE : Refer to the SIL (Ref. SIL 12-008) about the mixing of lithium
____
and clay based greases.

Subtask 12-22-27-420-052

C. Installation of the Protective Covers

(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).

(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 350
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.
Figure 308/TASK 12-22-27-991-008



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 351
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-27-410-057

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 312AR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-27

Page 352
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
LANDING GEAR - SERVICING
________________________

TASK 12-22-32-640-001

Lubrication of the MLG and Doors

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

R CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
R GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
R BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
R HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
R MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
R USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
R AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
R AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
R DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
R YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
R YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 321000-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lubrication equipment


No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific adjustable access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
460005835 1 GROUND LOCK SLEEVE



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 301
May 01/04
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-022 USA MIL-PRF-81322
SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing


Gears
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-22-32-991-001-A Fig. 301

**ON A/C 101-199,

R 12-22-32-991-001-C Fig. 301A

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R 12-22-32-991-001-B Fig. 301B



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-029,

12-22-32-991-002 Fig. 302

**ON A/C 030-099,

12-22-32-991-002-A Fig. 302A

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-22-32-991-002-B Fig. 302B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-32-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On the panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in the DOWN
position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

(4) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 303
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-32-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position adjacent to the


applicable MLG.

(2) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(3) Make sure that a GROUND LOCK SLEEVE (460005835) is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuating cylinder.

Subtask 12-22-32-640-055

C. Preparation of the Equipment

(1) Make sure that the lubrication equipment is in the correct condition
before you fill it.

(2) Operate the lubrication equipment to make sure that the lines and
adaptor are full of new lubricant.

(3) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B)

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-029,

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-002)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 304
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 030-099,

(Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-32-991-002-A)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 302B/TASK 12-22-32-991-002-B)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-029,

Subtask 12-22-32-640-057

A. Lubrication of the MLG

NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow, to find the
____
greasers.

(1) Lubricate the MLG Uplock:

NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(a) Lubricate the MLG uplock, Item No. 5 of the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
Table, with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) as follows:
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of two full strokes.

R **ON A/C 030-099, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-32-640-057-A

A. Lubrication of the MLG

NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow, to find the
____
greasers.

(1) Lubricate the MLG Uplock:

NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No.
____
04-004 and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them
at the same time (Ref. SIL 12-008).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 305
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A19 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 306
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A29 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 307
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A39 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 308
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A49 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 309
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A59 (SHEET 5)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 310
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A69 (SHEET 6)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 311
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A79 (SHEET 7)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 312
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A89 (SHEET 8)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 313
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-A99 (SHEET 9)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 314
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 12-22-32

Page 315
May 01/06
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C18 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 316
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C28 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 317
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C38 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 318
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C48 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 319
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C58 (SHEET 5)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 320
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C68 (SHEET 6)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 321
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C78 (SHEET 7)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 322
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-C88 (SHEET 8)



EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 323
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B18 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 324
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B28 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 325
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B38 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 326
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B48 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 327
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B58 (SHEET 5)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 328
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B68 (SHEET 6)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 329
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B78 (SHEET 7)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 330
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 301B/TASK 12-22-32-991-001-B88 (SHEET 8)



EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 331
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-32-991-002



EFF :

001-012, 014-029,  12-22-32

Page 332
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 302A/TASK 12-22-32-991-002-A



EFF :

030-099,  12-22-32

Page 333
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R MLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 302B/TASK 12-22-32-991-002-B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 334
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
(a) Lubricate the MLG Uplock, Item No. 5 of the MLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS
Table, with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) as follows:
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate the uplock
with a maximum of two full strokes.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-32-640-051-A

B. Lubrication of the MLG

NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow, to find the
____
greasers.

NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(1) Lubricate the remaining greasers of the MLG as follows:

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE


_______
THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : FOR LUBRICATION OF THE GLAND HOUSING ON THE MLG


_______
BOTTOM-BEARING USE ONLY HAND-OPERATED LUBRICATION
EQUIPMENT. POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE
EXTRUSION OF THE MLG BOTTOM-BEARING SCRAPER-SEAL.

(a) Lubricate all of the greasers in the MAIN LANDING GEAR TABLE with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.

(b) Lubricate the greasers Items 1 thru 4 in the MAIN LANDING GEAR
DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes
out.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 335
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Retraction | 6 | 1 on the piston rod |
| | Actuating Cylinder | | 2 on the piston-rod attachment |
| | | | pin |
| | | | 3 on the structure attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Upper Leg | 9 | 1 on the forward pintle housing |
| | | | 1 on the aft pintle housing |
| | | | 3 on the aft pintle pin |
| | | | 4 on the aircraft structure at the |
| | | | forward pintle bearing (it is |
| | | | permitted to lubricate only 2 |
| | | | greasers when the MLG is |
| | | | installed) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Gland Housing | 3 | 3 on the bottom bearing |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Torque Links | 6 | 1 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the top torque link |
| | | | attachment pin |
| | | | 1 on the bottom torque link |
| | | | 2 on the bottom torque link |
| | | | attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Bogie Pitch | 2 | 1 on the fixed eye end |
| | Trimmer | | 1 on the movable eye end |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Sliding Member | 4 | 2 at the bogie beam attachment |
| | | | 2 at the brake-rod attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Brake Rods (4 off) | 12 | 3 on each brake rod |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Bogie Beam | 2 | 2 on the top of the bogie beam |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Leg Side-Stay | 2 | 2 on the side-stay attachment |
| | Attachment | | bracket |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Side-Stay | 15 | 5 at the top cardan joint |
| | | | 7 at the middle joint |
| | | | 3 at the bottom cardan joint |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 11 | Lockstay | 13 | 2 at the side-stay attachment |
| | | | 3 at the middle joint |


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 336
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | 2 on the lockstay attachment lugs |
| | | | of the upper leg |
| | | | 2 on the lockstay cardan-joint |
| | | | 2 on the top of the lock stay |
| | | | 2 at the lockstay actuating- |
| | | | cylinder attachment |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 12 | Lockstay Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
| | Cylinder | | cylinder |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 13 | Side-Stay Bracket | 4 | 2 at each bush |
| | at A/C Structure | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 337
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR AND UPLOCKS |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | MLG Door Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | MLG Door | 2 | 1 on the aft hinge |
| | | | 1 on the forward hinge |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the roller |
| | Uplock-Roller | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | MLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
| | Cylinder | | cylinder |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | MLG Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
--------------------------------------------------------------------

(2) Remove the unwanted grease:

(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-22-32-640-051-C

R B. Lubrication of the MLG

R NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow, to find the
____
R greasers.

R NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
R and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
R time (Ref. SIL 12-008).

R (1) Lubricate the remaining greasers of the MLG as follows:

R CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE


_______
R THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN
R CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 101-199,  12-22-32

Page 338
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R CAUTION : FOR LUBRICATION OF THE GLAND HOUSING ON THE MLG
_______
R BOTTOM-BEARING USE ONLY HAND-OPERATED LUBRICATION
R EQUIPMENT. POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE
R EXTRUSION OF THE MLG BOTTOM-BEARING SCRAPER-SEAL.

R (a) Lubricate all of the greasers in the MAIN LANDING GEAR Table with
R COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
R No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.

R (b) Lubricate the greasers Items 1 thru 4 in the MAIN LANDING GEAR
R DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
R or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes
R out.


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 339
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MAIN LANDING GEAR |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 1 | Retraction | 6 | 1 on the piston rod |
R | | Actuating Cylinder | | 2 on the piston rod attachment |
R | | | | pin |
R | | | | 3 on the structure attachment pin |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 2 | Upper Leg | 9 | 1 on the forward pintle housing |
R | | | | 1 on the aft pintle housing |
R | | | | 3 on the aft pintle pin |
R | | | | 4 on the aircraft structure at the |
R | | | | forward pintle bearing (it is |
R | | | | permitted to lubricate only 2 |
R | | | | greasers when the MLG is |
R | | | | installed) |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 3 | Gland Housing | 3 | 3 on the bottom bearing |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 4 | Torque Link | 8 | 3 on the top torque link |
R | | | | 2 on the top torque link |
R | | | | attachment pin |
R | | | | 3 on the bottom torque link |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 5 | Lower Leg lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 6 | Leg Side-Stay | 2 | 2 on the leg attachment bracket |
R | | Attachment | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 7 | Side-Stay | 15 | 5 at the top cardan joint |
R | | | | 7 at the middle joint |
R | | | | 3 at the bottom cardan joint |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 8 | Lockstay | 13 | 2 at the side-stay attachment |
R | | | | 3 at the middle joint |
R | | | | 1 on the lockstay attachment lug |
R | | | | of the upper leg |
R | | | | 3 on the lockstay cardan joint |
R | | | | 2 on the top of the lockstay |
R | | | | 2 at the actuator attachment |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 9 | Lockstay Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
R | | Cylinder | | cylinder |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 10 | Side-Stay Bracket, | 2 | 1 at each bush |


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 340
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | | at A/C structure | | |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-32

Page 341
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R --------------------------------------------------------------------
R | MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR AND UPLOCKS |
R |--------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 1 | MLG Door Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 2 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the aft hinge |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 3 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the roller |
R | | Uplock-Roller | | |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 4 | MLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
R | | Cylinder | | cylinder |
R |----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
R | 5 | MLG Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
R --------------------------------------------------------------------

R (2) Remove the unwanted grease:

R (a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

R (b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.

R **ON A/C 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-32-640-051-B

B. Lubrication of the MLG

NOTE : Use the Figures together with the Tables that follow, to find the
____
greasers.

NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(1) Lubricate the remaining greasers of the MLG as follows:

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE


_______
THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 342
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
CAUTION : FOR LUBRICATION OF THE GLAND HOUSING ON THE MLG
_______
BOTTOM-BEARING USE ONLY HAND-OPERATED LUBRICATION
EQUIPMENT. POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE
EXTRUSION OF THE MLG BOTTOM-BEARING SCRAPER-SEAL.

(a) Lubricate all of the greasers in the MAIN LANDING GEAR Table with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.

(b) Lubricate the greasers Items 1 thru 4 in the MAIN LANDING GEAR
DOOR AND UPLOCKS Table with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004)
or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes
out.


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 343
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Retraction | 6 | 1 on the piston rod |
| | Actuating Cylinder | | 2 on the piston rod attachment |
| | | | pin |
| | | | 3 on the structure attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Upper Leg | 9 | 1 on the forward pintle housing |
| | | | 1 on the aft pintle housing |
| | | | 3 on the aft pintle pin |
| | | | 4 on the aircraft structure at the |
| | | | forward pintle bearing (it is |
| | | | permitted to lubricate only 2 |
| | | | greasers when the MLG is |
| | | | installed) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Gland Housing | 3 | 3 on the bottom bearing |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Torque Link | 8 | 3 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the top torque link |
| | | | attachment pin |
| | | | 3 on the bottom torque link |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Lower Leg Lugs | 2 | 1 on each lug |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Leg Side-Stay | 2 | 2 on the leg attachment bracket |
| | Attachment | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Side-Stay | 15 | 5 at the top cardan joint |
| | | | 7 at the middle joint |
| | | | 3 at the bottom cardan joint |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Lockstay | 13 | 2 at the side-stay attachment |
| | | | 3 at the middle joint |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay attachment lug |
| | | | of the upper leg |
| | | | 3 on the lockstay cardan joint |
| | | | 2 on the top of the lockstay |
| | | | 2 at the actuator attachment |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Lockstay Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
| | Cylinder | | cylinder |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Side-Stay Bracket, | 4 | 2 at each bush |


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 344
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | at A/C structure | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-22-32

Page 345
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| MAIN LANDING GEAR DOOR AND UPLOCKS |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | MLG Door Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the aft hinge |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | MLG Door | 1 | 1 on the roller |
| | Uplock-Roller | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | MLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 at each end of the actuating |
| | Cylinder | | cylinder |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | MLG Uplock | 4 | 2 on each side |
--------------------------------------------------------------------

(2) Remove the unwanted grease:

(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-32-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 346
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-32-942-050

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 347
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-22-32-640-002

Lubrication of the NLG and Doors

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

CAUTION : WHEN YOU DO A MAINTENANCE TASK THAT USES COMMON GREASE, USE ONLY
_______
GREASES OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION (IT IS PERMITTED TO USE DIFFERENT
BRANDS IF THEIR SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE SAME). DO NOT MIX GREASES THAT
HAVE CLAY THICKENERS WITH GREASES THAT HAVE LITHIUM THICKENERS. THIS
MIXTURE CAN CHANGE THE LUBRICATION PROPERTIES OF THE GREASE. IF YOU
USE GREASES OF DIFFERENT TYPES (SPECIALLY THOSE WITH CLAY THICKENERS
AND LITHIUM THICKENERS), DECREASE THE SERVICE INTERVALS OF THE
AIRCRAFT (BY HALF, FOR EXAMPLE) SPECIFIED IN THE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
DOCUMENT. DO THIS FOR APPROXIMATELY THREE OR FOUR SERVICES (REFER TO
YOUR IN-SERVICE DATA TO FIND THE NUMBER OF SERVICES BEST ADAPTED TO
YOUR AIRCRAFT).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 322000-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lubrication equipment


No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific adjustable access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 348
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-022 USA MIL-PRF-81322
SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-00-00-481-002 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing


Gear Doors
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
SIL 12-008 (for corrective action)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-22-32-991-003 Fig. 303

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-22-32-991-003-A Fig. 303A

**ON A/C ALL

12-22-32-991-004 Fig. 304


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 349
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004)

Subtask 12-22-32-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) On the panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever (6GA) is in the DOWN
position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

(3) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

Subtask 12-22-32-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position adjacent to the NLG.

(2) Open the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).

(3) Make sure that a SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is installed in each NLG door
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 350
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-32-640-056

C. Preparation of the Equipment

(1) Make sure the lubrication equipment is in the correct condition


before you fill it.

(2) Operate the lubrication equipment to make sure the lines and adaptor
are full of new lubricant.

(3) Clean the greasers:

(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-32-640-053

A. Lubrication of the NLG

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE


_______
THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : Use the tables that follow to find the greasers.


____


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 351
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 18 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 352
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 28 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 353
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 38 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 354
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 48 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 355
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 58 (SHEET 5)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 356
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 68 (SHEET 6)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 357
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 78 (SHEET 7)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 358
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303/TASK 12-22-32-991-003- 88 (SHEET 8)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 359
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A18 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 360
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A28 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 361
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A38 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 362
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A48 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 363
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A58 (SHEET 5)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 364
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A68 (SHEET 6)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 365
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A78 (SHEET 7)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 366
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG - Lubrication Points
Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-32-991-003-A88 (SHEET 8)



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 367
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R NLG Door and Uplocks - Lubrication Points
Figure 304/TASK 12-22-32-991-004



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 368
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).

(1) Lubricate the NLG Door and Uplock:

(a) Lubricate the NLG Door Uplock and NLG Gear Uplock (items No. 1
and No. 2 of the NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS table) with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) as
follows:
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of two full strokes.

(b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the tables
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.

(2) Lubricate the NLG:

(a) Use three full strokes of hand-operated lubrication equipment to


lubricate the nosewheel steering actuator (item No. 7 of the Nose
Landing Gear table) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).

(b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the tables
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 369
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Upper Drag-Strut | 4 | 2 on the drag-strut (one on each |
| | | | side) |
| | | | 1 on each attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Self-Aligning | 2 | 2 on the aircraft structure (one |
| | Bearings | | on each side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Lockstay Middle | 2 | 1 on the attachment pin |
| | Axis | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Retraction Actuator| 4 | 1 at one end of the actuator |
| | | | 3 on the retraction actuator pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Leg Upper | 6 | 1 on each attachment pin |
| | Attachments | | 2 on the adjacent aircraft |
| | | | structure for the swivel |
| | | | bearings (one on each side) |
| | | | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | | | side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Lockstay to the | 4 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | NLG Leg Attachment| | 2 on the lockstay upper arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Nosewheel Steering | 1 | 1 on the actuator |
| | Actuator | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Drag-Strut to the | 3 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Leg Attachment | | 1 on the bottom arm of the drag- |
| | | | strut |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Drag-Strut to the | 10 | 2 on the drag-strut bottom arm |
| | Lockstay Attachment| | 1 on the bottom arm pin |
| | | | 2 on the drag-strut |
| | | | 2 on the ball joint |
| | | | 1 on the strut link-pin |
| | | | 1 on the uplock roller pin |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Torque Links | 12 | 4 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the turning tube (near the |
| | | | upper torque link connector) |
| | | | 2 on the middle hinge pin |



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 370
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | 4 on the bottom torque link |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 11 | Downlock Release | 2 | 1 on one end of the actuator |
| | Actuator | | 1 on the attachment pin on the |
| | | | NLG leg |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 12 | NLG Leg to the | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | Rotating Rod | | side) |
| | Attachment | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 13 | NLG Leg Barrel | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Lower Bearing | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-32

Page 371
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR DOOR AND UPLOCKS |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | NLG Door Uplock | 4 | 3 on the aft side |
| | | | 1 on the forward side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | NLG Gear Uplock | 3 | 2 on one side |
| | | | 1 on the other side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Rotating Rod | 4 | 1 on the lower attachment pin |
| | Assembly | | 3 on the rotating rod |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | NLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 on support bracket attachment pin|
| | Cylinder | | 1 on bellcrank lever attachment pin|
--------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) Remove the unwanted grease:

(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-32-640-053-A

A. Lubrication of the NLG

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE POWER-OPERATED LUBRICATION EQUIPMENT AT MORE


_______
THAN 207 bars (3000 psi). HIGH LUBRICATION PRESSURE CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : Use the tables that follow to find the greasers.


____

NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that the Materials No. 04-004
____
and No. 04-022 are not mixed together. Do not use them at the same
time (Ref. SIL 12-008).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 372
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(1) Lubricate the NLG Door and Uplock:

(a) Lubricate the NLG Door and NLG Gear Uplock (items No. 1 and No. 2
of the NLG DOOR AND UPLOCKS table) with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) as follows:
- use hand-operated lubrication equipment to lubricate each
greaser with a maximum of two full strokes.

(b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the tables
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.

(2) Lubricate the NLG:

(a) Use three full strokes of hand-operated lubrication equipment to


lubricate the nosewheel steering actuator (item No. 7 of the Nose
Landing Gear table) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022).

(b) Lubricate the greasers of all the other items given in the tables
with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-022) until new grease comes out.



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 373
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | Upper Drag-Strut | 4 | 2 on the drag-strut (one on each |
| | | | side) |
| | | | 1 on each attachment pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | Self-Aligning | 2 | 2 on the aircraft structure (one |
| | Bearings | | on each side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Lockstay Middle | 2 | 1 on the attachment pin |
| | Axis | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | Retraction Actuator| 4 | 1 at one end of the actuator |
| | | | 3 on the retraction actuator pin |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 5 | Leg Upper | 6 | 1 on each attachment pin |
| | Attachments | | 2 on the adjacent aircraft |
| | | | structure for the swivel |
| | | | bearings (one on each side) |
| | | | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | | | side) |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 6 | Lockstay to the | 4 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | NLG Leg Attachment | | 2 on the lockstay upper arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 7 | Nosewheel Steering | 1 | 1 on the actuator |
| | Actuator | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 8 | Drag-Strut to the | 3 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Leg Attachment | | 1 on the bottom arm of the drag- |
| | | | strut |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 9 | Drag-Strut to the | 10 | 2 on the drag-strut bottom arm |
| | Lockstay Attachment| | 1 on the bottom arm pin |
| | | | 2 on the drag-strut |
| | | | 2 on the ball joint |
| | | | 1 on the strut link-pin |
| | | | 1 on the uplock roller pin |
| | | | 1 on the lockstay lower arm |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 10 | Torque Links | 12 | 4 on the top torque link |
| | | | 2 on the turning tube (near the |
| | | | upper torque link connector) |
| | | | 2 on the middle hinge pin |



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 374
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| | | | 4 on the bottom torque link |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 11 | Cam Pivot for NLG | 1 | 1 on the cam pivot pin |
| | Weight-on-Wheels | | |
| | Sensor | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 12 | Downlock Release | 2 | 1 on one end of the actuator |
| | Actuator | | 1 on the attachment pin on the |
| | | | NLG leg |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 13 | NLG Leg to the | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg (one on each |
| | Rotating Rod | | side) |
| | Attachment | | |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 14 | NLG Leg Barrel | 2 | 2 on the NLG leg |
| | Lower Bearing | | |
--------------------------------------------------------------------



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-32

Page 375
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| NOSE LANDING GEAR DOOR AND UPLOCKS |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
| No.| Component/Location |Total| Position of Greasers |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 1 | NLG Door Uplock | 4 | 3 on the aft side |
| | | | 1 on the forward side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 2 | NLG Gear Uplock | 3 | 2 on one side |
| | | | 1 on the other side |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 3 | Rotating Rod | 4 | 1 on the lower attachment pin |
| | Assembly | | 3 on the rotating rod |
|----|--------------------|-----|------------------------------------|
| 4 | NLG Door Actuating | 2 | 1 on support bracket attachment pin|
| | Cylinder | | 1 on bellcrank lever attachment pin|
---------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) Remove the unwanted grease:

(a) Clean the greasers with a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).

(b) Make sure that the greaser ball has seated correctly.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-32-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the NLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 376
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-32-942-052

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-32

Page 377
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
DOORS - SERVICING
_________________

TASK 12-22-52-640-002

Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523000-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific adjustable access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 301
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870
MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I
SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
R CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the


Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
52-31-13-400-001 Installation of the Lining and the Insulation
52-32-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and Insulation
52-32-13-400-001 Installation of the Lining and Insulation
R 52-32-33-000-001 Removal of the Door Fairings and Access Panel

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-22-52-991-002 Fig. 301

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-002-B Fig. 301A



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 302
May 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-22-52-991-003 Fig. 302

**ON A/C 101-199,

R 12-22-52-991-003-C Fig. 302A

**ON A/C 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-003-D Fig. 302B

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 12-22-52-991-032 Fig. 303

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-032-A Fig. 303A

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 12-22-52-991-030 Fig. 304

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-030-A Fig. 304A

R **ON A/C ALL

R 12-22-52-991-031 Fig. 305



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 303
May 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-033-A Fig. 306A


R 12-22-52-991-034 Fig. 307

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed FWD
or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
cargo door.

NOTE : Do not unlock the cargo door at this time.


____

(3) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the applicable cargo
door.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-22-52-010-051-B

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the opened cargo
door


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 304
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(3) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the applicable cargo
door.

(4) Remove the door lining to get access to the drift pins of the
applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-
32-13-000-001).

**ON A/C 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-010-051-A

A. Get Access

R (1) Get access to the door mechanism of the FWD cargo-compartment door
R (referred to as cargo door) as follows:

R (a) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed
R cargo door.

R (b) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
R cargo door.

R NOTE : Do not unlock the cargo door at this time.


____

R (c) Remove the access panels 825AR from the cargo door.

R (2) Get access to the door mechanism of the AFT cargo-compartment door
R (referred to as cargo door) as follows:

R (a) Open the cargo door and safety it with the actuator safety locks
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

R (b) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the opened
R cargo door.

R (c) Remove the door lining to get access to the drift pins of the
R applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).

R (d) Remove the access panels 826AR and 826BR and the door fairing
R 826CR from the applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-32-33-000-
R 001).

R (e) Remove the door lining and insulation from the cargo door to get
R access to the drift pin assembly (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).
R


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 305
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-22-52-865-051

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 306
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-640-051

A. Lubrication of the Cargo Door


R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002, 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003)

(1) Lubricate the piano hinges with OILS (Material No. 03-001).

R (2) Lubricate the switch mechanism as follows:

R (a) Lubricate the bearings of the target lever with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

R (b) Lubricate the bearings of the link assy with OILS (Material No.
03-001).

R (3) Lubricate the top and bottom vent door hinges with OILS (Material No.
03-001).
R
R (Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032)
R

R (4) Lubricate the bearings of the safety shaft with OILS (Material No.
03-001).

R (5) Lubricate the locking mechanism as follows:


R
R (Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030)
R

R (a) Lubricate the bearings of the locking shaft with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

R (b) Lubricate the locking hooks with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).
R


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 307
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges at the FWD
R Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-52-991-002



R EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 

12-22-52 Page 308
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges at the FWD
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 301A/TASK 12-22-52-991-002-B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 

12-22-52 Page 309
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
R Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 302/TASK 12-22-52-991-003



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 

12-22-52 Page 310
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 302A/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-C



R EFF :

101-199, 

12-22-52 Page 311
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Switch Mechanism and the Piano Hinges of the AFT
R Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 302B/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-D



R EFF :

901-999, 

12-22-52 Page 312
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 303/TASK 12-22-52-991-032


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-52

Page 313
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Vent Door Mechanism
R Figure 303A/TASK 12-22-52-991-032-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 314
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Locking Unit
R Figure 304/TASK 12-22-52-991-030


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-52

Page 315
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (c) Lubricate the bellcrank of each locking unit with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004).

R (d) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank links with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

R (6) Lubricate the interlock mechanism as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031)

R (a) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock lever and the roller
R lever with OILS (Material No. 03-001).

R (b) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock link with OILS (Material
No. 03-001).

R (c) Lubricate the mating surface of the spring sleve with OILS
(Material No. 03-001).

R (7) Remove unwanted lubricant with a lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS


R (Material No. 19-003).
R

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R Subtask 12-22-52-640-051-B

R A. Lubrication of the Cargo Door


R (Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-22-52-991-002-B)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 302A/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-C)

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 302B/TASK 12-22-52-991-003-D)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R (1) Lubricate the piano hinges with OILS (Material No. 03-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 316
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Latching Unit
R Figure 304A/TASK 12-22-52-991-030-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 317
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Interlock Mechanism
R Figure 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 318
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (2) Lubricate the switch mechanism as follows:

R (a) Lubricate the bearings of the target lever with OILS (Material
R No. 03-001).

R (b) Lubricate the bearings of the link assy with OILS (Material No.
R 03-001).

R (3) Lubricate the vent door mechanism as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-22-52-991-032-A)

R CAUTION : DO NOT LUBRICATE THE PTFE-BEARINGS OF THE BELLCRANKS. AN


_______
R ACCIDENTAL LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE THE PTFE-BEARINGS TO
R BECOME UNSERVICABLE.

R (a) Lubricate the top and bottom vent door hinges with OILS (Material
R No. 03-001).

R (b) Lubricate the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No. 03-001).

R (4) Lubricate the bearings of the locking shaft with OILS (Material No.
R 03-001).

R (5) Lubricate the latching mechanism as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 304A/TASK 12-22-52-991-030-A)

R (6) Lubricate the bearings of the latching shaft with OILS (Material No.
R 03-001).

R (a) Lubricate the latching hooks with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 004).

R (b) Lubricate the bellcrank of each latching unit with COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-004).

R (c) Lubricate the bearings of the bellcrank links with OILS (Material
R No. 03-001).

R (7) Lubricate the interlock mechanism as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-22-52-991-031)

R (a) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock lever and the roller
R lever with OILS (Material No. 03-001).

R (b) Lubricate the bearings of the interlock link with OILS (Material
R No. 03-001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 319
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (c) Lubricate the mating surface of the spring sleve with OILS
R (Material No. 03-001).

R (8) Lubricate the drift pin mechanism as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 306A/TASK 12-22-52-991-033-A)

R CAUTION : DO NOT LUBRICATE THE PTFE-BEARINGS OF THE BELLCRANKS. AN


_______
R ACCIDENTAL LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE THE PTFE-BEARINGS TO
R BECOME UNSERVICABLE.

R (a) Lubricate the drift pins with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 004).

R (b) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank lever with OILS (Material No.
R 03-001).

R (c) Lubricate bearing of the bellcrank shafts with OILS (Material No.
R 03-001).

R (9) Lubricate the sequence shaft assembly as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-034)

R CAUTION : DO NOT LUBRICATE THE PTFE-BEARINGS OF THE BELLCRANKS. AN


_______
R ACCIDENTAL LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE THE PTFE-BEARINGS TO
R BECOME UNSERVICABLE.

R (a) Lubricate bearing of the input bellcrank shaft with OILS


R (Material No. 03-001).

R (b) Lubricate bearing of the sequence shaft with OILS (Material No.
R 03-001).

R (10) Remove unwanted lubricant with a lint-free cloth, MISCELLANEOUS


R (Material No. 19-003).

R (11) Apply the storage preservation as follows:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

R (a) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the locking


R and safety shaft.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 320
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Drift Pin Mechanism
R Figure 306/TASK 12-22-52-991-033


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-52

Page 321
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Drift Pin Mechanism
R Figure 306A/TASK 12-22-52-991-033-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 322
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the Sequence Shaft Assembly
R Figure 307/TASK 12-22-52-991-034


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 323
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (b) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inner
R face of the access panels and to the lower section of

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-865-050

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-410-051

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the cargo door.

(3) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-002).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-22-52-410-051-B

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the removed door linings on the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-31-13-400-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-400-001).

(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 324
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(4) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the applicable cargo
door.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

**ON A/C 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-410-051-A

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the removed door linings on the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-32-13-400-001).

(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the applicable cargo door
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(4) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR, 826BR and 826CR on the
applicable cargo door.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 325
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-22-52-640-005

Lubrication of the Door-Warning Proximity-Switch Actuating-Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 527100-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870


MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-45-000-002 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD


Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-003 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-004 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right AFT
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-000-005 Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-005 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
AFT Passenger/Crew Door



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 326
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-45-400-006 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left


FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-007 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right
FWD Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-45-400-008 Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left
AFT Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 12-22-52-991-007 Fig. 308

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-026,

Subtask 12-22-52-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
passenger/crew door.

(4) Remove the door frame linings 221JW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
222JW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) 261LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003)
or 262LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) as required.

(5) Remove the insulation blankets from the applicable door frame as
required.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 327
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 027-099, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-010-054-A

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

(2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
passenger/crew door.

(4) Remove the door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-005)
222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-002) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-003)
or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-004) as required.

(5) Remove the insulation blankets from the applicable door frame as
required.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-22-52-640-054

A. Lubrication of the Proximity Switch Actuating-Mechanism


R (Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-007)

(1) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the actuation
lever (1).

(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot point of the target
lever (2).

(3) Remove the unwanted oil with a lint-free cloth.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 328
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Actuating Mechanism of Proximity Switches
R Figure 308/TASK 12-22-52-991-007


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 329
May 01/08
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-026,

Subtask 12-22-52-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the removed insulation blankets on the applicable


passenger/crew doors.

(3) Install the applicable door frame linings 221JW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006) 222JW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) 261LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-008) or 262LW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005).

(4) Do the special precautions on the passenger/crew door after


maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).

(5) Close the applicable passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-


001).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

**ON A/C 027-099, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-410-054-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the removed insulation blankets on the applicable


passenger/crew doors.

(3) Install the applicable door frame linings 221VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-006) 222VW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-007) 261UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-
45-400-008) or 262UW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-005).

(4) Do the special precautions on the passenger/crew door after


maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 330
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(5) Close the applicable passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

027-099, 101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 331
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-22-52-640-006

Lubrication of the External Control Handles of the FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521121-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific grease gun


No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)
No specific 1 GUN - GREASE


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 332
May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door


52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 12-22-52-991-008 Fig. 309

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 12-22-52-991-006 Fig. 310

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-006-A Fig. 310A


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 333
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-52-010-056

A. Get Access

(1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door as required (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-001).

(2) Make sure that the control handle of the emergency-escape slide at
the applicable passenger/crew door is safetied in the disarmed
position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the opened
passenger/crew door.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-640-055

A. Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE


_______
MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(1) Lubricate the external control handle as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-008)

(a) Make sure that the external control handle of the applicable
passenger/crew door is in the horizontal position.

(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the control


mechanism of the external control handle. external control
handle.

(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotten cloth,


MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 334
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the External Control Handles-FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-008


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 335
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(2) Lubricate the telescopic arm of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-006)

(a) Clean the lubrication fitting (1) with a lint-free cotton cloth,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(b) Operate the grease gun until the new grease COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) comes out to lubricate the telescopic arm.

(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotten cloth,


MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-640-055-A

A. Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm

(1) Lubricate the external control handle as follows:


R (Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-22-52-991-008)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Make sure that the external control handle of the applicable
passenger/crew door is in the horizontal position.

(b) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the control
mechanism of the external control handle. the applicable external
control handle.

(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,


MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 336
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm
R Figure 310/TASK 12-22-52-991-006


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-52

Page 337
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(2) Lubricate the telescopic arm of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 310A/TASK 12-22-52-991-006-A)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(a) Clean the lubrication fitting (1) with a lint-free cotton cloth,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

(b) Operate the GUN - GREASE until the new grease COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) comes out to lubricate the telescopic arm.

(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cotton cloth,


MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Do the special precautions on the passenger/crew door after


maintenance (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).

(3) Close the applicable passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-


001).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 338
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm
R Figure 310A/TASK 12-22-52-991-006-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 339
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199,

TASK 12-22-52-640-007

Lubrication of the BULK Cargo Compartment-Door Handle

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523300-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


No specific access platform 2.3 m (7 ft. 7 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 340
May 01/08
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-22-52-991-015 Fig. 311

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-52-010-057

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed BULK
cargo-compartment door (refered to as Bulk door).

(2) Push the button of the external door handle so that it moves from its
recess.

NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK position at
____
this time.

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-015)

Subtask 12-22-52-640-056

A. Lubrication of the External Door Handle

(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the shaft of the
external door handle.

(2) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(3) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) to the inner


surfaces and the adjacent area of the external door handle.


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 341
May 01/08
 
IAC 
External Door Handle of Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
R Figure 311/TASK 12-22-52-991-015


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 342
May 01/08
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 343
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-22-52-640-008

Lubrication of the Avionics Compartment-Door Handles

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 524100-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343


SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 344
May 01/08
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-22-52-991-010 Fig. 312

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-52-010-064

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD, lateral
left, lateral right or AFT avionics compartment door as required.

(2) Push the button of the external door handle at the applicable
avionics compartment door so that it moves from its recess.

NOTE : Do not move the external door handle in the UNLOCK position at
____
this time.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-22-52-640-057

A. Lubrication of the External Door Handle


R (Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-010)

(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the Fwd avionics compartment door.

(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the lateral left avionics compartment door.

(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the lateral right avionics compartment door.

(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the shaft of the
external door handle at the AFT avionics compartment door.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.

(5) Remove any unwanted lubricant with a clean lint-free cloth.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 345
May 01/08
 
IAC 
External Door Handle of Avionics Compartment Doors
R Figure 312/TASK 12-22-52-991-010



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 346
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(6) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) to the inner surface
and the adjacent area of the applicable external door handle.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-410-057

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Push the external door handle into its recess so that it is flush
with the door contour.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 347
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-22-52-640-009

Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Door Handle

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523000-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific lint-free cloth
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific adjustable access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 348
May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870


MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I
SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the


Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and the Insulation
52-32-13-000-001 Removal of the Lining and Insulation

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 12-22-52-991-014 Fig. 313

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-014-A Fig. 313A


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 349
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-010-065

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD or AFT cargo
compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Remove the access panel 825AR or 826AR from the cargo door.

(3) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
cargo door.

NOTE : Do not move the locking handle in the UNLOCKED position at


____
this time.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-010-065-A

A. Get Access
R (Ref. Fig. 313A/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A)

(1) Open the FWD and/or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-860-001).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the opened cargo
door.

(3) Remove the door lining and insulation from the applicable cargo door
to get access to inner skin (Ref. TASK 52-31-13-000-001) or
(Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).

(4) Remove the screws and access cover from the inner skin of the cargo
door.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 350
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
R Figure 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-52

Page 351
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
R Figure 313A/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 352
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
R Figure 313A/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 353
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-22-52-865-052

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-640-058

A. Lubrication of the Locking Handle


R (Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-22-52-991-014)

(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or to the grease nipple (2)
of the locking handle (3).

(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points (1) of the
locking handle (3).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 354
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(3) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the handle
flap mechanism (4).

(4) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the locking
handle spring.

(5) Remove the unwanted grease or oil with a lint-free cloth.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

(6) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the inner surfaces
and the adjacent area of the locking handle (2).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-640-058-A

R A. Lubrication of the Door Handle


R (Ref. Fig. 313A/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A)

(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or to the grease nipple of
the door handle shaft.

(2) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the pivot points of the door
handle flap.

R (3) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the handle flap spring.

R (4) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the bearings of the serrated
R shaft.

R (5) Apply OILS (Material No. 03-001) to the spring bolt.

R (6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
the Malteser-cross latch and the Malteser-cross lock.

R (7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
R the handle catch hook.

R (8) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the mating surface of
R the roller lever.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 355
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R (9) Remove the unwanted grease or oil with a lint-free cloth.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE


_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-865-053

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-410-058

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Make sure that the locking handle is in the LOCKED position and push
it into the recess of the handle flap.

(3) Install the access panel 825AR or 826AR on the applicable cargo door.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-410-058-A

B. Close Access
R (Ref. Fig. 313A/TASK 12-22-52-991-014-A)

(1) Put the access cover on the inner skin of the cargo door and attach
it with the screws.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 356
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(2) Install the door lining and insulation on the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-31-13-000-001) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-13-000-001).

(3) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 357
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199,

TASK 12-22-52-640-013

Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN
_______
YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN
YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND
SKIN IRRITANTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific grease gun


No specific lint-free cloth
No specific access platform 3.2 m (10 ft. 6 in.)


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 358
May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-00-010-001 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the


Passenger Compartment
52-22-00-410-001 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
Passenger Compartment
52-22-00-860-003 Special Precaution before Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
52-22-00-860-004 Special Precaution after Maintenance on the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R 12-22-52-991-020 Fig. 314
R 12-22-52-991-021 Fig. 315

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-52-010-063

A. Get Access

(1) Open the applicable emergency exit door (referred to as door) as


required (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the partly
opened door.

(3) Make sure that the special precaution on the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder is completed (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-
003).


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 359
May 01/08
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-020, 315/TASK 12-22-52-991-021)

Subtask 12-22-52-640-062

A. Lubrication of the External Control Handle and the Telescopic Arm

(1) Lubricate the external control handle as follows:

(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017) to the pivot points.

(b) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.

(2) Lubricate the telescopic arm of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder as follows:

(a) Clean the lubrication fitting with a lint-free cloth.

(b) Pump the grease gun until the new grease COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) comes out to lubricate the telescopic arm (1).

(c) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.

(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the inner surface
and adjacent area of the external control handle.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Do the special precaution for the door damper and emergency operation
cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-860-004).

(3) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 360
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the External Control Handles-Emergency Exit Doors
R Figure 314/TASK 12-22-52-991-020


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 361
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm of the Emergency Exit Doors
R Figure 315/TASK 12-22-52-991-021


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-22-52

Page 362
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-22-52-640-014

Lubrication of Safety Pin Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521121-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific hand grease gun
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 363
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-46-000-001 Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew


Doors
25-23-46-000-002 Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew
Doors
25-23-46-400-001 Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD
Passenger/Crew Doors
25-23-46-400-002 Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 12-22-52-991-022-B Fig. 316

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R Post SB 52-1085 For A/C 001-012,014-099,

R 12-22-52-991-022 Fig. 316A

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 12-22-52-991-029 Fig. 317



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 364
May 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-52-010-066

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position to the applicable passenger/crew


door (referred to as door).

(2) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

(3) Do the special precautions on the applicable door before maintenance


(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-002) and (Ref. TASK
25-23-46-000-001) and the door insulation as required.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-22-52-991-022-B)

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R Post SB 52-1085 For A/C 001-012,014-099,

R (Ref. Fig. 316A/TASK 12-22-52-991-022)

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R (Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-22-52-991-029)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 365
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the Safety Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism
R Figure 316/TASK 12-22-52-991-022-B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-22-52

Page 366
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the Safety Guide Fitting and Door Arming/Disarming Mechanism
R Figure 316A/TASK 12-22-52-991-022



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-52

Page 367
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the Girt Bar Spring
R Figure 317/TASK 12-22-52-991-029



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-22-52

Page 368
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-52-640-063-B

A. Lubrication Procedure

(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a brush to the spring
of girt bar trigger.

(2) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-22-52-640-063-D

A. Lubrication Procedure

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A HIGH-PRESSURE GREASE-GUN. HIGH-PRESSURE


_______
LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS.

(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a hand grease gun to
the grease fitting of the subsequent components:
- the safety-pin guide fitting (1)
- the spring rod of the slide control handle (2)
- the telescopic rod of the slide arming mechanism (3)
- the hook of the interlock mechanism (4)
- the spring rod of the escape-slide control mechanism (5)

(2) Make sure that the bushes of the safety-pin guide fitting (1) are in
their correct position after the lubrication procedure.

(3) Lubricate the flexible control (6) as follows:

(a) Loosen the lower seal nut (7) by three turns minimum.

(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).

NOTE : Use of a high pressure grease gun is not permitted.


____
Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
at the holes of the lower seal nut (7).

(c) TORQUE the lower seal nut (7) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

(d) Loosen the upper seal nut (8) by three turns minimum.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 369
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the upper grease
fitting of the flexible control (6).

NOTE : Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
____
at the holes of the upper seal nut (8).

(f) TORQUE the upper seal nut (8) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

(4) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Post SB 52-1085 For A/C 001-012,014-099,

Subtask 12-22-52-640-063-C

A. Lubrication Procedure

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A HIGH-PRESSURE GREASE-GUN. HIGH-PRESSURE


_______
LUBRICATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE COMPONENTS.

(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a hand grease gun to
the grease fitting of the subsequent components:
- the safety-pin guide fitting (1)
- the spring rod of the slide control handle (2)
- the telescopic rod of the slide arming mechanism (3)
- the hook of the interlock mechanism (4)
- the spring rod of the escape-slide control mechanism (5)

(2) Make sure that the bushes of the safety-pin guide fitting (1) are in
their correct position after the lubrication procedure.

(3) Lubricate the flexible control (6) as follows:

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS USE THE SAME GREASE FOR THIS LUBRICATION
_______
PROCEDURE.
IF YOU MIX THE GREASES, A CHEMICAL REACTION CAN OCCUR AND
CAUSE INCORRECT OPERATION.

(a) Loosen the lower seal nut (7) by three turns minimum.

(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE


(Material No. 04-017) to the upper grease fitting of the flexible
control (6).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 370
May 01/08
 
IAC 
NOTE : Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
____
at the holes of the lower seal nut (7).

(c) TORQUE the lower seal nut (7) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

(d) Loosen the upper seal nut (8) by three turns minimum.

(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) or COMMON GREASE


(Material No. 04-017) to the upper grease fitting of the flexible
control (6).

NOTE : Operate the hand grease gun until the grease comes in view
____
at the holes of the upper seal nut (8).

(f) TORQUE the upper seal nut (8) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) with a brush to the spring
of girt bar trigger.

(5) Remove the unwanted grease with a lint-free cloth.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-410-063

A. Close Access

(1) Install the removed door insulation and door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-
46-400-001) and (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-002).

(2) Do the safety precautions on the applicable door after maintenance


(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).

(3) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 371
May 01/08
 
IAC 
TASK 12-22-52-640-016

Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm Support-Fitting Bearings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-14

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth


No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 06-014


DRY FILM LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door


52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-001 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-002 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 12-22-52-991-028 Fig. 318



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 372
May 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-52-010-068

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position to the applicable passenger/crew


door (referred to as door).

(2) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

(3) Do the special precautions on the applicable door before maintenance


(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-001).

Subtask 12-22-52-160-050

B. Cleaning Procedure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the bearing area of the opened door with a lint-free cloth and
the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016).

(2) Dry the cleaned bearing area.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-22-52-640-065

A. Lubrication of the Bearings


R (Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-22-52-991-028)

(1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-014) on all sliding parts of the
bearings.

(2) Release the door stay mechanism and move the applicable door in the
close and open direction serveral times.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 373
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Lubrication of the Hinge-Arm Support-Fitting Bearings
R Figure 318/TASK 12-22-52-991-028



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 374
May 01/08
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-52-410-065

A. Close Access

(1) Do the safety precautions on the applicable door after maintenance


(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-002).

(2) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-52

Page 375
May 01/08
 
IAC 
FUSELAGE - SERVICING
____________________

TASK 12-22-53-640-001

Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Bearings and Attachment Fittings

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 274000-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notices


No specific access platform 3.60 m (11 ft. 10 in.)
R



EFF :

ALL  12-22-53

Page 301
May 01/97
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System


29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
12-22-53-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-53-860-050

A. Aircraft Configuration

(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003) and install the warning notices to prevent pressurization.

(2) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel is at zero.

(3) Make sure that the elevator controls are at zero.

Subtask 12-22-53-941-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 310.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-53

Page 302
May 01/03
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-53-010-050

R C. Open Access

(1) Put the warning notices in position in the cockpit to prevent the
operation of the flight controls.

(2) Open the access door 314AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-22-53-640-050

A. Lubricate the attach and the hinge fittings with COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004)
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-53-410-050

A. Close the access door 314AR.


R

Subtask 12-22-53-942-050

R B. Close Access

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-53

Page 303
May 01/97
 
IAC 
Lubrication Points of the Hinge and Attach Fittings of the Horizontal
Stabilizer
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-53-991-001



EFF :

ALL 

12-22-53 Page 304
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
STABILIZERS - SERVICING
_______________________

TASK 12-22-55-640-001

Lubrication of the Rudder Bearing No. 6

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 272400-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific clean cloth
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 9.0 m (29 ft. 6 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I


SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-55

Page 301
Nov 01/03
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System


29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
12-22-55-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-55-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).

(2) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.

(3) Put the access platform in position.

(4) Open and safety the access panels 325DL or 325DR.

Subtask 12-22-55-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16



EFF :

ALL  12-22-55

Page 302
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-001)

Subtask 12-22-55-640-050

A. Lubricate the rudder hinge bearing No. 6.

(1) Clean the grease nipple with a clean cloth.

(2) Lubricate with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) through the grease
nipple.

(3) Remove the unwanted grease with a clean cloth.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-55-410-051

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panels 325DL or 325DR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-55

Page 303
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-55-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-22-55

Page 304
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-22-55-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16



EFF :

ALL  12-22-55

Page 305
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
WINDOWS - SERVICING
___________________

TASK 12-22-56-600-001

R Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 561200-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific clean and dry cloth
No specific access platform 3.45 m (11 ft. 4 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236


PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-22-56

Page 301
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

56-12-11-000-001 Removal of the Sliding Windows


56-12-11-400-001 Installation of the Sliding Windows
12-22-56-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-22-56-941-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position opposite the forward


passenger/crew door.

(2) Open the right or left sliding window.

(3) Remove the sliding window lining (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-000-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-22-56-615-050

R A. Cleaning of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001)

R (1) Clean the cockpit sliding window tracks with a brush soaked in
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).

(2) Make dry with a clean and dry cloth.

NOTE : Make sure that the area to lubricate is clean.


____

Subtask 12-22-56-640-050

R B. Lubrication of the Cockpit Sliding Window Tracks

R (1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the cockpit sliding
R window tracks.

R (2) Remove all the unwanted material from the tracks.



EFF :

ALL  12-22-56

Page 302
May 01/02
 
IAC 
R Lubrication of Sliding Windows Mechanism Tracks
Figure 301/TASK 12-22-56-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-22-56

Page 303
May 01/02
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-22-56-942-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the sliding window lining (Ref. TASK 56-12-11-400-001)

(2) Close the right and the left sliding window.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-22-56

Page 304
Nov 01/01
 
IAC 
DRAINAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________

1. General
_______

A. The drainage points and their locations are specified in 12-00-00 page 1.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
AIR DATA SYSTEM - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-24-34-600-001

Bleeding of the Standby Air Data System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Remove water from the Standby Air Data System.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-24-34-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-24-34-860-051

A. Put the access platform in position in the zone 120, opposite the access
door 811.

Subtask 12-24-34-010-050

B. Open the access door 811.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-34

Page 301
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001)

Subtask 12-24-34-680-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the container in position under the water drain (1).

(2) Release the protection plug (2) from the water drain (1).

(3) Turn the protection plug (2) 180 degrees and put it into the drain
valve.

(4) Push the drain valve until the water in the standby static pressure
lines is removed.

(5) Install the protection plug (2) on the water drain (1) and lock it.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-24-34-860-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the container.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Remove all the grounding connectors, the maintenance equipment, the
special tools and the standard tools, the ground power units, the
filling equipment and the other items of equipment.

Subtask 12-24-34-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-24-34

Page 302
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
Standby Air Data System Water Drain
Figure 301/TASK 12-24-34-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-24-34

Page 303
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________

TASK 12-24-38-680-001

Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical Power)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)


No specific 1 HOSE - DRAIN

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819


LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste


24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

12-24-38-991-004 Fig. 201



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 201
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 020-099,

12-24-38-991-004-B Fig. 201A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-24-38-680-050

A. Draining of the Potable water System

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).

Subtask 12-24-38-861-051

B. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 202
May 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-24-38-865-052

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 020-099,

R 2000VU WATER SYS 1MA D04

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

R 2001VU WATER SYS 1MA D02

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

R 2001VU WATER SYS 1MP D01

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT IND 1MA B06


R

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

R 2001VU WATER SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05

R **ON A/C 901-999,

R 2001VU WATER SYS-QUANT-IND 1MA B06

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-941-052

D. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at Zones 171, 133.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 203
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-941-052-A

D. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at Zones 171, 138, 133.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-24-38-860-050

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each lavatory is
open.

(2) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each wet galley is
open.

(3) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).

(4) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each galley is
open.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-010-054

F. Open for Access

(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 171AL.

(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 204
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-010-054-A

F. Open for Access

(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.

(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-24-38-680-051

A. Drain the potable Water System


(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004)

(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:


- the fill and drain port on the service panel,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:

(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

NOTE : The drain valve control light 2MP comes on.


____

NOTE : Water will drain from:


____
- the fill and drain port on the potable water
service-panel 2023VU,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(3) Operate the water faucet(s) in the galley(s), the coffee makers and
or the water heater to drain them.

NOTE : To drain the residual water from the galley(s) it is necessary


____
to repeat step (3) several times.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 205
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
Potable Water Service-Panel
Figure 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,  12-24-38

Page 206
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of
the water outflow from the potable water system can take at
least 15 minutes. This depends on the attitude of the
aircraft.
Step (3) must be repeated again when the aircraft has been
moved.

(4) When the system is drained, remove the drain hose from:
- The fill and drain port at the service panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(5) Return the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the NORMAL
position.

**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-680-051-A

A. Drain the Potable Water System


(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-B)

(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:


- The fill and drain port on the potable water service-panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the MID drain and overflow panel,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:

(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

NOTE : These
____ lights come on:
- The drain valve control light 2MP,
- The drain valve control light 12MP,
- The overflow valve control light 6MP.

NOTE : Water will drain from:


____
- The fill and drain port on the potable water
service-panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the MID drain and overflow panel,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-24-38

Page 207
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
R Potable Water Service-Panel
R Figure 201A/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-B


R

EFF :

020-099,  12-24-38

Page 208
May 01/99
 
IAC 
(3) Operate the water faucet(s) in the galley(s), the coffee makers and
or the water heater to drain them.

NOTE : To drain the residual water from the galley(s) it is necessary


____
to repeat step (3) several times.
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of
the water outflow from the potable water system can take at
least 15 minutes. This depends on the attitude of the
aircraft.
Step (3) must be repeated again when the aircraft has been
moved.

(4) When the system is drained, remove the drain hose from:
- The fill and drain port at the service panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the MID drain and overflow panel,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(5) Return the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the NORMAL
position.

**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-24-38-680-051-C

A. Drain the Potable Water System


(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004)

(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:


- The fill and drain port on the potable water service-panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:

(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

NOTE : The drain valve control light 2MP comes on.


____

NOTE : Water will drain from:


____
- The fill and drain port on the potable water service
panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.



EFF :

020-099, 101-199,  12-24-38

Page 209
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
(3) Operate the water faucet(s) in the galley(s), the coffee makers and
or the water heater to drain them.

NOTE : To drain the residual water from the galley(s) it is necessary


____
to repeat step (3) several times.
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of
the water outflow from the potable water system can take at
least 15 minutes. This depends on the attitude of the
aircraft.
Step (3) must be repeated again when the aircraft has been
moved.

(4) When the system is drained, remove the drain hose from:
- The fill and drain port at the service panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(5) Return the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the NORMAL
position.

**ON A/C 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-680-051-B

A. Drain the Potable Water System


(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004)

(1) Connect the HOSE - DRAIN to:


- The fill and drain port on the service panel,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:

(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

NOTE : The drain valve control light 2MP comes on.


____

NOTE : Water will drain from:


____
- The fill and drain port on the potable water
service-panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(3) In the Lavatories/Galleys:

(a) Push the toilet flush button to drain the remaining water from
the toilet system.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-24-38

Page 210
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Operate the water faucet(s) in the galley(s), the coffee makers and
or the water heater to drain them.

NOTE : To drain the residual water from the galley(s) it is necessary


____
to repeat step (4) several times.
The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of
the water outflow from the potable water system can take at
least 15 minutes. This depends on the attitude of the
aircraft.
Step (4) must be repeated again when the aircraft has been
moved.

(5) When the system is drained, remove the drain hose from:
- The fill and drain port at the service panel 2023VU,
- The drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(6) Return the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the NORMAL
position.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Clean and dry the panels with a lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

(3) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.

NOTE : If the draining is done in cold weather the caps and access
____
panels should be left open (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001).

(4) Close the access panels 133AL, 171AL.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 211
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-410-052-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Clean and dry the panels with a lint free cloth MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003).

(3) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.

NOTE : If the draining is done in cold weather the caps and access
____
panels should be left open (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-001).

(4) Close the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-24-38-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

Subtask 12-24-38-942-055

C. Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 212
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-24-38-680-002

Draining of the Potable Water System (without Electrical Power)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

12-24-38-991-004 Fig. 201

**ON A/C 020-099,

12-24-38-991-004-B Fig. 201A



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 213
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-24-38-680-052

A. Draining of the Potable water System

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

(1) You must drain the water system when the outside air temperature is
as shown in the cold weather maintenance - procedure (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION
_______
IF THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER
FROM THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-941-053

B. Put the access platform in position at Zones 171, 133.

**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-941-053-A

B. Put the access platform in position at Zones 171, 138, 133.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 214
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-24-38-860-051

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each lavatory is
open.

(2) Make sure that the potable water-mixing timer control-knob in each
lavatory is set to the center position (between the RED and BLUE
band).

(3) Make sure that the potable water shutoff-valve in each galley is
open.

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-010-055

D. Open for Access

(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 171AL.

(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.

**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-010-055-A

D. Open for Access

(1) Open the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.

(2) Remove the cap from the fill and drain port on the service panel
2023VU.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 215
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-24-38-680-053

A. Drain the Potable Water System


(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION IF
_______
THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER FROM
THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

(1) Connect the drain hoses to:


- the fill and drain port on the service panel,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:


- turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO DRAIN
position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

(3) On the FWD drain panel:


- turn the drain control handle to the OPEN position.

NOTE : Water will drain from:


____
- the fill and drain port on the service panel 2023VU,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(4) When the system is drained:


- push in and then turn the fill and drain control handle to the
NORMAL position,
- turn the drain control handle on the drain panel to the CLOSED
position.

(5) Disconnect the drain hose(s) from the drain port(s).

(6) Clean and dry the panels with a clean cloth.

(7) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.



EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 216
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-680-053-A

A. Drain the Potable Water System


(Ref. Fig. 201A/TASK 12-24-38-991-004-B)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION IF
_______
THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER FROM
THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

(1) Connect the drain hoses to:


- the fill and drain port on the service panel,
- the drain port on the MID drain and overflow panel,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:

(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

(3) On the MID drain panel:

(a) Turn the overflow control handle to the OPEN position.

(4) Turn the drain control handle to the OPEN position.

(5) On the FWD drain panel:

(a) Turn the drain control handle on the drain panel to the OPEN
position.

NOTE : Water
____ will drain from:
- the fill and drain port on the service panel 2023VU,
- the drain port on the MID drain panel,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(6) When the system is drained:


- push in and then turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to
the NORMAL position.
- turn the drain control handle on the MID drain panel to the CLOSED
position,
- turn the overflow control handle on the MID drain panel to the
CLOSED position.


R

EFF :

020-099,  12-24-38

Page 217
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
- turn the drain control handle on the FWD drain panel to the CLOSED
position.

(7) Disconnect the drain hose(s) from the drain port(s).

(8) Clean and dry the panels with a clean cloth.

(9) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-680-053-B

A. Drain the Potable water System


(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-24-38-991-004)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES ARE IN THE CLOSED POSITION IF
_______
THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS ON.
YOU MUST DO THIS LESS THAN 10 MIN AFTER THE FLOW OF WATER FROM
THE DRAIN PORTS OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM STOPS.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

(1) Connect the drain hoses to:


- the fill and drain port on the service panel,
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

(2) On the potable water service-panel 2023VU:

(a) Turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to the PULL TO
DRAIN position. Then pull it out to the mechanical stop.

(b) Turn the drain control handle on the FWD drain panel to the OPEN
position.

NOTE : Water will drain from:


____
- the fill and drain port on the service panel 2023VU:
- the drain port on the FWD drain panel.

NOTE : Water will remain in the supply lines to the toilet units.
____

(3) When the system is drained:


- push in and then turn the fill and drain control handle 3254MM to
the NORMAL position.
- turn the drain control handle on the FWD drain panel to the CLOSED
position.


R

EFF :

020-099, 101-199, 901-999,  12-24-38

Page 218
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(4) Disconnect the drain hose(s) from the drain port(s).

(5) Clean and dry the panels with a clean cloth.

(6) Install the cap on the fill and drain port of the service panel.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-019, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-24-38-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panels 133AL, 171AL.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
the standard and special tools and all other items.

**ON A/C 020-099,

Subtask 12-24-38-410-053-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panels 133AL, 192NB, 171AL.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove all the ground support equipment, the maintenance equipment,
the standard and special tools and all other items.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-24-38

Page 219
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
USE OF MANUAL (MAGNETIC) FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R Manual Magnetic Indicators (MMIs) can be used to find the quantity of fuel
R in the tanks when the aircraft is on the ground. Electrical power is not
required to operate the MMIs.

R Before the MMIs are used it is necessary to find the aircraft attitude
R value.
R

To find the quantity of fuel in the tanks it is necessary to use conversion


tables and this data:
- the MMI readings
R - the aircraft attitude value
- the specific gravity of the fuel.

R The MMIs are fully described in (Ref. 28-43-00) and for their use
R (Ref.12-11-28).



EFF :

ALL  12-28-00

Page 1
Nov 01/02
 
IAC 
UNSCHEDULED SERVICING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________

1. _______
General
This section provides instructions related to the servicing operations for
which no frequency is specified.
It is divided as follows:
- AIRCRAFT PROTECTION (Ref. ATA 12-31),
- SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS (Ref. ATA 12-32),
- PRE-CONDITIONING (Ref. ATA 12-33),
- SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING (Ref. ATA 12-36).



EFF :

ALL  12-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
AIRCRAFT PROTECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________

1. _______
General
Safe operation of aircraft in cold weather conditions raises specific
problems. Aircraft downtime and delays in flight schedules caused by cold
weather problems can be minimized by a program of preventive cold weather
servicing.
Procedures for cold weather servicing during cold weather must be developed
by the operator. This servicing must meet their specific requirements based
on :
- their cold weather experience
- the available equipment and materials
- the climatic conditions existing at their bases
This topic contains information to assist the operator in defining
developing, and implementing cold weather preventive maintenance procedures
R that will minimize aircraft downtime and improve the safe operating level of
R the aircraft in adverse climatic conditions .
These procedures are:
- 12-31-11,P. Block 201 ANTI-ICING PROTECTION
- 12-31-12,P. Block 201 ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL.
- 12-31-21,P. Block 201 AIR CONDITIONING.
- 12-31-24,P. Block 201 ELECTRICAL POWER.
- 12-31-25,P. Block 201 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS.
- 12-31-27,P. Block 201 FLIGHT CONTROLS.
- 12-31-28,P. Block 201 FUEL.
- 12-31-31,P. Block 201 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION.
- 12-31-32,P. Block 201 LANDING GEAR.
- 12-31-35,P. Block 201 OXYGEN SYSTEM
- 12-31-38,P. Block 201 WATER/WASTE.
- 12-31-49,P. Block 201 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT.
- 12-31-51,P. Block 201 STRUCTURE.
- 12-31-52,P. Block 201 DOORS.
- 12-31-71,P. Block 201 POWER PLANT.
Cold Soak Definition
The aircraft is in cold soak configuration when :
- it is parked in cold weather (Outside Air Temperature (OAT) lower than 0
deg.C (32.00 deg.F)) and
- there is no supply of power to the aircraft (no air conditioning).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
2. __________________________________
De-icing and Anti-icing Guidelines

A. De-Icing and Anti-Icing Glossary

(1) De-icing is a procedure to remove frost, ice, snow and slush from the
aircraft surfaces.

R (2) De-icing fluids are normally applied heated. Typical de-icing fluids
R are :
- Heated water
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type I)
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid
- Non-Newtonian fluid (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV fluid)
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.

R (3) De-icing and anti-icing fluids shall be heated according to the fluid
R manufacturers guidelines.
R For Type I fluids, water loss can cause undesirable aerodynamic
R effects.
R For Type II and type IV fluids, therminal exposure and/or water loss
R can cause a reduction in fluid viscosity leading to lower holdover
R times.
R Any of the following situations or a combination of them can
R accelerate the fluid performance degradation:
R - low fluid consumption,
R - trucks being in standby mode with heating system on for extended
R periods of time,
R - high temperatures in fluid tanks,
R - high temperatures in water tanks which are in direct contact with
R the fluid tanks (no insulation between tanks).

R (4) Anti-icing is a precautionary procedure which provides protection


against the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulation on the
treated surfaces of the aircraft for a limited period of time, the
holdover time.

R (5) Anti-icing fluids are normally applied cold directly onto clean
aircraft surfaces. Typical anti-icing fluids are :
- Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA type I)
- Mixtures of water and Type I fluid
- Non-Newtonian fluids (ISO or SAE or AEA Type II or Type IV)
- Mixtures of water and Type II or Type IV fluid.

R (6) Non-Newtonian Fluids (Type II or Type IV) have a viscosity that


reduces with increased air flow over the fluid.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-00

Page 2
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
(7) Newtonian Fluids (Type I) have a low viscosity that only changes with
temperature

(8) Holdover time is the estimated time during which anti-icing fluids
will prevent the formation of frost or ice and snow accumulations on
the protected surfaces of the aircraft. The holdover time starts at
the beginning of the anti-icing treatment.

(9) De-/Anti-icing is a combination of the de-icing and the anti-icing


procedures and is performed in one or two steps.

(10) One step De-/Anti-icing is carried out with an anti-icing fluid,


normally heated. The aircraft is de-iced and the fluid that remains
on the aircraft gives limited anti-ice protection.

(11) Two step De-icing/Anti-Icing, as inferred, comprises two completely


separate steps :
- The first step is to de-ice the aircraft (remove frost, ice, slush
and snow accumulations),
- The second step is then to immediately follow this with an
anti-icing procedure.

B. Recommendations

(1) Aircraft performance certification is based upon that aircraft having


an uncontaminated or clean structure.

(2) Ice, snow and frost or combinations of them will disturb the airflow,
affecting lift and drag. They also increase the aircraft weight.

(3) The aircraft, and especially its surfaces that provide lift and
stability, must be aerodynamically clean. If they are not, safe
operation is not possible.

(4) If the fuel temperature is below freezing point and the aircraft is
subject to precipitation, clear ice may form on the wings (wing tank
area), even if the outside temperature is as high as 15 deg.C (59.00
deg.F).

(5) An aircraft that is ready for flight must not have ice, snow, slush
or frost adhering to its critical flight surfaces (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers and rudder).
R Thin hoarfrost is permitted on the upper surface of the fuselage.

R NOTE : Thin hoarfrost is typically a white crystalline deposit which


____
R usually develops uniformly on exposed surfaces on cold and
R cloudless nights; it is so thin that a person can distinguish
R surface features (lines or markings) beneath it.

NOTE : A frost layer less than 3 mm (1/8 in.) on the underside of the
____
wing, in the area of fuel tanks, is permitted without effect



EFF :

ALL  12-31-00

Page 3
May 01/06
 
IAC 
on takeoff performance if it is caused by cold fuel (low fuel
temperature, OAT above freezing and high humidity).

(6) A contamination check of the aircraft must cover all parts of the
aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because accumulations of clear
ice are sometimes not easily visible, it is recommended that critical
surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers and rudder) are
inspected with your hands.

(7) Weather conditions determine when the aircraft de-/anti-icing must be


carried out.

(8) During checks on the ground, electrical or mechanical ice-detectors


must not replace physical checks.

(9) If the aircraft arrives at the gate with the flaps/slats in a


position other than fully retracted, you must inspect these
flaps/slats, and if necessary de-ice before retraction.

C. De-icing and/or Anti-icing Equipment and Materials

(1) Type I Fluids


Type I fluids are normally used for aircraft de-icing and have only a
limited effect when used for anti-icing purposes.
Type I fluids are normally used for aircraft de-icing. These fluids
contain at least 80 % by volume of either :
- Monoethylene-glycol
- Diethylene-glycol
- Monopropylene-glycol
- or a mixture of these glycols.
- The other 20% comprise inhibitors to restrict corrosion and
increase the flash-point together with water and wetting agents.
These fluids show a low viscosity which only changes with
temperature. The freezing point of a water/glycol mixture will vary
with the amount of water contained in the fluid. It must be noted
that the lowest freezing point of concentrated TYPE I fluid is
approximately -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F) whereas the lowest
temperature protection will be found with a 60%/40% mixture of TYPE
I fluid and water whose freezing point will be below -50 deg.C (-
58.00 deg.F). However, due to the lower viscosity, it flows off the
wing more easily. Therefore a 50/50 mixture of TYPE I fluids and
water is normally used.

(2) Type II or Type IV fluids contain at least 50% by volume of either :


- Monoethylene-glycol
- Diethylene-glycol
- Monopropylene-glycol
- or a mixture of these glycols.
The other 50% comprises :



EFF :

ALL  12-31-00

Page 4
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
- inhibitors to restrict corrosion and increase the flash-point
- water and wetting agents to allow the fluid to form a uniform film
over the aircraft surfaces
- thickening agents to enable the fluid to adhere to the aircraft
surfaces for longer periods.
Type II or Type IV fluids have a longer holdover time than type I
fluid.

(3) Fluid dilution


Type I, Type II and Type IV fluids can be diluted with water. This
may be done if, due to weather conditions, there is no requirement
R for a long conservation time or the higher freezing points are
R sufficient for the climatic conditions present.

(4) Holdover times


Holdover times are the estimated times that the applied anti-icing
fluid will prevent the formation of frost, ice and the accumulation
of snow on the protected surfaces of an aircraft. When applying first
step de/anti-icing process, the holdover time is from the start of
the de/anti-icing application and when applying second step
de/anti-icing process, the holdover time is from the start of the
anti-icing application.
The holdover times given are for general information only. The
indicated time of protection may be shortened :
- in severe weather
- in high winds and jet blasts
- by the age and condition of the fluid
- by the method of application

(5) The anti-icing code


It is important that the flight crew get clear and precise
information from persons who have carried out any de-/anti-icing
procedures. In order to improve the quality of communication between
the de-/anti-icing team and the flight crew, it is recommended that
an anti-icing code be used. This will enable the flight crew to
assess the Holdover Time. This code must contain the following
information :
- Type of Fluid
- Percentage of fluid to water (for type II and Type IV fluids only)
- Time de-/anti-icing application began (preferably local time)
R - Complete name of the anti-icing fluid (so called brand-name) for
R Type II and Type IV fluids only (optional).

NOTE : The time referred to in the anti-icing codes must be the


____
starting time of the anti-icing procedure.

Two examples of anti-icing codes are given below :



EFF :

ALL  12-31-00

Page 5
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
R AEA Type II/ 75/ 16.43 local xxxxx
R ----------- --- ----------- -----
R | | | |
R | | | |
R | | | |
R | | | --------- Complete name of fluid
| | |
| | ----------------- Local Time of start of the application
| |
| ---------------- % of fluid/water by vol : 75% fluid/25% water
|
Type of fluid used

ISO Type I/ 06.30 UTC


---------- ---------
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| - Universal coordinated Time of start of the application
|
------ Type of fluid used

(6) Equipment

(a) Mobile equipment


Truck mounted de-icing/anti-icing equipment must ideally be
compatible for the application of Type I, Type II and Type IV
fluids. Therefore the pump must be of the cavity or diaphragm
type. Older types of centrifugal pumps cause degradation of
fluids and their viscosity is reduced.

(b) Static facilities


Purpose built de-icing/anti-icing facilities, available at some
airports, consist of spray nozzles mounted on a gantry. The
gantry moves at a predetermined speed over the aircraft or the
aircraft moves under the gantry. The rate of fluid application
can be computer-controlled, giving consistent and fast fluid
application.

(c) Protective clothing


The usual precautions generally taken with chemicals must be
R applied when using de-icing/anti-icing fluids. This includes
R wearing protective clothing, protective goggles and the
application of suitable skin ointment on exposed skin.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-00

Page 6
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
ANTI-ICING PROTECTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________________________

TASK 12-31-11-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID IN:


_______
- THE AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES OR APU
- THE AIR OUTLET OF THE OUTFLOW VALVE 10HL
- ALL OTHER AIR INTAKES OR OUTLETS.

CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT


_______
PROTECTION (SHEET MATERIAL) ON THE BRAKE UNITS. ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING
FLUID CAN CAUSE CORROSION.

CAUTION : DO NOT POINT HIGH-PRESSURE JETS:


_______
- AT EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY
ACTUATORS AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS,
- AT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS.
THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 5 PSI (0.35
BAR). FOR FAIRINGS, THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE
THAN 1.5 PSI (0.1 BAR).
HIGH PRESSURE JETS CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO BEARINGS, JOINTS, BRAKES,
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED COMPONENTS. LIQUIDS THAT GET
INTO THESE AREAS CAN CAUSE CORROSION, FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT,
REMOVE NECESSARY LUBRICANTS OR START INCORRECT ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME. THE
_______
HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
R (supplied with the fluid).
R The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
R anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
R Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
R - Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
R - Training Recommendations and Background Information for
R De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-11

Page 201
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their individual
____
operating procedures and requirements.

NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.


____
The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
applicable methods of protection.
The time of protection will be shorter in very bad weather
conditions. High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the
protective film. If these conditions occur, the time of protection
will be much shorter.
The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wind
temperature is lower than the OAT.
Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
is necessary when you use the times given in the tables.

The procedures prevent the formation of ice in some zones (wings, vertical
and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) and make the removal of snow from the
aircraft easier.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING
HEIGHT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 10-11-00-555-013 Installation of the Aircraft Protection Equipment


12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears



EFF :

ALL  12-31-11

Page 202
May 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-11-660-052

R A. Recommendations

(1) An aircraft that is prepared for flight must not have ice, snow,
slush or frost on its critical flight surfaces (wings, vertical and
horizontal stabilizers, rudder).

(2) A contamination check of the aircraft must include all parts of the
aircraft. You must do this visual inspection from a position which
gives a clear view of all surfaces. Because collected clear ice is
not always easy to see, we recommend that you inspect critical
surfaces (wings, vertical and horizontal stabilizers, rudder) with
your hands.

(3) Do the aircraft de-/anti-icing if weather conditions make it


necessary.

(4) When you do a check on the ground, electrical or mechanical


ice-detectors must not replace manual checks.

(5) If the aircraft comes to the gate with the flaps/slats in a position
other than fully retracted:
- You must inspect these flaps/slats.
- You must de-ice before retraction, if necessary.

(6) Application limits:


Do not apply a new layer of anti-icing fluid directly on a layer
applied before.
If you must apply new anti-icing protection before the subsequent
flight, you must:
- First, do the de-icing of the aircraft with a hot fluid solution.
- Then, apply the anti-icing protection on the clean aircraft.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-11-860-050

A. Aircraft configuration

(1) Park the aircraft on a flat surface. Make sure that the wheel of the
nose landing gear is on the aircraft axis and the aircraft points
into the wind.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-11

Page 203
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) Install the safety devices on the landing gears (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-
481-001).

(3) Put the wheel chocks in front of and behind the wheels of the main
and nose landing gears.

NOTE : The wheel chocks on the nose landing gear and the parking
____
brake give more safety in bad weather.

(4) Ground the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-34-24-869-002).

(5) Install protection equipment (Ref. TASK 10-11-00-555-013).

(6) Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(7) Make sure that the flaps, the slats, the spoilers, the speed brakes
and the thrust reversers are retracted.
R

R (8) Make sure that the APU and the engine bleed air systems are stopped.

R (9) On the CABIN PRESS section of the panel 25VU:

(a) Make sure that the MODE SEL pushbutton switch is in the AUTO
position.
- the FAULT and the MAN indicator legends in the MODE SEL
pushbutton switch are off.

(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON legend comes on).

NOTE : The upper ECAM DU can show the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT
____
message. Ignore this message, but make sure that you reset
(open and close) the AEVC circuit breakers at the end of
the procedure.

R (10) Put a warning notice to tell persons to remove snow from their shoes
and clothes before they go into the aircraft. This is very important
in the cargo compartments. If there is ice or snow on the latches,
this can cause defective operation of the cargo loading system.

R (11) Make sure that all the doors and the sliding windows are closed.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-11

Page 204
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-11-941-050

B. Put the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT in


position. Make sure that the safety zone of the aircraft is clear so that
the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT moves
easily.

NOTE : For the use of the ramp, the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M


____
(39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT has a storage tank for the anti/de-icing
fluid. Do not mix other fluids with the anti/de-icing fluid. Use
the fluid at the recommended concentration for the temperature to
get a correct protection.

Subtask 12-31-11-660-051

C. Aircraft Anti-Icing

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID ON THE COCKPIT OR CABIN


_______
R WINDOWS. IT CAN CAUSE CRACKS ON THE WINDOW. THE FLUID CAN ALSO
R GO INTO THE WINDOW SEAL. YOU MUST CLOSE ALL DOORS AND WINDOWS
R TO PREVENT:
R - CONTAMINATION OF GALLEY FLOOR AREAS WITH FLUID,
R - CONTAMINATION OF UPHOLSTERY.

R (1) Apply the anti-icing fluid to all the external surfaces of the
R aircraft with the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT)
SPRAYING HEIGHT
R You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
R aircraft.
Do no apply fluid directly on:
- The APU air intake
- The ram air inlets
- The landing gear doors
- The engine cowls and air intakes
- The outflow valve air outlet
- The pitot probes
- The static probes
- The AOA sensors.

R (2) Do not put too much anti-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
R aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the snow.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-11

Page 205
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
R (3) In the THS area, be specially careful to point the spray from the
R front to the rear.

R NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to the
____
R front), anti-icing fluid can go into the THS or into rear
R fuselage non-pressurized compartment.

R (4) To prevent the flow of fluid on the cockpit windows, remove the
R remaining fluid from the forward areas. You can clean the surface
R with clear water and a soft cloth.

R (5) If you find fluid on the cockpit or cabin windows, clean the window
with clear water and a soft cloth.
R - Do not use the wipers to clean fluid from the windshield.
R - Be careful to remove all fluid from the windshield, specially in
R the wiper area.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-31-11-942-050

A. Put the Aircraft back to its initial configuration

(1) Remove the covers and clean them with water to remove all signs of
R the anti-icing fluid.

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-11

Page 206
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
ICE AND SNOW REMOVAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________

TASK 12-31-12-660-002

De-icing of the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (Engines Stopped)

R CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
R ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID IN:


_______
- THE AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES OR APU
- THE AIR OUTLET OF THE OUTFLOW VALVE 10HL
- ALL OTHER AIR INTAKES OR OUTLETS.

R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING PROCEDURE, ALWAYS PUT


_______
R PROTECTION (SHEET MATERIAL) ON THE BRAKE UNITS. ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING
R FLUID CAN CAUSE CORROSION.

CAUTION : DO NOT POINT HIGH-PRESSURE JETS:


_______
- AT EQUIPMENT SUCH AS GEAR BOX SEALS, STEADY BEARINGS, ROTARY
ACTUATORS AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS,
- AT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS SUCH AS HARNESSES, PROXIMITY SENSORS AND
CONNECTORS.
THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 5 PSI (0.35
BAR). FOR FAIRINGS, THE IMPACT PRESSURE OF THE JETS MUST NOT BE MORE
THAN 1.5 PSI (0.1 BAR).
HIGH PRESSURE JETS CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO BEARINGS, JOINTS, BRAKES,
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED COMPONENTS. LIQUIDS THAT GET
INTO THESE AREAS CAN CAUSE CORROSION, FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT,
REMOVE NECESSARY LUBRICANTS OR START INCORRECT ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS.

CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE JET EXHAUST TO REMOVE SNOW OR ICE FROM THE AIRFRAME. THE
_______
HIGH PRESSURE AND HIGH TEMPERATURE OF JET EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 201
May 01/08
 
IAC 
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R The procedures show how to remove ice and snow from some areas of the
R aircraft when the engines are stopped.

R NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their individual
____
R operating methods and requirements.

R NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.


____
R The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
R the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
R It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
R applicable methods of protection.
R The time of protection will be shorter in very bad weather
R conditions. High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the
R protective film. If these conditions occur, the time of protection
R will be much shorter.
R The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wing
R temperature is lower than the OAT.
R Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
R is necessary.

NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid).
The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground
- Training Recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing Aircraft on the Ground.
R



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 202
May 01/08
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brooms
No specific covers
No specific panels
No specific rag
No specific sealing caps
No specific soft brush
No specific warning notice
No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING
HEIGHT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-001 USA MIL-PRF-7870


MINERAL OIL (LOW TEMP) (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

10-11-00-555-013 Installation of the Aircraft Protection Equipment


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 12-31-12-660-056

R A. Not Applicable



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 203
May 01/08
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-12-660-058

R A. De-icing with the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (the aircraft engines
R are stopped).

(1) Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(2) Put the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT


in position.

NOTE : To use the mobile equipment on the ramp, it has a storage tank
____
for the de-icing fluid.
Do not mix other fluids with the de-icing fluid.
Use it at the ambient temperature.

(3) Make sure that the APU and aircraft engine bleed are stopped.

CAUTION : BEFORE YOU PUSH THE DITCHING PUSHBUTTON SWITCH, MAKE SURE
_______
THAT THERE IS NO SUPPLY OF AIR TO THE AIRCRAFT THROUGH THE
LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION. IF THERE IS A SUPPLY OF AIR, YOU
CAN CAUSE UNWANTED PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.

(4) On the panel 25VU:

(a) make sure that the MOD SEL pushbutton switch is on AUTO.

(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (ON legend comes on).

NOTE : The upper ECAM DU can show the EVENT AVNCS SYS FAULT
____
message. Ignore this message, but make sure that you reset
(open and close) the AEVC C/Bs at the end of the
procedure.

(5) On the panel 22VU:

(a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).

(6) Put a warning notice to tell persons to remove snow from their shoes
and clothes before they go into the aircraft. This is very important
in the cargo compartments. If there is ice or snow on the latches,
this can cause defective operation of the cargo loading system.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 204
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(7) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the surfaces of the aircraft with the
mobile equipment.
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
Do not apply fluid directly on:
- the APU air intake,
- the ram air inlets,
R - the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
- the landing gear doors,
- the engine cowls and air intakes,
- the outflow valve air outlet,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the static probes,
- the AOA sensors.

(8) Do not put too much de-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
and the snow.

NOTE : If the layer of snow is too thick, remove most of the snow
____
with brooms. (Use brooms with soft bristles to prevent damage
to the skin of the aircraft).

(9) In the THS area, be specially careful to point the spray from the
front to rear.

NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
____
de-icing fluid can go into the THS or into rear fuselage
non-pressurized compartment.

(10) Make sure that there is no ice frost or snow in the engine air
intake, all the air inlets and outlets and the engine fan blades.
This includes the rear side of the engine fan blades.

(11) Landing gear

CAUTION : REMOVE ICE AND SNOW TO PREVENT INGRESS OF CONTAMINANTS INTO


_______
BRAKES AND WHEELS. PUT COVERS ON TO PREVENT FURTHER INGRESS
OF CONTAMINANTS.

Remove collected ice or snow on the landing gear with a rag or a soft
brush.

(12) If the handle of the cargo compartment door stays fully in:
- lubricate the handle and the latch with OILS (Material No. 03-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 205
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-12-660-057

B. De-icing after Landing With Snow on the Runways

(1) Make sure that the safety devices are installed on landing gears
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(2) If necessary , remove all signs of ice or snow from:


- the leading edge of the wing,
- the slat control mechanism : the PCU, gearboxes, rotary actuators,
torque shaftsand tracks,
- the flap tracks, the carriages and the hinge mechanism,
- the rear spar area of the wing (above and in front of the flaps),
- the engine air intakes and the fan duct,
- the engine fan blades (this includes the rear side of the engine
fan blades),
- the landing gears, specially the wheels and the brakes.

(3) If you think there will be snow:


- retract the flaps and the slats,
- retract the spoilers and the speed brakes,
- install the covers, the panels and the sealing caps (Ref. TASK 10-
11-00-555-013).
Make sure that:
- the landing gear doors,
- the passenger/crew doors,
- the cargo compartment doors,
- the sliding windows are closed.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-31-12-942-050

A. Put the Aircraft back to its initial configuration

(1) Remove the mobile equipment.

(2) On the panel 25VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is off).

(3) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10 HL is in the OPEN
position before:
- you supply air to the aircraft,
- you start the air conditioning packs.

(4) De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 206
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 207
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-31-12-660-003

De-icing with the Aircraft Parked in an Open Area (Engines Running)

R CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
R ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : WEAR A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU DE-ICE THE FORWARD FUSELAGE WITH THE
_______
ENGINES AT IDLE. THE SUCTION AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES CAN BE
DANGEROUS.

CAUTION : DURING THE ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING AND WASHING PROCEDURES, MAKE SURE THAT
_______
THE HOT WATER OR HOT WATER/FLUID MIXTURES DO NOT CAUSE THE
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN TO INCREASE TO MORE THAN +70⁰C.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY ANTI-ICING/DE-ICING FLUID IN:


_______
- THE AIR INTAKES AND EXHAUST OF THE ENGINES OR APU
- THE AIR OUTLET OF THE OUTFLOW VALVE 10HL
- ALL OTHER AIR INTAKES OR OUTLETS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To provide protection against the formation of frost or ice and snow


accumulation.
Preparation of the aircraft in icing weather conditions.

R NOTE : The data given in this procedure are guidelines only.


____
R The user can use these guidelines and his experience and knowledge of
R the local weather conditions to help him make the decision.
R It is the responsibility of the user to make the decision about the
R applicablemethods of protection.
R The time of protection will be shorter in very bad weather
R conditions. High wind speeds and jet blast can cause damage to the
R protective film. If these conditions occur, the time of protection
R will be much shorter.
R The time of protection can also be much shorter if the wing
R temperature is lower than the OAT.
R Because conditions are not always the same, a pre-take-off inspection
R is necessary.

R NOTE : The operators must use the procedures applicable to their individual
____
R operating methods and requirements.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 208
May 01/08
 
IAC 
R NOTE : The flight crew is in the aircraft.
____

NOTE : All the data related to the fluids should be taken from the
____
manufacturers recommendations for application and holdover times
(supplied with the fluid).
The Ice Protection Procedures and all the data related to
anti/de-icing fluids are described in the Association of European
Airlines (AEA) recommendations available on the website www.aea.be:
- Recommendations for De-Icing/Anti-Icing of aircraft on the Ground
- Training Recommendations and Background Information for
De-Icing/Anti-Icing of Aircraft on the Ground.
R

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific rag
No specific soft brush
No specific 1 DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING
HEIGHT

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-12-210-057

R A. External safety inspection

(1) Make sure that there is no ice or snow in the APU intake and ram air
inlet.

(2) Make sure that there is no snow or frost on all control surfaces.

(3) Make sure that there is no frost, ice or snow on these items of
equipment :
- the landing gear
- the engine inlets
- the engine fan blades (this includes the rear side of the engine
fan blades)
- the venting system
- the pitot and static probes



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 209
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-12-660-061

R B. Put the DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING EQUIPMENT - 12 M (39 FT) SPRAYING HEIGHT in


R position.

(1) Prepare the de-icing compound. For this, obey the instructions of the
suplier. Do not mix the de-icing compound with the other fluids and
use it at the ambient temperature.

NOTE : For use on the ramp, the mobile equipment has a storage tank
____
for de-icing fluid.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-12-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the panel 25VU :

(a) Make sure that the MOD SEL pushbutton switch is on AUTO.

(b) Push the DITCHING pushbutton switch (ON legend comes on).

NOTE : The upper ECAM DU can show the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT
____
message. Ignore this message, but make sure that you reset
(open and close) the AEVC C/Bs at the end of the
procedure.

(2) On the panel 22VU:

(a) Release the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the OVRD legend comes on).

(3) On the panel 30VU :

(a) Release the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton switches (the
OFF legends are on).

(b) Release the APU BLEED pushbutton switch (the ON legend is off).

(4) On the panel 110VU :

(a) Set the PARKING BRK control switch to ON, or chocks ON.
This is not necessary if aircraft is connected to pushback
tractor.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 210
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(5) Make sure that the engine THROTTLE control levers are at IDLE to
operate the engines at IDLE.

Subtask 12-31-12-660-059

B. Aircraft De-Icing

(1) Apply the de-icing fluid to all the surfaces of the aircraft with the
mobile equipment.
You must always point the spray from the front to the rear of the
aircraft.
Do not apply fluid directly on:
- the APU air intake,
- the ram air inlets,
R - the brake system and wheels of the landing gear,
- the landing gear doors,
- the engine cowls and air intakes,
- the outflow valve air outlet,
- the pitot probes,
- the temperature sensors,
- the ice detection probes,
- the static probes,
- the AOA sensors.

(2) Do not put too much de-icing fluid in the rudder, elevator and
aileron servo-control areas. Use sufficient fluid to remove the ice
and the snow.

(3) In the THS area, be specially careful to point the spray from the
front to the rear.

NOTE : If you point the spray in the other direction (rear to front),
____
de-icing fluid can go into the THS or into the rear fuselage
non-pressurized compartment.

(4) Landing gear


R
Remove collected ice or snow on the landing gear with a rag or a soft
brush.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 211
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-12-660-060

C. Completion of spraying operation

(1) Run engines up to approximately 60 % N1 for 10 to 15 seconds to


remove residual de-icing fluids.

(2) On the panel 25VU, release the DITCHING pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is off).

(3) Visually make sure that the outflow valve 10 HL is in the OPEN
position before you supply bleed air to the air conditioning packs.

(4) On the panel 30VU, push the ENG BLEED 1 and ENG BLEED 2 pushbutton
switches (the OFF legends are off).

(5) On the panel 30VU, push the APU bleed pushbutton switch (the ON
legend is on).

(6) On the panel 22VU, push the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (AUTO).

Subtask 12-31-12-210-056

D. Do a visual inspection of the PITOT and STATIC probes.

Subtask 12-31-12-865-052

E. If the VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT message is shown on the upper ECAM DU, reset
these AEVC C/Bs:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D07

**ON A/C ALL

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 212
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05

**ON A/C ALL

122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-31-12-942-054

A. Remove the equipment

(1) Remove the mobile equipment.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 213
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-31-12-660-006

De-icing of the Aircraft by InfraRed Facilities

CAUTION : DO NOT TRY TO OPERATE ANY OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES IF THERE IS
_______
ICE ON THEM. IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM.
R SMALL SURFACE MOVEMENT IS PERMITTED AT HYDRAULIC POWER-UP OF
R AIRCRAFT.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To provide de-icing procedure of the aircraft by infrared facilities.


To prepare the aircraft in icing weather conditions before flight.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-12-660-063

R A. General Facility Specification


The facilities used are identified and proven InfraTek Radiant infrared
de-icing facilities or in accordance with the same Design and
Certification processes.
FAA AC No. 150/5300-14 gives specification and guidance for aircraft
de-icing facility. Always use the latest issue. If the AC is superseded
by inclusion into an FAA document or manual, use the latest issue of the
document.

4. Procedure
_________

CAUTION : DURING THE INFRARED DE-ICING PROCEDURE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
TEMPERATURE OF THE AIRCRAFT SKIN DOES NOT INCREASE TO MORE THAN
+70 DEG.C (158.0 DEG.F).

Subtask 12-31-12-660-064

A. Procedures for the Use of the Facility


The procedures are given by the InfraRed De-Icing Facility (IRDF). They
must be in accordance with the latest issue of the FAA regulations and
SAE Standard Practice documents (See SAE ARP4737. Always use the latest
issue).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 214
May 01/08
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-31-12-942-055

A. Aircraft De-icing Confirmation


At the end of the infrared de-icing procedure, the airline inspector and
the flight crew must make sure that the aircraft de-icing is completed.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-12

Page 215
May 01/08
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIR CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-21-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the air
conditioning.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-31-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording


systems and Navigation
12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste
12-31-49-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-21-660-050

A. General

(1) To know if pre-conditioning is necessary, refer to tables 1 and 2 in


the cold weather practices for the water/waste system (Ref. TASK 12-
31-38-660-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-21

Page 201
May 01/99
R  
IAC 
R (2) Avionics Bay Temperature

R CAUTION : DO NOT ENERGIZE THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL NETWORK IF:


_______
R - THE TEMPERATURE IN THE AVIONICS COMPARTMENT IS EQUAL TO
R OR LESS THAN -40⁰C (-40.00⁰F), AND
R - THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR THE COMPUTERS IN THE AVIONICS
R COMPARTMENT ARE CLOSED.
R BEFORE YOU ENERGIZE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS IN THESE
R TEMPERATURES, YOU MUST OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. IF THE
R CIRCUIT BREAKERS STAY CLOSED, PERMANENT DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO
R THE COMPUTERS.

R NOTE : The temperature factor for operation of those computers


____
R located in the aircraft avionics bay is the avionics bay
temperature.
R
R You must measure the temperature in the avionics bay with a
R suitable temperature measuring device.
R

R (3) If the temperature in the aircraft avionics bay is between -40 deg.C
R (-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F):
R
R - do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits before the related
R computer systems circuit breakers are open.
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-21-660-051

A. Pre-conditioning Recommendations

R (1) If the avionics bay temperature is equal to or less than -40 deg.C (-
R 40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning through the LP ground
connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

(2) If the avionics bay temperature is between -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)
and -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) you must do the pre-conditioning
through:
R
R - the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or,
R
R - the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

NOTE : When you do the pre-conditioning through the HP ground


____
connector:



EFF :

ALL  12-31-21

Page 202
May 01/99
 
IAC 
- it is possible to operate the avionics bay computers in this
temperature range but incorrect operation of the computers
can occur (Ref. TASK 12-31-31-660-001).
- this may cause the pre-conditioning to stop.
- this can be because of the temperature conditions and not
necessarily through a technical malfunction.

(3) If the avionics bay temperature is above -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)you
must do the pre-conditioning:

(a) Through the LP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001),

(b) Through the HP ground connector (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or

(c) With the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) and (Ref. TASK 12-31-
49-660-001).

5. Close-up
________



EFF :

ALL  12-31-21

Page 203
May 01/99
R  
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - ELECTRICAL POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-24-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedures gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
batteries when the aircraft is in a cold soak configuration.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-31-24-991-001 Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-24-941-050

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-24-660-050

A. General.
In very low temperatures, the chemical reaction of the electrolyte is
slower and the performance of the batteries decreases :
- the quantity of high current the batteries can supply decreases,
- the time necessary to charge the batteries increases.
This procedure gives you instructions that keep the batteries
serviceable.

NOTE : The values specified in this procedure are only applicable if the
____
aircraft doors stay closed during the cold soak.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-24

Page 201
May 01/05
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-24-660-051

B. Battery Cold Weather Maintenance Practices.

(1) The batteries can stay on the aircraft during the cold soak if :
- the OAT stays higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F),
R

R (2) Refer to the graph to know the battery cool-down time. You must
R remove the batteries before their internal temperature reaches -15
R DEG.C (+5.00 DEG.F).
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001)

NOTE : We recommend that you use a ground power unit to start the APU
____
if the OAT was lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) during the
cold soak.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-24

Page 202
May 01/05
 
IAC 
R Batteries Cooling Down Curve
R Figure 201/TASK 12-31-24-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-31-24

Page 203
May 01/05
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-25-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Equipment/Furnishings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-027B


X (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-38-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste


12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
25-52-22-000-001 Removal of the Ball Mats and Ball Strips
25-52-22-400-001 Installation of the Ball Mats and Ball Strips
52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
R 53-22-14-000-001 Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels



EFF :

ALL  12-31-25

Page 201
May 01/06
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-22-14-400-001 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment


Floor-Panels
53-42-14-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
Zone 150
53-42-14-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels Zone 150

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-25-010-050

R A. Get Access

(1) Open the Cargo Compartment Doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

(2) Get Access to the Cabin (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 101-199,

Subtask 12-31-25-660-050

A. Do the Cold Weather Maintenance

(1) Cargo Compartments - Door Sill Latches

(a) Remove the ball strips adjacent to the door sill latches
(Ref. TASK 25-52-22-000-001).

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent


area.

NOTE : Make sure that the door sill latches are clean and clear.
____

(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027B) to the latch


mechanisms.

(d) Install the ball strips (Ref. TASK 25-52-22-400-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-25

Page 202
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(2) Cabin Escape Facilities

(a) Girt Bar.

1
_ If the aircraft is parked and not heated:
- Make sure that all snow and/or slush is removed from the
door exit area, before you close the doors of the aircraft.

2
_ Clean dirt from the floor fittings. Do a check every 350
flight hours, or more frequently as necessary.

NOTE : Do not apply grease to the cleaned area.


____

(b) Escape Slides

1
_ Low pressure (NO GO) indication:

NOTE : If the aircraft is exposed to temperature changes (from


____
cold to warm), the pressure gages of the escape slides
can give NO GO indication for a short time because the
green temperature compensator cursor in the gage reacts
to temperature changes faster than the gas expansion in
the bottle.
NO GO indications may occur for short periods under the
following circumstances :
- if the cabin door is open in cold condition when the
aircraft is being prepared or while passengers are
embarking.
- when the aircraft is heated for flight preparation
after the aircraft has been parked unheated and
allowed to cool.
After closing of the doors and when the aircraft
temperature becomes stable, the NO GO indication is
no longer present.

(3) Galley Equipment

(a) You must drain all the galley equipment which contains water,
such as coffee makers and water boilers (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).

NOTE : You must operate the taps several times to make sure that
____
the supply lines are empty.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 101-199,  12-31-25

Page 203
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(b) Pre-conditioning

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE


_______
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED.
A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED.
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS
_______
OPEN. WITH A WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE
DOOR. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : If it not possible to drain all the galley equipment it is


____
recommended to apply heating (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)
as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
| TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| 0 deg.C | 1 HOUR | | | |
| (32 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -5 deg.C | | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -5 deg.C | 2 HOURS | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | CONTINUOUS | NO | NO | NO |
| -15 deg.C | | | | |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| BELOW | | AS | | |
| -15 deg.C | CONTINUOUS | REQUIRED | YES | YES |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 101-199,  12-31-25

Page 204
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 901-999,

Subtask 12-31-25-660-050-A

A. Do the Cold Weather Maintenance

(1) Cargo Compartments - Door Sill Latches

(a) Remove the floor panels adjacent to the door sill latches
(Ref. TASK 53-22-14-000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001).

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent


area.

NOTE : Make sure that the door sill latches are clean and clear.
____

(c) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027B) to the latch


mechanisms.

(d) Install the floor panels (Ref. TASK 53-22-14-400-001) (Ref. TASK
53-42-14-400-001).

(2) Cabin Escape Facilities

(a) Girt Bar.

1
_ If the aircraft is parked and not heated:
- Make sure that all snow and/or slush is removed from the
door exit area, before you close the doors of the aircraft.

2
_ Clean dirt from the floor fittings. Do a check every 350
flight hours, or more frequently as necessary.

NOTE : Do not apply grease to the cleaned area.


____

(b) Escape Slides

1
_ Low pressure (NO GO) indication:

NOTE : If the aircraft is exposed to temperature changes (from


____
cold to warm), the pressure gages of the escape slides
can give NO GO indication for a short time because the
green temperature compensator cursor in the gage reacts
to temperature changes faster than the gas expansion in
the bottle.


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-31-25

Page 205
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
NO GO indications may occur for short periods under the
following circumstances :
- if the cabin door is open in cold condition when the
aircraft is being prepared or while passengers are
embarking.
- when the aircraft is heated for flight preparation
after the aircraft has been parked unheated and
allowed to cool.
After closing of the doors and when the aircraft
temperature becomes stable, the NO GO indication is
no longer present.

(3) Galley Equipment

(a) You must drain all the galley equipment which contains water,
such as coffee makers and water boilers (Ref. TASK 12-31-38-660-
001).

NOTE : You must operate the taps several times to make sure that
____
the supply lines are empty.


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-31-25

Page 206
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(b) Pre-conditioning

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE


_______
AIRCRAFT IS PRESSURIZED.
A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
PRESSURIZED.
- WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
- CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS
_______
OPEN. WITH A WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE
DOOR. THIS PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE
AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : If it not possible to drain all the galley equipment it is


____
recommended to apply heating (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)
as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT | APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
| TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| 0 deg.C | 1 HOUR | | | |
| (32 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -5 deg.C | | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -5 deg.C | 2 HOURS | | | |
| (23 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | EVERY | NO | NO | NO |
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | 4 HOURS | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| -10 deg.C | | | | |
| (14 deg.F) | | | | |
| to | CONTINUOUS | NO | NO | NO |
| -15 deg.C | | | | |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|--------------|
| BELOW | | AS | | |
| -15 deg.C | CONTINUOUS | REQUIRED | YES | YES |
| (-5 deg.F) | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

901-999,  12-31-25

Page 207
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-31-25-620-050

B. First Aid Kit (7600MM)

(1) Remove the first aid kits from the aircraft if the cabin temperature
is below -10 deg.C (+14.00 deg.F).

NOTE : To avoid damage to the kit equipment keep the kits in a place
____
with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40
deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel that the first aid
kits are removed.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-31-25-620-051

C. Doctors Kit (7610MM)

(1) Remove the doctors kits from the aircraft if the cabin temperature is
less than 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F).

NOTE : To avoid damage to the kit equipment keep the kits in a place
____
with a temperature between min. 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) and 40
deg.C (104.00 deg.F) max.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell personnel that the doctors
kits are removed.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-31-25-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Close the cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).

(2) Close the passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-25

Page 208
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FLIGHT CONTROLS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-27-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Flight Controls

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
(ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the flight
controls.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 10-001 USA AMS 1424


DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE I ISO 11075
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 10-003 USA AMS 1428
ANTI/DE-ICING FLUID AEA/ISO TYPE II ISO 11078
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 10-004 USA AMS 1428
ANTI ICE/DE ICINGFLUID TYPE IV (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 10-005 USA SAE AMS1428
R ANTI-/DE-ICINGFLUID SAE TYPE III (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-27-640-004 Lubrication of all Flap Track Carriage Rollers


12-22-27-640-006 Lubrication of all Slat Track Rollers, Pinion
Bearings, Pinions and Rack Teeth
12-31-11-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Anti-Icing Protection



EFF :

ALL  12-31-27

Page 201
May 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-27-941-050

A. Not applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-27-660-050

A. Check of the Flight Controls


R

R (1) Remove any ice from :


- the wing leading edge
- the slats
- the flaps
- the spoilers
- the ailerons

R (2) You must retract the wing flaps and slats during periods of snowfall
and icing conditions. If it is necessary to operate these controls,
make sure that they are clear of accumulation before retraction.

R (3) If an aircraft arrives with the slats and flaps in a positon other
than fully retracted during a period of ice or snow conditons, those
slats and flaps which are extended must be inspected for ice and snow
accumulation before retracting.

R (4) All control surfaces must have no ice, snow or frost. After the
deicing operation, do a check of the associated hinges, tracks,
actuators and servo controls for trapped moisture that can freeze.
R Apply anti-icing fluid for protection ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING
R MATERIALS (Material No. 10-001), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS
R (Material No. 10-003), ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material
R No. 10-005) or ANTI-ICING AND DE-ICING MATERIALS (Material No. 10-
R 004) (Ref. TASK 12-31-11-660-001)

R (5) Do a check of the leading edge area of the spoilers, the flaps for
ice, snow and frost.

R (6) Final checks after aircraft deicing on flap/slat areas : the


applicable areas must have no snow and ice as well as water
accumulation. During snowfall, freezing rain and drifting snow it is
possible that snow and melting ice go into slots, drainage openings,
hinges and operating linkage and freeze again. You must do the check
of these areas with special attention when an aircraft has been
parked outside for a long period above mentioned conditions.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-27

Page 202
May 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-27-660-051

B. Lubrication of the Flaps and Slats

(1) Do the applicable flap/slat lubrication tasks (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-


640-004) (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-006)

(2) The winter preparation program should include the flap and slat
lubrication.

NOTE : In climates where the atmosphere is both particularly cold and


____
humid (mist/fog) use your experience to reduce the lubrication
task intervals during winter operations.

NOTE : In extreme climates and low ambient temperatures it may be


____
difficult to lubricate the flap and slat systems correctly. If
hangar space is not available then it is recommended to do the
lubrication tasks at a station where the approppriate
facilities are available or where the ambient temperature is
above 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F).

NOTE : Increases in grease stiffness may occur if water present


____
within a lubricant forms discrete lumps of ice, the associated
increases in system friction may then result in torque limiter
operation.

(3) When you do the lubrication tasks take care to ensure that all the
old grease is removed in order to reduce the risk of an increase in
grease stiffness.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-27

Page 203
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - FUEL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-28-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE AREA AROUND THE AIRCRAFT IS SAFE BEFORE YOU START THE
_______
REFUEL/DEFUEL PROCEDURE. IN THE SAFETY AREA, DO NOT:
- SMOKE
- MAKE SPARKS OR FIRE
- USE ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT APPROVED FOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
PROCEDURES.
AIRCRAFT FUEL IS FLAMMABLE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hot air blower


No specific surface contact thermometer
No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-28-281-001 Drain Water Content


28-00-00-910-001 Fuel Safety Procedures

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-28-869-050

R A. General Information

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the fuel
R system when:
R - an aircraft is operated or stored in conditions with ground
R temperatures of between 0 deg.C (32 deg.F) and -54 deg.C (-67 deg.F)
R or



EFF :

ALL  12-31-28

Page 201
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R - the fuel temperature in the tanks is less than -5 deg.C (23 deg.F).

The fuel storage and handling conditions can have an important effect on
the amount of water in solution with the fuel. In unsatisfactory
conditions, each 3785 liters (1000 USgal) of fuel can contain up to 0.76
l (0.2 USgal) of water. Water can get into the tanks in different ways:
- the fuel supplied to the aircraft contains water
- the air in the tank contains moisture (water)
- during descent large quantities of moist air can enter the tank
- fuel which is open to dampness or wet atmospheric conditions will
contain larger quantities of water than fuel stored in sealed
containers.

In cold conditions, much of this water can come out of solution and fall
to the bottom of the tank. It then collects at the lowest parts of the
tank and can form ice. The formation of ice (and the presence of water)
in the fuel tanks can have an effect on the accuracy and/or performance
of the quantity indication system. It can also cause engine or corrosion
related problems.

Approved anti-ice additive can be added, in the correct proportions, to


the fuel which is supplied to the aircraft. This can prevent water in the
fuel from freezing and let it be drained from a tank with a fuel
temperature below 0 deg.C (32 deg.F). The ice in the fuel tank can be
melted through these procedures:
- ambient air heat in a hangar
- a refuel with warm fuel
- warm air heat from a blower, until the temperature of the whole of the
bottom skin is 1 deg.C (34 deg.F). This procedure is usually done in a
hangar, but can be used outside if a hangar is not available
- a combination of these methods.

NOTE : Ice can form on the inside of the fuel tank close to the water
____
drain valve. When you drain fuel from the tank for a water
analysis check, fuel flows over the ice and collects water. This
can cause incorrect analysis results. The procedure that follows
should remove most of the water/ice from the fuel tank.
You must do the water drain procedure regularly to make sure that
all the water is drained from the tank low points.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-28

Page 202
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-28-941-050

B. Safety Precautions

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.

R (2) Put the SAFETY BARRIERS in position.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-28-660-050

A. Water Draining of the Tanks

(1) If a water drain does not open with the usual pressure, find the
cause. The valve could be frozen because of the low temperature.

(2) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft in a hangar):

(a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.

(b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of


the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.

(c) If necessary, use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom
skin of the tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the
bottom skin does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00
deg.F).

NOTE : The temperature of all the bottom skin should be 1 deg.C


____
(33.80 deg.F) or more measured one minute after the
removal of the hot air blower.

(d) Drain accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) 30 minutes


after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the bottom skin
temperature decreases below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)).

NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary


____
to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001).

(3) Water draining of the tanks (aircraft outside):

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

(a) If possible, refuel the aircraft with warm fuel.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-28

Page 203
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
(b) Use a surface contact thermometer to measure the temperature of
the bottom skin of the tank to be drained.

NOTE : To do the procedure the temperature near to the drain


____
valves should be 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) or more. It is
possible that not all of the ice will be melted, thus the
drain procedure will not be fully successful.

(c) Use an approved hot air blower to warm the bottom skin of the
tank to be drained. Make sure the temperature of the bottom skin
does not increase to more than 50 deg.C (122.00 deg.F).

NOTE : The temperature of the bottom skin near to the drain valve
____
should be 1 deg.C (33.80 deg.F) or more measured one
minute after the removal of the hot air blower.

(d) Drain the accumulated water (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001) 30


minutes after the aircraft has been refuelled (and before the
bottom skin temperature near to the drain valves decreases below
0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F)).

NOTE : When you do the water drain procedure, it can be necessary


____
to drain large quantities of fuel to get a satisfactory
HYDROKIT test result (Ref. TASK 12-32-28-281-001).

Subtask 12-31-28-660-051

R B. Anti-Icing Additives

(1) If you think that fuel temperatures will be less than 0 deg.C (32.00
deg.F) (and if it is not possible to warm the aircraft in a hangar)
it is necessary to put anti-icing additives in the fuel. This makes
sure that the water in the fuel does not freeze.
R When you add anti-icing additives to the fuel, the concentration must
R not be more than:
R - 0.1 % by volume for I.M. icing inhibitor
R - 0.15 % by volume for all other types.
R You must also make sure that the additive is fully mixed with the
R fuel.

NOTE : Refer to the engine manufacturer data for approved fuel


____
additives.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-28

Page 204
Nov 01/07
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-31-28-942-050

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-28

Page 205
Aug 01/96
 
IAC 
______________________________________________________________________
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS AND NAVIGATION
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________

TASK 12-31-31-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording systems and Navigation

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
indicating/recording and navigation systems.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-21-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Air Conditioning

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-31-941-050

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-31-660-050

A. General.

(1) When the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is very low, cold (temperature
lower than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F)) in the avionics compartment can
cause incorrect operation of the computers.

NOTE : This is only due to the cold weather conditions and not to a
____
technical malfunction.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-31

Page 201
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-31-660-051

B. Recommendations.

(1) Make sure that the computers are at a temperature equal to or higher
than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F) for correct operation.

NOTE : If you energize the computers at very low temperatures the


____
following can occur. If the temperature is :
- equal to or lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you can
cause permanent damage to the computers.
- between -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) and -15 deg.C (+5.00
deg.F), the computers can operate but normal operation can
stop momentarily.
- equal to or higher than -15 deg.C (+5.00 deg.F), the
computers operate normally.

(a) Preconditioning
It is recommended to use the pre-conditioning procedure to
increase the temperature in the avionics compartment (Ref. TASK
12-31-21-660-001).

(b) Energization of the computers


If the temperature is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F), you
can energize the computers to increase the temperature to -15
deg.C (+5.00 deg.F). The time necessary to increase the
temperature will change with the OAT, the humidity and the time
since the avionics compartment ventilation stopped.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-31

Page 202
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - LANDING GEAR - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-32-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Landing Gear

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the landing
gear.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


R No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-14-32-614-001 Nitrogen Filling of the Tires

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-32-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-32

Page 201
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-32-660-050

R A. General

(1) When the ambient temperature decreases, the pressure in the tires
also decreases.
A 3 deg.C (5.4 deg.F) change in temperature causes a 1% change in
tire pressure.

NOTE : The tires wear faster if the pressure in the tires is low.
____

R (2) It is recommended that all ice and/or snow is removed from the
R landing gear before flight. Ice and/or snow contamination could cause
R a possible malfunction and/or damage the landing gear components on
R retraction.

Subtask 12-31-32-660-051

R B. Recommendations

(1) Check the tire pressure


If the aircraft is parked in cold weather conditions (cold soak) for
more than one hour, do a check of the tire pressure.
If necessary, correct the pressure with nitrogen (Ref. TASK 12-14-32-
614-001).

NOTE : Do not use air to correct the tire pressure. If the ambient
____
temperature is below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F), moisture in the
air can change to ice in the valve and cause a permanent leak.

R (2) Remove ice and/or snow from the landing gear


R

R NOTE : De-ice the landing gear no more than 1 hour before flight.
____
R

R Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to blow air at a
R maximum temperature of 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F) at the landing gear
R assembly. Start at the top and work down the landing gear until all
R signs of ice and/or snow is removed. Make sure that no ice or snow
R stays on the components that follow:
R - the dynamic joints
R - the lock springs
R - the sliding tube of the shock absorber
R - the piston rod of the retraction actuator



EFF :

ALL  12-31-32

Page 202
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
R - the piston rod of the lockstay actuator
R - the proximity sensors and targets
R - the brakes and brake hoses.

R (3) Towing
Be careful during aircraft towing operations in cold weather
conditions. Do not make small-radius turns which can cause too much
load on the sidewalls of the tires.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-31-32-942-050

A. Removal of Equipment

(1) Remove the safety barriers

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-32

Page 203
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - OXYGEN - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-35-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Oxygen System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practises for the oxygen
system.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 05-004 USA MIL-PRF-25567 TYPE I


OXYGEN LEAK DETECTOR (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection


35-11-41-000-001 Removal of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder (5750HM)
35-11-41-400-001 Installation of the Crew Oxygen-Storage Cylinder
(5750HM)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-35-941-050

A. Not Applicable



EFF :

ALL  12-31-35

Page 201
May 01/06
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-35-660-050

A. Installation of Oxygen Cylinder(s). (Ref. TASK 35-11-41-000-001)


(Ref. TASK 35-11-41-400-001)

NOTE : When you replace oxygen cylinder(s), you must mandatorily obey the
____
Removal/Installation procedure for oxygen cylinder(s).

(1) If you replace the oxygen cylinder(s) of the crew oxygen system when
the ambient temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less :
- make sure that the temperature in the oxygen cylinder compartment
is more than -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). If this temperature is -20
deg.C (-4.00 deg.F) or less, the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-004) used to do the leak test will freeze.

(2) It is recommended to replace the cylinder after a flight but before


the compartment temperature is -20 deg.C (-4.00 deg.F). Or you can do
this task while you pre-condition the aircraft on the ground.
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001)



EFF :

ALL  12-31-35

Page 202
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - WATER/ WASTE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-38-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Water/Waste

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE WATER TANK IS DEPRESSURIZED.


_______

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE DRAIN VALVES REMAIN OPEN AFTER YOU DRAIN THE
_______
POTABLE WATER SYSTEM IF :
- THE BLEED AIR SYSTEM IS OFF AND
- THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IS BELOW 0 DEG.C (32 DEG.F).
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM.

CAUTION : BEFORE YOU SUPPLY AIR FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE OR THE APU, MAKE
_______
CERTAIN THAT :
-AT LEAST ONE COCKPIT WINDOW OR CABIN DOOR IS OPEN AND THAT IT
REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.
-IF THE AIRCRAFT IS PARKED OUTSIDE AND IS NOT PROTECTED FROM THE RAIN
ONE MAINTENANCE DOOR OR AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR IS OPEN AND
THAT IT REMAINS OPEN DURING SERVICING.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To prevent damage to the water/waste system by ice when the aircraft is not
supplied with power or other sources of hot air.

NOTE : Although an aircraft is resistant to very low ambient temperatures,


____
the cabin air conditioning (and WIPU system) keep the pipes (and
water systems sufficiently warm to prevent them) from freezing.
However, when the aircraft is not energized or stays on the ground at
R sub-zero temperatures, you must do additional procedures to prevent
R damage to the systems by ice.

NOTE : If the service panels or caps are frozen closed, you must not use
____
force to open or release them. You must apply hot air.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-38

Page 201
May 01/04
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-15-38-613-001 Fill the Potable Water Tank System (Aircraft


Electrical Power Available)
12-16-38-613-001 Servicing of the Toilet System
12-24-38-680-001 Draining of the Potable Water System (with Electrical
Power)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-38-941-050

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-38-660-050

A. Pre-Flight (First Flight of the Day)

(1) After draining due to low ambient temperatures you must obey the
steps that follow.

(2) Make sure that all drain valves are closed.

(3) Potable Water System

(a) Fill the potable water system with warm water of 30 deg.C (86.00
deg.F) not earlier than 30 minutes before the engine start
(Ref. TASK 12-15-38-613-001).

(b) Pressurize the potable water system and examine the fill/drain
valve for leaks.

(c) Remove excessive quantity of water from around the service panel
before you close it.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-38

Page 202
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
(4) Waste system

(a) Pre-charge the waste tanks not earlier than 30 minutes before the
engine start (Ref. TASK 12-16-38-613-001).
- Remove excessive liquid from around the waste service panel
before you close it.

Subtask 12-31-38-660-051

B. Post Flight (Last Flight of the Day but not Transit Stops) (Ref. TASK 12-
16-38-613-001) (Ref. TASK 12-24-38-680-001)

(1) General

(a) You must do the servicing of the potable water and waste water
tanks as soon as possible after a flight.

(b) Read tables 1, 2 and 3 (draining of the water/waste system) to


find if it is necessary to drain or not (depending on the ambient
temperature and the cold soak period).

(c) After draining of the system and parking of the aircraft at


temperatures below 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F):
- Let the drain valves and the service panels stay open to let
remaining fluid to flow out.
- Do not install the caps on the drain and the fill/drain
nipples.

NOTE : If you install the caps, the remaining fluid can freeze
____
immediately behind the drain and the fill/drain caps and
will cause:
- Damage to the piping system
- The system to become unserviceable
- Delay at the next servicing.
R Potable water system
Table 1



EFF :

ALL  12-31-38

Page 203
May 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |POTABLE |PURGE OF |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO | WATER | SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER | SYSTEM |REQUIRED |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |DRAINING | |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN |REQUIRED | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Between ON Above 10 No Time Limit NO NO


0 and -15 (50)
(32 and 5)

Below -15 ON Above 10 1:15 YES NO


(5) (50)

Between OFF 1:30 YES NO


0 and -7
(32 and
19.4)

Between OFF 0:30 YES YES


-7 and -15
(19.4 and 5)

R Below -15 OFF None YES YES


(5)

(2) Potable water system

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR SUPPLIED BY THE
_______
AIRCRAFT BLEEDAIR SYSTEM IS NOT HIGHER THAN 50 DEG.C (122
DEG.F).
IF THE AIR IS HOTTER THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F). IT CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

(a) In case of aircraft parking under very low temperature conditions


you must drain and purge the potable water system. Pressurize and
ventilate the system to remove residual water. Do the procedure
given below:
- drain the potable water system
- close all the lavatory and galley manual shutoff valves
- pressurize the potable water system after closing all potable
water drain and fill valves
- open one manual shutoff valve
- make sure that air but no water comes out of the faucet
connected to the open manual shutoff valve



EFF :

ALL  12-31-38

Page 204
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
- close the faucet outlet with flat of hand, flush the toilet as
often as necessary until you are sure that air but no water
comes out of the toilet rinse valve (this part of procedure is
applicable for vacuum toilets only)
Do the whole procedure above for all lavatories and galleys
with potable water supplied equipment as there are water
heater, coffee maker and water faucets
- open all drain valves of the potable water system
- operate the water faucets in the galleys several times to bleed
them

NOTE : you must repeat the procedure as often as necessary to


____
make sure that the residual water has drained fully.

The duration of the residual water drainage after the end of the
water flow from the potable water system can take at least 15
minutes. This depends on the attitude of the aircraft.
If the aircraft has been moved, the drain valves should be open
again to make sure that all the residual water is drained.
- depressurize the potable water system

(b) If the potable water has frozen (or started to freeze) before you
can drain it, you must heat the aircraft with an external or
internal source as given in table 3

Subtask 12-31-38-660-053

C. Waste System Drain


Table 2

---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------

R Between ON Above 10 No Time Limit NO


0 and -15 (50)
(32 and 5)

Below -15 ON Above 10 1:15 YES


(5) (50)

Between OFF 1:30 YES


0 and -7



EFF :

ALL  12-31-38

Page 205
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
---------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR | AIR | CABIN |EXPOSURE |WASTE |
|TEMPERATURE |CONDITIONING|TEMPERATURE|TIME TO |SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | |IN DEG.C |WEATHER |DRAINING |
|(DEG.F) | |(DEG.F) |CONDITIONS |REQUIRED |
| | | |IN HOURS:MIN | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
(38 and 19)

Between OFF 0:30 YES


-7 and -15
(19.4 and 5)

R Below -15 OFF None YES


(5)

Subtask 12-31-38-660-054

D. Cold Weather Maintenance under supervision


Table 3

-------------------------------------------------------------------
|OUTSIDE AIR |EXTERNAL HEAT| APU | SUPERVISOR | DRAINING OF |
|TEMPERATURE | SOURCE | | | WATER SYSTEM |
|IN DEG.C | | | | |
|(DEG.F) | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------

0 to -5 1 Hour NO NO NO
(32 to 23) Every
4 Hours

-5 to -10 2 Hours NO NO NO
(23 to 14) Every
4 Hours

-10 to -15 Continuous NO NO NO


(14 to 5)

Below -15 Continuous As YES YES


(5) Required



EFF :

ALL  12-31-38

Page 206
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-49-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Auxiliary Power Unit

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) when the aircraft is in a cold soak condition.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-003 USA MIL-PRF-7808


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-24-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Electrical Power


12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning with the APU
R
R 49-00-00-860-003 APU Start by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-00-00-860-004 APU Shutdown by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-00-00-860-005 APU Start by External Power (APS 3200)
R 49-00-00-860-006 APU Shutdown by External Power (APS 3200)
R 49-00-00-860-008 APU Start by External Power (131-9(A))
R 49-00-00-860-009 APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
R 49-61-34-000-001 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB) (59KD)
R (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-61-34-000-002 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB) (59KD)
R (APS 3200)
R 49-61-34-000-003 Removal of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
R (131-9(A))



EFF :

ALL  12-31-49

Page 201
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49-61-34-400-001 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)


R (59KD) (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-61-34-400-002 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
R (59KD) (APS 3200)
R 49-61-34-400-003 Installation of the Electronic Control Box (ECB)
R (131-9(A))
R 49-90-00-600-002 Oil Change (Drain Method) (GTCP 36-300)
R 49-90-00-600-005 Oil Change (Drain Method) (APS 3200)
R 49-90-00-600-008 Oil Change (Drain Method) (131-9(A))

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-49-860-050

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 12-31-49-660-055

R A. Electronic Control Box 59KD (ECB 59KD)

R (1) If the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is/will be lower than -40 deg.C
R (-40.00 deg.F) and the aircraft is not pre-conditioned (heated)
R alternatively:
R - through the LP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001),
R - the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001), or
R - with the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

R (a) Remove the ECB 59KD from the aircraft


R - If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-001)
R - If an APS 3200 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-002)
R - If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-000-003)

R (b) Keep the ECB 59KD in a dry storage at a temperature of between 15


R deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00 deg.F).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-49

Page 202
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-49-660-056

B. Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

R CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX


_______
R TYPES//BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.

NOTE : It is recommended to use type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-003) for APU
____
operation in cold weather conditions.

(1) Oil type.

(a) If necessary, do an oil change to type 1 OILS (Material No. 03-


003)
- If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-002).
- If an APS 3200 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-005).
- If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-008).

(2) If no external power is available (Ref. TASK 12-31-24-660-001).

(a) It is recommended to start the APU every three hours and operate
it for one hour if the Outside Air Temperature (OAT) is lower
than -30 deg.C (-22.00 deg.F).

NOTE : These values are only applicable if all the access doors
____
are closed.

- If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed


(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
- If an APS 3200 APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
- If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
(Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008) (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009)

Subtask 12-31-49-660-054

C. APU Starting after a Cold Soak Condition

(1) ECB 59KD.

NOTE : Do not operate the ECB 59KD for more than 30 minutes at -40
____
deg.C (-40.00 deg.F) or lower.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-49

Page 203
May 01/07
 
IAC 
R (a) If the ECB was on the aircraft during the cold soak, make sure
R that the temperature of the ECB is higher than -40 deg.C (-40.00
R deg.F).
R If the temperature of the ECB is lower than -40 deg.C (-40.00
R deg.F), use a pre-conditioning procedure to increase the
R temperature of the ECB to a minimum of -40 deg.C (-40.00 deg.F)
R (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001) or (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).

R (b) If the ECB was removed from the aircraft and kept at a
R temperature of between 15 deg.C (59.00 deg.F) and 35 deg.C (95.00
R deg.F), install the ECB
R - If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-001)
R - If an APS 3200 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-002)
R - If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-61-34-400-003)

R (2) Electrical Power.

R (a) For the cold weather maintenance - electrical power (Ref. TASK
R 12-31-24-660-001).

R (3) Start and operate the APU


R - If a GTCP 36-300 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
R - If an APS 3200 APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
R - If a 131-9(A) APU is installed
R (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008)

Subtask 12-31-49-660-053

D. Turn-Around Time
For turn-around in cold weather conditions, when it is not pratical to
remove equipment, it is recommended to keep the APU in operation. In this
configuration :
- the temperature in the cabin will not decrease,
- no specific cold weather maintenance practices are necessary for the
APU system.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-49

Page 204
Nov 01/04
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - STRUCTURE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-51-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Structure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the
structure.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

53-00-00-210-001 Remove and Inspect Piston-Type Drain Valves in Lower


Fuselage Shell
53-42-14-000-001 Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
Zone 150
53-42-14-400-001 Installation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Floor-Panels Zone 150

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-51-010-050

A. There is no special job set-up for this task.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-51-660-050

A. General

(1) At the start of each winter, make sure that the drain valves in the
lower fuselage are clean and operate correctly. (Ref. TASK 53-00-00-
210-001)



EFF :

ALL  12-31-51

Page 201
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
(2) Ice can collect in the lower fuselage areas especially when the
aircraft flies from warm, humid climates to cold climates. In some
conditions, the ice can collect during more than one flight.

NOTE : Water/ice in the lower fuselage can cause failure of the radio
____
altimeter.

(3) When you do a check for ice in the lower fuselage, look for ice in
the aft area before you look in the forward area. Ice usually
collects more easily in the aft area than in the forward area. Water
evaporation is faster in the forward area because of the warnm air
from the avionics compartment.

Subtask 12-31-51-660-051

B. Check for Ice

(1) Remove a floor panel from the forward end of the aft cargo
compartment. (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-000-001)

(2) Look for ice in the lower fuselage.

(3) If you find ice below the aft cargo compartment, look for ice below
the forward cargo compartment.

(4) Install the floor panel (Ref. TASK 53-42-14-400-001).

(5) Frequency of check


You must adapt the frequency of the check to the climatic conditions
in whichthe aircraft operates. In the worst condition one check per
week should be sufficient initially.

Subtask 12-31-51-660-052

C. Removal of Ice

(1) Warm hangar


The recommended procedure is to put the aircraft in a warm hangar
with cargo bay doors open. This will cause all the ice in the
aircraft to melt and the water will flow out through the drain
valves.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-51

Page 202
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
(2) Hot air blower

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AIR FROM THE HOT AIR
_______
BLOWER IS NOT MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F).
IF THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 50 DEG.C (122 DEG.F) YOU
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

You can use a hot air blower if the aircraft is parked in an open
area.

(3) Frequency of ice removal


You must adapt the frequency of ice removal to the climatic
conditions in which the aircraft operates. In the worst conditions,
one overnight stop a week is usually sufficient for ice removal.

(4) The procedure used to remove ice from the lower fuselage must be
monitored to make sure that all water drains are working and that the
all the ice is removed.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-51

Page 203
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-52-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the doors.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 1 HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343


SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236
PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017 USA A-A-59173
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-001 USA SAE-AS8660
INSULATING AND SEALING GREASE SILICONE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
R CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-31-52

Page 201
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3


R CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-640-002 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment


Doors
R 12-22-52-640-006 Lubrication of the External Control Handles of the
R FWD and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R 12-22-52-640-007 Lubrication of the BULK Cargo Compartment-Door Handle
R 12-22-52-640-009 Lubrication of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
R Handle
R 52-10-00-010-001 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-10-00-410-001 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-21-11-000-001 Removal of the Emergency Exit Hatch
R 52-21-11-400-001 Installation of the Emergency Exit Hatch
R 52-22-00-010-001 Opening of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
R Passenger Compartment
R 52-22-00-410-001 Closing of the Emergency Exit Doors from the
R Passenger Compartment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-30-00-860-006 Open the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
R 52-30-00-860-008 Close the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door



EFF :

ALL  12-31-52

Page 202
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-31-52-010-050

R A. Get Access

R (1) Do not open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
R 010-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
R procedure in cold weather area.

R (2) Do not remove the applicable emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-
R 11-000-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
R procedure in cold weather area.

R (3) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-
R 00-860-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
R procedure in cold weather area.

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-31-52-010-050-A

R A. Get Access

R (1) Do not open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
R 010-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
R procedure in cold weather area.

R (2) Do not open the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
R 010-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
R procedure in cold weather area.

R (3) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-
R 00-860-001) until immediately before you start the winter preparation
R procedure in cold weather area.

R (4) Open the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006)


R until immediately before you start the winter preparation procedure
R in cold weather area.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-52

Page 203
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-31-52-640-050

A. Winter Preparation on the Passenger Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches

(1) Do the winter preparation on the passenger/crew door as follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.

R (b) Clean the components of the passenger/crew door that follow with
R the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003),and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The upper and lower door guide fittings
R - The roller fittings
R - The guide rollers.

(c) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower door guide fittings , the roller fittings
and guide rollers.

R (d) Clean the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
R lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).



EFF :

ALL  12-31-52

Page 204
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R (e) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.

R (f) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


R (Material No. 15-005A), to these areas of the passenger/crew
R door:
R - The inner surface and the structure of the handle housing
R - Tthe external control handle.
R

R (g) Do not apply temporary protective compound to the mechanism of


R the external control handle and the related outer handle grip.

R (h) Make sure that the mechanism of the external control handle is
sufficently lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-006).

R (i) Make sure that the girt bar fittings in the entry area are clear
and have no obstruction.

R (2) Close the related passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)


R immediately after you completed the winter preparation.

R (3) Do the winter preparation on the emergency exit hatch referred to as


R hatch) as follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Clean the components of the hatch that follow with the lint-free
R cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004):
R - The lower hook brackets
R - The lateral guide fittings.

(b) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the lower hook brackets and the lateral guide fittings.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-31-52

Page 205
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) Clean the upper and lower pivot fittings of the hatch frame with
the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003),
and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017),
to the upper and lower pivot fittings.

R (e) Clean the hatch seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
R lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

R (f) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the hatch seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.

R (g) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


R (Material No. 15-005A), to the inner surface and the structure of
R the hatch around the hatch control handle.

R (4) Install the related emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)
R immediately after you completed the winter preparation.

Subtask 12-31-52-640-051

B. Winter Preparation of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (1) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the cargo doors.

R (2) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-31-52

Page 206
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R (3) Clean the components of the related cargo-compartment doors that
R follow with lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The pressure seals and their mating surfaces on the fuselage
R - The vent door seals and their mating surface s around the door
R cut-out
R - The external door handle mechanism
R - The door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage
R - The internal mechanism of the vent door, the locking mechanism and
R the latching mechanism.

R (4) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-001),
R to the mating surface of the seals around the vent door and fuselage.

R (5) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011), or
the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the
vent door seal and the cargo door seal.

R (6) Make sure that the related cargo door is sufficiently lubricated
R (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002).
R

R (7) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


(Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
006),to the door mechanism.

R (8) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the lower internal bays of the
doors.

R (9) Make sure that the electrical components, the bearings and other
R movable parts stay without temporary protective compound.

R (10) Close the related cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001)


R immediately after you completed the winter preparation.

R (11) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the cargo doors.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-31-52

Page 207
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-52-660-051

C. Winter Preparation (Before Flight)

R (1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches

R (a) Remove all the snow and slush from the areas that follow before
R you close a passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) or
R install an emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-400-001):
R - the door/hatch seal
- the seal contact area on the fuselage.

R (2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE


_______
EQUIPMENT (PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE
IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE
IDG.

(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the cargo
pallets/containers before you install them in the aircraft.

NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.

(b) Do not open the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001) until immediately before you install the cargo
pallets/containers.

(c) Close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-
R 00-860-002) immediately after the installation of the cargo
R pallets/containers is completed.

(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the FWD and AFT
cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) to their
vertical positions.

NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
R inner surfaces of the door sill area.

(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from doors or panels that are frozen in their closed
positions. Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-31-52

Page 208
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R (3) On the Service Panels/Doors

R (a) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


R (Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the hinges and latch
mechanisms of the fuselage service panels and doors.

Subtask 12-31-52-660-052

D. Winter Preparation (After Flight)

R (1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Hatches

(a) For aircraft not parked in a hangar:

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER


_______
R SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
R IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
R you close the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
R 001) or the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-
R 001):
R - the door/hatch seals
- the door/hatch contact areas on the fuselage.

R 2
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
R the pressure seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit hatches.

R 3
_ Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit hatches.

R 4
_ Make sure that the infation holes of the door seal are clean
R and have no obstructions.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-31-52

Page 209
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R 5
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the passenger/crew doors are
R clear and not blocked.

(b) For aircraft parked in a hangar:

R 1
_ Open the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and
R the emergency exit hatches (Ref. TASK 52-21-11-000-001).

NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from


____
the inner surfaces of the doors.

R (2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors (After Flight)

R (a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
R you close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002):
R - the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.

(b) If the aircraft flies from an airport where the ambient


temperature is more than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) to an airport
where the ambient temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F),
you must:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors:
R - the door handle mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the cargo doors.

NOTE : This procedure will keep the effects of freezing


____
condensation to a minimum at cold airports.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-31-52

Page 210
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(3) Maintenance at the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

NOTE : The frequency of the procedure that follow can be increased as


____
necessary for the operating environment.

(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seals are clear
and not blocked.

(b) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-


003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
these components of the applicable cargo-compartment doors:
- the door seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
- the vent door seals
- the external door handle mechanism
- the door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage.

(c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to contact area of the seals around the vent door and the
fuselage.

(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.

(e) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


(Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
006), to the door handle mechanism.

(f) Lubricate the door hinges and the guide fittings. Apply the
temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No.
15-005A), to the latch assemblies and the latch spools.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-31-52

Page 211
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199,

Subtask 12-31-52-640-050-A

A. Winter Preparation of the Passenger/Crew and Emergency Exit Doors

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.

R (2) Clean the components of the passenger/crew door or emergency exit


R door that follow with the lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-003), and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The upper and lower door guide fittings
R - The roller fittings
R - The guide rollers.

(3) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-017), to
the upper and lower door guide fittings , the roller fittings and
guide rollers.

R (4) Clean the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage with
R lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

R (5) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-001),
R to the door seal and its mating surface on the fuselage.

R (6) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


R (Material No. 15-005A), to these areas of the passenger/crew door or
R emergency exit door:
R - The inner surface and the structure of the handle housing
R - Tthe external control handle.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 212
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R

R (7) Do not apply temporary protective compound to the mechanism of the


R external control handle and the related outer handle grip.
R

R (8) Make sure that the mechanism of the external control handle is
R sufficently lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-006).
R

R (9) Make sure that the girt bar fittings in the entry area of the related
passenger/crew door are clear and have no obstruction.

R (10) Close the related passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-001) or


R the emergency exit hatch (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001) immediately
after you completed the winter preparation.

Subtask 12-31-52-640-051-A

B. Winter Preparation of the FWD, AFT and BULK Cargo-Compartment Doors

(1) Do the winter preparation on the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors


(referred to as the doors) as follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Remove the access panels 825AR or 826AR from the cargo doors.

R (b) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.

R (c) Clean the components of the doors that follow with lint-free
R cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), and the
R CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The pressure seals and their mating surfaces on the fuselage



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 213
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R - The vent door seals and their mating surfaces around the door
R cut-out
R - The external door handle mechanism
R - The door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage
R - The internal mechanism of the vent door, the locking mechanism
R and the latching mechanism.

R (d) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the mating surface of the seals around the vent door and
fuselage.

R (e) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.

R (f) Make sure that the related cargo door is sufficiently lubricated
R (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-009).

R (g) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


(Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
006), to the door mechanism.

R (h) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


R (Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the lower internal bays of
R the cargo doors.

R (i) Make sure that the electrical components, the bearings and other
R movable parts stay without temporary corrosion-preventive
R compound.

(2) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
002) immediately after you completed the winter preparation.

R (3) Install the access panels 825AR or 826AR on the cargo doors.

R (4) Do the winter preparation on the Bulk cargo-compartment door as


follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 214
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE
_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal are clear and
have no obstruction.

R (b) Clean the components of the Bulk cargo-compartment door that


R follow with lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004):
R - The pressure seals and their mating surfaces on the fuselage
R - The door handle mechanism
R - The door suspension and the stop assemblies
R - The door handle mechanism, locking mechanism and the balance
R mechanism.

R (c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
R 001), to the mating surface of the Bulk door seal.

(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the Bulk door seal.

R (e) Make sure that the door handle mechanism is sufficiently


R lubricated (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-640-007).
R

R (f) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


R (Material No. 15-005A), as a spray, to these Bulk door areas:
R - The handle recess of the outer skin
R - The inner surface of the outer handle.

R (g) Make sure that the handle shaft stays without the temporary
R protective compound.

R (5) Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-008)


immediately after you completed the winter preparation.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 215
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-52-660-051-A

C. Winter Preparation (Before Flight)

(1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors

(a) Remove all the snow and slush from the areas that follow before
you close a passenger/crew door or an emergency exit hatch:
- the door seal
- the seal contact area on the fuselage.

(2) On the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE


_______
EQUIPMENT (PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE
IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE
IDG.

(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the cargo
pallets/containers before you install them in the aircraft.

NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.

(b) Do not open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-001) until immediately before you install the cargo
pallets/containers.

(c) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002) immediately after the installation of the cargo
pallets/containers is complete.

(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the FWD or AFT


cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001) to their
vertical positions.

NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
inner surfaces of the door sill area.

(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from doors or panels that are frozen in their closed
positions. Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 216
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(3) On the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE


_______
EQUIPMENT (PUMP, HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE
IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST
DETERIORATION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE
IDG.

(a) Remove as much snow and/or water as possible from the bulk cargo
before you install it in the aircraft.

NOTE : Large quantities of melting snow and water can cause the
____
cargo-compartment doors to freeze in their closed
positions.

(b) Do not open the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-006) until immediately before you install the bulk cargo.

(c) Close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-


008) immediately after the installation of the bulk cargo is
complete.

(d) If the aircraft is parked in a hangar, open the Bulk


cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-006).

NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from the
____
inner surfaces of the doors sill area.

(e) Use a HOT AIR BLOWER OPERATING 40 DEG C (100 DEG F) to remove the
ice from the door area that are frozen in their closed positions.
Do not use hard or sharp tools to remove the ice.

(4) On the Service Panels/Doors

(a) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the hinges and latch
mechanisms of the fuselage service panels and doors.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 217
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-31-52-660-052-A

D. Winter Preparation (After Flight)

(1) On the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors

(a) For aircraft not parked in a hangar:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER


_______
SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

1
_ Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
001) or the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-410-001):
- the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.

2
_ Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
the pressure seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit doors.

3
_ Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to the seals of the passenger/crew doors and the
emergency exit doors.

4
_ Make sure that the infation holes of the door seals are clean
and have no obstructions.

5
_ Make sure that the drain holes of the passenger/crew doors and
the emergency exit doors are clear and not blocked.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 218
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(b) For aircraft parked in a hangar:

1
_ Open the passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-001) and
the emergency exit doors (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-010-001).

NOTE : This procedure will help to remove the moisture from


____
the inner surfaces of the doors.

(2) On the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors (After Flight)

(a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-860-002):
- the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.

(b) If the aircraft flies from an airport where the ambient


temperature is more than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) to an airport
where the ambient temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F),
you must:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors:
- the door mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the cargo doors.

NOTE : This procedure will keep the effects of freezing


____
condensation to a minimum at cold airports.

(3) On the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door (After Flight)

(a) Remove the snow and/or slush from the areas that follow before
you close the Bulk cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-008):
- the door seals
- the door contact areas on the fuselage.

(b) If the aircraft flies from an airport where the ambient


temperature is more than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F) to an airport
where the ambient temperature is less than 0 deg.C (32.00 deg.F),
you must:



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 219
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE
_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

1
_ Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
(Material No. 15-005A), as a spray to the subsequent areas of
the Bulk cargo-compartment doors:
- the door handle mechanism
- the inner surfaces of the lower areas of the Bulk door.

NOTE : This procedure will keep the effects of freezing


____
condensation to a minimum at cold airports.

(4) Maintenance at the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

NOTE : The frequency of the procedure that follow can be increased as


____
necessary for the operating environment.

(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seals are clear
and not blocked.

(b) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-


003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
these components of the applicable cargo-compartment doors:
- the door seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
- the vent door seals
- the external door handle mechanism
- the door hinges and the guide fittings of the fuselage.

(c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to contact area of the seals around the vent door and the
fuselage.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 220
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the vent door seal and the cargo door seal.

(e) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION


(Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
006), to the door mechanism.

(f) Lubricate the door hinges and the guide fittings. Apply the
temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No.
15-005A), to the latch assemblies and the latch spools.

(5) Maintenance at the Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL


_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE


_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

NOTE : The frequency of the procedure that follow can be increased as


____
necessary for the operating environment.

(a) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal is clear and
not blocked.

(b) Use a lint-free cotton cloth, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-


003), and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to clean
these components of the Bulk door:
- the door seals and their contact areas on the fuselage
- the external door handle mechanism
- the door suspension and the stop assemblies.

(c) Apply the silicone grease, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
001), to contact area of the Bulk door seal.

(d) Apply the silicone grease, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011),
or the pure mineral vaseline, COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
012), to the Bulk door seal.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 221
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(e) Apply the temporary protective compound, STORAGE PRESERVATION
(Material No. 15-005) or STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
006), to the door handle mechanism.



EFF :

101-199,  12-31-52

Page 222
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
COLD WEATHER MAINTENANCE - POWER PLANT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________________________________

TASK 12-31-71-660-001

Cold Weather Maintenance - Power Plant

R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU START THE ENGINE OR YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS,
_______
R MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO ICE OR SNOW ON THE FLIGHT CONTROLS AREA
R (ELEVATOR, RUDDER AND AILERON).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives the cold weather maintenance practices for the engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-31-71-941-050

A. Not applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-31-71-660-050

R A. Ice can form in the engine intakes and freeze the fan, therefore you must
R do a careful examination of the engine intake and fan before engine start
up.
Attention should be paid to the forward and rear sides of the fan blades
in order to determine whether clear ice is present.
Use hot air blower to remove all traces of ice and residual water before
engine start up.

Subtask 12-31-71-660-051

B. Freezing Points

(1) The oil temperature is also a limitation. For the approved oils and
the oil limitation temperatures, you must refer to the engine
manufacturers data.



EFF :

ALL  12-31-71

Page 201
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
SAMPLING FOR ANALYSIS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________

1. _______
General
This section defines the different fluid samplings which may be carried out
for an analysis.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR OIL - SERVICING
__________________________________________

TASK 12-32-24-281-001

Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.


_______
HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To find the cause of the oil contamination (skydrol, fuel, water, chlorine,
oil degradation, and other causes).

NOTE : The best location and time to get an oil sample is at the case drain
____
after operation of the engine, when the IDG oil is at the operating
temperature (80 deg.C (176 deg.F)).

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal)


No specific transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal)
No specific warning notice
R No specific TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP
No specific Torque Wrench : range 36.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 301
May 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 03-002 GB DEF-STAN 91-101


LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE ENGINE SYNT BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-24-612-011 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or


Addition of Oil after a Level Check
12-13-24-612-041 IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or
Addition of Oil after a level Check
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
R 78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
R 78-30-00-440-012 Activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
R Unit (HCU) 4101KS
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-32-24-991-001 Fig. 301



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 302
May 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-32-24-991-001-A Fig. 301A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-32-24-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

Subtask 12-32-24-941-050

B. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize


the FADEC 1(2).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 303
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-32-24-010-050

C. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 12-32-24-481-050

R D. Deactivate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-32-24-010-050-A

C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 12-32-24-481-050-A

D. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-001)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-24-991-001-A)



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 304
May 01/08
 
IAC 
IDG Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-24-991-001


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-24

Page 305
May 01/06
 
IAC 
IDG Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301A/TASK 12-32-24-991-001-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-24

Page 306
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-24-864-050

A. Depressurization of the IDG Case

WARNING : POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN VALVE. THIS WILL PREVENT BURNS
FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE
_______
FITTING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN-VALVE SEAT.

(1) Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the IDG.

(2) Remove the dust cap (5) from the overflow drain valve (6).

R (3) Put the end of the drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP in
the container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal).

(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:

R (a) Connect the overflow drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP to the overflow drain valve (6).

NOTE : Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose of the
____
R TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING UP when you connect it.

Subtask 12-32-24-281-050

B. Oil Sampling

WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

NOTE : Make sure that the oil is not too hot.


____

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (2).

(2) Loosen the case drain plug (2).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 307
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(3) Put a transparent bottle 1 l (0.26 USgal) below the case drain port
(1).

NOTE : The transparent bottle (4) must be cleaned and sterilized.


____

(4) Slowly remove the case drain plug (2) until oil flows out of the case
drain port (1).

(5) Fill the transparent bottle (4) with approximately 20 ml (0.053


USgal) of oil.

(6) Seal the case drain port (1).

(7) Remove the O-ring (3) from the case drain plug (2) and discard it.

Subtask 12-32-24-640-050

C. Lubricate the new O-ring (3) with OILS (Material No. 03-002).

Subtask 12-32-24-420-050

D. Installation of the Case Drain Plug

(1) Install the new O-ring (3) on the case drain plug (2).

(2) Install the case drain plug (2) in the case drain port (1).

(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (2) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.84 m.daN).

(4) Safety the case drain plug with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).

Subtask 12-32-24-281-051

E. Oil Sample Bottle

(1) Send the oil sample bottle to laboratory immediately with these data:

(a) Oil sampling date.

(b) Type and brand of oil used.

(c) Operating time since last oil sampling.

(d) IDG total operating time.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 308
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
(e) Identification of the IDG (Serial Number).

NOTE : If you do not do the analysis immediately, seal the


____
bottle.

Subtask 12-32-24-080-050

F. Remove the Overflow Drain Hose

R (1) Disconnect the overflow drain hose of the TANK - ENGINE OIL FILLING
R UP from the overflow drain valve (6).

(2) Install the dust cap (5) on the overflow drain valve (6).

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-32-24-612-050

G. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-011).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-32-24-612-050-A

G. Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check
(Ref. TASK 12-13-24-612-041).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-32-24-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Activate the thrust reverser system (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 309
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(3) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):
- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-32-24-410-050-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).

(3) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-24-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-24

Page 310
May 01/08
R  
IAC 
FUEL - SERVICING
________________

TASK 12-32-28-281-001

Drain Water Content

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 281100-01

NOTE : This task can be done together with TASK 12-32-28-281-003.


____

NOTE : If possible, do the water drain procedure before a refuel.


____
Alternatively, you must wait for one hour after a refuel has been
completed before you do the water drain procedure.

R NOTE : For the gravity procedure AIRBUS recommends that there must be more
____
R than 10% content of fuel in each tank. If you have less than 10%
R content of fuel, then the indirect water drain valves will have a
R decreased flow. It is recommended that you use the suction procedure
R when you have less than 10% content of fuel.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 301
Nov 01/06
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hose
No specific safety barriers
No specific suction pump
No specific warning notices
No specific Miscellaneous - HYDROKIT
No specific transparent container 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal)
No specific container 10 l (2.6416 USgal)
97A28002117002 1 PURGING TOOL
98A28101000000 1 ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL
98A28104000000 1 PURGER, WATER DRAIN
98A28104000002 1 WATER DRAIN PURGER
98D28104000000 1 PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-28-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel


28-00-00-910-001 Fuel Safety Procedures
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
SIL 28-079

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

12-32-28-991-001 Fig. 301

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 12-32-28-991-001-A Fig. 301A



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-28-941-054-A

A. Safety Precautions

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

(1) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(4) On the panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

(5) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, to keep the flight turnaround
times, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001).
or



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 303
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Fuel Sampling For Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-32-28

Page 304
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Fuel Sampling For Analysis
R Figure 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-32-28

Page 305
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.

NOTE : Removal of the fuel samples after 30 minutes will not remove
____
the water content as satisfactorily as samples removed one
hour after the refuel procedure.

NOTE : Do not apply unusually high force to open the water drain
____
valve.

Subtask 12-32-28-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open access panel 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open access panel 196BB.

Subtask 12-32-28-480-050

C. Preparation of the Equipment

(1) To get access to the high water drain valves from the ground, attach
the:
- ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL (98A28101000000)
or the
- PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING (98D28104000000)
to the bottle and funnel of the PURGER, WATER DRAIN
(98A28104000000).

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 306
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-28-281-050-A

A. Fuel Sampling for Water Contamination

(1) Gravity Procedure

NOTE : Make sure that the fuel tanks are filled to a minimum of 10%
____
of capacity. This is necessary to cover the water drain valve
outlet, so that the water drain valves can operate
satisfactorily. Refer to SIL for data (Ref. SIL 28-079).

(a) For the wing-tank water drain valves:

1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
PURGER, WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000). Drain approximately 1.0l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

NOTE : A rubber shield prevents fuel leakage.


____

2
_ Remove the PURGER, WATER DRAIN from the water drain valve.

(b) For the center-tank water drain valves:

1
_ Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
WATER DRAIN PURGER (98A28104000002). Drain approximately 1.0 l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

NOTE : A rubber shield prevents fuel leakage.


____

2
_ Remove the WATER DRAIN PURGER from the water drain valve.

(c) Examine the water drain valve for leakage. Leaks are not
permitted.

NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water drain
____
valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.

(d) Put the fuel sample into a clean and sterilized transparent
container. If you do not do the analysis immediately, seal the
container.

(e) Do the sample removal procedure at all of the water drain valves.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 307
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) Suction Procedure

(a) On the PURGING TOOL (97A28002117002), disconnect the funnel from


the bottle.

(b) Attach one end of the hose to the funnel. Attach the other end of
the hose to the suction pump.

NOTE : The illustration shows a typical suction pump with an air


____
drill power source. The suction pump used must be a type
approved for use on a fuel system. The applicable safety
precautions must be taken.

(c) Put the outlet of the suction pump into the container and start
the suction pump.

(d) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
funnel. Drain approximately 1.0 l (0.2641 USgal) of fuel (as a
sample) from the drain valve

(e) Remove the funnel from the drain valve.

(f) Examine the drain valve for leaks.

(g) Do this procedure at all of the water drain valves.

(h) Connect the funnel to the PURGING TOOL.

Subtask 12-32-28-750-050

B. Water Contamination Test

(1) Let the sample become stable.

(a) If the sample moves into two layers it contains water. Continue
to drain from the water drain valve until it has no water.

(b) If the sample stays in one layer, it can be all fuel or all
water. To find if the sample is fuel or water, do the test that
follows:

NOTE : Do the test only in an approved area.


____



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 308
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. If you have a Miscellaneous - - If the powder stays white, the sample


HYDROKIT available put the is fuel and the test is complete.
contents into the sample

- If the white powder changes color to


purple, the sample is water. Continue
to take samples and test until all
the water has been removed.

2. If you do not have a HYDROKIT - If the sample moves into two layers,
available, add water to the then the sample is all fuel and the
sample. test is complete.

- If the sample stays in one layer,


then the sample is water. Continue to
take samples until all the water has
been removed.

NOTE : You can use the same procedure to do an analysis on a sample from a
____
fuel tanker. Remove the sample from the supply connector of the fuel
tanker.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-32-28-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the applicable access panels:


- for water drain valve 94QM, close access panel 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, close access panel 196BB.

Subtask 12-32-28-942-050

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

NOTE : To discard the water samples, refer to the local regulations.


____



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 309
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 310
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-32-28-281-003

Sample Fuel for Microbiological Contamination Analysis

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 281100-04

NOTE : Refer to Service Information Letter (SIL 28-079) for more data on
____
microbiological contamination in fuel tanks

NOTE : This task can be done together with Task 12-32-28-281-001.


____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific safety barriers


R No specific AR CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS
R No specific AR CONTAINER-FUEL RESISTANT, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC
No specific 1 MICROBMONITOR 2 TEST KIT ECHA MICROBIOLOGY UK (CAGE
CODE 0HZY6)
No specific 1 FUELSTAT RESINAE TEST KIT CONIDIA BIOSCIENCE UK (CAGE
CODE KE385)
No specific 1 HY-LITE JET A1 FUEL TEST KIT MERCK KGAA, GERMANY
(CAGE CODE D2186)
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE
98A28101000000 1 ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL
98A28104000000 1 PURGER, WATER DRAIN
98A28104000002 1 WATER DRAIN PURGER
98D28104000000 1 PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 311
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-31-28-660-001 Cold Weather Maintenance - Fuel


28-00-00-910-001 Fuel Safety Procedures
28-11-00-600-003 Removal of Microbiological Particles
28-11-00-600-008 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Moderate Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Biobor Biocide
28-11-00-600-008 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Moderate Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Kathon Biocide
28-11-00-600-008 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Moderate Contamination -
Using Biobor Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
28-11-00-600-008 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Moderate Contamination -
Using Kathon Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
28-11-00-600-009 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Heavy Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Biobor Biocide
28-11-00-600-009 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Heavy Contamination -
With Fuel Mixed with Kathon Biocide
28-11-00-600-009 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Heavy Contamination -
Using Biobor Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
28-11-00-600-009 Biocidal Shock Treatment for Heavy Contamination -
Using Kathon Biocide With a Metered Injection Rig
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

12-32-28-991-001 Fig. 301

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 12-32-28-991-001-A Fig. 301A

R **ON A/C ALL

12-32-28-991-005 Fig. 302


12-32-28-991-006 Fig. 303



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 312
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-28-941-055-A

A. Safety Precautions

WARNING : OBEY THE FUEL SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).

(3) On the panel 400VU:


- make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN
position
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.

R (4) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
R landing gear doors.

(5) You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. TASK 28-00-00-910-001)
when you do work on the fuel system.

(6) If the fuel temperature is less than -5 DEG.C (+23.00 DEG.F) and/or
the water drain valves are frozen, either:
- do the cold weather maintenance procedure to warm the drain valve
(Ref. TASK 12-31-28-660-001)
or
- remove the fuel samples 30 minutes after the refuel procedure.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 313
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-28-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) For access to the center tank water drain valves, open the applicable
access panels:
- for water drain valve 94QM, open 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, open 196BB.

Subtask 12-32-28-480-051

C. Preparation of the Equipment

(1) If it is necessary to get access to the high water drain-valves from


the ground, attach the:
- ADAPTING PIPE - WATER DRAINING FROM FUEL (98A28101000000)
or the
- PIPE ADAPTING-WATER DRAINING (98D28104000000)
to the bottle and funnel of the PURGER, WATER DRAIN
(98A28104000000).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-28-991-001)

**ON A/C 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-28-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-28-281-055-A

R A. Fuel Sampling for Microbiological Contamination

NOTE : If you use a test kit, refer to the kit manufacturers instructions
____
on fuel sampling and storage. Carefully follow the manufacturers
instructions to make sure that the test results are accurate.

NOTE : Before you collect the samples, read the manufacturers


____
instructions in the test kit. Make sure you use a sample container
that is specified and that is clean and dry before use. An



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 314
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
incorrect, dirty sample container can give an unwanted effect to
the results.

(1) For the wing-tank water drain valves:

(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
PURGER, WATER DRAIN (98A28104000000) and drain approximately 1.0l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

NOTE : A rubber shield prevents fuel leakage.


____

(b) Remove the PURGER, WATER DRAIN from the drain valve.

(2) For the center-tank water drain valves:

(a) Push the center of the applicable water drain valve with the
WATER DRAIN PURGER (98A28104000002) and drain approximately 1.0 l
(0.2641 USgal) of fuel from the water drain valve.

NOTE : A rubber shield prevents fuel leakage.


____

(b) Remove the WATER DRAIN PURGER from the drain valve.

(3) Examine the applicable water drain valve for leakage. Leaks are not
permitted.

NOTE : This step is very important at the center tank water drain
____
valves 94QM and 95QM, where access is not easy.

R (4) Put the fuel sample for the microbiological test into a:
R - CONTAINER-CLEAN, STERILIZED, TRANSPARENT GLASS or CONTAINER-FUEL
R RESISTANT, TRANSPARENT PLASTIC and seal the container.
R

NOTE : Do not put additives into the sample to show the water
____
contents.

(5) Do the sample removal procedure at all of the water drain-valves.

(6) Identify each sample with a label that shows:


- the aircraft number
- the time and date of the sample
- the fuel tank drain valve the sample came from
- all the additives you know about.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 315
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
(7) Keep the sealed sample containers in a cool protected area.

NOTE : After the test samples are collected, microbiological


____
contamination in the sample could change. It is recommended
that the samples are tested in less than 6 hours and no later
than 24 hours. AIRBUS recommends that the samples are tested
in less than 6 hours.

NOTE : Make a selection of one of


____ the microbiological test kits for
the complete procedure. Do not compare results between
microbiological test kits. They use different methods to give
results. If you need help, refer to the manufacturer of the
kit.

Subtask 12-32-28-281-060

B. Sample Analysis - MICROBMONITOR2 Test Kit Procedure

NOTE : This procedure is for use with the MICROBMONITOR2 test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.

(1) Do one of the steps that follow to check the sample(s) for
microbiological contamination:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)

(a) Use the MICROBMONITOR 2 TEST KIT ECHA MICROBIOLOGY UK (CAGE CODE
0HZY6) (and the manufacturers instructions) to make an analysis
of each sample.

(b) Send each sample to an approved laboratory for analysis.

(2) Do a check of the results:

NOTE : If you only do one test it can give an incorrect indication of


____
the condition of the fuel tanks. If a test shows
contamination, (moderate or heavy) do the test again (in not
more than 10 days) before you remove the aircraft from
service. Use the same test kit/laboratory for the second test.

(a) Negligible contamination:

1
_ The contamination is negligible if:
- the WATER sample contents has 1000 CFU (Colony Forming
Units) per ml or less
- the FUEL sample contents has 4000 CFU per liter or less.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 316
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Maintenance Plan Flowchart - Microbiological Contamination
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 317
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table
Figure 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 318
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Microbiological Contamination Test Kits - Comparison Table
Figure 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 319
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.

(b) Moderate contamination:

1
_ The contamination is moderate if:
- the WATER sample contents has between 1000 and 10000 CFU per
ml
- the FUEL sample contents has between 4000 and 20000 CFU per
liter.

2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.

3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).

(c) Heavy contamination

1
_ The contamination is heavy if:
- the WATER sample contents has more than 10000 CFU per ml
- the FUEL sample contents has more than 20000 CFU per liter.

2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.

3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).

NOTE : When you do the heavy contamination procedure, you will


____
need to enter all the fuel tanks to remove the
contamination (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 320
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-28-281-061

C. Sample Analysis - FUELSTAT RESINAE Test Kit Procedure

NOTE : This procedure is for use with the FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.

NOTE : The FUELSTAT RESINAE test kit shows the most frequent type of
____
contamination you can find in fuel tanks (Hormoconis Resinae).
Other types of contamination will not be shown.

(1) Do one of the steps that follow to check the sample(s) for
microbiological contamination:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)

(a) Use the FUELSTAT RESINAE TEST KIT CONIDIA BIOSCIENCE UK (CAGE
CODE KE385) (and the manufacturers instructions) to make an
analysis of each sample.

(b) Send each sample to an approved laboratory for analysis.

(2) Do a check of the results:

NOTE : If you only do one test it can give an incorrect indication of


____
the condition of the fuel tanks. If a test shows
contamination, (moderate or heavy) do the test again (in not
more than 10 days) before you remove the aircraft from
service. Use the same test kit/laboratory for the second test.

(a) Negligible contamination:

1
_ The contamination is negligible if the indication lines (on
the test kit) show a negative result.

2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.

(b) Moderate contamination:

1
_ The contamination is moderate if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a low positive result.

2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 321
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).

(c) Heavy contamination

1
_ The contamination is heavy if the indication lines (on the
test kit) show a high positive result.

2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.

3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).

NOTE : When you do the heavy contamination procedure, you will


____
need to enter all the fuel tanks to remove the
contamination (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-003).

Subtask 12-32-28-281-062

D. Sample Analysis - HY-LITE Jet A1 Test Kit Procedure

NOTE : This procedure is for use with the HY-LITE Jet A1 test kit only.
____
Use only one sample analysis procedure and test kit to complete
the task. It is not necessary to do a sample analysis with all 3
test kits.

NOTE : The manufacturer recommends that you only use a fuel-resistant


____
transparent plastic container for the test. A glass container
could have an unwanted effect on the test result.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 322
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(1) Do one of the steps that follow to check the sample(s) for
microbiological contamination:
(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-32-28-991-005, 303/TASK 12-32-28-991-006)

(a) Use the HY-LITE JET A1 FUEL TEST KIT MERCK KGAA, GERMANY (CAGE
CODE D2186) (and the manufacturers instructions) to make an
analysis of each sample.

(b) Send each sample to an approved laboratory for analysis.

(2) Do a check of the results:

NOTE : If you only do one test it can give an incorrect indication of


____
the condition of the fuel tanks. If a test shows
contamination, (moderate or heavy) do the test again (in not
more than 10 days) before you remove the aircraft from
service. Use the same test kit/laboratory for the second test.

(a) Negligible contamination:

1
_ The contamination is negligible if the sample contents has
1000 RLU/litre (Relative Light Units) or less.

2
_ Continue to monitor the fuel tanks at the scheduled inspection
interval. No microbiological treatment is necessary.

(b) Moderate contamination:

1
_ The contamination is moderate if the sample contents has
between 1000 and 5000 RLU/litre.

2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.

3
_ If the contamination has not changed from moderate:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (moderate
contamination procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-
00-600-008) or (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-008).

(c) Heavy contamination

1
_ The contamination is heavy if the sample contents has more
than 5000 RLU/litre.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 323
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
2
_ Use the same method and do the sample test again in not more
than 10 days after the first test.

3
_ If the contamination has not changed from heavy:
- do the BIOBOR biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009)
or
- do the KATHON biocidal shock treatment (heavy contamination
procedure) to all fuel tanks (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009) or
(Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-009).

NOTE : When you do the heavy contamination procedure, you will


____
need to enter all the fuel tanks to remove the
contamination (Ref. TASK 28-11-00-600-003).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-32-28-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the applicable access panels:


- for water drain valve 94QM, close 195BB
- for water drain valve 95QM, close 196BB.

Subtask 12-32-28-942-054

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-28

Page 324
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Fuel Sampling For Analysis - Suction Procedure
Figure 304/TASK 12-32-28-991-007



EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-32-28

Page 325
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Fuel Sampling For Analysis - Suction Procedure
R Figure 304A/TASK 12-32-28-991-007-A



EFF :

101-199,  12-32-28

Page 326
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC FLUID - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-32-29-281-001

R Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow Systems for Analysis

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS


_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 291000-15



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 301
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific warning notices
No specific glass sample bottle 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal)
R No specific plastic (non PVC) sample bottle 0.25 l (0.0660 USgal)
R No specific 1 CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE
HSPA181-380J 2 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032


in.) dia.
R

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump


12-36-29-600-001 Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic
System
12-36-29-600-002 Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic
System
12-36-29-600-003 Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic
System
12-36-29-600-004 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-600-005 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-600-006 Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue
Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-001 Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-002 Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System
12-36-29-615-003 Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-23-21-911-001 Removal/Installation of the Bobbins from their


Housings and Installation of O-rings, Square Seals,
and Back-up Rings on the Bobbins
27-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
27-51-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the
Pressure Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart
27-81-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Wing-Tip Brake and the
Pressure-Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart
27-96-00-710-007 Operational Test of the Damping Measurement (Aileron)
27-96-00-710-008 Operational Test of the Damping Measurement
(Elevator)
29-00-00-280-001 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Green Hydraulic
System
29-00-00-280-002 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-00-00-280-003 Check of the Internal Leakage of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-00-00-910-003 General Removal and Installation Procedure of the
Check Valves in the Hydraulic Systems
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-11-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Green
Hydraulic System
29-11-35-000-001 Removal of the Engine 1 Thrust Reverser Check Valve
(3010KM1)
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-11-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 1048GM
29-12-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-12-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (2002GM)
29-12-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 2048GM
29-13-14-400-001 Installation of the HP Manifold of the Yellow
Hydraulic System
29-13-35-000-001 Removal of the Engine 2 Thrust Reverser Check Valve
(3010KM2)
29-13-35-400-001 Installation of the Engine 2 Thrust Reverser Check
Valve (3010KM2)



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 303
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)


29-13-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter (3048GM)
29-22-00-720-003 Operational Check of RAT Manual Deployment and
R Functional Check of RAT using Ground Test Unit,
R followed by Check of Filter Indicator
29-22-00-720-004 Operational Check of RAT Manual Deployment and
Functional Check of RAT using Ground Test Unit,
followed by Check of Filter Indicator
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-32-29-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-32-29-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to move:
- the flight controls,
- the lever of the landing gear selector.

Subtask 12-32-29-863-050

B. Pressurize the applicable hydraulic system:


- for the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
- for the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
- for the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

Subtask 12-32-29-010-050

C. Open the applicable access panel/door:


- for the Green hydraulic system, open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-
12-00-010-001).
- for the Yellow hydraulic system, open the access panel 196BB.
- for the Blue hydraulic system, open the access panel 195BB.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 304
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001)

Subtask 12-32-29-170-050

R A. Flush the Sampling Valve


R

R (1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the applicable sampling valve:
R - For the Green hydraulic system, the sampling valve 1187GM
R - For the Yellow hydraulic system, the sampling valve 3187GM
R - For the Blue hydraulic system, the sampling valve 2187GM.

R (2) Remove the cap from the sampling valve.

R (3) Put the CONTAINER - CLEAN, APPLICABLE below the sampling valve.

R (4) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.

R (5) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
R USgal) into the applicable container.

R (6) Remove the cap from the needle valve.

R (7) Discard the hydraulic fluid (refer to the local regulations).


R

Subtask 12-32-29-281-050

R B. Remove a Sample from the Sampling Valve

R (1) Flush the sampling valve before you take each sample.

R (2) Put the clean glass sample bottle or the plastic (non PVC) sample
R bottle below the sampling valve. Do not use a container /bottle made
R from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). This material will effect the results
R from the hydraulic fluid sample.

R (3) Put the notch in the head of the cap below the head of the needle
valve.

R (4) Move the cap to pull the needle valve down and drain 0.2 l (0.0528
R USgal) into the sample bottle.

R (5) Remove the cap from the needle valve.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 305
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 306
Nov 01/97
R  
IAC 
Sampling Valves - Location and Operation
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-29-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 307
Nov 01/97
R  
IAC 
R (6) Seal the sample bottle.

R (7) Put a tag on the sample bottle with:


R
R - The aircraft registration
R - The system identification
R - The date and the time.

R (8) Send the sample bottle to the analysis laboratory.

Subtask 12-32-29-281-052

C. Contamination analysis by Particle Count


R The maximum particle contamination must agree with or be better than
R NSA307110 class 9.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF PARTICLES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particle size Class 9
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 to 15 micron 128000
15 to 25 micron 22800
25 to 50 micron 4050
50 to 100 micron 720
> 100 micron 128

(1) If the contamination rate in the fluid sample is more than one or
more of the values given in the table above (class 9):

(a) Stop the hydraulic tests.

(b) Clean the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001),


(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003),
- or do a reclaiming procedure it with the hydraulic ground power
cart (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-004), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-005)
and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-006).
- or change it (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-
600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 308
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-29-281-053

D. Chemical analysis
Chemical analysis must be to NSA307110 Limit Characteristics of fluid in
operation. The values below are the maximum permitted limits for
in-service fluid.
- acid number:1.5mg KOH/g max.
- density at 23 +/- 3 deg.C: 970 to 1066 kg/m3.
- water content 0.50% max.

NOTE : The maximum water contents permitted by the manufacturer in


____
hydraulic fluids is 0.80%. But this limit together with very high
temperature decreases the life of the hydraulic fluids. Airbus
Industrie thus recommends to decrease the limit to 0.50% which
will increase the life of the hydraulic fluid.

- viscosity at 38 deg.C:6 to 12.5 CST


- chlorine content:200 ppm max.
- electrical conductivity:0.30 microSiemens.cm-1 minimum.

(1) If the water or chlorine content of the fluid sample is equal to or


more than the values given above:
- clean the hydraulic fluid with the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-
380J) (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001), (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002)
and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003),
- or change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).

(2) If the acidity, density, viscosity or conductivity of the fluid


sample is out of the permitted limits given above:
- change the hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001), (Ref. TASK
12-36-29-600-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).

(3) Additional Temporary Authorizations

(a) The table that follow will give you the approval for aircraft
dispatch, if the result of the fluid chemical analysis is not in
the given limits.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 309
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
--------------------------------------------------------------
| Hydraulic Fluid | New values | Allowed time |
| Parameters | | frames |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| acid number | 1.5 to 2.5mg KOH/g | 7 calendar days |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| density | not applicable | less than |
| | | 600FH or 750FC |
| | | which come first|
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| water content | 0.8% to 1.0% | less than |
| | | 600FH or 750FC |
| which come first|
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| water content | 1.0% to 1.5% | 7 calendar days |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| viscosity | at 38 deg.C: | 10 calendar days|
| | 5.5 to 6.0 CST | or 150 FH |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| chlorine content| 200 to 300 ppm | 10 calendar days|
| | | or 150 FH |
|-----------------|------------------------|-----------------|
| electrical | lower than | less than |
| conductivity | 0.30 microSiemens.cm-1 | 600FH or 750FC |
| | | which come first|
--------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE : The values show the permitted level of contamination for a


____
time limit.

NOTE : The given time frames show the time that the aircraft can
____
stay in service. This is from the time you find the
contamination until you get new results. This time
includes corrective actions, new samlpes and new analyses.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 310
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-32-29-281-054

E. Repercussion of the Chemical Analysis

(1) If the water contamination is from 0.8% to 1.3%:

(a) Clean the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system with
the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003),
- or reclaim the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic
system with the hydraulic ground power cart
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-004),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-005),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-006),
- or change the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic
system
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).

(b) Remove the LP/HP filter elements of the applicable hydraulic


system as given in the subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system:
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

(c) Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.

1
_ If you find no corroded particles:

a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.

b
_ Install the LP/HP filter elements as given in the
subsequent procedures:


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-29

Page 311
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

2
_ If you find corroded particles:

a
_ Install new HP/LP filter elements as given in the
subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

b
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (2) (b) and
subsequent and step (3) (b) and subsequent.

(2) If the water contamination is more than 1.3% and less than 2.5%:

(a) Do the procedure given under step (1) and also:

(b) Do the check of the internal leakage of the applicable hydraulic


system
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-003).

(c) Do the operational test of the wing tip brake and the pressure
off brake
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-003)
(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-002).

(d) Remove the LP filter element of the applicable hydraulic system


as given in the subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-29

Page 312
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)

(e) Examine the applicable filter element for corroded particles.

1
_ If you find no corroded particles:

a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.

b
_ Install the new LP filter element as given in the
subsequent procedures.
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)

2
_ If you find corroded particles

a
_ Install a new LP filter element as given in the subsequent
procedures.
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)

(f) Remove the bobbins of the HP manifold of the applicable hydraulic


system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).

(g) Examine the bobbins for signs of corrosion.

1
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:

a
_ Install the bobbins.

2
_ If you find signs of corrosion:

a
_ Replace the bobbins and the applicable component.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-29

Page 313
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
(h) If you found corroded particles or signs of corrosion:

1
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (3) (b) and
subsequent.

(3) If the water contamination is more than 2.5%:

(a) Do the procedures given in step (1) and step (2) (b) and
subsequent and also:

(b) Do the functional test of the ram air turbine


(Ref. TASK 29-22-00-720-004).

(c) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the aileron


(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-007).

(d) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the


elevator
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-008).

(e) Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation


(Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001).

(f) Do these work steps:


(only necessary Pre SB 29-1066/Pre Modification 24880)

1
_ Remove the check valve (2029GM) (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-003).

2
_ Examine the check valve (2029GM) for signs of corrosion.

a
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:
- Install the check valve (2029GM).

b
_ If you find signs of corrosion:
- Replace the check valve (2029GM).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-29

Page 314
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-32-29-281-054-A

E. Repercussion of the Chemical Analysis

(1) If the water contamination is from 0.8% to 1.3%:

(a) Clean the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic system with
the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J)
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-002),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-615-003),
- or reclaim the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic
system with the hydraulic ground power cart
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-004),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-005),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-006),
- or change the hydraulic fluid of the applicable hydraulic
system
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-001),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-002),
(Ref. TASK 12-36-29-600-003).

(b) Remove the LP/HP filter elements of the applicable hydraulic


system as given in the subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

1
_ Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.

a
_ If you find no corroded particles:

b
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.

c
_ Install the applicable LP/HP filter elements as given in
the subsequent procedures:


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-29

Page 315
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

2
_ If you find corroded particles:

a
_ Install new HP/LP filter elements as given in the
subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

b
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (2) (b) and
subsequent and step (3) (b) and subsequent.

(2) If the water contamination is more than 1.3% and less than 2.5%:

(a) Do the procedure given under step (1) and also:

(b) Do the check of the internal leakage of the applicable hydraulic


system
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-003).

(c) Do the operational test of the wing tip brake and the pressure
off brake
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-003)
(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-710-002).

(d) Remove the LP filter element of the applicable hydraulic system


as given in the subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-29

Page 316
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)

1
_ Examine the applicable filter elements for corroded particles.

2
_ If you find no corroded particles:

a
_ Make sure that the filter elements are clean and in the
correct condition. If necessary, replace the applicable
filter element with a new one.

b
_ Install the applicable LP filter element as given in the
subsequent procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)

3
_ If you find corroded particles:

a
_ Install a new LP filter element as given in the subsequent
procedures:
- for the Green hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001)
- for the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001)
- for the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001)

(e) Remove the bobbins of the HP manifold of the applicable hydraulic


system
(Ref. TASK 29-11-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-12-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 29-13-14-400-001)
(Ref. TASK 20-23-21-911-001).

(f) Examine the bobbins for signs of corrosion.

1
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:

a
_ Install the bobbins.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-29

Page 317
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
2
_ If you find signs of corrosion:

a
_ Replace the bobbins and the applicable component.

(g) If you found corroded particles or signs of corrosion:

1
_ Continue with the procedures given in step (3) (b) and
subsequent.

(3) If the water contamination is more than 2.5%:

(a) Do the procedures given in step (1) and step (2) (b) and
subsequent and also:

(b) Do the functional test of the ram air turbine


(Ref. TASK 29-22-00-720-003).

(c) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the aileron


(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-007).

(d) Do the operational test of the damping measurement of the


elevator
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-008).

(e) Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation


(Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001).

(f) Remove the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1), (3010KM2)


(Ref. TASK 29-11-35-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 29-13-35-000-001).

(g) Examine the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1), (3010KM2) for
signs of corrosion.

1
_ If you find no signs of corrosion:

a
_ Install the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).

2
_ If you find signs of corrosion:

a
_ Replace the thrust reverser check valves (3010KM1) and
(3010KM2) (Ref. TASK 29-13-35-400-001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-29

Page 318
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-29-860-050

F. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Depressurize the hydraulic system:


- for the Green Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001),
- for the Yellow Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002),
- for the Blue Hydraulic System (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(2) Install the cap on the sampling valve.

(3) Safety the cap with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032
in.) dia.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-32-29-611-050

A. Make sure that the fluid level in the hydraulic reservoirs is correct. If
necessary, fill the reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).

Subtask 12-32-29-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the applicable access panel/door:


- for the Green hydraulic system, close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK
32-12-00-410-001).
- for the Yellow hydraulic system, close the access door 196BB.
- for the Blue hydraulic system, close the access door 195BB.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-29

Page 319
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
APU - SERVICING
_______________

TASK 12-32-49-281-001

Oil Sampling for Analysis

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
_______
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To find the cause of the oil contamination (fuel, oil degradation and other
causes).

NOTE : You must get the sample 15 to 30 minutes after APU shutdown and
____
before you add oil to the tank.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific clean and lint-free cloth
No specific plastic bottle
No specific access platform 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External


Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
Configuration before Maintenance Action
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
49-90-00-600-001 Check Oil Level and Replenish (GTCP 36-300)
49-90-00-600-004 Check Oil Level and Replenish (APS 3200)
49-90-00-600-007 Check and Replenish Oil Level (131-9(A))



EFF :

ALL  12-32-49

Page 301
Aug 01/06
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-41-00-010-001 Open the APU Doors for Access


52-41-00-410-001 Close the APU Doors after Access

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-32-49-991-001 Fig. 301

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-32-49-991-001-A Fig. 301A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-32-49-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the warning notices on panel 25VU to tell persons not to start
the APU.

(2) Energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

(3) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized


(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

Subtask 12-32-49-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU APU/APU/CTL 2KD L42
121VU APU/ECB/SPLY 1KD L41



EFF :

ALL  12-32-49

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-49-010-050

C. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Open the access door 315AL (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-001).

(3) Set the LIGHT SW 11LJ to ON.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 301A/TASK 12-32-49-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-32-49-281-050

A. Get a sample

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
ENGINE OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM
OF 5 MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK
THE OIL CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.

(1) Clean the oil tank scupper.


- Clean the oil tank scupper with a clean and lint-free cloth, before
you remove the oil filler cap.



EFF :

ALL  12-32-49

Page 303
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-49-991-001


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-49

Page 304
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 301A/TASK 12-32-49-991-001-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-49

Page 305
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) Open the oil tank

CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW
_______
TOP AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.

(a) Squeeze the plastic bottle (2) and put the free end of the tube
into the oil through the filling port (3).

(b) Release the pressure on the bottle to remove the oil sample by
suction.

(3) Tag the oil sample with these data:


- APU total operating time.
- Operating time since the last oil sampling.
- Date of sample.
- Identification of the APU (Serial Number).
- Type and brand of the oil used.

(4) Send the sample for chemical or spectrometric analysis to the


laboratory as soon as possible.

(5) Do a check of the oil level and fill the oil tank if necessary
- for GTCP 36-300 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
- for APS 3200 APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
- for 131-9(A) APU
(Ref. TASK 49-90-00-600-007)

(6) Close the oil tank.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-32-49-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Set the LIGHT SW 11LJ to OFF.

(3) Close the access door 315AL (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-001).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-49

Page 306
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-49-865-051

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1KD, 2KD.

Subtask 12-32-49-860-051

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems.


(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

(2) De-energize the ground service network


(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-32-49

Page 307
Aug 01/06
 
IAC 
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________

TASK 12-32-79-281-002

Sampling of the Oil For Analysis

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP OF THE OIL TANK IMMEDIATELY AFTER ENGINE
_______
OPERATION. LET THE OIL PRESSURE DECREASE FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 MINUTES
AFTER THE ENGINE SHUTDOWN.
IF YOU OPEN THE FILLER CAP WHEN THERE IS PRESSURE IN THE TANK THE OIL
CAN BURN YOU DANGEROUSLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : Sampling must be made within 15 to 30 minutes after engine shutdown


____
and before adding any oil to tank.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific dipping tube end


No specific lint-free cloth
No specific plastic bottle
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
79-11-10-300-004 Replacement of the O-ring of the Oil Cap Assembly
12-32-79-991-300 Fig. 301
12-32-79-991-301 Fig. 302


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-79

Page 301
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-32-79-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-32-79-010-052

B. Open oil tank servicing access door :

FOR 1000EM1
437BL

FOR 1000EM2
447BL

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300, 302/TASK 12-32-79-991-301)

Subtask 12-32-79-160-051

A. Clean the oil tank scupper

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL TANK SCUPPER IS CLEAN TO PREVENT
_______
CONTAMINATION OF THE TANK DURING THE SERVICING OPERATIONS.

(1) Clean the oil tank scupper with a clean lint-free cloth before you
remove the oil tank filler cap.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-79

Page 302
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Removal of the Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-79

Page 303
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Oil Sampling for Analysis
Figure 302/TASK 12-32-79-991-301


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-79

Page 304
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-79-010-053

B. Open the oil tank as follows :

(1) Raise oil tank filler cap handle to vertical (unlocked) position.
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-300)

(2) Firmly grip oil tank filler cap handle, push down and at the same
time turn counter clockwise to disengage locking device and remove
cap.

Subtask 12-32-79-281-051

C. Sampling of the oil

CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW TOP
_______
AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.

(1) Take sample by squeezing a plastic bottle and then a dipping tube end
into oil.

(2) Tag oil samples as follows:

NOTE : Samples for chemical or spectrometric analysis should be sent


____
to laboratory as soon as possible.

(a) Engine total operating time.

(b) Operating time since last oil sampling.

(c) Date of sample.

(d) Identification of engine (Serial Number).

(e) Type and brand of oil used.

Subtask 12-32-79-612-050

D. If necessary, fill oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK


12-13-79-610-002).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-79

Page 305
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-79-410-052

E. Close oil tank filler cap as follows :

(1) Inspect the O-ring seal of the oil tank filler cap to make sure it is
in good condition or does not show signs of leakage. If not, replace
the seal (Ref. TASK 79-11-10-300-004).

(2) Install oil tank filler cap with handle in vertical position, grip
handle, push down on the cap and at the same time turn clockwise to
engage the locking device.

(3) Pull up on oil tank filler cap. If the locking device is properly
engaged, the cap cannot be pulled from tank.

(4) Push hinged oil tank cap handle down flat into the locked position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-32-79-410-053

A. Close Access
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(1) Close the oil tank access door :

FOR 1000EM1
437BL

FOR 1000EM2
447BL
Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-32-79

Page 306
Config-1 Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
ENGINE OIL - SERVICING
______________________

TASK 12-32-79-600-010

Sampling of the Engine Oil for Analysis

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS DANGEROUS IF YOU LET IT BE
ABSORBED THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

WARNING : DO NOT REMOVE THE OIL TANK CAP FOR FIVE MINUTES AFTER THE ENGINE
_______
STOPS, TO PERMIT THE PRESSURE IN THE OIL TANK TO DECREASE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the instructions necessary to sample the engine oil for
analysis. The sample must be made within 15 to 30 minutes after engine
shutdown.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific plastic bottle


No specific tube end
No specific warning notice

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V10-039 *


lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-79

Page 301
Config-2 May 01/06
 
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish


70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
12-32-79-991-150 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-32-79-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 12-32-79-010-054

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-79

Page 302
Config-2 May 01/06
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-32-79-010-055

A. Remove the filler cap from the engine oil tank


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150)

(1) Lift the handle (6) to open the cap (1).

(2) Turn the handle to align the lock (3) with the slots (4).

(3) Remove the filler cap (1) from the filler neck (7).

Subtask 12-32-79-281-052

B. Sampling of the oil

CAUTION : USE A NEW AND VERY CLEAN PLASTIC BOTTLE WITH A NEW SCREW TOP
_______
AND A NEW PLASTIC TUBE. DO NOT USE THESE ITEMS AGAIN.

(1) Take a sample by squeezing a plastic bottle and then dipping a tube
end into the oil.

(2) Tag oil sample as follows:

NOTE : Samples for chemical or spectrometric analysis should be sent


____
to the laboratory as soon as possible.

(a) Engine total operating time

(b) Operating time since last oil sample

(c) Date of sample

(d) Identification of engine (Serial Number)

(e) Type and brand of oil used

Subtask 12-32-79-612-051

C. If necessary, fill oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-79

Page 303
Config-2 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Oil Tank Filler Cap
Figure 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-79

Page 304
Config-2 May 01/06
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-32-79-410-054

D. Install the oil tank filler cap


(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-32-79-991-150)

(1) Examine the packing (2) on the filler cap (1). Replace the packing if
it is demanded (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(2) Apply lubricant (Material No. V10-039) to the packing (2).

(3) Make sure that the filler cap handle (6) is in the open position.

(4) Align the lock (3) of the cap (1) with the slots (4) in the filler
neck (7).

(5) Install the cap and turn the handle to the closed position.

(6) Lower the handle to lock the cap.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-32-79-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-32-79

Page 305
Config-2 May 01/06
 
IAC 
PRE-CONDITIONING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft can be pre-conditioned on the ground with:
- a ground air-supply unit through the LP ground connection (Ref. TASK
R 12-33-21-618-00100).
- a ground air-supply unit through the HP ground connection (Ref. TASK
R 12-33-21-618-00101).
R - the APU (Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-00102).



EFF :

ALL  12-33-00

Page 1
May 01/97
 
IAC 
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________

TASK 12-33-21-618-001

Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

For maintenance procedures.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific ground air-supply unit

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-33-21-991-003 Fig. 201



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 201
Nov 01/06
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003)

Subtask 12-33-21-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Open the avionics-bay access door 811.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.

(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that:


- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are released and/or
in the OFF position (the OFF legends are on).

(4) Open the access door 191CB.

(5) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft LP connector.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-33-21-618-050

A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),

(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit.

NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 202
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
LP and HP Ground Connectors
R Figure 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 203
Nov 01/06
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-33-21-618-050-A

R A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

R (1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
R - the airflow is between 63 kg.min (138.8911 lb.min) and 96 kg.min
R (211.6437 lb.min),
R - the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),

R (2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
R unit.

R NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
R 70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-33-21-618-056

B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary, stop the ground


air-supply unit.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-33-21-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector.

(2) Close the access door 191CB.

(3) Close the avionics-bay access door 811.

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 204
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 01

Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND-AIR SUPPLY IS FREE FROM OIL CONTAMINATION.
_______
OIL CONTAMINATION CAN CAUSE THE SMELL OF OIL IN THE CABIN AND MAKE
THE AIR-CONDITIONING PACKS UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

NOTE : The ground air-supply unit supplies air to the air conditioning packs
____
10HM/11HM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

For maintenance procedures

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
12-33-21-991-003 Fig. 201



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 205
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 202

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 12-33-21-991-001-A Fig. 202A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-33-21-991-003)

Subtask 12-33-21-865-053

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D07

**ON A/C ALL

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06

**ON A/C 020-099,

49VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL &/IND1 1HB D07



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 206
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V23


122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/1 1HB V22

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/2 2HB V21


122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS2 4HK V20
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS1 3HK V19
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115VAC/SYS2 2HK V18
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115VAC/SYS1 1HK V17
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/115VAC 21HH W22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/28VDC 23HH W21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/115VAC 1HH X22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/28VDC 3HH X21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/28VDC 24HH Y21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/115VAC 22HH Y20
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/1/28VDC 4HH Y19
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/1/115VAC 2HH Y18

**ON A/C ALL

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21


122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17

**ON A/C 020-099,

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V22



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 207
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

R
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02

R **ON A/C ALL

R 123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AC04

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-33-21-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Open the avionics-bay access door 811.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.

(3) Open the access door 191DB.

Subtask 12-33-21-860-050

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the panel 30VU make sure that:


- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the on
position (the FAULT legends are on and the OFF legends are off),
- the COCKPIT, FWD CABIN and AFT CABIN temperature selectors are at
the 12 oclock position,



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 208
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
- the HOT AIR pushbutton switch is in the on position (the OFF legend
is off),
- the X BLEED rotary switch is set to the OPEN position.

(4) On the panel 22VU make sure that the CAB FANS pushbutton switch is in
the on position (the OFF legend is off).

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 12-33-21-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-33-21-618-054

A. Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 3.5 bar (50.7631 psi),
- the supplied air temperature does not go above 260 deg.C (500.00
deg.F).

NOTE : On the panel 30VU:


____
On the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches the FAULT
legends go off when the flow control valves open.

(2) On the AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge-temperature indication is normal (i.e. green indication).



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 209
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Air Condition Panel
Figure 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-999,  12-33-21

Page 210
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R Air Condition Panel
R Figure 202A/TASK 12-33-21-991-001-A


R

EFF :

101-199,  12-33-21

Page 211
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-33-21-618-054-A

R A. Pre-conditioning through the HP Ground Connection

R (1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
R - the airflow is between 63 kg.min (138.8911 lb.min) and 96 kg.min
R (211.6437 lb.min),
R - the supplied air pressure is not more than 3.5 bar (50.7631 psi),
R - the supplied air temperature does not go above 260 deg.C (500.00
R deg.F).

R NOTE : On the panel 30VU:


____
R On the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches the FAULT
R legends go off when the flow control valves open.

R (2) On the AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
R discharge-temperature indication is normal (i.e. green indication).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-33-21-618-057

B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary:

(1) On the panel 30VU:


- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the off
position (the OFF legends come on).
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).

(2) On the panel 22VU:


- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).

(3) Stop the ground air-supply unit.



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 212
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-33-21-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-


862-002)

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 12-33-21-410-054

B. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 191DB.

(2) Close the avionics-bay access door 811.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 213
Feb 01/07
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-33-21-618-001- 02

Pre-conditioning with the APU

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : The APU supplies air to the air conditioning packs 10HM/11HM.
____

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

For maintenance procedures

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
49-00-00-860-003 APU Start by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
49-00-00-860-004 APU Shutdown by External Power (GTCP 36-300)
49-00-00-860-005 APU Start by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-006 APU Shutdown by External Power (APS 3200)
49-00-00-860-008 APU Start by External Power (131-9(A))
49-00-00-860-009 APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

12-33-21-991-001 Fig. 202



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 214
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 12-33-21-991-001-A Fig. 202A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-33-21-865-054

A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D07

**ON A/C ALL

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06

**ON A/C 020-099,

49VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL &/IND1 1HB D07

R **ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 5HQ D05

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V23


122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/1 1HB V22



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 215
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/CTL AND IND/2 2HB V21


122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS2 4HK V20
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS1 3HK V19
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115VAC/SYS2 2HK V18
122VU AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/115VAC/SYS1 1HK V17
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/115VAC 21HH W22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/2/28VDC 23HH W21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/115VAC 1HH X22
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP/CTL SYS1/1/28VDC 3HH X21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/28VDC 24HH Y21
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/2/115VAC 22HH Y20
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/1/28VDC 4HH Y19
122VU AIR COND/PACK TEMP CTL SYS2/1/115VAC 2HH Y18

**ON A/C ALL

122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL 5HU U21


122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY 6HU U19
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17

**ON A/C 020-099,

122VU AIR COND/FLOW/MIXER/FLAP 3HB V22

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

R
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02

R **ON A/C ALL

R 123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 216
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-199,

R 123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AC04

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-33-21-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

(3) On the panel 30VU make sure that:


- the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are in the off
position (the OFF legends are on).
- the COCKPIT, the FWD CABIN and the AFT CABIN temperature selectors
are at the 12 oclock position,
- the HOT AIR pushbutton switch is in the off position (the OFF
legend is on).

Subtask 12-33-21-010-055

C. Get Access

(1) Open the avionics-bay access door 811.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-33-21-991-001)



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 217
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 12-33-21-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-33-21-618-055

A. Pre-conditioning with the APU

(1) Do the start procedure of the APU:


- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-003) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-005) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-008).

(2) On the panel 30VU:


- push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the on position (the ON
legend comes on),
- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the on
position (the OFF legends go off),
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the on position (the OFF
legend goes off),
- make sure that the X BLEED selector is at the AUTO position.

(3) On the panel 22VU:


- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the on position (the OFF
legend goes off).

(4) On AIR BLEED page of the ECAM lower DU, make sure that the pack
discharge temperature-indication is normal (green).

Subtask 12-33-21-618-058

B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary:

(1) On the panel 30VU:


- push the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches to the off
position (the OFF legends come on),
- push the HOT AIR pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on),
- push the APU BLEED pushbutton switch to the off position (the ON
legend goes off).



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 218
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(2) On panel 22VU:
- push the CAB FANS pushbutton switch to the off position (the OFF
legend comes on).

(3) Do the procedure to stop the APU:


- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-004) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-006) or,
- (Ref. TASK 49-00-00-860-009).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-33-21-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-33-21-410-055

B. Close Access

(1) Close the avionics-bay access door 811.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 219
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
GROUND AIR PRE-CONDITIONING - SERVICING
_______________________________________

TASK 12-33-21-600-001

Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FWD AVIONICS ACCESS DOOR 811 IS OPEN. WITH A
_______
WARNING PLACARD ATTACHED TO IT.
THE WARNING NOTICE MUST TELL PERSONS NOT TO CLOSE THE DOOR. THIS
PREVENTS ACCIDENTAL PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE CONDITIONED AIR FROM THE PACKS AT THE SAME TIME AS AIR
_______
FROM THE LOW-PRESSURE GROUND UNITS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CHECK VALVES.

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND AIR-SUPPLY UNIT IS NOT TOO NEAR THE
_______
R AIRCRAFT AND THAT THE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPE OF THE GROUND AIR- SUPPLY
R UNIT POINTS AWAY FROM THE AIRCRAFT. HEAT FROM THIS UNIT AND FROM THE
R EXHAUST CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific ground air-supply unit

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-33-21-010-056

A. Get Access

(1) Open the avionics-bay access door 811.

(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to close the
avionics-bay access door 811.

(3) Open the access door 191CB.



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 301
May 01/03
 
IAC 
(4) Connect the ground air-supply unit to the aircraft LP connector
4022HM.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-999,

Subtask 12-33-21-618-060

A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

(1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
- the airflow is between 54 kg.min (119.0495 lb.min) and 78 kg.min
(171.9605 lb.min),
- the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),

(2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
unit.

NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).

R **ON A/C 101-199,

R Subtask 12-33-21-618-060-A

R A. Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

R (1) Start the ground air-supply unit and make sure that:
R - the airflow is between 63 kg.min (138.8911 lb.min) and 96 kg.min
R (211.6437 lb.min),
R - the supplied air pressure is not more than 40 mbar (0.58 psi),

R (2) Set the necessary output air temperature on the ground air-supply
R unit.

R NOTE : Make sure that the supplied air temperature does not go above
____
R 70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 302
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-33-21-618-061

B. When the pre-conditioning is no longer necessary, stop the ground


air-supply unit.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-33-21-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Disconnect and remove the ground air-supply unit from the aircraft LP
connector 4022HM.

(2) Close the access door 191CB.

(3) Close the avionics-bay access door 811.

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-33-21

Page 303
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
GROUNDING POINTS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________

1. _______
General
You must electrically ground the aircraft:
- when you refuel/defuel it,
- when you do maintenance,
- when in bad weather conditions.
In other conditions, the aircraft is electrostatically discharged through
the tires.
Grounding points are:
- on the nose landing gear,
- on the main landing gear,
- on the wing upper surface,
- on the engine air intakes.



EFF :

ALL  12-34-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
AIRCRAFT GROUNDING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________

TASK 12-34-24-869-001

Aircraft Grounding for the Refuel/Defuel Operations

WARNING : DO NOT WEAR A HEADSET OR TOUCH CABLES/LINES CONNECTED TO THE


_______
AIRCRAFT, DURING BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS. LIGHTNING IS DANGEROUS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To electrostatically balance the aircraft for the refuel/defuel operations.

NOTE : Bonding is essential, grounding is recommended.


____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific bonding cable


No specific ground cable

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-34-24-991-002-A Fig. 202A



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 201
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

12-34-24-991-003 Fig. 203

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-34-24-210-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Make sure that the fuel tanker is grounded.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-34-24-869-050

A. Connection of the Ground Cables

WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).

NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the


____
aircraft:
R - the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
R in2) or more.
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point on the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.

(1) Connect a ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the landing
gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 202
May 01/08
 
IAC 
Location of the Grounding Point on the Nose Landing Gear
Figure 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 203
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
Location of the Grounding Point on the Main Landing Gear
Figure 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-34-24

Page 204
May 01/06
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 12-34-24-991-002-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(2) Connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and a grounding point
on one of the MLG Legs or the NLG Leg,
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 12-34-24-991-002-A)

**ON A/C ALL

or connect a bonding cable between the fuel tanker and the grounding
point on the upper wing surface.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
The aircraft wheels must be on ground.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-34-24-080-050

A. Disconnect the ground cables.

(1) After the refuel/defuel operations disconnect all grounding and


bonding cables.



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 205
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Location of the Grounding Point on the Main Landing Gear
Figure 202A/TASK 12-34-24-991-002-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-34-24

Page 206
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Grounding Point on the Wing Upper Surface
Figure 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 207
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-34-24-869-002

Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations

WARNING : DO NOT WEAR A HEADSET OR TOUCH CABLES/LINES CONNECTED TO THE


_______
AIRCRAFT, DURING BAD WEATHER CONDITIONS. LIGHTNING IS DANGEROUS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To electrostatically balance the aircraft for the maintenance operations.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific ground cable

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-34-24-991-001 Fig. 201

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-34-24-991-002 Fig. 202

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-34-24-991-002-A Fig. 202A

**ON A/C ALL

12-34-24-991-003 Fig. 203



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 208
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-34-24-991-005 Fig. 204

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-34-24-210-051

A. Grounding of the Workstands

(1) Make sure that the workstands are grounded.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-34-24-869-051

A. Connection of the Ground Cables

WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).

NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the


____
aircraft:
R - the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
R in2) or more (for copper only).
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point on the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 209
May 01/08
 
IAC 
(1) We recommend to connect the parking or the hangar ground cable to the
aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202/TASK 12-34-24-991-002)

NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension


____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the wings.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)

(2) We recommend to connect the ground cable of the access platform or


the step ladder to the aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.

NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension


____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable to the aircraft grounding point on the wings.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-34-24-869-051-A

A. Connection of the Ground Cables

WARNING : ALWAYS CONNECT THE GROUND CABLE TO THE PARKING GROUND POINT
_______
BEFORE YOU CONNECT IT TO THE AIRCRAFT. DO NOT ATTACH THE CABLE
TO THE AIRCRAFT FIRST (THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK).

NOTE : For the satisfactory removal of an electrical charge from the


____
aircraft:
R - the aircraft ground cable must have a section of 22 mm2 (0.033
R in2) or more (for copper only).
- the total electrical resistance of the cable between the parking
ground point and the grounding point on the landing gear must
not be more than 500 milliohms.
- the resistance between the end connector on the ground cable and
the nearest adjacent metal part of the landing gear must not be
more than 10 milliohms.

(1) We recommend to connect the parking or the hangar ground cable to the
aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 12-34-24-991-001, 202A/TASK 12-34-24-991-002-A)

NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension


____
checks of the landing gear, connect the parking or the hangar
ground cable:



EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 210
May 01/08
 
IAC 
- to the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
R - or on the engines.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 12-34-24-991-005)

R (2) We recommend to connect the ground cable of the access platform or


R the step ladder to the aircraft grounding point on the landing gears.
R

NOTE : If the aircraft is on jacks for retraction and extension


____
checks of the landing gear, connect the ground cable of the
work-stands:
- to the aircraft grounding point on the wings,
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 12-34-24-991-003)
R - or on the engines.
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 12-34-24-991-005)

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-34-24-942-051

A. Disconnection of the Ground Cables

(1) After the maintenance operation, disconnect all the grounding cables.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-34-24

Page 211
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
Grounding Point on the Engine Air Intake
Figure 204/TASK 12-34-24-991-005


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-34-24

Page 212
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
SYSTEM LINE FLUSHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________

1. _______
General
Flushing of a system line consists in removing all foreign matters from that
fluid and from the system line.
The fluid involved may be used again only if its characteristics are in
accordance with the specifications in force.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
HYDRAULIC POWER - SERVICING
___________________________

TASK 12-36-29-170-001

Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 1030GK

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 1030GK

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 301
May 01/05
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-43-610-010 Servicing of the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(1084GM)
R 29-11-43-610-041 Servicing the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter (1084GM)
29-11-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 1048GM
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R 71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R 71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
12-36-29-991-001 Fig. 301

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-enerize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 302
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Green Hydraulic System of the EDP 1030GK - Flushing Schematic
Figure 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 303
Feb 01/96
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-084

B. Get Access

(1) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

(2) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(3) Open the access door 197CB.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-084-A

B. Get Access

(1) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040).

(2) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(3) Open the access door 197CB.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-860-051

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put an access platform in position at the Zone 147.

(3) Put the safety barriers in position.

(4) Put the containers in postion to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 1030GK,
- the case drain filter 1084GM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.

(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
1030GK.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 304
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 1030GK.

(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 1084GM.

(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 1003GM.

(9) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
a union.

(10) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain lower-line with an adaptor.

(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.

(13) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 12-36-29-991-001)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-050

A. Flush the Green hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.

(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 305
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.

(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(10) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-050-A

B. Replace the subsequent components:

(1) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-610-010).

(2) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-050-B

B. Replace the subsequent components:

(1) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-43-610-041).

(2) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 306
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-052

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.

(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.

(3) Remove the hydraulic ground power cart.

(4) Remove the blanking plugs.

(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 1003GM and the
case drain filter 1084GM.

(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 1084GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 1030GK.

Subtask 12-36-29-790-050

B. Leak Test of the Connections which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-089

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 307
May 01/06
 
IAC 
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-071

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

(3) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(4) Close the access door 197CB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-071-A

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).

(3) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(4) Close the access door 197CB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 308
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-36-29-170-002

Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP) 3030GD

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in the engine driven
pump 3030GD.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.00 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 309
May 01/06
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-43-610-010 Servicing of the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter
R 29-13-43-610-041 Servicing of the Engine Pump Case-Drain Filter
R (3084GM)
29-13-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter (3048GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R 71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
R 71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
12-36-29-991-002 Fig. 302

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 310
May 01/06
 
IAC 
Yellow Hydraulic System of the EDP 3030GD - Flushing Schematic
Figure 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 311
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-085

B. Get Access

(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

(3) Open the access door 198CB.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-085-A

B. Get Access

(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040).

(3) Open the access door 198CB.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-860-054

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position below the Zone 147.

(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the engine driven pump 3030GD,
- the case drain filter 3084GM,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.

(5) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the engine driven pump
3030GD.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 312
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the engine driven pump 3030GD.

(7) Disconnect the case-drain upper and lower lines from the case drain
filter 3084GM.

(8) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP manifold 3003GM.

(9) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
a union.

(10) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain lower-line with an adaptor.

(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.

(13) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 302/TASK 12-36-29-991-002)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-051

A. Flush the Yellow hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.

(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 313
May 01/06
R  
IAC 
(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the filter
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.

(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case-drain upper-line with an adaptor.

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(10) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-051-A

B. Replace the subsequent components:

(1) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-43-610-010).

(2) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-051-B

B. Replace the subsequent components:

(1) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-43-610-041).

(2) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 314
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-055

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.

(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.

(3) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(4) Remove the blanking plugs.

(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP manifold 3003GM and the
case drain filter 3084GM.

(6) Connect the case-drain lower line to the case drain filter 3084GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the engine
driven pump 3030GD.

Subtask 12-36-29-790-051

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-090

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 315
May 01/06
 
IAC 
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-072

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

(3) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(4) Close the access door 198CB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

R **ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-072-A

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).

(3) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(4) Close the access door 198CB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 316
Feb 01/07
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

TASK 12-36-29-170-003

Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Flushing of the Blue hydraulic system after a failure in the electrically


driven pump 2075GJ.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.00 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 317
May 01/06
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-12-43-610-001 Servicing of the Electric-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(2084GM)
29-12-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 2048GM
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-901,

12-36-29-991-003 Fig. 303

R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

R 12-36-29-991-003-A Fig. 303A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-901,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-36-29-991-003-A)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 318
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003



R EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 901-901, 

12-36-29 Page 319
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R Blue Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 2075GJ - Flushing
R Schematic
R Figure 303A/TASK 12-36-29-991-003-A



R EFF :

101-199, 902-999, 

12-36-29 Page 320
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-086

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access panel 195BB.

(2) Open the access doors 197EB, 197FB.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-057

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 195.

(4) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 197.

(5) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the electrically driven pump 2075GJ,
- the case drain filter 2084GM,
- the LP filter 2002GM,
- the check valve 2041GM.

(6) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the electrically driven
pump 2075GJ.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 321
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
2075GJ.

(8) Disconnect the case-drain lower line from the check valve 2041GM.

(9) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the case-drain filter
2084GM.

(10) Disconnect the case-drain upper line from the LP filter 2002GM.

(11) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line together with
a union.

(12) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(13) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the check
valve end of the case-drain lower line with an adaptor.

(14) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM with an adaptor.

(15) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-901,

(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 12-36-29-991-003)

R **ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

R (Ref. Fig. 303A/TASK 12-36-29-991-003-A)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 322
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-170-052

A. Flush the Blue hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case-drain lower line.

(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 2008GM.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(6) Connect the pressure hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the
case-drain filter 2084GM end of the case-drain upper line with an
adaptor.

(7) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the LP
filter 2002GM end of the case-drain upper line with an adaptor.

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(10) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-052

B. Replace the subsequent components:

(1) The HP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001).

(2) The case-drain filter element (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 323
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-058

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure and return hoses of the hydraulic power cart
and the adaptors from the case-drain upper line.

(2) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the
case-drain lower line.

(3) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(4) Remove the blanking plugs.

(5) Connect the case-drain upper line to the LP filter 2002GM.

(6) Connect the case-drain upper line to the case drain filter 2084GM.

(7) Connect the case-drain lower line to the check valve 2041GM.

NOTE : The check valve 2041GM is not in the flush circuit. If it is


____
necessary remove and clean it.

(8) Connect the pressure line and the case-drain lower line to the
electrically driven pump 2075GJ.

Subtask 12-36-29-790-052

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-091

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 324
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-073

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access doors 197EB, 197FB.

(3) Close the access panel 195BB.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 325
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-004

Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in the part of the PTU
1088GM

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 326
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-004 Fig. 304

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-059

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-087

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 197CB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 327
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Green Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 328
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-060

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 147.

(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the PTU 1088GM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.

(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the Green hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.

(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.

(7) Disconnect the pressure line from Green hydraulic system side of the
PTU 1088GM.

(8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
union.

(9) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.

(11) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case drain line with an adaptor.

(12) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 329
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 304/TASK 12-36-29-991-004)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-053

A. Flush the Green hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-053

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-061

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(2) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the case drain line to the PTU 1088GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line of the PTU 1088GM.

(8) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 1003GM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 330
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-053

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-092

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-074

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 197CB.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 331
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-005

Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) 1088GM

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the PTU
1088GM

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 332
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-005 Fig. 305

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-062

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-088

B. Get Access

(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 198CB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 333
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Yellow Hydraulic System of the PTU 1088GM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 334
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-063

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 148.

(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the PTU 1088GM,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.

(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the Yellow hydraulic system side of
the PTU 1088GM.

(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the Yellow hydraulic system side
of the PTU 1088GM.

(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 3003GM.

(8) Connect the pressure line and the case drain line together with a
union.

(9) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector of 3008GM with an adaptor.

(11) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the manifold
end of the case-drain line with a adaptor.

(12) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 335
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 305/TASK 12-36-29-991-005)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-054

A. Flush the Yellow hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-054

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-064

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(2) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure line and the case
drain line.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the case drain line to the PTU 1088GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line to the PTU 1088GM.

(8) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 3003GM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 336
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-054

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-093

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the container.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-075

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 198CB.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 337
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-006

Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in the electrically


driven pump 3075GX

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.0 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 338
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-006 Fig. 306

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-065

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

Subtask 12-36-29-010-089

B. Get Access

(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 198CB.

(3) Open the access panel 196BB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 339
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Electrically Driven Pump 3075GX - Flushing
Schematic
Figure 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006



EFF :

ALL 

12-36-29 Page 340
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-066

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 148.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the warning notices in position

(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the electrically driven pump 3075GX,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.

(5) Disconnect the pressure line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.

(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the electrically driven pump
3075GX.

(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 3003GM.

(8) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(9) Connect the pressure hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an adaptor.

(10) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.

(11) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 306/TASK 12-36-29-991-006)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-055

A. Flush the Yellow hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 341
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the pressure
line at the electrically driven pump 3075GX with an adaptor.

(7) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.

(8) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(9) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(10) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-055

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-067

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.

(2) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the pressure line.

(3) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(4) Remove the blanking plugs.

(5) Connect the case drain line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.

(6) Connect the pressure line to the electrically driven pump 3075GX.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 342
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(7) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 3003GM.

Subtask 12-36-29-790-055

B. Leak Test of the Conections which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-


003).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-094

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-076

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 198CB.

(4) Close the access panel 196BB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 343
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-007

Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the flap
PCU 6201CM

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 344
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-007 Fig. 307

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-068

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-090

B. Get Access

(1) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 197CB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 345
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Green Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 346
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-069

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 147.

(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.

(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.

(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 23CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.

(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.

(8) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
flap PCU 6201CM.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.

(11) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the LP manifold 1003GM with an adaptor.

(12) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 347
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 307/TASK 12-36-29-991-007)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-056

A. Flush the Green hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-056

B. Replace the LP filter element 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-070

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 1003GM.

(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.

(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 23CV.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 348
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-056

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-095

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-077

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 197CB.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 349
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-008

Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6201CM

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the
flap PCU 6201CM

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 350
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-008 Fig. 308

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-071

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-091

B. Get Access

(1) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 198CB.

(3) Open the access panel 196BB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 351
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Yellow Hydraulic System of the Flap PCU 6201CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 352
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-072

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in postion.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 148.

(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the flap PCU 6201CM,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.

(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.

(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 24CV in the Yellow
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.

(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 3003GM.

(8) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
flap PCU 6201CM.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.

(11) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case drain
line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.

(12) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 353
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 308/TASK 12-36-29-991-008)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-057

A. Flush the Yellow hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-057

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-073

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the flap PCU 6201CM.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 3003GM.

(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Yellow hydraulic
system of the flap PCU 6201CM.

(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 24CV in the Yellow
hydraulic system of the flap PCU 6201CM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 354
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-057

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-096

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-078

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 198CB.

(4) Close the access panel 196BB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 355
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-009

Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 356
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-009 Fig. 309

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-074

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001)

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-092

B. Get Access

(1) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 197CB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 357
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Green Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 358
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-075

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 147.

(4) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the slat PCU 6001CM,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.

(5) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.

(6) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 26CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.

(7) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP manifold 1003GM.

(8) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line with a union at the
slat PCU 6001CM.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(9) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(10) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.

(11) Connect the return hose (of the hydraulic power cart) to the case
drain line at the LP manifold 1003GM with an adaptor.

(12) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 359
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 309/TASK 12-36-29-991-009)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-058

A. Flush the Green hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-058

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-076

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP manifold 1003GM.

(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Green hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.

(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 26CV in the Green
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 360
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-058

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage .

(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-097

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-079

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 197CB.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 361
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-010

Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat Power Control-Unit (PCU)
6001CM.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Blue hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the slat
PCU 6001CM.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.00 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific container 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 362
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-12-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (2002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-010 Fig. 310

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-077

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-093

B. Get Access

(1) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access doors 197EB, 197FB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 363
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Blue Hydraulic System of the Slat PCU 6001CM - Flushing Schematic
Figure 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 364
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-078

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 147.

(4) Put the access platform at the Zone 197.

(5) Put a container to collect the hydraulic fluid leakage below:


- the slat PCU 6001CM,
- the LP filter 2002GM.

(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the motor in the Blue hydraulic
system of the slat PCU 6001CM.

(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block 25CV in the Blue
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.

(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.

(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the slat PCU
6001CM with an union.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(10) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM with an adaptor.

(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case drain
line with an adaptor.

(13) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 365
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 310/TASK 12-36-29-991-010)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-059

A. Flush the Blue hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-059

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-079

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose and the adaptor from the delivery
connector 2008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose and the adaptor from the case drain line.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the slat PCU 6001CM.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP filter 2002GM.

(7) Connect the case drain line to the motor in the Blue hydraulic system
of the slat PCU 6001CM.

(8) Connect the pressure line to the valve block 25CV in the Blue
hydraulic system of the slat PCU 6001CM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 366
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-059

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
003).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system of the (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-098

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-080

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access doors 197EB, 197FB.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 367
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-011

Flushing of the Blue Hydraulic System of the Constant Speed Motor/Generator


(CSM/G) 8XE

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Blue hydraulic System after a failure in the CSM/G 8XE.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 368
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-12-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (2002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-011 Fig. 311

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-080

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedure (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-094

B. Get Access

(1) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access doors 197EB, 197FB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 369
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Blue Hydraulic System of the CSM/G 8XE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 370
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-081

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the warning notices in position.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.

(3) Put an access platform in position at the Zone 147.

(4) Put an access platform in position at the Zone 197.

(5) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the CSM/G 8XE,
- the LP filter 2002GM.

(6) Disconnect the case drain line from the LP filter 2002GM.

(7) Disconnect the pressure line from the CSM/G 8XE.

(8) Disconnect the case drain line from the CSM/G 8XE.

(9) Connect the pressure line to the case drain line at the CSM/G 8XE
with a union.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(10) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(11) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM with an adaptor.

(12) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the case drain
line at the LP filter 2002GM with an adaptor.

(13) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 371
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 311/TASK 12-36-29-991-011)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-060

A. Flush the Blue hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-060

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-082

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 2008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the case drain line.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the case drain line and the
pressure line at the CSM/G 8XE.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the case drain line to the LP filter 2002GM.

(7) Connect the case drain line to the CSM/G 8XE.

(8) Connect the pressure line to the CSM/G 8XE.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 372
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-060

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-099

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-081

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 197EB, 197FB.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 373
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-012

Flushing of the Green Hydraulic System of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer


(THS) Actuator 9CE

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Green hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 4.0 m (13 ft. 1 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 374
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in)


dia

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-012 Fig. 312

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-083

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(5) Put the warning notices in position.

(6) Put the safety barriers in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 375
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Green Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 376
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(7) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 310.

Subtask 12-36-29-010-095

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 312AR.

(2) Open the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(3) Open the access door 197CB.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-084

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 147.

(2) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the THS actuator 9CE,
- the LP manifold 1003GM.

(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Green hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.

(4) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block.

(5) Disconnect the return line from the valve block.

(6) Disconnect the return line from the LP manifold 1003GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
with an union.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(8) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(9) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM with an adaptor.

(10) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the return
line at the LP manifold 1003GM with an adaptor.

(11) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 377
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 312/TASK 12-36-29-991-012)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-061

A. Flush the Green hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-061

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-085

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 1008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 1003GM.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the return line to the LP manifold 1003GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.

(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.

(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and return lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 378
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-061

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-100

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-082

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 312AR.

(4) Close the access door 197CB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 379
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-170-013

Flushing of the Yellow Hydraulic System of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer


(THS) Actuator 9CE

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To flush the Yellow hydraulic system after a failure in that part of the THS
actuator 9CE

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adaptor
No specific blanking plugs
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific union
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific access platform 4.0 m (13 ft. 1 in.)
No specific containers 5 l (1.3208 USgal)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 380
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in)


dia

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied


from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-013 Fig. 313

3. __________
Job Set-up

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013)

Subtask 12-36-29-860-086

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

(3) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(5) Put the warning notices in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 381
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Yellow Hydraulic System of the THS Actuator 9CE - Flushing Schematic
Figure 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 382
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(6) Put the safety barriers in position.

(7) Put the access platform in position at the Zone 310:

Subtask 12-36-29-010-096

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 312AR.

(2) Open the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(3) Open the access door 198CB.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-087

C. Preparation for the Flushing Procedure

(1) Put the access platform in position at Zone 148.

(2) Put the containers in position to collect the hydraulic fluid below:
- the THS actuator 9CE,
- the LP manifold 3003GM.

(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the hydraulic connections of the
valve block (of the Yellow hydraulic system) at the THS actuator 9CE.

(4) Disconnect the pressure line from the valve block.

(5) Disconnect the return line from the valve block.

(6) Disconnect the return line from the LP manifold 3003GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line to the return line at the THS actuator 9CE
with a union.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(8) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(9) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM with an adaptor.

(10) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the return
line at the LP manifold 3003GM with an adaptor.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 383
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(11) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 313/TASK 12-36-29-991-013)

Subtask 12-36-29-170-062

A. Flush the Yellow hydraulic system.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart for 20 s at 20 bar (290.0754 psi).

(2) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-960-062

B. Replace the LP filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-001).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-088

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the delivery connector 3008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart and the
adaptor from the return line at the LP manifold 3003GM.

(3) Disconnect and remove the union from the pressure and return lines at
the THS actuator 9CE.

(4) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

(5) Remove the blanking plugs.

(6) Connect the return line to the LP manifold 3003GM.

(7) Connect the pressure line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.

(8) Connect the return line to the valve block of the THS actuator 9CE.

(9) Safety the connections of the pressure and supply lines with
corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 384
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-790-062

B. Leak Test of the Components which were Disconnected

(1) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(2) Make sure that there is no hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

Subtask 12-36-29-942-101

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Remove the containers.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-083

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 312AR.

(4) Close the access door 197CB.

(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 385
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-001

Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To change the type of hydraulic fluid or to change the hydraulic fluid if


chemical contamination is found.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific auxiliary hydraulic reservoir, with capacity of 120 l


(31.7 USgal)
No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific turntable
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific container 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 20.00 m.daN
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
D23080000 1 PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG
R 460005833 1 NOT PROCURABLE



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 386
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 460007280 1 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-586-001 Lowering of the Aircraft at Forward Jacking Point,
MLG Wheels on the Ground
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-680-001 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Green Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-36-000-001 Removal of the Engine 1 Green Hydraulic Pump Delivery
Check Valve (1050GM).
29-11-36-400-001 Installation of the Engine 1 Green Hydraulic Pump
Delivery Check Valve (1050GM).
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
32-42-00-870-001 Bleeding of the Normal Braking at the Brake Units
32-51-00-720-003 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering with the
Handwheel
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-31-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with
the CFDS
78-31-00-710-043 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without CFDS
- Engine Not Running
12-36-29-991-014 Fig. 314



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 387
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-096

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Put the warning notices and safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-36-29-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/AND CTL 2702GJ D14

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30


121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09


123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 388
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-073

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197CB.

(2) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

(3) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(4) Put the access platform in position at the engine 1.

(5) Put the access platform in position at the MLG bay.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-073-A

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197CB.

(2) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040).

(3) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the engine 1.

(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the MLG bay.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 389
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-680-050

D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-860-095

E. Preparation for the Fluid Change


(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(1) Put the NLG on to the turntable (to prevent damage to the tires when
the steering is operated).

(2) Put the container below the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1 to
collect the hydraulic fluid leakage.

(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart (filled with
new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 1008GM at the ground
service panel (Ref. detail A).

(4) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir, with
capacity of 120 l (31.7 USgal) to the suction connector 1006GM at the
ground service panel.

NOTE : The auxiliary hydraulic reservoir must have a contents gage.


____

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014)

Subtask 12-36-29-611-055

A. Fluid Change Procedure without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump
(EDP) (Ref. detail A)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 390
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 314/TASK 12-36-29-991-014



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 391
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____

(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 1 and 5 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 5 LH and RH operate.


____

(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The LH elevator operates.


____

(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.


____

(f) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 392
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
NOTE : The THS operates.
____

(4) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-099-A

B. Isolation of the Primary Flight Controls

(1) Energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.

(a) Disconnect the dummy electrical connector from the solenoid valve
1150GP on the HP manifold 1011GM.

(b) Disconnect the electrical connector 1150GP-A from the dummy


receptacle on the structure.

(c) Connect the electrical connector 1150GP-A to the solenoid valve


1150GP.

(d) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-099

B. Isolation of the Primary Flight Controls

(1) Energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.

(a) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 393
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-056

C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
(Ref. detail A)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 1146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.


____

(3) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).

(4) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(5) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).

(6) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(7) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(8) Remove the turntable.

(9) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:


- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
R GROUND LOCK (460007280).

(10) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.


____


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page 394
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(11) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear contol lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The landing gear and landing gear doors operate.


____

(12) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).

(13) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.7925 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the


brake units of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-
001).

(14) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(15) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

(16) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.

**ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-056-B

C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
(Ref. detail A)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(2) Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

(3) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).

(4) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(5) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099, 101-199, 902-999,  12-36-29

Page 395
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(6) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(7) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(8) Remove the turntable.

(9) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:


- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
R GROUND LOCK (460007280).

(10) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(11) Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

(12) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____

(13) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).

(14) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.8 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the brake
units of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-001).

(15) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(16) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

(17) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.

**ON A/C 901-901,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-056-A

C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP
(Ref. detail A)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page 396
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 1146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(3) Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

(4) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).

(5) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(6) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).

(7) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(8) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(9) Remove the turntable.

(10) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:


- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
R GROUND LOCK (460007280).

(11) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(12) Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary.

(13) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____

(14) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).

(15) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.7925 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the


brake units of the normal braking system (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-870-
001).


R

EFF :

901-901,  12-36-29

Page 397
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(16) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(17) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-001).

(18) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-611-054

D. Fluid Change of the Suction Line of the EDP (Ref. detail B)

CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED


_______
HYDRAULIC FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT
FREE CLOTH. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction
connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.

(2) Disconnect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 1.

(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
1700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.

(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(5) Operate the hydraulic power cart until a minimum of 20 l (5.2833


USgal) of hydraulic fluid flows into the auxiliary hydraulic
reservoir.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and pressure as necessary, do not


____
pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).

(6) Stop the hydraulic power cart.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 398
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(7) Disonnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
coupling 1700GM of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.

(8) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
suction connector 1006GM at the ground service panel.

(9) Remove the blanking plugs.

(10) Connect the suction line 1038GM at the fluid disconnect panel at the
engine 1.

Subtask 12-36-29-611-053

E. Fluid Change of the Pressure Line of the EDP (Ref. detail C)

CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED


_______
HYDRAULIC FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT
FREE CLOTH. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.

(2) Disconnect the pressure line 1673GM from the pressure coupling at the
fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.

(3) Remove the check valve 1050GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-36-000-001).

(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 1.

(5) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(6) Operate the hydraulic power cart until a minimum of 10 l (2.6416


USgal) of hydraulic fluid flows into the auxiliary hydraulic
reservoir.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary, do


____
not pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page 399
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(7) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(8) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM at the ground service panel.

(9) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
port of the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.

(10) Remove the blanking plugs.

(11) Install the check valve 1050GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-36-400-001).

(12) Connect the pressure line 1673GM to the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 1.

(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 1673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft).

(14) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-097

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-001).

(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(3) Pressurize the Green Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001).

(4) Operate the hydraulic users to remove the air.

(5) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(6) Make sure that the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).

(7) Remove the container.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A300
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-098-A

B. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) De-energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.

(2) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector 1150GP-A from the solenoid valve
1150GP on the HP manifold 1011GM.

(4) Connect the electrical connector 1150GP-A to the dummy receptacle on


the structure.

(5) Connect the dummy electrical connector to the solenoid valve 1150GP.

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-098

B. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) De-energize the solenoid valve 1150GP in the MLG bay.

(2) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-062

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 197CB.

(3) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

(4) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A301
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-062-A

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 197CB.

(3) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).

(4) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-865-051

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-100

E. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the safety barriers.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A302
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-002

Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To change the type of hydraulic fluid or to change the hydraulic fluid if


chemical contamination is found.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a capacity of 100


l (26.4 USgal)
No specific blanking plugs
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific container 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 20.00 m.daN
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A303
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-680-002 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-13-36-000-001 Removal of the Engine 2 Yellow Hydraulic Pump
Delivery Check Valve (3050GM).
29-13-36-400-001 Installation of the Engine 2 Yellow Hydraulic Pump
Delivery Check Valve (3050GM).
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
32-43-00-870-002 Bleeding of the High Pressure Alternate Braking
System
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-31-00-710-040 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
78-31-00-710-043 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without CFDS
- Engine Not Running
12-36-29-991-015 Fig. 315

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-103

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Put the warning notices and safety barriers in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A304
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-865-052

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/AND CTL 2702GJ D14

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30


121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09


123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A305
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-074

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 198CB.

(2) Open the access door 134AR.

(3) Open the access door 154AR.

(4) Open the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

(5) Open the left or right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(6) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the UNLOCKED position.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-074-A

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 198CB.

(2) Open the access door 134AR.

(3) Open the access door 154AR.

(4) Open the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040).

(5) Open the left or right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(6) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the UNLOCKED position.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-680-051

D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A306
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-860-101

E. Preparation for the Fluid Change


(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(1) Put the access platform in position at the engine 2.

(2) Put the access platform in position at the MLG bay.

(3) Put the container below the fluid disconnect panel at the engine 2 to
collect the hydraulic fluid.

(4) Put the hydraulic power cart in position as necessary.

(5) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart (filled with
new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 3008GM at the ground
service panel (Ref. detail A).

(6) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a
capacity of 100 l (26.4 USgal) to the suction connector 3006GM at the
ground service panel.

NOTE : The auxiliary hydraulic reservoir must have a contents gage.


____

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015)

NOTE : The Green hydraulic system will be pressurized via the PTU for this
____
procedure, the Green hydraulic reservoir must be pressurized.

Subtask 12-36-29-611-059

A. Fluid Change without Hydraulic Lines of the Engine Driven Pump (EDP)
(Ref. detail A)

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A307
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 315/TASK 12-36-29-991-015


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A308
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

NOTE : Increase the flow rate and the pressure as necessary.


____

(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 1, 2, 4 and 5 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(c) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward (and
release it) . Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.


____

(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg position.

NOTE : The THS operates.


____

(4) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-869-059

B. Isolation of the Primary Flight Controls

(1) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A309
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-060

C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 3146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.

(2) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.

(3) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____

(4) On the cargo-door control panels, put and hold the selectors in the
OPEN position until the cargo doors are open. Put and hold the
selectors in the CLOSE position until the cargo doors are closed. Do
this step 2 times.

NOTE : The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.


____

(5) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-040).

(6) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.7925 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the


brake units of the alternate braking system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-
002).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A310
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-060-B

C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(3) Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.

(4) On the cargo-door control panels, put and hold the selectors in the
OPEN position until the cargo doors are open. Put and hold the
selectors in the CLOSE position until the cargo doors are closed. Do
this step two times.

NOTE : The FWD and the AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.


____

(5) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).

(6) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.8 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the brake
units of the alternate braking system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-002).

**ON A/C 901-901,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-060-A

C. Continuation of the Fluid Change without the Hydraulic Lines of the EDP

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGE OF THE THRUST REVERSER IS CLEAR
_______
BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. IF NOT YOU CAN
CAUSE BAD INJURY TO PERSONNEL.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A311
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 3146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.

(2) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.

(3) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(4) Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.

(5) On the cargo-door control panels, put and hold the selectors in the
OPEN position until the cargo doors are open. Put and hold the
selectors in the CLOSE position until the cargo doors are closed. Do
this step two times.

NOTE : The FWD and the AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.


____

(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).

(7) Bleed a minimum of 3 l (0.7925 USgal) of hydraulic fluid from the


brake units of the alternate braking system (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-870-
002).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-611-061

D. Change the hydraulic fluid in the brake accumulator 2582GM.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(2) On the brake manifold 3016GM (in the MLG bay), push the pressure
relief valve 3067GM to drain the accumulator 2582GM of hydraulic
fluid.

(3) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A312
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(4) Do the steps (1) thru (3) 3 times.

(5) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(6) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 3008GM at the ground service panel.

Subtask 12-36-29-611-057

E. Fluid Change of the Suction Line of the EDP (Ref. detail B)

CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED


_______
HYDRAULIC FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT
FREE CLOTH. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the suction
connector 3006GM at the ground service panel.

(2) Disconnect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of
the engine 2.

(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the coupling
3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.

(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(5) Operate the hydraulic power cart until a minimum of 20 l (5.2833


USgal) of hydraulic fluid flows into the auxiliary hydraulic
reservoir.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____

(6) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(7) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
suction connector 3006GM at the ground service panel.

(8) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
coupling 3700GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A313
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(9) Remove the blanking plugs.

(10) Connect the suction line 3038GM at the fluid disconnect panel of the
engine 2.

Subtask 12-36-29-611-058

F. Fluid Change of the Pressure Line of the EDP (Ref. detail C)

CAUTION : DO NOT LET HYDRAULIC FLUID FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED


_______
HYDRAULIC FLUID MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT
FREE CLOTH. THE FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM

(2) Disconnect the pressure line 3673GM from the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 2.

(3) Remove the check valve 3050GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-36-000-001).

(4) Connect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir to the open
pressure coupling in the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.

(5) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(6) Operate the hydraulic power cart until a minimum of 10 l (2.6416


USgal) of hydraulic fluid flows into the auxiliary hydraulic
reservoir.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary, do


____
not pressurize to more than 100 psi (6.8947 bar).

(7) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(8) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 3008GM



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A314
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(9) Disconnect the hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir from the
pressure port at the fluid disconnect panel of the engine 2.

(10) Install the check valve 3050GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-36-400-001).

(11) Remove the blanking plugs.

(12) Connect the pressure line 3673GM to the pressure coupling of the
fluid disconnect panel at the engine 2.

(13) TORQUE the coupling nut of the pressure line 3673GM to between 9.66
and 10.67 m.daN (71.23 and 78.68 lbf.ft)

(14) Remove the hydraulic power cart.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-102

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-680-002).

(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-002).

(3) Operate the hydraulic users to remove the air.

(4) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

(5) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).

(6) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y P/BSW (the off light goes off).

(7) Remove the container.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A315
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-063

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the LOCKED position.

(3) Close the access door 198CB.

(4) Close the access door 134AR.

(5) Close the access door 154AR.

(6) Close the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

(7) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-063-A

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the LOCKED position.

(3) Close the access door 198CB.

(4) Close the access door 134AR.

(5) Close the access door 154AR.

(6) Close the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).

(7) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A316
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-865-053

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

Subtask 12-36-29-860-104

D. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the safety barriers.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A317
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-003

Change the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To change the type of hydraulic fluid or to change the hydraulic fluid if


chemical contamination is found.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a capacity of 60 l


(16 USgal)
No specific blanking cap
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific hydraulic power cart
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)
No specific container 5 l (1.3208 USgal)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 20.00 m.daN
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A318
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump


24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-680-003 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-12-43-610-001 Servicing of the Electric-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(2084GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-016 Fig. 316

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-107

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Put the warning notices and safety barriers in position.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A319
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-865-054

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/AND CTL 2702GJ D14

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12

**ON A/C ALL

121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30


121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09


123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A320
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-010-075

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197EB.

(2) Open the access panel 195BB.

(3) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(4) Put the access platform below the Zone 195.

(5) Put the access platform below the MLG bay.

Subtask 12-36-29-680-052

D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).

Subtask 12-36-29-860-105

E. Preparation for the Fluid Change


(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

(1) Put the container below the electrically driven pump 2075GJ.

(2) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart (filled with
new hydraulic fluid) to the delivery connector 2008GM at the ground
service panel.

(3) Connect the return hose of the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir with a
capacity of 60 l (16 USgal) to the suction connector 2006GM at the
ground service panel.

NOTE : The auxiliary hydraulic reservoir must have a contents gage.


____



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A321
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Change of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A322
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 316/TASK 12-36-29-991-016)

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099, 901-901,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-063

A. Fluid Change Procedure without the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail A)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____

(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A323
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The slats operate.


____

(4) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(5) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).

(6) Make sure that the manual selector valves on the leakage measurement
selector-valve 2146GM (in the MLG bay) are in the OFF position.

(7) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 2008GM at the ground service panel.

**ON A/C 101-199, 902-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-063-A

A. Fluid Change Procedure without the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail A)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(3) Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A324
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(4) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The slats operate.


____

(5) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(6) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, lift the guard and push the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light comes on).

(7) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 2008GM at the ground service panel.


R

EFF :

101-199, 902-999,  12-36-29

Page A325
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-062-A

B. Fluid Change Procedure of the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail B)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

NOTE : Make sure that the supply pressure of the ground hydraulic cart
____
does not become more than 50 psi (3.4473 bar).

(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

NOTE : Be careful when you disconnect the hydraulic connections:


____
A great quantity of hydraulic fluid comes out of the line end
fittings.

(2) Disconnect the suction line (2457GM) at the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).

(3) Put the line end in the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.

(4) Put a blanking cap on the fitting of the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).

(5) Remove the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter


(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).

(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.

(7) Adjust the supply pressure on the hydraulic power cart slowly from 0
to 50 psi (3.4473 bar) maximum.

(8) Stop the hydraulic power cart after a minimum of 20.0 l (5.2833
USgal) hydraulic fluid has come out of the suction line (2457GM).

(9) Remove the line end from the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A326
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(10) Remove the blanking cap from the fitting of the RAT ground check
module (2027GE).

(11) Connect the suction line (2457GM) at the RAT ground check module
(2027GE).

(12) TORQUE the line end fitting to between 12.9 and 14.2 m.daN (95.13 and
104.71 lbf.ft).

(13) Install the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter


(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).

(14) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-062-B

B. Fluid Change Procedure of the Suction Line of the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. detail B)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLOW RATE AND THE SUPPLY PRESSURE ON THE
_______
GROUND HYDRAULIC CART ARE SET TO A MINIMUM.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE HYDRAULIC FLUID IN THE GROUND POWER CART
_______
DECREASE BELOW THE LOW LEVEL. DO NOT LET THE AUXILIARY
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR BECOME TOO FULL.

NOTE : Make sure that the supply pressure of the ground hydraulic cart
____
does not become more than 50 psi (3.4473 bar).

(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).

NOTE : Be careful when you disconnect the hydraulic connections:


____
A great quantity of hydraulic fluid comes out of the line end
fittings.

(2) Disconnect the upper end of the suction line (2457GM).

(3) Put a blanking cap on the fitting.

(4) Put the open line end in the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A327
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(5) Remove the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter
(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).

(6) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.

(7) Adjust the supply pressure on the hydraulic power cart slowly from 0
to 50 psi (3.4473 bar) maximum.

(8) Stop the hydraulic power cart after a minimum of 20.0 l (5.2833
USgal) hydraulic fluid has come out of the suction line (2457GM).

(9) Remove the line end from the auxiliary hydraulic reservoir.

(10) Remove the blanking cap from the fitting and connect the suction line
(2457GM).

(11) TORQUE the line end fitting to between 17.9 and 19.0 m.daN (132.00
and 140.11 lbf.ft).

(12) Install the filter element of the electric-pump case-drain filter


(2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).

(13) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector (2006GM) at the ground service panel.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-106

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-003).

(2) Pressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(3) Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system with the ground cart (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).

(4) Operate the hydraulic users to remove the air.

(5) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A328
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(6) Make sure that the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system is
correctly filled with new fluid (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).

(7) On the panel 50VU in the cockpit, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B P/BSW (the OFF light goes off).

(8) Remove the container.

(9) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-064

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 197FB.

(3) Close the access panel 195BB.

(4) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-055

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 2701GJ, 2702GJ, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

Subtask 12-36-29-860-108

D. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the safety barriers.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A329
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-004

Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Green


hydraulic system if it is more than NSA307110 class 9.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic power cart


No specific safety barriers
No specific turntable
No specific warning notices
D23080000 1 PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG
R 460005833 1 NOT PROCURABLE
R 460007280 1 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A330
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-11-43-610-010 Servicing of the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(1084GM)
29-11-43-610-041 Servicing the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter (1084GM)
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-11-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 1048GM
29-23-00-860-001 Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-23-00-860-002 Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
32-00-00-481-001 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gears
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
32-42-12-610-001 Servicing of the Hydraulic Brake Filter 2584GM
32-51-00-720-003 Functional Test of the Nose Wheel Steering with the
Handwheel
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-31-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with
the CFDS
78-31-00-710-043 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without CFDS
- Engine Not Running


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A331
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-110

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Put the warning notices and safety barriers in position.

Subtask 12-36-29-010-078

B. Open the access door 197CB.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-111

C. Preparation of the Reclamation

(1) Disconnect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).

(2) Put the NLG on to the turntable (to prevent damage to the tires when
the steering is operated).

(3) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 1008GM.

(4) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 1006GM.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-063

A. Replacement of the Filter Elements

(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-
001).

(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 1048GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).

(3) Replace the element in the brake filter 2584GM (Ref. TASK 32-42-12-
610-001).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A332
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(4) Replace the element in the case drain filter 1084GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-
43-610-010).

Subtask 12-36-29-869-076

B. Reclamation Procedure

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 1 and 5 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 5 LH and RH operate.


____

(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The LH elevator operates.


____

(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(4) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position and
then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.


____


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A333
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(5) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels to
the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times. Turn the
pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

NOTE : The THS operates.


____

(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).

(7) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).

(8) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(9) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(10) Remove the turntable.

(11) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:


- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
R GROUND LOCK (460007280).

(12) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(13) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The landing gear and landing gear doors operate.


____

(14) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).

(15) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(16) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A334
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-063-A

A. Replacement of the Filter Elements

(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 1002GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-610-
001).

(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 1048GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).

(3) Replace the element in the brake filter 2584GM (Ref. TASK 32-42-12-
610-001).

(4) Replace the element in the case drain filter 1084GM (Ref. TASK 29-11-
43-610-041).

Subtask 12-36-29-869-076-A

B. Reclamation Procedure

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step three times.

NOTE : The spoilers 1 and 5 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step three times.

NOTE : The ailerons and the spoilers 5 LH and RH operate.


____


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A335
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step three times.

NOTE : The LH elevator operates.


____

(d) At the captain or the first officer position, push the LH pedal
fully forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step
three times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(4) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position and
then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step two times.

NOTE : The flaps and the slats operate.


____

(5) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels to
the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step three times. Turn
the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

NOTE : The THS operates.


____

(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 1 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).

(7) Operate the nose wheel steering (Ref. TASK 32-51-00-720-003).

(8) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(9) Lift the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(10) Remove the turntable.

(11) Remove the safety locks from the landing gear:


- for the NLG remove the PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG remove the NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-
R GROUND LOCK (460007280).

(12) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(13) On the panel 400VU, move the landing-gear control lever to the UP
position and then to the DOWN position. Do this step three times.

NOTE : The landing gear and the landing gear doors operate.
____


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A336
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(14) Install the safety locks on the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-
001):
- for the NLG PIN-GROUNG LOCK,NLG (D23080000)
R - for the MLG NOT PROCURABLE (460005833) or the SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
R (460007280).

(15) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

(16) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-281-050

C. Sampling Procedure

(1) Take a sample from the Green hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(2) If the particle contamination is more than NSA307110 class 9, do the


procedure again.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-079

D. Get Access

(1) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-079-A

D. Get Access

(1) Open the left or the right MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A337
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-869-065

E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 1002GM, 1048GM,
1084GM and 2584GM are in (the filter is not clogged).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-109

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 1008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 1006GM.

(3) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).

(4) Remove the warning notices and safety barriers.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-067

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 197CB.

(4) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A338
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-067-A

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(3) Close the access door 197CB.

(4) Close the engine 1 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-860-112

C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A339
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-005

Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow


hydraulic system if it is more than NSA307110 class 9.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic power cart


No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notices



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A340
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow


Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-13-43-610-010 Servicing of the Engine-Pump Case-Drain Filter
29-13-43-610-041 Servicing of the Engine Pump Case-Drain Filter
(3084GM)
29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)
29-13-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter (3048GM)
29-23-00-860-001 Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-23-00-860-002 Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-31-00-710-041 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System with
the CFDS
78-31-00-710-043 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser without CFDS
- Engine Not Running

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-114

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Put the warning notices and safety barriers in position.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A341
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-010-080

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 198CB.

(2) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the UNLOCKED position.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-113

C. Preparation for the Reclamation

(1) Disconnect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).

(2) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 3008GM.

(3) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 3006GM.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-064

A. Replacement of the Filter Elements

(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 3002GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-
001).

(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 3048GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).

(3) Replace the element in the case drain filter 3084GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-
43-610-010).

Subtask 12-36-29-869-077

B. Reclamation Procedure

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A342
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-
002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 2 and 4 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The RH elevator operates.


____

(c) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward (and
release it). Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.


____

(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

NOTE : The THS operates.


____

(4) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.

(5) On the cargo-compartment door control-panels, put and hold the


selectors in the OPEN position until the cargo compartment doors are
open. Put and hold the selectors in the CLOSE position until the
cargo compartment doors are closed. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.


____

(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-041).

(7) Stop the hydraulic power cart.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A343
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-960-064-A

A. Replacement of the Filter Elements

(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 3002GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-610-
001).

(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 3048GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).

(3) Replace the element in the case drain filter 3084GM (Ref. TASK 29-13-
43-610-041).

Subtask 12-36-29-869-077-A

B. Reclamation Procedure

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.

(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step three times.

NOTE : The spoilers 2 and 4 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step three times.

NOTE : The RH elevator operates.


____

(c) At the captain or the first officer position, push the LH pedal
fully forward (and release it) then the RH pedal fully forward
(and release it). Do this step three times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A344
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(d) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step two times.

NOTE : The flaps and the slats operate.


____

(e) On the center pedestal, turn one of the pitch-trim control wheels
to the DN stop and then to the UP stop. Do this step 3 times.
Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 deg. position.

NOTE : The THS operates.


____

(4) On the ground service panel, make sure that the selector valve 2500MJ
is in the E PUMP position.

(5) On the cargo-compartment door control-panels, put and hold the


selectors in the OPEN position until the cargo compartment doors are
open. Put and hold the selectors in the CLOSE position until the
cargo compartment doors are closed. Do this step two times.

NOTE : The FWD and the AFT cargo-compartment doors operate.


____

(6) Operate the thrust reverser of engine 2 (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-043).

(7) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-281-051

C. Sampling Procedure

(1) Take a sample from the Yellow hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(2) If the particle contamination is more than NSA307110 class 9, do the


procedure again.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A345
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-081

D. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 196BB.

(2) Open the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-010-081-A

D. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 196BB.

(2) Open the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-869-070

E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 3002GM, 3048GM and
3084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-115

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Connect the PTU isolation coupling (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).

(2) Put the locking handles of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors in
the LOCKED position.

(3) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 3008GM.

(4) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 3006GM.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A346
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(5) Remove the warning notices and safety barriers.

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-069

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access doors 196BB, 198CB.

(3) Close the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-410-069-A

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access doors 196BB, 198CB.

(3) Close the engine 2 fan-cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-860-116

C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A347
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-006

Reclamation of the Hydraulic Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To decrease the particle contamination of the hydraulic fluid in the Blue


hydraulic system if it is more than NSA307110 class 9.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hydraulic power cart

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow


Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-12-43-610-001 Servicing of the Electric-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(2084GM)
29-12-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (2002GM)
29-12-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 2048GM

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-119

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A348
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-010-082

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197EB.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-118

C. Preparation for the Reclamation Procedure

(1) Connect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart to the delivery
connector 2008GM.

(2) Connect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart to the suction
connector 2006GM.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-36-29-960-065

A. Replacement of the Filter Elements

(1) Replace the element in the LP filter 2002GM (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-
001).

(2) Replace the element in the HP filter 2048GM (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-
001).

(3) Replace the element in the case drain filter 2084GM (Ref. TASK 29-12-
43-610-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-869-078

B. Reclamation Procedure

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


002).

(2) Operate the hydraulic power cart.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A349
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(3) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(a) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(b) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(c) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(d) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(e) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg. position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The slats operate.


____

(4) Stop the hydraulic power cart.

Subtask 12-36-29-281-052

C. Sampling Procedure

(1) Take a sample from the Blue hydraulic system and make an analysis
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(2) If the particle contamination is more than NSA307110 class 9, do the


procedure again.

Subtask 12-36-29-010-083

D. Open the access panels 195BB, 197FB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A350
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-869-073

E. Make sure that the clogging indicators on the filters 2002GM, 2048GM and
2084GM are in (the filter is not clogged).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-117

A. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Disconnect the pressure hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
delivery connector 2008GM.

(2) Disconnect the return hose of the hydraulic power cart from the
suction connector 2006GM.

Subtask 12-36-29-410-070

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access panel/doors 195BB, 197FB, 197EB.

Subtask 12-36-29-860-120

C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

(2) Remove the warning notices and safety barriers.

(3) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A351
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-615-001

Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Green hydraulic system.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.0 l (1.3208 USgal)


HSPA181-380J 1 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A352
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump


12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-23-00-860-001 Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-23-00-860-002 Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-089

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(3) To isolate the PTU:


- disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-001) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push the PTU pushbutton switch
(OFF light comes on).

(4) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A353
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(5) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(6) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-097

B. Get Access

(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 197CB.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)

Subtask 12-36-29-615-050

A. Clean the Fluid in the Green Hydraulic System

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.

(1) Prepare the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) as given in the


subsequent steps:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).

(b) Connect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J).

(c) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:


- The white power on light (19) comes on.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A354
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Hydraulic Purifier
Figure 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A355
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.

(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.

(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.

(g) Fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) with


HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) through the fill
connection (21) until the hydraulic fluid quantity is in the
middle between the MIN and MAX mark of the hydraulic fluid
content indicator (2).

(h) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:


- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.

(i) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.

(j) Close the fill connection of the (21) HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J).

(k) After approximately 30 minutes:


- Set the switch (13) to the OFF position.
- Set the main switch (15) to the OFF position.

(l) Put a container below the valve (4).

(m) Open the valve (4) to remove collected water.

(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Green hydraulic system as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).

(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A356
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(c) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) to the aircraft connectors
- 1006GM suction
- 1008GM delivery.

(d) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:


- The white power on light (19) comes on.

(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.

(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.

(g) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:


- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.

(h) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.

(i) Set the main pump switch (17) to the ON position.

(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Green hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).

(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.

(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.

NOTE : The water content indicator is optional available for the


____
HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J). If your HYDRAULIC
PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) has no water content indicator,
you must take a hydraulic fluid sample (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-001).

(m) Obey the fluid level of the Green hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A357
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Green hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the slats,
- the brakes,
- the landing gear doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.

(o) Do a check of the water content indicator (22) at the HYDRAULIC


PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) or take a hydraulic fluid sample
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.

(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.

(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Green hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).

(s) Set the main pump switch (12) to OFF.

(t) Set the switch (13) to OFF.

(u) Set the main switch (15) to OFF.

(v) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J) from the aircraft connectors.

(w) Disconnect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC


PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A358
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-090

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) To connect the PTU (refer to the job set-up):


- connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push and release the PTU
pushbutton switch (OFF light goes off).

(2) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).

(3) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-084

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) CLose the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(3) Close the access door 197CB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A359
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-615-002

Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Yellow hydraulic system.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.0 l (1.3208 USgal)


HSPA181-380J 1 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A360
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump


12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-23-00-860-001 Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-23-00-860-002 Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-091

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


002).

(3) To isolate the PTU:


- disconnect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
860-001) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push the PTU pushbutton switch
(OFF light comes on).

(4) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A361
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(5) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Yellow System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(6) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 12-36-29-010-098

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 198CB.

(2) Open the access door 196BB.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)

Subtask 12-36-29-615-051

A. Clean the Fluid in the Yellow Hydraulic System

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.

(1) Prepare the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) as given in the


subsequent steps:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).

(b) Connect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J).

(c) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:


- The white power on light (19) comes on.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A362
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.

(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.

(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.

(g) Fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) with


HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) through the fill
connection (21) until the hydraulic fluid quantity is in the
middle between the MIN and MAX mark of the hydraulic fluid
content indicator (2).

(h) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:


- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.

(i) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.

(j) Close the fill connection of the (21) HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J).

(k) After approximately 30 minutes:


- Set the switch (13) to the OFF position.
- Set the main switch (15) to the OFF position.

(l) Put a container below the valve (4).

(m) Open the valve (4) to remove collected water.

(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Yellow hydraulic system as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).

(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A363
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(c) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) to the aircraft connectors
- 3006GM suction
- 3008GM delivery.

(d) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:


- The white power on light (19) comes on.

(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.

(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.

(g) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:


- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.

(h) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.

(i) Set the main pump switch (17) to the ON position.

(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir.
If necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).

(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.

(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.

NOTE : The water content indicator is optional available for the


____
HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J). If your HYDRAULIC
PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) has no water content indicator,
you must take a hydraulic fluid sample (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-001).

(m) Obey the fluid level of the Yellow hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A364
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(n) To make a fluid flow in the Yellow hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the spoilers,
- the elevators,
- the flaps,
- the parking brake,
- the cargo doors and
- the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.

(o) Do a check of the water content indicator (22) at the HYDRAULIC


PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) or take a hydraulic fluid sample
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.

(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.

(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Yellow hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).

(s) Set the main pump switch (12) to OFF.

(t) Set the switch (13) to OFF.

(u) Set the main switch (15) to OFF.

(v) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J) from the aircraft connectors.

(w) Disconnect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC


PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-092

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) To connect the PTU (refer to the job set-up):


- connect the isolation coupling of the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-
002) or
- on panel 40VU at the overhead panel, push and release the PTU
pushbutton switch (OFF light goes off).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A365
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(2) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).

(3) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-085

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 196BB.

(3) Close the access door 198CB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A366
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-615-003

Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To remove water, chlorinated solvent and particles from the hydraulic fluid
of the Blue hydraulic system

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container 5.0 l (1.3208 USgal)


HSPA181-380J 1 HYDRAULIC PURIFIER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A367
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump


12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
12-36-29-991-017 Fig. 317

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-093

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).

(2) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(3) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).

(4) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Blue System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(5) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A368
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-010-099

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197EB.

(2) Open the access door 197FB.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 317/TASK 12-36-29-991-017)

Subtask 12-36-29-615-052

A. Clean the Fluid in the Blue Hydraulic System

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.

(1) Prepare the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) as given in the


subsequent steps:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic fluid content indicator (2) shows
the maximum fill level.
- If necessary fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003)
through the fill connection (21).

(b) Connect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J).

(c) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:


- The white power on light (19) comes on.

(d) Make sure that the red light (18) does not come on.
- If the red light (18) comes on, the rotary direction of the
internal electrical pump is not correct. Change two phases of
the electrical connection.

(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.

(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A369
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(g) Fill the reservoir of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) with
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) through the fill
connection (21) until the hydraulic fluid quantity is in the
middle between the MIN and MAX mark of the hydraulic fluid
content indicator (2).

(h) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:


- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.

(i) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.

(j) Close the fill connection of the (21) HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J).

(k) After approximately 30 minutes:


- Set the switch (13) to the OFF position.
- Set the main switch (15) to the OFF position.

(l) Put a container below the valve (4).

(m) Open the valve (4) to remove collected water.

(2) Do the cleaning procedure of the Blue hydraulic system as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic system of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER
(HSPA181-380J) is depressurized. The low pressure indicator (10)
and the high pressure indicator (9) must show 0.
- If necessary depressurize the hydraulic system by opening the
drain valves (3).

(b) Make sure that the drain valves (3) are closed.

(c) Connect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J) to the aircraft connectors
- 2006GM suction
- 2008GM delivery.

(d) Set the main switch (15) to the ON position:


- The white power on light (19) comes on.

(e) Turn the switch (14) to the START position.

(f) Set the switch (16) to the ON position.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A370
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(g) Make sure that all values shown on the gages:
- inlet oil temperature (5),
- outlet pressure (6),
- inlet pressure (7) and
- chamber vacuum (8)
are in the given limits.

(h) Turn the switch (14) to the AUTOMATIC position.

(i) Set the main pump switch (17) to the ON position.

(j) Make sure that the low pressure indicator (10) shows the same
pressure as shown on the gage of the Blue hydraulic reservoir. If
necessary, adjust the pressure with the pressure control valve
(11).

(k) Make sure that the value shown on the high pressure gage (9) is
in the given limit.

(l) Look at the water content indicator (22) to examine the water
content of the hydraulic fluid.

NOTE : The water content indicator is optional available for the


____
HYDRAULIC PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J). If your HYDRAULIC
PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) has no water content indicator,
you must take a hydraulic fluid sample (Ref. TASK 12-32-
29-281-001).

(m) Obey the fluid level of the Blue hydraulic reservoir during the
cleaning procedure. You can adjust the reservoir level with the
pressure control valve (11).

(n) To make a fluid flow in the Blue hydraulic system operate the
subsequent hydraulic users 2 times minimum every 30 minutes:
- the rudder,
- the ailerons,
- the elevators,
- the spoilers and
- the slats.

(o) Do a check of the water content indicator (22) at the HYDRAULIC


PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J) or take a hydraulic fluid sample
(Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(p) If the water content is still high, continue with the cleaning
procedure.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A371
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(q) Stop the cleaning procedure when the water content indicator
(22), or the analysis of the hydraulic fluid sample gives a low
water content.

(r) Adjust the correct hydraulic fluid level in the Blue hydraulic
reservoir by operating the pressure control valve (11).

(s) Set the main pump switch (12) to OFF.

(t) Set the switch (13) to OFF.

(u) Set the main switch (15) to OFF.

(v) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (1) of the HYDRAULIC PURIFIER


(HSPA181-380J) from the aircraft connectors.

(w) Disconnect the electrical connection (20) of the HYDRAULIC


PURIFIER (HSPA181-380J).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-860-094

A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1) Look at the quantity indicator on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the fluid level is correct, add fluid as necessary (Ref. TASK
12-12-29-611-001).

(2) Look at the air pressure gage on the hydraulic reservoir and make
sure:
- that the air pressure in the reservoir of the Green System is 50
psi, pressurize the hydraulic reservoir as necessary (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

Subtask 12-36-29-410-086

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 197EB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A372
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(3) Close the access door 197FB.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A373
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-007

Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Tool
- Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To change the type of hydraulic fluid, or to change the hydraulic fluid if


the contamination is out of tolerance.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)


No specific hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity
min. 150 l.)
No specific plug type E0052R8B3APNE
No specific access platform 1.8 m (5 ft. 11 in.)
No specific container 3.0 l (0.7925 USgal)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
DH0501 1 TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A374
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D12308351000 1 HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic


Service Cart
12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-10-00-680-002 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Yellow Hydraulic
System
29-13-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (3002GM)
29-13-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter (3048GM)
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
71-00-00-710-001 Dry Motoring Check



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A375
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check


12-36-29-991-018 Fig. 318

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

12-36-29-991-024 Fig. 319

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

12-36-29-991-024-A Fig. 319A

**ON A/C ALL

12-36-29-991-019 Fig. 320

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-121

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), disconnect the pressure switch


(3151GN) and (10CE3), and on the free end make a short circuit
between the pins A and B with a plug type E0052R8B3APNE.

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A376
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-865-056

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/AND CTL 2702GJ D14

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12

**ON A/C ALL

123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09

Subtask 12-36-29-010-100

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 198CB.

(2) Open the access door 196BB.

(3) Open the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(4) Put an access platform below the MLG bay.

Subtask 12-36-29-680-053

D. Drain the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A377
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-122

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).

(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.

(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.

(d) Open the by-pass valve.

(e) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(f) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to a flow of 45/lmn


approx. and stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.

(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024,
320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019)

(a) Put the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in a position,


where you can monitor the hydraulic fluid quantity indicator
1834GQ on the Green ground service panel during the procedure.

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Yellow
hydraulic reservoir.

NOTE : Make sure that the Yellow reservoir depressurization valve


____
is open when you set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the correct configuration.



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A378
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Location of the Components in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 1)
Figure 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A379
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Connection of the Tools in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 2)
Figure 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A380
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Connection of the Tools in the Yellow Hydraulic System (Sheet 2)
Figure 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-A


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A381
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019- 12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A382
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Yellow Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A383
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.

(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.

(g) On the HP manifold (3011GM):

1
_ Remove the Yellow HP filter (3048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).

2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Yellow HP filter (3048GM).

3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.

(h) On the LP filter (3002GM):

1
_ Put a container below the LP filter (3002GM).

2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl
and the filter head.

3
_ Remove the filter bowl.

(i) On the LP manifold (3003GM):


(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319/TASK 12-36-29-991-024)

1
_ Put a container below the Yellow LP manifold (3003GM).

2
_ Remove the lower inboard plug with its O-ring from the LP
manifold.

3
_ Install the T-fitting in the open port of the manifold.

4
_ Install the plug with its O-ring in the open port of the
T-fitting.


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A384
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
5
_ Connect the LP2 line of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) with the T-fitting. Use the HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE,
R LP (98D12308351000) for the connection.

(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).

(4) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-122-A

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).

(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.

(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.

(d) Open the by-pass valve.

(e) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(f) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to a flow of 45/lmn


approx. and stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.

(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-A,
320/TASK 12-36-29-991-019)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A385
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(a) Put the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in a position,
where you can monitor the hydraulic fluid quantity indicator
1834GQ on the Green ground service panel during the procedure.

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Yellow
hydraulic reservoir.

NOTE : Make sure that the Yellow reservoir depressurization valve


____
is open when you set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the correct configuration.

(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.

(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.

(g) On the HP manifold (3011GM):

1
_ Remove the Yellow HP filter (3048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-
001).

2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Yellow HP filter (3048GM).

3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.

(h) On the LP filter (3002GM):

1
_ Put a container below the LP filter (3002GM).

2
_ Cut, remove and discard the lockwire between the filter bowl
and the filter head.

3
_ Remove the filter bowl.

(i) On the LP manifold (3003GM):


(Ref. Fig. 318/TASK 12-36-29-991-018, 319A/TASK 12-36-29-991-024-
A)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A386
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
1
_ Put a container below the Yellow LP manifold (3003GM).

CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE


_______
UNION WHEN YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON
UNIONS. IF YOU USE THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT
LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO MUCH.

2
_ Disconnect the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).

3
_ Remove the check valve (3017GM) with its O-ring from the
manifold.

4
_ Install the T-fitting in the open port of the manifold.

5
_ Install the check valve with its O-ring in the open port of
the T-fitting.

6
_ Connect the hydraulic line with the check valve.

7
_ Connect the LP2 line of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R (DH0501) with the T-fitting. Use the HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE,
R LP (98D12308351000) for the connection.

(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).

(4) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-611-064

F. Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:

(1) Open the depressurization valve (3087GM) of the Yellow reservoir


(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(3) Fill the Yellow reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on
the visual indicator.

(4) Close the valve V1.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A387
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Yellow reservoir.

(6) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-


002).

(7) Disconnect the outboard air supply.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-065

A. Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid

NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Yellow reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.

(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Yellow Engine Driven Pump (3030GD):

(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- make sure that the valve V1 is open and keep it open during the
full procedure.

(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).

NOTE : Obey the starter limits for dry motoring.


____

(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect approximately 10 l (2.6416


USgal) hydraulic fluid.

NOTE : The system pressure can decrease to 0 during dry motoring.


____

(e) Close the valve V2.

(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A388
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Yellow Electric Pump (3075GX):

(a) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- make sure that the valve V1 is open.

(b) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001).

(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.

(d) Close the valve V2.

(e) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-


001).

(3) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols and the Cargo Door System:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, release the LEAK


MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____

(c) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and on the pressure gauge of the system accumulator
is correct.

(d) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 2 LH and RH operate.


____


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page A389
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 2 LH and RH operate.


____

(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps operate.


____

(j) Open and close the FWD and AFT cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002). Do this step 5 times.

(k) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-


001).

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-065-A

A. Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid

NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Yellow reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.

(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Yellow Engine Driven Pump (3030GD):

(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- make sure that the valve V1 is open and keep it open during the
full procedure.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A390
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).

NOTE : Obey the starter limits for dry motoring.


____

(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect approximately 10 l (2.6416


USgal) hydraulic fluid.

NOTE : The system pressure can decrease to 0 during dry motoring.


____

(e) Close the valve V2.

(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).

(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Yellow Electric Pump (3075GX):

(a) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- make sure that the valve V1 is open.

(b) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001).

(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.

(d) Close the valve V2.

(e) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-


001).

(3) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols and the Cargo Door System:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, release the LEAK


MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A391
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-24-00-863-001). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and on the pressure gauge of the system accumulator
is correct.

(d) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 2 LH and RH operate.


____

(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 2 LH and RH operate.


____

(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps operate.


____

(j) Open and close the FWD and AFT cargo doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001) and (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002). Do this step 5 times.

(k) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-


001).


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page A392
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-610-069

A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (3002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-13-44-
610-001).

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-123

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).

(2) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), remove the plug type


E0052R8B3APNE from the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3) and
connect the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3).

(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).

(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the T-fitting.

(5) Remove the plug from the T-fitting.

(6) Remove the T-fitting from the LP manifold (3003GM).

(7) Install the plug with a new O-ring in the manifold.

(8) TORQUE the plug to between 3.186 and 3.470 m.daN (23.49 and 25.58
lbf.ft).

(9) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).

(10) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.

(11) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (3048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A393
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(12) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-
002).

(13) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).

(14) After one week of aircraft operation, do a new sampling of the


hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(15) Remove the warning notice(s).

(16) Remove the containers.

**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-860-123-A

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN


_______
YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU USE
THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO
MUCH.

(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).

(2) On the Yellow HP manifold (3011GM), remove the plug type


E0052R8B3APNE from the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3) and
connect the pressure switches (3151GN) and (10CE3).

(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).

(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the T-fitting.

(5) Remove the hydraulic line from the check valve (3017GM).

(6) Remove the check valve from the T-fitting.

(7) Remove the T-fitting from the LP manifold (3003GM).

(8) Install the check valve with a new O-ring in the manifold.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A394
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(9) TORQUE the check valve to between 3.0 and 3.3 m.daN (22.12 and 24.33
lbf.ft).

(10) Install the hydraulic line at the check valve.

(11) TORQUE the hydraulic line to between 2.9 and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and
23.59 lbf.ft).

(12) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).

(13) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.

(14) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (3048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-13-45-610-001).

(15) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-


002).

(16) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Yellow hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-
611-002).

(17) After one week of aircraft operation, do a new sampling of the


hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(18) Remove the warning notice(s).

(19) Remove the containers.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-865-057

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A395
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-410-087

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the access doors 198BB and 196CB.

(4) Close the right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A396
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-008

Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Green Hydraulic System with the Tool
- Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS STAY HOT FOR SOME TIME
AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To change the type of hydraulic fluid or to change the hydraulic fluid if


the contamination is out of tolerance.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plug


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity
min. 150 l.)
No specific plug type E0052R8B3APNE
No specific access platform 1.8 m (5 ft. 11 in.)
DH0501 1 TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R 98D12308351000 1 HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A397
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations


07-11-00-586-002 Lowering of the Aircraft for Maintenance Operations
12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-10-00-680-001 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Green Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-11-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (1002GM)
29-11-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 1048GM
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
32-00-00-481-002 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gear Doors
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
32-30-00-867-001 Retraction of the Landing Gear for Maintenance
32-30-00-867-002 Extension of the Landing Gear after Maintenance
71-00-00-710-001 Dry Motoring Check
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
12-36-29-991-020 Fig. 321
12-36-29-991-021 Fig. 322



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A398
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-124

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the Green HP manifold (1011GM), disconnect the pressure switch


(1151GN) and (10CE2), and on the free end make a short circuit
between the pins A and B with a plug type E0052R8B3APNE.

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-058

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/AND CTL 2702GJ D14

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12

**ON A/C ALL

123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09

Subtask 12-36-29-010-101

C. Get Access

(1) Open the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

(2) Open the access door 197CB.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page A399
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(3) Put an access platform below the MLG bay.

Subtask 12-36-29-680-054

D. Drain the reservoir of the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
680-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-860-125

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).

(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.

(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.

(d) Open the by-pass valve.

(e) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(f) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to a flow of 45/lmn


approx. and stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.

(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020, 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021)

(a) Put the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in a position,


where you can monitor the hydraulic fluid quantity indicator
1834GQ on the Green ground service panel during the procedure.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B300
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Green
hydraulic reservoir.

NOTE : Make sure that the Green reservoir depressurization valve


____
is open when you set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the correct configuration.

(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.

(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.

(g) On the HP manifold (1011GM):

1
_ Remove the Green HP filter (1048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-
001).

2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Green HP filter (1048GM).

3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.

(h) On the LP filter (1002GM):

1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(1002GM).

2
_ Put a blanking plug in the open port of the tube.

3
_ Connect the LP filter (1002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
R HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.

(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).

(4) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B301
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B302
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Connection of the Tools to the Green Hydraulic System
Figure 321/TASK 12-36-29-991-020- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B303
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B304
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Green Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 322/TASK 12-36-29-991-021- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B305
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-611-067

F. Fill the Green Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:

(1) Open the depressurization valve (1087GM) of the Green reservoir


(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(3) Fill the Green reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.

(4) Close the valve V1.

(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Green reservoir.

(6) Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-


002).

(7) Disconnect the outboard air supply.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-099,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-068

A. Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid

NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Green reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.

(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Green Engine Driven Pump (1030GK):

(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- make sure that the valve V1 is open and keep it open during the
full procedure.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B306
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).

NOTE : Obey the starter limits for dry motoring.


____

(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect approximately 10 l (2.6416


USgal) hydraulic fluid.

NOTE : The system pressure can decrease to 0 during dry motoring.


____

(e) Close the valve V2.

(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
045).

(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.

(c) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system with the Power Transfer
Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001). Make sure that the
pressure shown on the ECAM SD and on the gauge of the system
accumulator is correct.

(d) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 1 LH and RH operate.


____

(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and the spoilers 1 LH and RH operate.


____



EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page B307
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.


____

(3) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Landing Gear System with the PTU.

(a) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(b) Make sure that the LP2 and HP2 lines are not in the area of the
landing gear to prevent damage during the retraction and
extension of the landing gear.

(c) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002). The main landing
gear doors must stay open during the retraction and extension of
the landing gear.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR
_______
ARE CLEAR.

(d) Retract and extend the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001)
and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002). Do this step 3 times.

(e) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


001).

(f) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).


R

EFF :

001-012, 014-099,  12-36-29

Page B308
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
**ON A/C 101-199, 901-999,

Subtask 12-36-29-611-068-A

A. Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid

NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Green reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.

(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Green Engine Driven Pump (1030GK):

(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- make sure that the valve V1 is open and keep it open during the
full procedure.

(c) Do the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).

NOTE : Obey the starter limits for dry motoring.


____

(d) Open the valve V2 until you collect approximately 10 l (2.6416


USgal) hydraulic fluid.

NOTE : The system pressure can decrease to 0 during dry motoring.


____

(e) Close the valve V2.

(f) Stop the dry motoring of the engine No.2 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).

(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).



EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page B309
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.

(c) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system with the Power Transfer
Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001). Make sure that the
pressure shown on the ECAM SD and on the gauge of the system
accumulator is correct.

(d) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(e) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 1 LH and RH operate.


____

(f) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and the spoilers 1 LH and RH operate.


____

(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(h) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(i) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The flaps and slats operate.


____

(3) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Landing Gear System with the PTU.

(a) Lift the aircraft on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

(b) Make sure that the LP2 and HP2 lines are not in the area of the
landing gear to prevent damage during the retraction and
extension of the landing gear.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,  12-36-29

Page B310
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
(c) Make sure that the safety devices are correctly installed on the
landing gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002). The main landing
gear doors must stay open during the retraction and extension of
the landing gear.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE LANDING GEAR
_______
ARE CLEAR.

(d) Retract and extend the landing gear (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-001)
and (Ref. TASK 32-30-00-867-002). Do this step 3 times.

(e) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


001).

(f) Lower the aircraft (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-586-002).

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-610-070

A. Replace the filter element of the LP filter (1002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-11-44-
610-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-860-126

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).

(2) On the Green HP manifold (1011GM), remove the plug type E0052R8B3APNE
from the pressure switches (1151GN) and (10CE2) and connect the
pressure switches (1151GN) and (10CE2).

(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).

(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (1002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (1002GM).

(5) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B311
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(6) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.

(7) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (1048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-11-45-610-001).

(8) Pressurize the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-


002).

(9) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).

(10) After one week of aircraft operation, do a new sampling of the


hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(11) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-059

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2701GJ, 2702GJ.

Subtask 12-36-29-410-088

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the access door 197CB.

(4) Close the left main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B312
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
TASK 12-36-29-600-009

Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid of the Blue Hydraulic System with the Tool -
Hydraulic Fluid Change (DH0501)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.

WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.


_______

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To change the type of hydraulic fluid or to change the hydraulic fluid if


the contamination is out of tolerance.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plug


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity
min. 150 l.)
No specific plug type E0052R8B3APNE
No specific access platform 1.8 m (5 ft. 11 in.)
DH0501 1 TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
R 98D12308351000 1 HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B313
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4


HYDRAULIC FLUID (PHOSPHATE ESTER BASE)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic


Service Cart
12-32-29-281-001 Hydraulic Fluid Sample of Green, Blue and Yellow
Systems for Analysis
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
29-10-00-680-003 Drainage of the Reservoir of the Blue Hydraulic
System
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-12-43-610-001 Servicing of the Electric-Pump Case-Drain Filter
(2084GM)
29-12-44-610-001 Servicing of the LP-Filter (2002GM)
29-12-45-610-001 Servicing of the HP-Filter 2048GM
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
12-36-29-991-022 Fig. 323
12-36-29-991-023 Fig. 324



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B314
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 12-36-29-860-127

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the Blue HP manifold (2011GM), disconnect the pressure switch


(2151GN) and (10CE1), and on the free end make a short circuit
between the pins A and B with a plug type E0052R8B3APNE.

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is released (the OFF legend is
on).

Subtask 12-36-29-865-060

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34

**ON A/C 001-012, 014-019,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03

**ON A/C ALL

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06

**ON A/C 020-099, 101-199, 901-999,

123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B315
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 12-36-29-010-102

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197EB.

(2) Open the access door 195BB.

(3) Open the left or right main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).

(4) Put an access platform below the MLG bay.

Subtask 12-36-29-680-055

D. Drain the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-680-
003).

Subtask 12-36-29-860-128

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Set the hydraulic ground power supply (reservoir capacity min. 150
l.) to the correct configuration:

(a) Make sure that the hydraulic ground power supply reservoir is
filled with new HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).

(b) Make sure that no chlorinated solvent has been used to flush the
tool lines.

(c) Set the hydraulic ground power supply to the cart reservoir
configuration.

(d) Open the by-pass valve.

(e) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B316
Feb 01/08
R  
IAC 
(f) Adjust the hydraulic ground power supply to a flow of 45/lmn
approx. and stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

WARNING : PROTECT YOUR HANDS AND FACE FROM THE GAS WHICH COMES
_______
OUT WHEN YOU OPEN THE MANUAL DEPRESSURIZATION VALVE OF
THE RESERVOIRS. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE GAS IS HOT AND
CONTAINS HYDRAULIC FLUID.

(2) Set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) to the correct
configuration.
(Ref. Fig. 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022, 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023)

(a) Put the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) in a position,


where you can monitor the hydraulic fluid quantity indicator
1834GQ on the Green ground service panel during the procedure.

(b) Put the selector valve 1134GQ in the position for the Blue
hydraulic reservoir.

NOTE : Make sure that the Blue reservoir depressurization valve


____
is open when you set the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the correct configuration.

(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) close the valve V1.

(d) Connect the connector LP1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the LP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(e) Connect the HP1 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the HP connector of the hydraulic ground power
supply.

(f) Connect the LP3 connector of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) to the suction connector of the ground service panel.

(g) On the HP manifold (2011GM):

1
_ Remove the Blue HP filter (2048GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-
001).

2
_ Install a dummy bowl of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) in place of the Blue HP filter (2048GM).

3
_ Connect the HP2 line to the dummy bowl and to the valve V2.


R

EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B317
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B318
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
Connection of the Tools to the Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 323/TASK 12-36-29-991-022- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B319
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023- 12 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B320
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
Blue Hydraulic System - Schematic Diagram
Figure 324/TASK 12-36-29-991-023- 22 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B321
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
(h) On the LP filter (2002GM):

1
_ Disconnect the tube from the outlet side of the LP filter
(2002GM).

2
_ Put a blanking plug in the open port of the tube.

3
_ Connect the LP filter (2002GM) with the LP2 line. Use the
R HOSES FOR FLUID CHANGE, LP (98D12308351000) for the
connection.

(3) Start the hydraulic ground power supply and make sure that the
pressure read on the gage of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) is 4.0 bar (58.0150 psi).

(4) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

Subtask 12-36-29-611-069

F. Fill the Blue Hydraulic Reservoir as follows:

(1) Open the depressurization valve (2087GM) of the Blue reservoir


(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

(2) Open the valve V1 of the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) and
start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(3) Fill the Blue reservoir until the fluid is at the upper limit on the
visual indicator.

(4) Close the valve V1.

(5) Close the depressurization valve of the Blue reservoir.

(6) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

(7) Disconnect the outboard air supply.



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B322
Feb 01/08
 
IAC 
4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 12-36-29-611-070

A. Replacement of the Hydraulic Fluid

NOTE : Obey the fluid level of the Blue reservoir during the procedure.
____
Adjust the fluid level with the valve V1 when it decreases.

(1) Replacement of the Fluid in the Suction, Pressure and Case Drain
Lines of the Blue Electric Pump (2075GJ).

(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

(b) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- make sure that the valve V1 is open.

(c) On the overhead panel 40VU:


- push the BLUE ELEC PUMP pushbutton switch.

(d) On the maintenance panel 50VU:


- push and release the BLUE PUMP OVRD pushbutton switch:
- the ON legend comes on,
- the electric pump starts.

(e) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501):


- open the valve V2 until you collect 4 liters of fluid.

(f) Close the valve V2.

(g) On the maintenance panel 50VU:


- push and release the BLUE PUMP OVRD pushbutton switch:
- the ON legend goes off,
- the electric pump stops.

(h) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

(2) Replacement of the Fluid in the Supply and Return Lines of the
Primary Servocontrols.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

(a) Start the hydraulic ground power supply.

NOTE : Increase the rate of flow and the pressure as necessary.


____



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B323
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
(b) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend is off).

(c) On the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501) open the valve V1
and keep it open during the full procedure.

(d) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the E-pump (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003). Make sure that the system pressure shown on
the ECAM SD and the pressure gauge of the system accumulator is
correct.

(e) In the cockpit, operate the flight controls.

(f) On the panel 11VU, move the GND SPLRS ARMED lever to the FULL
position and then to the RET position. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(g) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully to the left
and then fully to the right. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The ailerons and spoilers 3 LH and RH operate.


____

(h) On the panel 18VU or 19VU, move the side stick fully forward and
then fully rearward. Do this step 3 times.

NOTE : The elevators operate.


____

(i) At the captain or first officer position, push the LH pedal fully
forward and then the RH pedal fully forward. Do this step 3
times.

NOTE : The rudder operates.


____

(j) On the panel 114VU, move the flap/slat lever to the FULL position
and then to the 0 deg position. Do this step 2 times.

NOTE : The slats operate.


____

(k) Stop the hydraulic ground power supply.

(l) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-


003).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B324
Aug 01/07
R  
IAC 
5. Close-up
________

Subtask 12-36-29-610-071

A. Replace the filter elements of these hydraulic filters:


- LP filter (2002GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-44-610-001).
- Case drain filter (2084GM) (Ref. TASK 29-12-43-610-001).

Subtask 12-36-29-860-129

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch is set to off (the OFF legend
is on).

(2) On the Blue HP manifold (2011GM), remove the plug type E0052R8B3APNE
from the pressure switches (2151GN) and (10CE1) and connect the
pressure switches (2151GN) and (10CE1).

(3) Close the valves V1 and V2 on the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501).

(4) Disconnect the LP2 line from the LP filter (2002GM). Remove the
blanking plug from the tube and connect the tube to the outlet side
of the LP filter (2002GM).

R (5) Disconnect the HP1 and HP2 lines between the aircraft and the TOOL -
HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE (DH0501).

(6) Disconnect all the lines between the TOOL - HYDRAULIC FLUID CHANGE
(DH0501) and the hydraulic power cart.

(7) Remove the dummy bowl of the HP hydraulic filter (2048GM) and replace
the filter element (Ref. TASK 29-12-45-610-001).

(8) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

(9) Operate the flight controls and monitor the reservoir level. If
necessary fill the Blue hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
002).

R (10) After one week of aircraft operation, do a new sampling of the


R hydraulic fluid (Ref. TASK 12-32-29-281-001).

(11) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B325
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 
Subtask 12-36-29-865-061

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1701GK, 1702GK, 3700GD, 3701GD, 3801GX, 3802GX, 3803GX

Subtask 12-36-29-410-089

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the access doors 197EB and 195BB.

(4) Close the main landing gear door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits


(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).



EFF :

ALL  12-36-29

Page B326
Aug 01/07
 
IAC 

You might also like